Commit aabd7ddb889aec3c6c4139974f66a44e2ce46ba5

Authored by York Sun
1 parent c107c0c05c

common: Rewrite hiding the end of memory

As the name may be confusing, the CONFIG_SYS_MEM_TOP_HIDE reserves
some memory from the end of ram, tracked by gd->ram_size. It is not
always the top of u-boot visible memory. Rewrite the macro with a
weak function to provide flexibility for complex calcuation. Legacy
use of this macro is still supported.

Signed-off-by: York Sun <yorksun@freescale.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>

Showing 2 changed files with 16 additions and 9 deletions Inline Diff

1 # 1 #
2 # (C) Copyright 2000 - 2013 2 # (C) Copyright 2000 - 2013
3 # Wolfgang Denk, DENX Software Engineering, wd@denx.de. 3 # Wolfgang Denk, DENX Software Engineering, wd@denx.de.
4 # 4 #
5 # SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0+ 5 # SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0+
6 # 6 #
7 7
8 Summary: 8 Summary:
9 ======== 9 ========
10 10
11 This directory contains the source code for U-Boot, a boot loader for 11 This directory contains the source code for U-Boot, a boot loader for
12 Embedded boards based on PowerPC, ARM, MIPS and several other 12 Embedded boards based on PowerPC, ARM, MIPS and several other
13 processors, which can be installed in a boot ROM and used to 13 processors, which can be installed in a boot ROM and used to
14 initialize and test the hardware or to download and run application 14 initialize and test the hardware or to download and run application
15 code. 15 code.
16 16
17 The development of U-Boot is closely related to Linux: some parts of 17 The development of U-Boot is closely related to Linux: some parts of
18 the source code originate in the Linux source tree, we have some 18 the source code originate in the Linux source tree, we have some
19 header files in common, and special provision has been made to 19 header files in common, and special provision has been made to
20 support booting of Linux images. 20 support booting of Linux images.
21 21
22 Some attention has been paid to make this software easily 22 Some attention has been paid to make this software easily
23 configurable and extendable. For instance, all monitor commands are 23 configurable and extendable. For instance, all monitor commands are
24 implemented with the same call interface, so that it's very easy to 24 implemented with the same call interface, so that it's very easy to
25 add new commands. Also, instead of permanently adding rarely used 25 add new commands. Also, instead of permanently adding rarely used
26 code (for instance hardware test utilities) to the monitor, you can 26 code (for instance hardware test utilities) to the monitor, you can
27 load and run it dynamically. 27 load and run it dynamically.
28 28
29 29
30 Status: 30 Status:
31 ======= 31 =======
32 32
33 In general, all boards for which a configuration option exists in the 33 In general, all boards for which a configuration option exists in the
34 Makefile have been tested to some extent and can be considered 34 Makefile have been tested to some extent and can be considered
35 "working". In fact, many of them are used in production systems. 35 "working". In fact, many of them are used in production systems.
36 36
37 In case of problems see the CHANGELOG and CREDITS files to find out 37 In case of problems see the CHANGELOG and CREDITS files to find out
38 who contributed the specific port. The boards.cfg file lists board 38 who contributed the specific port. The boards.cfg file lists board
39 maintainers. 39 maintainers.
40 40
41 Note: There is no CHANGELOG file in the actual U-Boot source tree; 41 Note: There is no CHANGELOG file in the actual U-Boot source tree;
42 it can be created dynamically from the Git log using: 42 it can be created dynamically from the Git log using:
43 43
44 make CHANGELOG 44 make CHANGELOG
45 45
46 46
47 Where to get help: 47 Where to get help:
48 ================== 48 ==================
49 49
50 In case you have questions about, problems with or contributions for 50 In case you have questions about, problems with or contributions for
51 U-Boot you should send a message to the U-Boot mailing list at 51 U-Boot you should send a message to the U-Boot mailing list at
52 <u-boot@lists.denx.de>. There is also an archive of previous traffic 52 <u-boot@lists.denx.de>. There is also an archive of previous traffic
53 on the mailing list - please search the archive before asking FAQ's. 53 on the mailing list - please search the archive before asking FAQ's.
54 Please see http://lists.denx.de/pipermail/u-boot and 54 Please see http://lists.denx.de/pipermail/u-boot and
55 http://dir.gmane.org/gmane.comp.boot-loaders.u-boot 55 http://dir.gmane.org/gmane.comp.boot-loaders.u-boot
56 56
57 57
58 Where to get source code: 58 Where to get source code:
59 ========================= 59 =========================
60 60
61 The U-Boot source code is maintained in the git repository at 61 The U-Boot source code is maintained in the git repository at
62 git://www.denx.de/git/u-boot.git ; you can browse it online at 62 git://www.denx.de/git/u-boot.git ; you can browse it online at
63 http://www.denx.de/cgi-bin/gitweb.cgi?p=u-boot.git;a=summary 63 http://www.denx.de/cgi-bin/gitweb.cgi?p=u-boot.git;a=summary
64 64
65 The "snapshot" links on this page allow you to download tarballs of 65 The "snapshot" links on this page allow you to download tarballs of
66 any version you might be interested in. Official releases are also 66 any version you might be interested in. Official releases are also
67 available for FTP download from the ftp://ftp.denx.de/pub/u-boot/ 67 available for FTP download from the ftp://ftp.denx.de/pub/u-boot/
68 directory. 68 directory.
69 69
70 Pre-built (and tested) images are available from 70 Pre-built (and tested) images are available from
71 ftp://ftp.denx.de/pub/u-boot/images/ 71 ftp://ftp.denx.de/pub/u-boot/images/
72 72
73 73
74 Where we come from: 74 Where we come from:
75 =================== 75 ===================
76 76
77 - start from 8xxrom sources 77 - start from 8xxrom sources
78 - create PPCBoot project (http://sourceforge.net/projects/ppcboot) 78 - create PPCBoot project (http://sourceforge.net/projects/ppcboot)
79 - clean up code 79 - clean up code
80 - make it easier to add custom boards 80 - make it easier to add custom boards
81 - make it possible to add other [PowerPC] CPUs 81 - make it possible to add other [PowerPC] CPUs
82 - extend functions, especially: 82 - extend functions, especially:
83 * Provide extended interface to Linux boot loader 83 * Provide extended interface to Linux boot loader
84 * S-Record download 84 * S-Record download
85 * network boot 85 * network boot
86 * PCMCIA / CompactFlash / ATA disk / SCSI ... boot 86 * PCMCIA / CompactFlash / ATA disk / SCSI ... boot
87 - create ARMBoot project (http://sourceforge.net/projects/armboot) 87 - create ARMBoot project (http://sourceforge.net/projects/armboot)
88 - add other CPU families (starting with ARM) 88 - add other CPU families (starting with ARM)
89 - create U-Boot project (http://sourceforge.net/projects/u-boot) 89 - create U-Boot project (http://sourceforge.net/projects/u-boot)
90 - current project page: see http://www.denx.de/wiki/U-Boot 90 - current project page: see http://www.denx.de/wiki/U-Boot
91 91
92 92
93 Names and Spelling: 93 Names and Spelling:
94 =================== 94 ===================
95 95
96 The "official" name of this project is "Das U-Boot". The spelling 96 The "official" name of this project is "Das U-Boot". The spelling
97 "U-Boot" shall be used in all written text (documentation, comments 97 "U-Boot" shall be used in all written text (documentation, comments
98 in source files etc.). Example: 98 in source files etc.). Example:
99 99
100 This is the README file for the U-Boot project. 100 This is the README file for the U-Boot project.
101 101
102 File names etc. shall be based on the string "u-boot". Examples: 102 File names etc. shall be based on the string "u-boot". Examples:
103 103
104 include/asm-ppc/u-boot.h 104 include/asm-ppc/u-boot.h
105 105
106 #include <asm/u-boot.h> 106 #include <asm/u-boot.h>
107 107
108 Variable names, preprocessor constants etc. shall be either based on 108 Variable names, preprocessor constants etc. shall be either based on
109 the string "u_boot" or on "U_BOOT". Example: 109 the string "u_boot" or on "U_BOOT". Example:
110 110
111 U_BOOT_VERSION u_boot_logo 111 U_BOOT_VERSION u_boot_logo
112 IH_OS_U_BOOT u_boot_hush_start 112 IH_OS_U_BOOT u_boot_hush_start
113 113
114 114
115 Versioning: 115 Versioning:
116 =========== 116 ===========
117 117
118 Starting with the release in October 2008, the names of the releases 118 Starting with the release in October 2008, the names of the releases
119 were changed from numerical release numbers without deeper meaning 119 were changed from numerical release numbers without deeper meaning
120 into a time stamp based numbering. Regular releases are identified by 120 into a time stamp based numbering. Regular releases are identified by
121 names consisting of the calendar year and month of the release date. 121 names consisting of the calendar year and month of the release date.
122 Additional fields (if present) indicate release candidates or bug fix 122 Additional fields (if present) indicate release candidates or bug fix
123 releases in "stable" maintenance trees. 123 releases in "stable" maintenance trees.
124 124
125 Examples: 125 Examples:
126 U-Boot v2009.11 - Release November 2009 126 U-Boot v2009.11 - Release November 2009
127 U-Boot v2009.11.1 - Release 1 in version November 2009 stable tree 127 U-Boot v2009.11.1 - Release 1 in version November 2009 stable tree
128 U-Boot v2010.09-rc1 - Release candiate 1 for September 2010 release 128 U-Boot v2010.09-rc1 - Release candiate 1 for September 2010 release
129 129
130 130
131 Directory Hierarchy: 131 Directory Hierarchy:
132 ==================== 132 ====================
133 133
134 /arch Architecture specific files 134 /arch Architecture specific files
135 /arc Files generic to ARC architecture 135 /arc Files generic to ARC architecture
136 /cpu CPU specific files 136 /cpu CPU specific files
137 /arc700 Files specific to ARC 700 CPUs 137 /arc700 Files specific to ARC 700 CPUs
138 /lib Architecture specific library files 138 /lib Architecture specific library files
139 /arm Files generic to ARM architecture 139 /arm Files generic to ARM architecture
140 /cpu CPU specific files 140 /cpu CPU specific files
141 /arm720t Files specific to ARM 720 CPUs 141 /arm720t Files specific to ARM 720 CPUs
142 /arm920t Files specific to ARM 920 CPUs 142 /arm920t Files specific to ARM 920 CPUs
143 /at91 Files specific to Atmel AT91RM9200 CPU 143 /at91 Files specific to Atmel AT91RM9200 CPU
144 /imx Files specific to Freescale MC9328 i.MX CPUs 144 /imx Files specific to Freescale MC9328 i.MX CPUs
145 /s3c24x0 Files specific to Samsung S3C24X0 CPUs 145 /s3c24x0 Files specific to Samsung S3C24X0 CPUs
146 /arm926ejs Files specific to ARM 926 CPUs 146 /arm926ejs Files specific to ARM 926 CPUs
147 /arm1136 Files specific to ARM 1136 CPUs 147 /arm1136 Files specific to ARM 1136 CPUs
148 /pxa Files specific to Intel XScale PXA CPUs 148 /pxa Files specific to Intel XScale PXA CPUs
149 /sa1100 Files specific to Intel StrongARM SA1100 CPUs 149 /sa1100 Files specific to Intel StrongARM SA1100 CPUs
150 /lib Architecture specific library files 150 /lib Architecture specific library files
151 /avr32 Files generic to AVR32 architecture 151 /avr32 Files generic to AVR32 architecture
152 /cpu CPU specific files 152 /cpu CPU specific files
153 /lib Architecture specific library files 153 /lib Architecture specific library files
154 /blackfin Files generic to Analog Devices Blackfin architecture 154 /blackfin Files generic to Analog Devices Blackfin architecture
155 /cpu CPU specific files 155 /cpu CPU specific files
156 /lib Architecture specific library files 156 /lib Architecture specific library files
157 /m68k Files generic to m68k architecture 157 /m68k Files generic to m68k architecture
158 /cpu CPU specific files 158 /cpu CPU specific files
159 /mcf52x2 Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF52x2 CPUs 159 /mcf52x2 Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF52x2 CPUs
160 /mcf5227x Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF5227x CPUs 160 /mcf5227x Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF5227x CPUs
161 /mcf532x Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF5329 CPUs 161 /mcf532x Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF5329 CPUs
162 /mcf5445x Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF5445x CPUs 162 /mcf5445x Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF5445x CPUs
163 /mcf547x_8x Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF547x_8x CPUs 163 /mcf547x_8x Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF547x_8x CPUs
164 /lib Architecture specific library files 164 /lib Architecture specific library files
165 /microblaze Files generic to microblaze architecture 165 /microblaze Files generic to microblaze architecture
166 /cpu CPU specific files 166 /cpu CPU specific files
167 /lib Architecture specific library files 167 /lib Architecture specific library files
168 /mips Files generic to MIPS architecture 168 /mips Files generic to MIPS architecture
169 /cpu CPU specific files 169 /cpu CPU specific files
170 /mips32 Files specific to MIPS32 CPUs 170 /mips32 Files specific to MIPS32 CPUs
171 /mips64 Files specific to MIPS64 CPUs 171 /mips64 Files specific to MIPS64 CPUs
172 /lib Architecture specific library files 172 /lib Architecture specific library files
173 /nds32 Files generic to NDS32 architecture 173 /nds32 Files generic to NDS32 architecture
174 /cpu CPU specific files 174 /cpu CPU specific files
175 /n1213 Files specific to Andes Technology N1213 CPUs 175 /n1213 Files specific to Andes Technology N1213 CPUs
176 /lib Architecture specific library files 176 /lib Architecture specific library files
177 /nios2 Files generic to Altera NIOS2 architecture 177 /nios2 Files generic to Altera NIOS2 architecture
178 /cpu CPU specific files 178 /cpu CPU specific files
179 /lib Architecture specific library files 179 /lib Architecture specific library files
180 /openrisc Files generic to OpenRISC architecture 180 /openrisc Files generic to OpenRISC architecture
181 /cpu CPU specific files 181 /cpu CPU specific files
182 /lib Architecture specific library files 182 /lib Architecture specific library files
183 /powerpc Files generic to PowerPC architecture 183 /powerpc Files generic to PowerPC architecture
184 /cpu CPU specific files 184 /cpu CPU specific files
185 /mpc5xx Files specific to Freescale MPC5xx CPUs 185 /mpc5xx Files specific to Freescale MPC5xx CPUs
186 /mpc5xxx Files specific to Freescale MPC5xxx CPUs 186 /mpc5xxx Files specific to Freescale MPC5xxx CPUs
187 /mpc8xx Files specific to Freescale MPC8xx CPUs 187 /mpc8xx Files specific to Freescale MPC8xx CPUs
188 /mpc8260 Files specific to Freescale MPC8260 CPUs 188 /mpc8260 Files specific to Freescale MPC8260 CPUs
189 /mpc85xx Files specific to Freescale MPC85xx CPUs 189 /mpc85xx Files specific to Freescale MPC85xx CPUs
190 /ppc4xx Files specific to AMCC PowerPC 4xx CPUs 190 /ppc4xx Files specific to AMCC PowerPC 4xx CPUs
191 /lib Architecture specific library files 191 /lib Architecture specific library files
192 /sh Files generic to SH architecture 192 /sh Files generic to SH architecture
193 /cpu CPU specific files 193 /cpu CPU specific files
194 /sh2 Files specific to sh2 CPUs 194 /sh2 Files specific to sh2 CPUs
195 /sh3 Files specific to sh3 CPUs 195 /sh3 Files specific to sh3 CPUs
196 /sh4 Files specific to sh4 CPUs 196 /sh4 Files specific to sh4 CPUs
197 /lib Architecture specific library files 197 /lib Architecture specific library files
198 /sparc Files generic to SPARC architecture 198 /sparc Files generic to SPARC architecture
199 /cpu CPU specific files 199 /cpu CPU specific files
200 /leon2 Files specific to Gaisler LEON2 SPARC CPU 200 /leon2 Files specific to Gaisler LEON2 SPARC CPU
201 /leon3 Files specific to Gaisler LEON3 SPARC CPU 201 /leon3 Files specific to Gaisler LEON3 SPARC CPU
202 /lib Architecture specific library files 202 /lib Architecture specific library files
203 /x86 Files generic to x86 architecture 203 /x86 Files generic to x86 architecture
204 /cpu CPU specific files 204 /cpu CPU specific files
205 /lib Architecture specific library files 205 /lib Architecture specific library files
206 /api Machine/arch independent API for external apps 206 /api Machine/arch independent API for external apps
207 /board Board dependent files 207 /board Board dependent files
208 /common Misc architecture independent functions 208 /common Misc architecture independent functions
209 /disk Code for disk drive partition handling 209 /disk Code for disk drive partition handling
210 /doc Documentation (don't expect too much) 210 /doc Documentation (don't expect too much)
211 /drivers Commonly used device drivers 211 /drivers Commonly used device drivers
212 /dts Contains Makefile for building internal U-Boot fdt. 212 /dts Contains Makefile for building internal U-Boot fdt.
213 /examples Example code for standalone applications, etc. 213 /examples Example code for standalone applications, etc.
214 /fs Filesystem code (cramfs, ext2, jffs2, etc.) 214 /fs Filesystem code (cramfs, ext2, jffs2, etc.)
215 /include Header Files 215 /include Header Files
216 /lib Files generic to all architectures 216 /lib Files generic to all architectures
217 /libfdt Library files to support flattened device trees 217 /libfdt Library files to support flattened device trees
218 /lzma Library files to support LZMA decompression 218 /lzma Library files to support LZMA decompression
219 /lzo Library files to support LZO decompression 219 /lzo Library files to support LZO decompression
220 /net Networking code 220 /net Networking code
221 /post Power On Self Test 221 /post Power On Self Test
222 /spl Secondary Program Loader framework 222 /spl Secondary Program Loader framework
223 /tools Tools to build S-Record or U-Boot images, etc. 223 /tools Tools to build S-Record or U-Boot images, etc.
224 224
225 Software Configuration: 225 Software Configuration:
226 ======================= 226 =======================
227 227
228 Configuration is usually done using C preprocessor defines; the 228 Configuration is usually done using C preprocessor defines; the
229 rationale behind that is to avoid dead code whenever possible. 229 rationale behind that is to avoid dead code whenever possible.
230 230
231 There are two classes of configuration variables: 231 There are two classes of configuration variables:
232 232
233 * Configuration _OPTIONS_: 233 * Configuration _OPTIONS_:
234 These are selectable by the user and have names beginning with 234 These are selectable by the user and have names beginning with
235 "CONFIG_". 235 "CONFIG_".
236 236
237 * Configuration _SETTINGS_: 237 * Configuration _SETTINGS_:
238 These depend on the hardware etc. and should not be meddled with if 238 These depend on the hardware etc. and should not be meddled with if
239 you don't know what you're doing; they have names beginning with 239 you don't know what you're doing; they have names beginning with
240 "CONFIG_SYS_". 240 "CONFIG_SYS_".
241 241
242 Later we will add a configuration tool - probably similar to or even 242 Later we will add a configuration tool - probably similar to or even
243 identical to what's used for the Linux kernel. Right now, we have to 243 identical to what's used for the Linux kernel. Right now, we have to
244 do the configuration by hand, which means creating some symbolic 244 do the configuration by hand, which means creating some symbolic
245 links and editing some configuration files. We use the TQM8xxL boards 245 links and editing some configuration files. We use the TQM8xxL boards
246 as an example here. 246 as an example here.
247 247
248 248
249 Selection of Processor Architecture and Board Type: 249 Selection of Processor Architecture and Board Type:
250 --------------------------------------------------- 250 ---------------------------------------------------
251 251
252 For all supported boards there are ready-to-use default 252 For all supported boards there are ready-to-use default
253 configurations available; just type "make <board_name>_defconfig". 253 configurations available; just type "make <board_name>_defconfig".
254 254
255 Example: For a TQM823L module type: 255 Example: For a TQM823L module type:
256 256
257 cd u-boot 257 cd u-boot
258 make TQM823L_defconfig 258 make TQM823L_defconfig
259 259
260 For the Cogent platform, you need to specify the CPU type as well; 260 For the Cogent platform, you need to specify the CPU type as well;
261 e.g. "make cogent_mpc8xx_defconfig". And also configure the cogent 261 e.g. "make cogent_mpc8xx_defconfig". And also configure the cogent
262 directory according to the instructions in cogent/README. 262 directory according to the instructions in cogent/README.
263 263
264 264
265 Sandbox Environment: 265 Sandbox Environment:
266 -------------------- 266 --------------------
267 267
268 U-Boot can be built natively to run on a Linux host using the 'sandbox' 268 U-Boot can be built natively to run on a Linux host using the 'sandbox'
269 board. This allows feature development which is not board- or architecture- 269 board. This allows feature development which is not board- or architecture-
270 specific to be undertaken on a native platform. The sandbox is also used to 270 specific to be undertaken on a native platform. The sandbox is also used to
271 run some of U-Boot's tests. 271 run some of U-Boot's tests.
272 272
273 See board/sandbox/README.sandbox for more details. 273 See board/sandbox/README.sandbox for more details.
274 274
275 275
276 Board Initialisation Flow: 276 Board Initialisation Flow:
277 -------------------------- 277 --------------------------
278 278
279 This is the intended start-up flow for boards. This should apply for both 279 This is the intended start-up flow for boards. This should apply for both
280 SPL and U-Boot proper (i.e. they both follow the same rules). At present SPL 280 SPL and U-Boot proper (i.e. they both follow the same rules). At present SPL
281 mostly uses a separate code path, but the funtion names and roles of each 281 mostly uses a separate code path, but the funtion names and roles of each
282 function are the same. Some boards or architectures may not conform to this. 282 function are the same. Some boards or architectures may not conform to this.
283 At least most ARM boards which use CONFIG_SPL_FRAMEWORK conform to this. 283 At least most ARM boards which use CONFIG_SPL_FRAMEWORK conform to this.
284 284
285 Execution starts with start.S with three functions called during init after 285 Execution starts with start.S with three functions called during init after
286 that. The purpose and limitations of each is described below. 286 that. The purpose and limitations of each is described below.
287 287
288 lowlevel_init(): 288 lowlevel_init():
289 - purpose: essential init to permit execution to reach board_init_f() 289 - purpose: essential init to permit execution to reach board_init_f()
290 - no global_data or BSS 290 - no global_data or BSS
291 - there is no stack (ARMv7 may have one but it will soon be removed) 291 - there is no stack (ARMv7 may have one but it will soon be removed)
292 - must not set up SDRAM or use console 292 - must not set up SDRAM or use console
293 - must only do the bare minimum to allow execution to continue to 293 - must only do the bare minimum to allow execution to continue to
294 board_init_f() 294 board_init_f()
295 - this is almost never needed 295 - this is almost never needed
296 - return normally from this function 296 - return normally from this function
297 297
298 board_init_f(): 298 board_init_f():
299 - purpose: set up the machine ready for running board_init_r(): 299 - purpose: set up the machine ready for running board_init_r():
300 i.e. SDRAM and serial UART 300 i.e. SDRAM and serial UART
301 - global_data is available 301 - global_data is available
302 - stack is in SRAM 302 - stack is in SRAM
303 - BSS is not available, so you cannot use global/static variables, 303 - BSS is not available, so you cannot use global/static variables,
304 only stack variables and global_data 304 only stack variables and global_data
305 305
306 Non-SPL-specific notes: 306 Non-SPL-specific notes:
307 - dram_init() is called to set up DRAM. If already done in SPL this 307 - dram_init() is called to set up DRAM. If already done in SPL this
308 can do nothing 308 can do nothing
309 309
310 SPL-specific notes: 310 SPL-specific notes:
311 - you can override the entire board_init_f() function with your own 311 - you can override the entire board_init_f() function with your own
312 version as needed. 312 version as needed.
313 - preloader_console_init() can be called here in extremis 313 - preloader_console_init() can be called here in extremis
314 - should set up SDRAM, and anything needed to make the UART work 314 - should set up SDRAM, and anything needed to make the UART work
315 - these is no need to clear BSS, it will be done by crt0.S 315 - these is no need to clear BSS, it will be done by crt0.S
316 - must return normally from this function (don't call board_init_r() 316 - must return normally from this function (don't call board_init_r()
317 directly) 317 directly)
318 318
319 Here the BSS is cleared. For SPL, if CONFIG_SPL_STACK_R is defined, then at 319 Here the BSS is cleared. For SPL, if CONFIG_SPL_STACK_R is defined, then at
320 this point the stack and global_data are relocated to below 320 this point the stack and global_data are relocated to below
321 CONFIG_SPL_STACK_R_ADDR. For non-SPL, U-Boot is relocated to run at the top of 321 CONFIG_SPL_STACK_R_ADDR. For non-SPL, U-Boot is relocated to run at the top of
322 memory. 322 memory.
323 323
324 board_init_r(): 324 board_init_r():
325 - purpose: main execution, common code 325 - purpose: main execution, common code
326 - global_data is available 326 - global_data is available
327 - SDRAM is available 327 - SDRAM is available
328 - BSS is available, all static/global variables can be used 328 - BSS is available, all static/global variables can be used
329 - execution eventually continues to main_loop() 329 - execution eventually continues to main_loop()
330 330
331 Non-SPL-specific notes: 331 Non-SPL-specific notes:
332 - U-Boot is relocated to the top of memory and is now running from 332 - U-Boot is relocated to the top of memory and is now running from
333 there. 333 there.
334 334
335 SPL-specific notes: 335 SPL-specific notes:
336 - stack is optionally in SDRAM, if CONFIG_SPL_STACK_R is defined and 336 - stack is optionally in SDRAM, if CONFIG_SPL_STACK_R is defined and
337 CONFIG_SPL_STACK_R_ADDR points into SDRAM 337 CONFIG_SPL_STACK_R_ADDR points into SDRAM
338 - preloader_console_init() can be called here - typically this is 338 - preloader_console_init() can be called here - typically this is
339 done by defining CONFIG_SPL_BOARD_INIT and then supplying a 339 done by defining CONFIG_SPL_BOARD_INIT and then supplying a
340 spl_board_init() function containing this call 340 spl_board_init() function containing this call
341 - loads U-Boot or (in falcon mode) Linux 341 - loads U-Boot or (in falcon mode) Linux
342 342
343 343
344 344
345 Configuration Options: 345 Configuration Options:
346 ---------------------- 346 ----------------------
347 347
348 Configuration depends on the combination of board and CPU type; all 348 Configuration depends on the combination of board and CPU type; all
349 such information is kept in a configuration file 349 such information is kept in a configuration file
350 "include/configs/<board_name>.h". 350 "include/configs/<board_name>.h".
351 351
352 Example: For a TQM823L module, all configuration settings are in 352 Example: For a TQM823L module, all configuration settings are in
353 "include/configs/TQM823L.h". 353 "include/configs/TQM823L.h".
354 354
355 355
356 Many of the options are named exactly as the corresponding Linux 356 Many of the options are named exactly as the corresponding Linux
357 kernel configuration options. The intention is to make it easier to 357 kernel configuration options. The intention is to make it easier to
358 build a config tool - later. 358 build a config tool - later.
359 359
360 360
361 The following options need to be configured: 361 The following options need to be configured:
362 362
363 - CPU Type: Define exactly one, e.g. CONFIG_MPC85XX. 363 - CPU Type: Define exactly one, e.g. CONFIG_MPC85XX.
364 364
365 - Board Type: Define exactly one, e.g. CONFIG_MPC8540ADS. 365 - Board Type: Define exactly one, e.g. CONFIG_MPC8540ADS.
366 366
367 - CPU Daughterboard Type: (if CONFIG_ATSTK1000 is defined) 367 - CPU Daughterboard Type: (if CONFIG_ATSTK1000 is defined)
368 Define exactly one, e.g. CONFIG_ATSTK1002 368 Define exactly one, e.g. CONFIG_ATSTK1002
369 369
370 - CPU Module Type: (if CONFIG_COGENT is defined) 370 - CPU Module Type: (if CONFIG_COGENT is defined)
371 Define exactly one of 371 Define exactly one of
372 CONFIG_CMA286_60_OLD 372 CONFIG_CMA286_60_OLD
373 --- FIXME --- not tested yet: 373 --- FIXME --- not tested yet:
374 CONFIG_CMA286_60, CONFIG_CMA286_21, CONFIG_CMA286_60P, 374 CONFIG_CMA286_60, CONFIG_CMA286_21, CONFIG_CMA286_60P,
375 CONFIG_CMA287_23, CONFIG_CMA287_50 375 CONFIG_CMA287_23, CONFIG_CMA287_50
376 376
377 - Motherboard Type: (if CONFIG_COGENT is defined) 377 - Motherboard Type: (if CONFIG_COGENT is defined)
378 Define exactly one of 378 Define exactly one of
379 CONFIG_CMA101, CONFIG_CMA102 379 CONFIG_CMA101, CONFIG_CMA102
380 380
381 - Motherboard I/O Modules: (if CONFIG_COGENT is defined) 381 - Motherboard I/O Modules: (if CONFIG_COGENT is defined)
382 Define one or more of 382 Define one or more of
383 CONFIG_CMA302 383 CONFIG_CMA302
384 384
385 - Motherboard Options: (if CONFIG_CMA101 or CONFIG_CMA102 are defined) 385 - Motherboard Options: (if CONFIG_CMA101 or CONFIG_CMA102 are defined)
386 Define one or more of 386 Define one or more of
387 CONFIG_LCD_HEARTBEAT - update a character position on 387 CONFIG_LCD_HEARTBEAT - update a character position on
388 the LCD display every second with 388 the LCD display every second with
389 a "rotator" |\-/|\-/ 389 a "rotator" |\-/|\-/
390 390
391 - Marvell Family Member 391 - Marvell Family Member
392 CONFIG_SYS_MVFS - define it if you want to enable 392 CONFIG_SYS_MVFS - define it if you want to enable
393 multiple fs option at one time 393 multiple fs option at one time
394 for marvell soc family 394 for marvell soc family
395 395
396 - 8xx CPU Options: (if using an MPC8xx CPU) 396 - 8xx CPU Options: (if using an MPC8xx CPU)
397 CONFIG_8xx_GCLK_FREQ - deprecated: CPU clock if 397 CONFIG_8xx_GCLK_FREQ - deprecated: CPU clock if
398 get_gclk_freq() cannot work 398 get_gclk_freq() cannot work
399 e.g. if there is no 32KHz 399 e.g. if there is no 32KHz
400 reference PIT/RTC clock 400 reference PIT/RTC clock
401 CONFIG_8xx_OSCLK - PLL input clock (either EXTCLK 401 CONFIG_8xx_OSCLK - PLL input clock (either EXTCLK
402 or XTAL/EXTAL) 402 or XTAL/EXTAL)
403 403
404 - 859/866/885 CPU options: (if using a MPC859 or MPC866 or MPC885 CPU): 404 - 859/866/885 CPU options: (if using a MPC859 or MPC866 or MPC885 CPU):
405 CONFIG_SYS_8xx_CPUCLK_MIN 405 CONFIG_SYS_8xx_CPUCLK_MIN
406 CONFIG_SYS_8xx_CPUCLK_MAX 406 CONFIG_SYS_8xx_CPUCLK_MAX
407 CONFIG_8xx_CPUCLK_DEFAULT 407 CONFIG_8xx_CPUCLK_DEFAULT
408 See doc/README.MPC866 408 See doc/README.MPC866
409 409
410 CONFIG_SYS_MEASURE_CPUCLK 410 CONFIG_SYS_MEASURE_CPUCLK
411 411
412 Define this to measure the actual CPU clock instead 412 Define this to measure the actual CPU clock instead
413 of relying on the correctness of the configured 413 of relying on the correctness of the configured
414 values. Mostly useful for board bringup to make sure 414 values. Mostly useful for board bringup to make sure
415 the PLL is locked at the intended frequency. Note 415 the PLL is locked at the intended frequency. Note
416 that this requires a (stable) reference clock (32 kHz 416 that this requires a (stable) reference clock (32 kHz
417 RTC clock or CONFIG_SYS_8XX_XIN) 417 RTC clock or CONFIG_SYS_8XX_XIN)
418 418
419 CONFIG_SYS_DELAYED_ICACHE 419 CONFIG_SYS_DELAYED_ICACHE
420 420
421 Define this option if you want to enable the 421 Define this option if you want to enable the
422 ICache only when Code runs from RAM. 422 ICache only when Code runs from RAM.
423 423
424 - 85xx CPU Options: 424 - 85xx CPU Options:
425 CONFIG_SYS_PPC64 425 CONFIG_SYS_PPC64
426 426
427 Specifies that the core is a 64-bit PowerPC implementation (implements 427 Specifies that the core is a 64-bit PowerPC implementation (implements
428 the "64" category of the Power ISA). This is necessary for ePAPR 428 the "64" category of the Power ISA). This is necessary for ePAPR
429 compliance, among other possible reasons. 429 compliance, among other possible reasons.
430 430
431 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_TBCLK_DIV 431 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_TBCLK_DIV
432 432
433 Defines the core time base clock divider ratio compared to the 433 Defines the core time base clock divider ratio compared to the
434 system clock. On most PQ3 devices this is 8, on newer QorIQ 434 system clock. On most PQ3 devices this is 8, on newer QorIQ
435 devices it can be 16 or 32. The ratio varies from SoC to Soc. 435 devices it can be 16 or 32. The ratio varies from SoC to Soc.
436 436
437 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_PCIE_COMPAT 437 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_PCIE_COMPAT
438 438
439 Defines the string to utilize when trying to match PCIe device 439 Defines the string to utilize when trying to match PCIe device
440 tree nodes for the given platform. 440 tree nodes for the given platform.
441 441
442 CONFIG_SYS_PPC_E500_DEBUG_TLB 442 CONFIG_SYS_PPC_E500_DEBUG_TLB
443 443
444 Enables a temporary TLB entry to be used during boot to work 444 Enables a temporary TLB entry to be used during boot to work
445 around limitations in e500v1 and e500v2 external debugger 445 around limitations in e500v1 and e500v2 external debugger
446 support. This reduces the portions of the boot code where 446 support. This reduces the portions of the boot code where
447 breakpoints and single stepping do not work. The value of this 447 breakpoints and single stepping do not work. The value of this
448 symbol should be set to the TLB1 entry to be used for this 448 symbol should be set to the TLB1 entry to be used for this
449 purpose. 449 purpose.
450 450
451 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510 451 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510
452 452
453 Enables a workaround for erratum A004510. If set, 453 Enables a workaround for erratum A004510. If set,
454 then CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510_SVR_REV and 454 then CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510_SVR_REV and
455 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_CORENET_SNOOPVEC_COREONLY must be set. 455 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_CORENET_SNOOPVEC_COREONLY must be set.
456 456
457 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510_SVR_REV 457 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510_SVR_REV
458 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510_SVR_REV2 (optional) 458 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510_SVR_REV2 (optional)
459 459
460 Defines one or two SoC revisions (low 8 bits of SVR) 460 Defines one or two SoC revisions (low 8 bits of SVR)
461 for which the A004510 workaround should be applied. 461 for which the A004510 workaround should be applied.
462 462
463 The rest of SVR is either not relevant to the decision 463 The rest of SVR is either not relevant to the decision
464 of whether the erratum is present (e.g. p2040 versus 464 of whether the erratum is present (e.g. p2040 versus
465 p2041) or is implied by the build target, which controls 465 p2041) or is implied by the build target, which controls
466 whether CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510 is set. 466 whether CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510 is set.
467 467
468 See Freescale App Note 4493 for more information about 468 See Freescale App Note 4493 for more information about
469 this erratum. 469 this erratum.
470 470
471 CONFIG_A003399_NOR_WORKAROUND 471 CONFIG_A003399_NOR_WORKAROUND
472 Enables a workaround for IFC erratum A003399. It is only 472 Enables a workaround for IFC erratum A003399. It is only
473 required during NOR boot. 473 required during NOR boot.
474 474
475 CONFIG_A008044_WORKAROUND 475 CONFIG_A008044_WORKAROUND
476 Enables a workaround for T1040/T1042 erratum A008044. It is only 476 Enables a workaround for T1040/T1042 erratum A008044. It is only
477 required during NAND boot and valid for Rev 1.0 SoC revision 477 required during NAND boot and valid for Rev 1.0 SoC revision
478 478
479 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_CORENET_SNOOPVEC_COREONLY 479 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_CORENET_SNOOPVEC_COREONLY
480 480
481 This is the value to write into CCSR offset 0x18600 481 This is the value to write into CCSR offset 0x18600
482 according to the A004510 workaround. 482 according to the A004510 workaround.
483 483
484 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DSP_DDR_ADDR 484 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DSP_DDR_ADDR
485 This value denotes start offset of DDR memory which is 485 This value denotes start offset of DDR memory which is
486 connected exclusively to the DSP cores. 486 connected exclusively to the DSP cores.
487 487
488 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DSP_M2_RAM_ADDR 488 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DSP_M2_RAM_ADDR
489 This value denotes start offset of M2 memory 489 This value denotes start offset of M2 memory
490 which is directly connected to the DSP core. 490 which is directly connected to the DSP core.
491 491
492 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DSP_M3_RAM_ADDR 492 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DSP_M3_RAM_ADDR
493 This value denotes start offset of M3 memory which is directly 493 This value denotes start offset of M3 memory which is directly
494 connected to the DSP core. 494 connected to the DSP core.
495 495
496 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DSP_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT 496 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DSP_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT
497 This value denotes start offset of DSP CCSR space. 497 This value denotes start offset of DSP CCSR space.
498 498
499 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_SINGLE_SOURCE_CLK 499 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_SINGLE_SOURCE_CLK
500 Single Source Clock is clocking mode present in some of FSL SoC's. 500 Single Source Clock is clocking mode present in some of FSL SoC's.
501 In this mode, a single differential clock is used to supply 501 In this mode, a single differential clock is used to supply
502 clocks to the sysclock, ddrclock and usbclock. 502 clocks to the sysclock, ddrclock and usbclock.
503 503
504 CONFIG_SYS_CPC_REINIT_F 504 CONFIG_SYS_CPC_REINIT_F
505 This CONFIG is defined when the CPC is configured as SRAM at the 505 This CONFIG is defined when the CPC is configured as SRAM at the
506 time of U-boot entry and is required to be re-initialized. 506 time of U-boot entry and is required to be re-initialized.
507 507
508 CONFIG_DEEP_SLEEP 508 CONFIG_DEEP_SLEEP
509 Indicates this SoC supports deep sleep feature. If deep sleep is 509 Indicates this SoC supports deep sleep feature. If deep sleep is
510 supported, core will start to execute uboot when wakes up. 510 supported, core will start to execute uboot when wakes up.
511 511
512 - Generic CPU options: 512 - Generic CPU options:
513 CONFIG_SYS_GENERIC_GLOBAL_DATA 513 CONFIG_SYS_GENERIC_GLOBAL_DATA
514 Defines global data is initialized in generic board board_init_f(). 514 Defines global data is initialized in generic board board_init_f().
515 If this macro is defined, global data is created and cleared in 515 If this macro is defined, global data is created and cleared in
516 generic board board_init_f(). Without this macro, architecture/board 516 generic board board_init_f(). Without this macro, architecture/board
517 should initialize global data before calling board_init_f(). 517 should initialize global data before calling board_init_f().
518 518
519 CONFIG_SYS_BIG_ENDIAN, CONFIG_SYS_LITTLE_ENDIAN 519 CONFIG_SYS_BIG_ENDIAN, CONFIG_SYS_LITTLE_ENDIAN
520 520
521 Defines the endianess of the CPU. Implementation of those 521 Defines the endianess of the CPU. Implementation of those
522 values is arch specific. 522 values is arch specific.
523 523
524 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR 524 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR
525 Freescale DDR driver in use. This type of DDR controller is 525 Freescale DDR driver in use. This type of DDR controller is
526 found in mpc83xx, mpc85xx, mpc86xx as well as some ARM core 526 found in mpc83xx, mpc85xx, mpc86xx as well as some ARM core
527 SoCs. 527 SoCs.
528 528
529 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_ADDR 529 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_ADDR
530 Freescale DDR memory-mapped register base. 530 Freescale DDR memory-mapped register base.
531 531
532 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_EMU 532 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_EMU
533 Specify emulator support for DDR. Some DDR features such as 533 Specify emulator support for DDR. Some DDR features such as
534 deskew training are not available. 534 deskew training are not available.
535 535
536 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_GEN1 536 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_GEN1
537 Freescale DDR1 controller. 537 Freescale DDR1 controller.
538 538
539 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_GEN2 539 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_GEN2
540 Freescale DDR2 controller. 540 Freescale DDR2 controller.
541 541
542 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_GEN3 542 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_GEN3
543 Freescale DDR3 controller. 543 Freescale DDR3 controller.
544 544
545 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_GEN4 545 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_GEN4
546 Freescale DDR4 controller. 546 Freescale DDR4 controller.
547 547
548 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_ARM_GEN3 548 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_ARM_GEN3
549 Freescale DDR3 controller for ARM-based SoCs. 549 Freescale DDR3 controller for ARM-based SoCs.
550 550
551 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR1 551 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR1
552 Board config to use DDR1. It can be enabled for SoCs with 552 Board config to use DDR1. It can be enabled for SoCs with
553 Freescale DDR1 or DDR2 controllers, depending on the board 553 Freescale DDR1 or DDR2 controllers, depending on the board
554 implemetation. 554 implemetation.
555 555
556 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR2 556 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR2
557 Board config to use DDR2. It can be eanbeld for SoCs with 557 Board config to use DDR2. It can be eanbeld for SoCs with
558 Freescale DDR2 or DDR3 controllers, depending on the board 558 Freescale DDR2 or DDR3 controllers, depending on the board
559 implementation. 559 implementation.
560 560
561 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR3 561 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR3
562 Board config to use DDR3. It can be enabled for SoCs with 562 Board config to use DDR3. It can be enabled for SoCs with
563 Freescale DDR3 or DDR3L controllers. 563 Freescale DDR3 or DDR3L controllers.
564 564
565 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR3L 565 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR3L
566 Board config to use DDR3L. It can be enabled for SoCs with 566 Board config to use DDR3L. It can be enabled for SoCs with
567 DDR3L controllers. 567 DDR3L controllers.
568 568
569 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR4 569 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR4
570 Board config to use DDR4. It can be enabled for SoCs with 570 Board config to use DDR4. It can be enabled for SoCs with
571 DDR4 controllers. 571 DDR4 controllers.
572 572
573 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_IFC_BE 573 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_IFC_BE
574 Defines the IFC controller register space as Big Endian 574 Defines the IFC controller register space as Big Endian
575 575
576 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_IFC_LE 576 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_IFC_LE
577 Defines the IFC controller register space as Little Endian 577 Defines the IFC controller register space as Little Endian
578 578
579 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_PBL_PBI 579 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_PBL_PBI
580 It enables addition of RCW (Power on reset configuration) in built image. 580 It enables addition of RCW (Power on reset configuration) in built image.
581 Please refer doc/README.pblimage for more details 581 Please refer doc/README.pblimage for more details
582 582
583 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_PBL_RCW 583 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_PBL_RCW
584 It adds PBI(pre-boot instructions) commands in u-boot build image. 584 It adds PBI(pre-boot instructions) commands in u-boot build image.
585 PBI commands can be used to configure SoC before it starts the execution. 585 PBI commands can be used to configure SoC before it starts the execution.
586 Please refer doc/README.pblimage for more details 586 Please refer doc/README.pblimage for more details
587 587
588 CONFIG_SPL_FSL_PBL 588 CONFIG_SPL_FSL_PBL
589 It adds a target to create boot binary having SPL binary in PBI format 589 It adds a target to create boot binary having SPL binary in PBI format
590 concatenated with u-boot binary. 590 concatenated with u-boot binary.
591 591
592 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_BE 592 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_BE
593 Defines the DDR controller register space as Big Endian 593 Defines the DDR controller register space as Big Endian
594 594
595 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_LE 595 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_LE
596 Defines the DDR controller register space as Little Endian 596 Defines the DDR controller register space as Little Endian
597 597
598 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_SDRAM_BASE_PHY 598 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_SDRAM_BASE_PHY
599 Physical address from the view of DDR controllers. It is the 599 Physical address from the view of DDR controllers. It is the
600 same as CONFIG_SYS_DDR_SDRAM_BASE for all Power SoCs. But 600 same as CONFIG_SYS_DDR_SDRAM_BASE for all Power SoCs. But
601 it could be different for ARM SoCs. 601 it could be different for ARM SoCs.
602 602
603 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_INTLV_256B 603 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_INTLV_256B
604 DDR controller interleaving on 256-byte. This is a special 604 DDR controller interleaving on 256-byte. This is a special
605 interleaving mode, handled by Dickens for Freescale layerscape 605 interleaving mode, handled by Dickens for Freescale layerscape
606 SoCs with ARM core. 606 SoCs with ARM core.
607 607
608 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_MAIN_NUM_CTRLS 608 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_MAIN_NUM_CTRLS
609 Number of controllers used as main memory. 609 Number of controllers used as main memory.
610 610
611 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_OTHER_DDR_NUM_CTRLS 611 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_OTHER_DDR_NUM_CTRLS
612 Number of controllers used for other than main memory. 612 Number of controllers used for other than main memory.
613 613
614 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_HAS_DP_DDR 614 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_HAS_DP_DDR
615 Defines the SoC has DP-DDR used for DPAA. 615 Defines the SoC has DP-DDR used for DPAA.
616 616
617 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_SEC_BE 617 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_SEC_BE
618 Defines the SEC controller register space as Big Endian 618 Defines the SEC controller register space as Big Endian
619 619
620 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_SEC_LE 620 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_SEC_LE
621 Defines the SEC controller register space as Little Endian 621 Defines the SEC controller register space as Little Endian
622 622
623 - Intel Monahans options: 623 - Intel Monahans options:
624 CONFIG_SYS_MONAHANS_RUN_MODE_OSC_RATIO 624 CONFIG_SYS_MONAHANS_RUN_MODE_OSC_RATIO
625 625
626 Defines the Monahans run mode to oscillator 626 Defines the Monahans run mode to oscillator
627 ratio. Valid values are 8, 16, 24, 31. The core 627 ratio. Valid values are 8, 16, 24, 31. The core
628 frequency is this value multiplied by 13 MHz. 628 frequency is this value multiplied by 13 MHz.
629 629
630 CONFIG_SYS_MONAHANS_TURBO_RUN_MODE_RATIO 630 CONFIG_SYS_MONAHANS_TURBO_RUN_MODE_RATIO
631 631
632 Defines the Monahans turbo mode to oscillator 632 Defines the Monahans turbo mode to oscillator
633 ratio. Valid values are 1 (default if undefined) and 633 ratio. Valid values are 1 (default if undefined) and
634 2. The core frequency as calculated above is multiplied 634 2. The core frequency as calculated above is multiplied
635 by this value. 635 by this value.
636 636
637 - MIPS CPU options: 637 - MIPS CPU options:
638 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET 638 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET
639 639
640 Offset relative to CONFIG_SYS_SDRAM_BASE for initial stack 640 Offset relative to CONFIG_SYS_SDRAM_BASE for initial stack
641 pointer. This is needed for the temporary stack before 641 pointer. This is needed for the temporary stack before
642 relocation. 642 relocation.
643 643
644 CONFIG_SYS_MIPS_CACHE_MODE 644 CONFIG_SYS_MIPS_CACHE_MODE
645 645
646 Cache operation mode for the MIPS CPU. 646 Cache operation mode for the MIPS CPU.
647 See also arch/mips/include/asm/mipsregs.h. 647 See also arch/mips/include/asm/mipsregs.h.
648 Possible values are: 648 Possible values are:
649 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_NO_WA 649 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_NO_WA
650 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_WA 650 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_WA
651 CONF_CM_UNCACHED 651 CONF_CM_UNCACHED
652 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_NONCOHERENT 652 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_NONCOHERENT
653 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_CE 653 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_CE
654 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_COW 654 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_COW
655 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_CUW 655 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_CUW
656 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_ACCELERATED 656 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_ACCELERATED
657 657
658 CONFIG_SYS_XWAY_EBU_BOOTCFG 658 CONFIG_SYS_XWAY_EBU_BOOTCFG
659 659
660 Special option for Lantiq XWAY SoCs for booting from NOR flash. 660 Special option for Lantiq XWAY SoCs for booting from NOR flash.
661 See also arch/mips/cpu/mips32/start.S. 661 See also arch/mips/cpu/mips32/start.S.
662 662
663 CONFIG_XWAY_SWAP_BYTES 663 CONFIG_XWAY_SWAP_BYTES
664 664
665 Enable compilation of tools/xway-swap-bytes needed for Lantiq 665 Enable compilation of tools/xway-swap-bytes needed for Lantiq
666 XWAY SoCs for booting from NOR flash. The U-Boot image needs to 666 XWAY SoCs for booting from NOR flash. The U-Boot image needs to
667 be swapped if a flash programmer is used. 667 be swapped if a flash programmer is used.
668 668
669 - ARM options: 669 - ARM options:
670 CONFIG_SYS_EXCEPTION_VECTORS_HIGH 670 CONFIG_SYS_EXCEPTION_VECTORS_HIGH
671 671
672 Select high exception vectors of the ARM core, e.g., do not 672 Select high exception vectors of the ARM core, e.g., do not
673 clear the V bit of the c1 register of CP15. 673 clear the V bit of the c1 register of CP15.
674 674
675 CONFIG_SYS_THUMB_BUILD 675 CONFIG_SYS_THUMB_BUILD
676 676
677 Use this flag to build U-Boot using the Thumb instruction 677 Use this flag to build U-Boot using the Thumb instruction
678 set for ARM architectures. Thumb instruction set provides 678 set for ARM architectures. Thumb instruction set provides
679 better code density. For ARM architectures that support 679 better code density. For ARM architectures that support
680 Thumb2 this flag will result in Thumb2 code generated by 680 Thumb2 this flag will result in Thumb2 code generated by
681 GCC. 681 GCC.
682 682
683 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_716044 683 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_716044
684 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_742230 684 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_742230
685 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_743622 685 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_743622
686 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_751472 686 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_751472
687 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_761320 687 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_761320
688 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_773022 688 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_773022
689 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_774769 689 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_774769
690 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_794072 690 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_794072
691 691
692 If set, the workarounds for these ARM errata are applied early 692 If set, the workarounds for these ARM errata are applied early
693 during U-Boot startup. Note that these options force the 693 during U-Boot startup. Note that these options force the
694 workarounds to be applied; no CPU-type/version detection 694 workarounds to be applied; no CPU-type/version detection
695 exists, unlike the similar options in the Linux kernel. Do not 695 exists, unlike the similar options in the Linux kernel. Do not
696 set these options unless they apply! 696 set these options unless they apply!
697 697
698 COUNTER_FREQUENCY 698 COUNTER_FREQUENCY
699 Generic timer clock source frequency. 699 Generic timer clock source frequency.
700 700
701 COUNTER_FREQUENCY_REAL 701 COUNTER_FREQUENCY_REAL
702 Generic timer clock source frequency if the real clock is 702 Generic timer clock source frequency if the real clock is
703 different from COUNTER_FREQUENCY, and can only be determined 703 different from COUNTER_FREQUENCY, and can only be determined
704 at run time. 704 at run time.
705 705
706 NOTE: The following can be machine specific errata. These 706 NOTE: The following can be machine specific errata. These
707 do have ability to provide rudimentary version and machine 707 do have ability to provide rudimentary version and machine
708 specific checks, but expect no product checks. 708 specific checks, but expect no product checks.
709 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_430973 709 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_430973
710 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_454179 710 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_454179
711 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_621766 711 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_621766
712 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_798870 712 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_798870
713 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_801819 713 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_801819
714 714
715 - Tegra SoC options: 715 - Tegra SoC options:
716 CONFIG_TEGRA_SUPPORT_NON_SECURE 716 CONFIG_TEGRA_SUPPORT_NON_SECURE
717 717
718 Support executing U-Boot in non-secure (NS) mode. Certain 718 Support executing U-Boot in non-secure (NS) mode. Certain
719 impossible actions will be skipped if the CPU is in NS mode, 719 impossible actions will be skipped if the CPU is in NS mode,
720 such as ARM architectural timer initialization. 720 such as ARM architectural timer initialization.
721 721
722 - Linux Kernel Interface: 722 - Linux Kernel Interface:
723 CONFIG_CLOCKS_IN_MHZ 723 CONFIG_CLOCKS_IN_MHZ
724 724
725 U-Boot stores all clock information in Hz 725 U-Boot stores all clock information in Hz
726 internally. For binary compatibility with older Linux 726 internally. For binary compatibility with older Linux
727 kernels (which expect the clocks passed in the 727 kernels (which expect the clocks passed in the
728 bd_info data to be in MHz) the environment variable 728 bd_info data to be in MHz) the environment variable
729 "clocks_in_mhz" can be defined so that U-Boot 729 "clocks_in_mhz" can be defined so that U-Boot
730 converts clock data to MHZ before passing it to the 730 converts clock data to MHZ before passing it to the
731 Linux kernel. 731 Linux kernel.
732 When CONFIG_CLOCKS_IN_MHZ is defined, a definition of 732 When CONFIG_CLOCKS_IN_MHZ is defined, a definition of
733 "clocks_in_mhz=1" is automatically included in the 733 "clocks_in_mhz=1" is automatically included in the
734 default environment. 734 default environment.
735 735
736 CONFIG_MEMSIZE_IN_BYTES [relevant for MIPS only] 736 CONFIG_MEMSIZE_IN_BYTES [relevant for MIPS only]
737 737
738 When transferring memsize parameter to Linux, some versions 738 When transferring memsize parameter to Linux, some versions
739 expect it to be in bytes, others in MB. 739 expect it to be in bytes, others in MB.
740 Define CONFIG_MEMSIZE_IN_BYTES to make it in bytes. 740 Define CONFIG_MEMSIZE_IN_BYTES to make it in bytes.
741 741
742 CONFIG_OF_LIBFDT 742 CONFIG_OF_LIBFDT
743 743
744 New kernel versions are expecting firmware settings to be 744 New kernel versions are expecting firmware settings to be
745 passed using flattened device trees (based on open firmware 745 passed using flattened device trees (based on open firmware
746 concepts). 746 concepts).
747 747
748 CONFIG_OF_LIBFDT 748 CONFIG_OF_LIBFDT
749 * New libfdt-based support 749 * New libfdt-based support
750 * Adds the "fdt" command 750 * Adds the "fdt" command
751 * The bootm command automatically updates the fdt 751 * The bootm command automatically updates the fdt
752 752
753 OF_CPU - The proper name of the cpus node (only required for 753 OF_CPU - The proper name of the cpus node (only required for
754 MPC512X and MPC5xxx based boards). 754 MPC512X and MPC5xxx based boards).
755 OF_SOC - The proper name of the soc node (only required for 755 OF_SOC - The proper name of the soc node (only required for
756 MPC512X and MPC5xxx based boards). 756 MPC512X and MPC5xxx based boards).
757 OF_TBCLK - The timebase frequency. 757 OF_TBCLK - The timebase frequency.
758 OF_STDOUT_PATH - The path to the console device 758 OF_STDOUT_PATH - The path to the console device
759 759
760 boards with QUICC Engines require OF_QE to set UCC MAC 760 boards with QUICC Engines require OF_QE to set UCC MAC
761 addresses 761 addresses
762 762
763 CONFIG_OF_BOARD_SETUP 763 CONFIG_OF_BOARD_SETUP
764 764
765 Board code has addition modification that it wants to make 765 Board code has addition modification that it wants to make
766 to the flat device tree before handing it off to the kernel 766 to the flat device tree before handing it off to the kernel
767 767
768 CONFIG_OF_SYSTEM_SETUP 768 CONFIG_OF_SYSTEM_SETUP
769 769
770 Other code has addition modification that it wants to make 770 Other code has addition modification that it wants to make
771 to the flat device tree before handing it off to the kernel. 771 to the flat device tree before handing it off to the kernel.
772 This causes ft_system_setup() to be called before booting 772 This causes ft_system_setup() to be called before booting
773 the kernel. 773 the kernel.
774 774
775 CONFIG_OF_BOOT_CPU 775 CONFIG_OF_BOOT_CPU
776 776
777 This define fills in the correct boot CPU in the boot 777 This define fills in the correct boot CPU in the boot
778 param header, the default value is zero if undefined. 778 param header, the default value is zero if undefined.
779 779
780 CONFIG_OF_IDE_FIXUP 780 CONFIG_OF_IDE_FIXUP
781 781
782 U-Boot can detect if an IDE device is present or not. 782 U-Boot can detect if an IDE device is present or not.
783 If not, and this new config option is activated, U-Boot 783 If not, and this new config option is activated, U-Boot
784 removes the ATA node from the DTS before booting Linux, 784 removes the ATA node from the DTS before booting Linux,
785 so the Linux IDE driver does not probe the device and 785 so the Linux IDE driver does not probe the device and
786 crash. This is needed for buggy hardware (uc101) where 786 crash. This is needed for buggy hardware (uc101) where
787 no pull down resistor is connected to the signal IDE5V_DD7. 787 no pull down resistor is connected to the signal IDE5V_DD7.
788 788
789 CONFIG_MACH_TYPE [relevant for ARM only][mandatory] 789 CONFIG_MACH_TYPE [relevant for ARM only][mandatory]
790 790
791 This setting is mandatory for all boards that have only one 791 This setting is mandatory for all boards that have only one
792 machine type and must be used to specify the machine type 792 machine type and must be used to specify the machine type
793 number as it appears in the ARM machine registry 793 number as it appears in the ARM machine registry
794 (see http://www.arm.linux.org.uk/developer/machines/). 794 (see http://www.arm.linux.org.uk/developer/machines/).
795 Only boards that have multiple machine types supported 795 Only boards that have multiple machine types supported
796 in a single configuration file and the machine type is 796 in a single configuration file and the machine type is
797 runtime discoverable, do not have to use this setting. 797 runtime discoverable, do not have to use this setting.
798 798
799 - vxWorks boot parameters: 799 - vxWorks boot parameters:
800 800
801 bootvx constructs a valid bootline using the following 801 bootvx constructs a valid bootline using the following
802 environments variables: bootdev, bootfile, ipaddr, netmask, 802 environments variables: bootdev, bootfile, ipaddr, netmask,
803 serverip, gatewayip, hostname, othbootargs. 803 serverip, gatewayip, hostname, othbootargs.
804 It loads the vxWorks image pointed bootfile. 804 It loads the vxWorks image pointed bootfile.
805 805
806 Note: If a "bootargs" environment is defined, it will overwride 806 Note: If a "bootargs" environment is defined, it will overwride
807 the defaults discussed just above. 807 the defaults discussed just above.
808 808
809 - Cache Configuration: 809 - Cache Configuration:
810 CONFIG_SYS_ICACHE_OFF - Do not enable instruction cache in U-Boot 810 CONFIG_SYS_ICACHE_OFF - Do not enable instruction cache in U-Boot
811 CONFIG_SYS_DCACHE_OFF - Do not enable data cache in U-Boot 811 CONFIG_SYS_DCACHE_OFF - Do not enable data cache in U-Boot
812 CONFIG_SYS_L2CACHE_OFF- Do not enable L2 cache in U-Boot 812 CONFIG_SYS_L2CACHE_OFF- Do not enable L2 cache in U-Boot
813 813
814 - Cache Configuration for ARM: 814 - Cache Configuration for ARM:
815 CONFIG_SYS_L2_PL310 - Enable support for ARM PL310 L2 cache 815 CONFIG_SYS_L2_PL310 - Enable support for ARM PL310 L2 cache
816 controller 816 controller
817 CONFIG_SYS_PL310_BASE - Physical base address of PL310 817 CONFIG_SYS_PL310_BASE - Physical base address of PL310
818 controller register space 818 controller register space
819 819
820 - Serial Ports: 820 - Serial Ports:
821 CONFIG_PL010_SERIAL 821 CONFIG_PL010_SERIAL
822 822
823 Define this if you want support for Amba PrimeCell PL010 UARTs. 823 Define this if you want support for Amba PrimeCell PL010 UARTs.
824 824
825 CONFIG_PL011_SERIAL 825 CONFIG_PL011_SERIAL
826 826
827 Define this if you want support for Amba PrimeCell PL011 UARTs. 827 Define this if you want support for Amba PrimeCell PL011 UARTs.
828 828
829 CONFIG_PL011_CLOCK 829 CONFIG_PL011_CLOCK
830 830
831 If you have Amba PrimeCell PL011 UARTs, set this variable to 831 If you have Amba PrimeCell PL011 UARTs, set this variable to
832 the clock speed of the UARTs. 832 the clock speed of the UARTs.
833 833
834 CONFIG_PL01x_PORTS 834 CONFIG_PL01x_PORTS
835 835
836 If you have Amba PrimeCell PL010 or PL011 UARTs on your board, 836 If you have Amba PrimeCell PL010 or PL011 UARTs on your board,
837 define this to a list of base addresses for each (supported) 837 define this to a list of base addresses for each (supported)
838 port. See e.g. include/configs/versatile.h 838 port. See e.g. include/configs/versatile.h
839 839
840 CONFIG_SERIAL_HW_FLOW_CONTROL 840 CONFIG_SERIAL_HW_FLOW_CONTROL
841 841
842 Define this variable to enable hw flow control in serial driver. 842 Define this variable to enable hw flow control in serial driver.
843 Current user of this option is drivers/serial/nsl16550.c driver 843 Current user of this option is drivers/serial/nsl16550.c driver
844 844
845 - Console Interface: 845 - Console Interface:
846 Depending on board, define exactly one serial port 846 Depending on board, define exactly one serial port
847 (like CONFIG_8xx_CONS_SMC1, CONFIG_8xx_CONS_SMC2, 847 (like CONFIG_8xx_CONS_SMC1, CONFIG_8xx_CONS_SMC2,
848 CONFIG_8xx_CONS_SCC1, ...), or switch off the serial 848 CONFIG_8xx_CONS_SCC1, ...), or switch off the serial
849 console by defining CONFIG_8xx_CONS_NONE 849 console by defining CONFIG_8xx_CONS_NONE
850 850
851 Note: if CONFIG_8xx_CONS_NONE is defined, the serial 851 Note: if CONFIG_8xx_CONS_NONE is defined, the serial
852 port routines must be defined elsewhere 852 port routines must be defined elsewhere
853 (i.e. serial_init(), serial_getc(), ...) 853 (i.e. serial_init(), serial_getc(), ...)
854 854
855 CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE 855 CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE
856 Enables console device for a color framebuffer. Needs following 856 Enables console device for a color framebuffer. Needs following
857 defines (cf. smiLynxEM, i8042) 857 defines (cf. smiLynxEM, i8042)
858 VIDEO_FB_LITTLE_ENDIAN graphic memory organisation 858 VIDEO_FB_LITTLE_ENDIAN graphic memory organisation
859 (default big endian) 859 (default big endian)
860 VIDEO_HW_RECTFILL graphic chip supports 860 VIDEO_HW_RECTFILL graphic chip supports
861 rectangle fill 861 rectangle fill
862 (cf. smiLynxEM) 862 (cf. smiLynxEM)
863 VIDEO_HW_BITBLT graphic chip supports 863 VIDEO_HW_BITBLT graphic chip supports
864 bit-blit (cf. smiLynxEM) 864 bit-blit (cf. smiLynxEM)
865 VIDEO_VISIBLE_COLS visible pixel columns 865 VIDEO_VISIBLE_COLS visible pixel columns
866 (cols=pitch) 866 (cols=pitch)
867 VIDEO_VISIBLE_ROWS visible pixel rows 867 VIDEO_VISIBLE_ROWS visible pixel rows
868 VIDEO_PIXEL_SIZE bytes per pixel 868 VIDEO_PIXEL_SIZE bytes per pixel
869 VIDEO_DATA_FORMAT graphic data format 869 VIDEO_DATA_FORMAT graphic data format
870 (0-5, cf. cfb_console.c) 870 (0-5, cf. cfb_console.c)
871 VIDEO_FB_ADRS framebuffer address 871 VIDEO_FB_ADRS framebuffer address
872 VIDEO_KBD_INIT_FCT keyboard int fct 872 VIDEO_KBD_INIT_FCT keyboard int fct
873 (i.e. rx51_kp_init()) 873 (i.e. rx51_kp_init())
874 VIDEO_TSTC_FCT test char fct 874 VIDEO_TSTC_FCT test char fct
875 (i.e. rx51_kp_tstc) 875 (i.e. rx51_kp_tstc)
876 VIDEO_GETC_FCT get char fct 876 VIDEO_GETC_FCT get char fct
877 (i.e. rx51_kp_getc) 877 (i.e. rx51_kp_getc)
878 CONFIG_VIDEO_LOGO display Linux logo in 878 CONFIG_VIDEO_LOGO display Linux logo in
879 upper left corner 879 upper left corner
880 CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_LOGO use bmp_logo.h instead of 880 CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_LOGO use bmp_logo.h instead of
881 linux_logo.h for logo. 881 linux_logo.h for logo.
882 Requires CONFIG_VIDEO_LOGO 882 Requires CONFIG_VIDEO_LOGO
883 CONFIG_CONSOLE_EXTRA_INFO 883 CONFIG_CONSOLE_EXTRA_INFO
884 additional board info beside 884 additional board info beside
885 the logo 885 the logo
886 886
887 When CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE_ANSI is defined, console will support 887 When CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE_ANSI is defined, console will support
888 a limited number of ANSI escape sequences (cursor control, 888 a limited number of ANSI escape sequences (cursor control,
889 erase functions and limited graphics rendition control). 889 erase functions and limited graphics rendition control).
890 890
891 When CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE is defined, video console is 891 When CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE is defined, video console is
892 default i/o. Serial console can be forced with 892 default i/o. Serial console can be forced with
893 environment 'console=serial'. 893 environment 'console=serial'.
894 894
895 When CONFIG_SILENT_CONSOLE is defined, all console 895 When CONFIG_SILENT_CONSOLE is defined, all console
896 messages (by U-Boot and Linux!) can be silenced with 896 messages (by U-Boot and Linux!) can be silenced with
897 the "silent" environment variable. See 897 the "silent" environment variable. See
898 doc/README.silent for more information. 898 doc/README.silent for more information.
899 899
900 CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_BG_COL: define the backgroundcolor, default 900 CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_BG_COL: define the backgroundcolor, default
901 is 0x00. 901 is 0x00.
902 CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_FG_COL: define the foregroundcolor, default 902 CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_FG_COL: define the foregroundcolor, default
903 is 0xa0. 903 is 0xa0.
904 904
905 - Console Baudrate: 905 - Console Baudrate:
906 CONFIG_BAUDRATE - in bps 906 CONFIG_BAUDRATE - in bps
907 Select one of the baudrates listed in 907 Select one of the baudrates listed in
908 CONFIG_SYS_BAUDRATE_TABLE, see below. 908 CONFIG_SYS_BAUDRATE_TABLE, see below.
909 CONFIG_SYS_BRGCLK_PRESCALE, baudrate prescale 909 CONFIG_SYS_BRGCLK_PRESCALE, baudrate prescale
910 910
911 - Console Rx buffer length 911 - Console Rx buffer length
912 With CONFIG_SYS_SMC_RXBUFLEN it is possible to define 912 With CONFIG_SYS_SMC_RXBUFLEN it is possible to define
913 the maximum receive buffer length for the SMC. 913 the maximum receive buffer length for the SMC.
914 This option is actual only for 82xx and 8xx possible. 914 This option is actual only for 82xx and 8xx possible.
915 If using CONFIG_SYS_SMC_RXBUFLEN also CONFIG_SYS_MAXIDLE 915 If using CONFIG_SYS_SMC_RXBUFLEN also CONFIG_SYS_MAXIDLE
916 must be defined, to setup the maximum idle timeout for 916 must be defined, to setup the maximum idle timeout for
917 the SMC. 917 the SMC.
918 918
919 - Pre-Console Buffer: 919 - Pre-Console Buffer:
920 Prior to the console being initialised (i.e. serial UART 920 Prior to the console being initialised (i.e. serial UART
921 initialised etc) all console output is silently discarded. 921 initialised etc) all console output is silently discarded.
922 Defining CONFIG_PRE_CONSOLE_BUFFER will cause U-Boot to 922 Defining CONFIG_PRE_CONSOLE_BUFFER will cause U-Boot to
923 buffer any console messages prior to the console being 923 buffer any console messages prior to the console being
924 initialised to a buffer of size CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_SZ 924 initialised to a buffer of size CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_SZ
925 bytes located at CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_ADDR. The buffer is 925 bytes located at CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_ADDR. The buffer is
926 a circular buffer, so if more than CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_SZ 926 a circular buffer, so if more than CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_SZ
927 bytes are output before the console is initialised, the 927 bytes are output before the console is initialised, the
928 earlier bytes are discarded. 928 earlier bytes are discarded.
929 929
930 Note that when printing the buffer a copy is made on the 930 Note that when printing the buffer a copy is made on the
931 stack so CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_SZ must fit on the stack. 931 stack so CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_SZ must fit on the stack.
932 932
933 'Sane' compilers will generate smaller code if 933 'Sane' compilers will generate smaller code if
934 CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_SZ is a power of 2 934 CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_SZ is a power of 2
935 935
936 - Safe printf() functions 936 - Safe printf() functions
937 Define CONFIG_SYS_VSNPRINTF to compile in safe versions of 937 Define CONFIG_SYS_VSNPRINTF to compile in safe versions of
938 the printf() functions. These are defined in 938 the printf() functions. These are defined in
939 include/vsprintf.h and include snprintf(), vsnprintf() and 939 include/vsprintf.h and include snprintf(), vsnprintf() and
940 so on. Code size increase is approximately 300-500 bytes. 940 so on. Code size increase is approximately 300-500 bytes.
941 If this option is not given then these functions will 941 If this option is not given then these functions will
942 silently discard their buffer size argument - this means 942 silently discard their buffer size argument - this means
943 you are not getting any overflow checking in this case. 943 you are not getting any overflow checking in this case.
944 944
945 - Boot Delay: CONFIG_BOOTDELAY - in seconds 945 - Boot Delay: CONFIG_BOOTDELAY - in seconds
946 Delay before automatically booting the default image; 946 Delay before automatically booting the default image;
947 set to -1 to disable autoboot. 947 set to -1 to disable autoboot.
948 set to -2 to autoboot with no delay and not check for abort 948 set to -2 to autoboot with no delay and not check for abort
949 (even when CONFIG_ZERO_BOOTDELAY_CHECK is defined). 949 (even when CONFIG_ZERO_BOOTDELAY_CHECK is defined).
950 950
951 See doc/README.autoboot for these options that 951 See doc/README.autoboot for these options that
952 work with CONFIG_BOOTDELAY. None are required. 952 work with CONFIG_BOOTDELAY. None are required.
953 CONFIG_BOOT_RETRY_TIME 953 CONFIG_BOOT_RETRY_TIME
954 CONFIG_BOOT_RETRY_MIN 954 CONFIG_BOOT_RETRY_MIN
955 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_KEYED 955 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_KEYED
956 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_PROMPT 956 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_PROMPT
957 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_DELAY_STR 957 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_DELAY_STR
958 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_STOP_STR 958 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_STOP_STR
959 CONFIG_ZERO_BOOTDELAY_CHECK 959 CONFIG_ZERO_BOOTDELAY_CHECK
960 CONFIG_RESET_TO_RETRY 960 CONFIG_RESET_TO_RETRY
961 961
962 - Autoboot Command: 962 - Autoboot Command:
963 CONFIG_BOOTCOMMAND 963 CONFIG_BOOTCOMMAND
964 Only needed when CONFIG_BOOTDELAY is enabled; 964 Only needed when CONFIG_BOOTDELAY is enabled;
965 define a command string that is automatically executed 965 define a command string that is automatically executed
966 when no character is read on the console interface 966 when no character is read on the console interface
967 within "Boot Delay" after reset. 967 within "Boot Delay" after reset.
968 968
969 CONFIG_BOOTARGS 969 CONFIG_BOOTARGS
970 This can be used to pass arguments to the bootm 970 This can be used to pass arguments to the bootm
971 command. The value of CONFIG_BOOTARGS goes into the 971 command. The value of CONFIG_BOOTARGS goes into the
972 environment value "bootargs". 972 environment value "bootargs".
973 973
974 CONFIG_RAMBOOT and CONFIG_NFSBOOT 974 CONFIG_RAMBOOT and CONFIG_NFSBOOT
975 The value of these goes into the environment as 975 The value of these goes into the environment as
976 "ramboot" and "nfsboot" respectively, and can be used 976 "ramboot" and "nfsboot" respectively, and can be used
977 as a convenience, when switching between booting from 977 as a convenience, when switching between booting from
978 RAM and NFS. 978 RAM and NFS.
979 979
980 - Bootcount: 980 - Bootcount:
981 CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_LIMIT 981 CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_LIMIT
982 Implements a mechanism for detecting a repeating reboot 982 Implements a mechanism for detecting a repeating reboot
983 cycle, see: 983 cycle, see:
984 http://www.denx.de/wiki/view/DULG/UBootBootCountLimit 984 http://www.denx.de/wiki/view/DULG/UBootBootCountLimit
985 985
986 CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_ENV 986 CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_ENV
987 If no softreset save registers are found on the hardware 987 If no softreset save registers are found on the hardware
988 "bootcount" is stored in the environment. To prevent a 988 "bootcount" is stored in the environment. To prevent a
989 saveenv on all reboots, the environment variable 989 saveenv on all reboots, the environment variable
990 "upgrade_available" is used. If "upgrade_available" is 990 "upgrade_available" is used. If "upgrade_available" is
991 0, "bootcount" is always 0, if "upgrade_available" is 991 0, "bootcount" is always 0, if "upgrade_available" is
992 1 "bootcount" is incremented in the environment. 992 1 "bootcount" is incremented in the environment.
993 So the Userspace Applikation must set the "upgrade_available" 993 So the Userspace Applikation must set the "upgrade_available"
994 and "bootcount" variable to 0, if a boot was successfully. 994 and "bootcount" variable to 0, if a boot was successfully.
995 995
996 - Pre-Boot Commands: 996 - Pre-Boot Commands:
997 CONFIG_PREBOOT 997 CONFIG_PREBOOT
998 998
999 When this option is #defined, the existence of the 999 When this option is #defined, the existence of the
1000 environment variable "preboot" will be checked 1000 environment variable "preboot" will be checked
1001 immediately before starting the CONFIG_BOOTDELAY 1001 immediately before starting the CONFIG_BOOTDELAY
1002 countdown and/or running the auto-boot command resp. 1002 countdown and/or running the auto-boot command resp.
1003 entering interactive mode. 1003 entering interactive mode.
1004 1004
1005 This feature is especially useful when "preboot" is 1005 This feature is especially useful when "preboot" is
1006 automatically generated or modified. For an example 1006 automatically generated or modified. For an example
1007 see the LWMON board specific code: here "preboot" is 1007 see the LWMON board specific code: here "preboot" is
1008 modified when the user holds down a certain 1008 modified when the user holds down a certain
1009 combination of keys on the (special) keyboard when 1009 combination of keys on the (special) keyboard when
1010 booting the systems 1010 booting the systems
1011 1011
1012 - Serial Download Echo Mode: 1012 - Serial Download Echo Mode:
1013 CONFIG_LOADS_ECHO 1013 CONFIG_LOADS_ECHO
1014 If defined to 1, all characters received during a 1014 If defined to 1, all characters received during a
1015 serial download (using the "loads" command) are 1015 serial download (using the "loads" command) are
1016 echoed back. This might be needed by some terminal 1016 echoed back. This might be needed by some terminal
1017 emulations (like "cu"), but may as well just take 1017 emulations (like "cu"), but may as well just take
1018 time on others. This setting #define's the initial 1018 time on others. This setting #define's the initial
1019 value of the "loads_echo" environment variable. 1019 value of the "loads_echo" environment variable.
1020 1020
1021 - Kgdb Serial Baudrate: (if CONFIG_CMD_KGDB is defined) 1021 - Kgdb Serial Baudrate: (if CONFIG_CMD_KGDB is defined)
1022 CONFIG_KGDB_BAUDRATE 1022 CONFIG_KGDB_BAUDRATE
1023 Select one of the baudrates listed in 1023 Select one of the baudrates listed in
1024 CONFIG_SYS_BAUDRATE_TABLE, see below. 1024 CONFIG_SYS_BAUDRATE_TABLE, see below.
1025 1025
1026 - Monitor Functions: 1026 - Monitor Functions:
1027 Monitor commands can be included or excluded 1027 Monitor commands can be included or excluded
1028 from the build by using the #include files 1028 from the build by using the #include files
1029 <config_cmd_all.h> and #undef'ing unwanted 1029 <config_cmd_all.h> and #undef'ing unwanted
1030 commands, or adding #define's for wanted commands. 1030 commands, or adding #define's for wanted commands.
1031 1031
1032 The default command configuration includes all commands 1032 The default command configuration includes all commands
1033 except those marked below with a "*". 1033 except those marked below with a "*".
1034 1034
1035 CONFIG_CMD_AES AES 128 CBC encrypt/decrypt 1035 CONFIG_CMD_AES AES 128 CBC encrypt/decrypt
1036 CONFIG_CMD_ASKENV * ask for env variable 1036 CONFIG_CMD_ASKENV * ask for env variable
1037 CONFIG_CMD_BDI bdinfo 1037 CONFIG_CMD_BDI bdinfo
1038 CONFIG_CMD_BEDBUG * Include BedBug Debugger 1038 CONFIG_CMD_BEDBUG * Include BedBug Debugger
1039 CONFIG_CMD_BMP * BMP support 1039 CONFIG_CMD_BMP * BMP support
1040 CONFIG_CMD_BSP * Board specific commands 1040 CONFIG_CMD_BSP * Board specific commands
1041 CONFIG_CMD_BOOTD bootd 1041 CONFIG_CMD_BOOTD bootd
1042 CONFIG_CMD_BOOTI * ARM64 Linux kernel Image support 1042 CONFIG_CMD_BOOTI * ARM64 Linux kernel Image support
1043 CONFIG_CMD_CACHE * icache, dcache 1043 CONFIG_CMD_CACHE * icache, dcache
1044 CONFIG_CMD_CLK * clock command support 1044 CONFIG_CMD_CLK * clock command support
1045 CONFIG_CMD_CONSOLE coninfo 1045 CONFIG_CMD_CONSOLE coninfo
1046 CONFIG_CMD_CRC32 * crc32 1046 CONFIG_CMD_CRC32 * crc32
1047 CONFIG_CMD_DATE * support for RTC, date/time... 1047 CONFIG_CMD_DATE * support for RTC, date/time...
1048 CONFIG_CMD_DHCP * DHCP support 1048 CONFIG_CMD_DHCP * DHCP support
1049 CONFIG_CMD_DIAG * Diagnostics 1049 CONFIG_CMD_DIAG * Diagnostics
1050 CONFIG_CMD_DS4510 * ds4510 I2C gpio commands 1050 CONFIG_CMD_DS4510 * ds4510 I2C gpio commands
1051 CONFIG_CMD_DS4510_INFO * ds4510 I2C info command 1051 CONFIG_CMD_DS4510_INFO * ds4510 I2C info command
1052 CONFIG_CMD_DS4510_MEM * ds4510 I2C eeprom/sram commansd 1052 CONFIG_CMD_DS4510_MEM * ds4510 I2C eeprom/sram commansd
1053 CONFIG_CMD_DS4510_RST * ds4510 I2C rst command 1053 CONFIG_CMD_DS4510_RST * ds4510 I2C rst command
1054 CONFIG_CMD_DTT * Digital Therm and Thermostat 1054 CONFIG_CMD_DTT * Digital Therm and Thermostat
1055 CONFIG_CMD_ECHO echo arguments 1055 CONFIG_CMD_ECHO echo arguments
1056 CONFIG_CMD_EDITENV edit env variable 1056 CONFIG_CMD_EDITENV edit env variable
1057 CONFIG_CMD_EEPROM * EEPROM read/write support 1057 CONFIG_CMD_EEPROM * EEPROM read/write support
1058 CONFIG_CMD_ELF * bootelf, bootvx 1058 CONFIG_CMD_ELF * bootelf, bootvx
1059 CONFIG_CMD_ENV_CALLBACK * display details about env callbacks 1059 CONFIG_CMD_ENV_CALLBACK * display details about env callbacks
1060 CONFIG_CMD_ENV_FLAGS * display details about env flags 1060 CONFIG_CMD_ENV_FLAGS * display details about env flags
1061 CONFIG_CMD_ENV_EXISTS * check existence of env variable 1061 CONFIG_CMD_ENV_EXISTS * check existence of env variable
1062 CONFIG_CMD_EXPORTENV * export the environment 1062 CONFIG_CMD_EXPORTENV * export the environment
1063 CONFIG_CMD_EXT2 * ext2 command support 1063 CONFIG_CMD_EXT2 * ext2 command support
1064 CONFIG_CMD_EXT4 * ext4 command support 1064 CONFIG_CMD_EXT4 * ext4 command support
1065 CONFIG_CMD_FS_GENERIC * filesystem commands (e.g. load, ls) 1065 CONFIG_CMD_FS_GENERIC * filesystem commands (e.g. load, ls)
1066 that work for multiple fs types 1066 that work for multiple fs types
1067 CONFIG_CMD_FS_UUID * Look up a filesystem UUID 1067 CONFIG_CMD_FS_UUID * Look up a filesystem UUID
1068 CONFIG_CMD_SAVEENV saveenv 1068 CONFIG_CMD_SAVEENV saveenv
1069 CONFIG_CMD_FDC * Floppy Disk Support 1069 CONFIG_CMD_FDC * Floppy Disk Support
1070 CONFIG_CMD_FAT * FAT command support 1070 CONFIG_CMD_FAT * FAT command support
1071 CONFIG_CMD_FLASH flinfo, erase, protect 1071 CONFIG_CMD_FLASH flinfo, erase, protect
1072 CONFIG_CMD_FPGA FPGA device initialization support 1072 CONFIG_CMD_FPGA FPGA device initialization support
1073 CONFIG_CMD_FUSE * Device fuse support 1073 CONFIG_CMD_FUSE * Device fuse support
1074 CONFIG_CMD_GETTIME * Get time since boot 1074 CONFIG_CMD_GETTIME * Get time since boot
1075 CONFIG_CMD_GO * the 'go' command (exec code) 1075 CONFIG_CMD_GO * the 'go' command (exec code)
1076 CONFIG_CMD_GREPENV * search environment 1076 CONFIG_CMD_GREPENV * search environment
1077 CONFIG_CMD_HASH * calculate hash / digest 1077 CONFIG_CMD_HASH * calculate hash / digest
1078 CONFIG_CMD_HWFLOW * RTS/CTS hw flow control 1078 CONFIG_CMD_HWFLOW * RTS/CTS hw flow control
1079 CONFIG_CMD_I2C * I2C serial bus support 1079 CONFIG_CMD_I2C * I2C serial bus support
1080 CONFIG_CMD_IDE * IDE harddisk support 1080 CONFIG_CMD_IDE * IDE harddisk support
1081 CONFIG_CMD_IMI iminfo 1081 CONFIG_CMD_IMI iminfo
1082 CONFIG_CMD_IMLS List all images found in NOR flash 1082 CONFIG_CMD_IMLS List all images found in NOR flash
1083 CONFIG_CMD_IMLS_NAND * List all images found in NAND flash 1083 CONFIG_CMD_IMLS_NAND * List all images found in NAND flash
1084 CONFIG_CMD_IMMAP * IMMR dump support 1084 CONFIG_CMD_IMMAP * IMMR dump support
1085 CONFIG_CMD_IOTRACE * I/O tracing for debugging 1085 CONFIG_CMD_IOTRACE * I/O tracing for debugging
1086 CONFIG_CMD_IMPORTENV * import an environment 1086 CONFIG_CMD_IMPORTENV * import an environment
1087 CONFIG_CMD_INI * import data from an ini file into the env 1087 CONFIG_CMD_INI * import data from an ini file into the env
1088 CONFIG_CMD_IRQ * irqinfo 1088 CONFIG_CMD_IRQ * irqinfo
1089 CONFIG_CMD_ITEST Integer/string test of 2 values 1089 CONFIG_CMD_ITEST Integer/string test of 2 values
1090 CONFIG_CMD_JFFS2 * JFFS2 Support 1090 CONFIG_CMD_JFFS2 * JFFS2 Support
1091 CONFIG_CMD_KGDB * kgdb 1091 CONFIG_CMD_KGDB * kgdb
1092 CONFIG_CMD_LDRINFO * ldrinfo (display Blackfin loader) 1092 CONFIG_CMD_LDRINFO * ldrinfo (display Blackfin loader)
1093 CONFIG_CMD_LINK_LOCAL * link-local IP address auto-configuration 1093 CONFIG_CMD_LINK_LOCAL * link-local IP address auto-configuration
1094 (169.254.*.*) 1094 (169.254.*.*)
1095 CONFIG_CMD_LOADB loadb 1095 CONFIG_CMD_LOADB loadb
1096 CONFIG_CMD_LOADS loads 1096 CONFIG_CMD_LOADS loads
1097 CONFIG_CMD_MD5SUM * print md5 message digest 1097 CONFIG_CMD_MD5SUM * print md5 message digest
1098 (requires CONFIG_CMD_MEMORY and CONFIG_MD5) 1098 (requires CONFIG_CMD_MEMORY and CONFIG_MD5)
1099 CONFIG_CMD_MEMINFO * Display detailed memory information 1099 CONFIG_CMD_MEMINFO * Display detailed memory information
1100 CONFIG_CMD_MEMORY md, mm, nm, mw, cp, cmp, crc, base, 1100 CONFIG_CMD_MEMORY md, mm, nm, mw, cp, cmp, crc, base,
1101 loop, loopw 1101 loop, loopw
1102 CONFIG_CMD_MEMTEST * mtest 1102 CONFIG_CMD_MEMTEST * mtest
1103 CONFIG_CMD_MISC Misc functions like sleep etc 1103 CONFIG_CMD_MISC Misc functions like sleep etc
1104 CONFIG_CMD_MMC * MMC memory mapped support 1104 CONFIG_CMD_MMC * MMC memory mapped support
1105 CONFIG_CMD_MII * MII utility commands 1105 CONFIG_CMD_MII * MII utility commands
1106 CONFIG_CMD_MTDPARTS * MTD partition support 1106 CONFIG_CMD_MTDPARTS * MTD partition support
1107 CONFIG_CMD_NAND * NAND support 1107 CONFIG_CMD_NAND * NAND support
1108 CONFIG_CMD_NET bootp, tftpboot, rarpboot 1108 CONFIG_CMD_NET bootp, tftpboot, rarpboot
1109 CONFIG_CMD_NFS NFS support 1109 CONFIG_CMD_NFS NFS support
1110 CONFIG_CMD_PCA953X * PCA953x I2C gpio commands 1110 CONFIG_CMD_PCA953X * PCA953x I2C gpio commands
1111 CONFIG_CMD_PCA953X_INFO * PCA953x I2C gpio info command 1111 CONFIG_CMD_PCA953X_INFO * PCA953x I2C gpio info command
1112 CONFIG_CMD_PCI * pciinfo 1112 CONFIG_CMD_PCI * pciinfo
1113 CONFIG_CMD_PCMCIA * PCMCIA support 1113 CONFIG_CMD_PCMCIA * PCMCIA support
1114 CONFIG_CMD_PING * send ICMP ECHO_REQUEST to network 1114 CONFIG_CMD_PING * send ICMP ECHO_REQUEST to network
1115 host 1115 host
1116 CONFIG_CMD_PORTIO * Port I/O 1116 CONFIG_CMD_PORTIO * Port I/O
1117 CONFIG_CMD_READ * Read raw data from partition 1117 CONFIG_CMD_READ * Read raw data from partition
1118 CONFIG_CMD_REGINFO * Register dump 1118 CONFIG_CMD_REGINFO * Register dump
1119 CONFIG_CMD_RUN run command in env variable 1119 CONFIG_CMD_RUN run command in env variable
1120 CONFIG_CMD_SANDBOX * sb command to access sandbox features 1120 CONFIG_CMD_SANDBOX * sb command to access sandbox features
1121 CONFIG_CMD_SAVES * save S record dump 1121 CONFIG_CMD_SAVES * save S record dump
1122 CONFIG_CMD_SCSI * SCSI Support 1122 CONFIG_CMD_SCSI * SCSI Support
1123 CONFIG_CMD_SDRAM * print SDRAM configuration information 1123 CONFIG_CMD_SDRAM * print SDRAM configuration information
1124 (requires CONFIG_CMD_I2C) 1124 (requires CONFIG_CMD_I2C)
1125 CONFIG_CMD_SETGETDCR Support for DCR Register access 1125 CONFIG_CMD_SETGETDCR Support for DCR Register access
1126 (4xx only) 1126 (4xx only)
1127 CONFIG_CMD_SF * Read/write/erase SPI NOR flash 1127 CONFIG_CMD_SF * Read/write/erase SPI NOR flash
1128 CONFIG_CMD_SHA1SUM * print sha1 memory digest 1128 CONFIG_CMD_SHA1SUM * print sha1 memory digest
1129 (requires CONFIG_CMD_MEMORY) 1129 (requires CONFIG_CMD_MEMORY)
1130 CONFIG_CMD_SOFTSWITCH * Soft switch setting command for BF60x 1130 CONFIG_CMD_SOFTSWITCH * Soft switch setting command for BF60x
1131 CONFIG_CMD_SOURCE "source" command Support 1131 CONFIG_CMD_SOURCE "source" command Support
1132 CONFIG_CMD_SPI * SPI serial bus support 1132 CONFIG_CMD_SPI * SPI serial bus support
1133 CONFIG_CMD_TFTPSRV * TFTP transfer in server mode 1133 CONFIG_CMD_TFTPSRV * TFTP transfer in server mode
1134 CONFIG_CMD_TFTPPUT * TFTP put command (upload) 1134 CONFIG_CMD_TFTPPUT * TFTP put command (upload)
1135 CONFIG_CMD_TIME * run command and report execution time (ARM specific) 1135 CONFIG_CMD_TIME * run command and report execution time (ARM specific)
1136 CONFIG_CMD_TIMER * access to the system tick timer 1136 CONFIG_CMD_TIMER * access to the system tick timer
1137 CONFIG_CMD_USB * USB support 1137 CONFIG_CMD_USB * USB support
1138 CONFIG_CMD_CDP * Cisco Discover Protocol support 1138 CONFIG_CMD_CDP * Cisco Discover Protocol support
1139 CONFIG_CMD_MFSL * Microblaze FSL support 1139 CONFIG_CMD_MFSL * Microblaze FSL support
1140 CONFIG_CMD_XIMG Load part of Multi Image 1140 CONFIG_CMD_XIMG Load part of Multi Image
1141 CONFIG_CMD_UUID * Generate random UUID or GUID string 1141 CONFIG_CMD_UUID * Generate random UUID or GUID string
1142 1142
1143 EXAMPLE: If you want all functions except of network 1143 EXAMPLE: If you want all functions except of network
1144 support you can write: 1144 support you can write:
1145 1145
1146 #include "config_cmd_all.h" 1146 #include "config_cmd_all.h"
1147 #undef CONFIG_CMD_NET 1147 #undef CONFIG_CMD_NET
1148 1148
1149 Other Commands: 1149 Other Commands:
1150 fdt (flattened device tree) command: CONFIG_OF_LIBFDT 1150 fdt (flattened device tree) command: CONFIG_OF_LIBFDT
1151 1151
1152 Note: Don't enable the "icache" and "dcache" commands 1152 Note: Don't enable the "icache" and "dcache" commands
1153 (configuration option CONFIG_CMD_CACHE) unless you know 1153 (configuration option CONFIG_CMD_CACHE) unless you know
1154 what you (and your U-Boot users) are doing. Data 1154 what you (and your U-Boot users) are doing. Data
1155 cache cannot be enabled on systems like the 8xx or 1155 cache cannot be enabled on systems like the 8xx or
1156 8260 (where accesses to the IMMR region must be 1156 8260 (where accesses to the IMMR region must be
1157 uncached), and it cannot be disabled on all other 1157 uncached), and it cannot be disabled on all other
1158 systems where we (mis-) use the data cache to hold an 1158 systems where we (mis-) use the data cache to hold an
1159 initial stack and some data. 1159 initial stack and some data.
1160 1160
1161 1161
1162 XXX - this list needs to get updated! 1162 XXX - this list needs to get updated!
1163 1163
1164 - Regular expression support: 1164 - Regular expression support:
1165 CONFIG_REGEX 1165 CONFIG_REGEX
1166 If this variable is defined, U-Boot is linked against 1166 If this variable is defined, U-Boot is linked against
1167 the SLRE (Super Light Regular Expression) library, 1167 the SLRE (Super Light Regular Expression) library,
1168 which adds regex support to some commands, as for 1168 which adds regex support to some commands, as for
1169 example "env grep" and "setexpr". 1169 example "env grep" and "setexpr".
1170 1170
1171 - Device tree: 1171 - Device tree:
1172 CONFIG_OF_CONTROL 1172 CONFIG_OF_CONTROL
1173 If this variable is defined, U-Boot will use a device tree 1173 If this variable is defined, U-Boot will use a device tree
1174 to configure its devices, instead of relying on statically 1174 to configure its devices, instead of relying on statically
1175 compiled #defines in the board file. This option is 1175 compiled #defines in the board file. This option is
1176 experimental and only available on a few boards. The device 1176 experimental and only available on a few boards. The device
1177 tree is available in the global data as gd->fdt_blob. 1177 tree is available in the global data as gd->fdt_blob.
1178 1178
1179 U-Boot needs to get its device tree from somewhere. This can 1179 U-Boot needs to get its device tree from somewhere. This can
1180 be done using one of the two options below: 1180 be done using one of the two options below:
1181 1181
1182 CONFIG_OF_EMBED 1182 CONFIG_OF_EMBED
1183 If this variable is defined, U-Boot will embed a device tree 1183 If this variable is defined, U-Boot will embed a device tree
1184 binary in its image. This device tree file should be in the 1184 binary in its image. This device tree file should be in the
1185 board directory and called <soc>-<board>.dts. The binary file 1185 board directory and called <soc>-<board>.dts. The binary file
1186 is then picked up in board_init_f() and made available through 1186 is then picked up in board_init_f() and made available through
1187 the global data structure as gd->blob. 1187 the global data structure as gd->blob.
1188 1188
1189 CONFIG_OF_SEPARATE 1189 CONFIG_OF_SEPARATE
1190 If this variable is defined, U-Boot will build a device tree 1190 If this variable is defined, U-Boot will build a device tree
1191 binary. It will be called u-boot.dtb. Architecture-specific 1191 binary. It will be called u-boot.dtb. Architecture-specific
1192 code will locate it at run-time. Generally this works by: 1192 code will locate it at run-time. Generally this works by:
1193 1193
1194 cat u-boot.bin u-boot.dtb >image.bin 1194 cat u-boot.bin u-boot.dtb >image.bin
1195 1195
1196 and in fact, U-Boot does this for you, creating a file called 1196 and in fact, U-Boot does this for you, creating a file called
1197 u-boot-dtb.bin which is useful in the common case. You can 1197 u-boot-dtb.bin which is useful in the common case. You can
1198 still use the individual files if you need something more 1198 still use the individual files if you need something more
1199 exotic. 1199 exotic.
1200 1200
1201 - Watchdog: 1201 - Watchdog:
1202 CONFIG_WATCHDOG 1202 CONFIG_WATCHDOG
1203 If this variable is defined, it enables watchdog 1203 If this variable is defined, it enables watchdog
1204 support for the SoC. There must be support in the SoC 1204 support for the SoC. There must be support in the SoC
1205 specific code for a watchdog. For the 8xx and 8260 1205 specific code for a watchdog. For the 8xx and 8260
1206 CPUs, the SIU Watchdog feature is enabled in the SYPCR 1206 CPUs, the SIU Watchdog feature is enabled in the SYPCR
1207 register. When supported for a specific SoC is 1207 register. When supported for a specific SoC is
1208 available, then no further board specific code should 1208 available, then no further board specific code should
1209 be needed to use it. 1209 be needed to use it.
1210 1210
1211 CONFIG_HW_WATCHDOG 1211 CONFIG_HW_WATCHDOG
1212 When using a watchdog circuitry external to the used 1212 When using a watchdog circuitry external to the used
1213 SoC, then define this variable and provide board 1213 SoC, then define this variable and provide board
1214 specific code for the "hw_watchdog_reset" function. 1214 specific code for the "hw_watchdog_reset" function.
1215 1215
1216 CONFIG_AT91_HW_WDT_TIMEOUT 1216 CONFIG_AT91_HW_WDT_TIMEOUT
1217 specify the timeout in seconds. default 2 seconds. 1217 specify the timeout in seconds. default 2 seconds.
1218 1218
1219 - U-Boot Version: 1219 - U-Boot Version:
1220 CONFIG_VERSION_VARIABLE 1220 CONFIG_VERSION_VARIABLE
1221 If this variable is defined, an environment variable 1221 If this variable is defined, an environment variable
1222 named "ver" is created by U-Boot showing the U-Boot 1222 named "ver" is created by U-Boot showing the U-Boot
1223 version as printed by the "version" command. 1223 version as printed by the "version" command.
1224 Any change to this variable will be reverted at the 1224 Any change to this variable will be reverted at the
1225 next reset. 1225 next reset.
1226 1226
1227 - Real-Time Clock: 1227 - Real-Time Clock:
1228 1228
1229 When CONFIG_CMD_DATE is selected, the type of the RTC 1229 When CONFIG_CMD_DATE is selected, the type of the RTC
1230 has to be selected, too. Define exactly one of the 1230 has to be selected, too. Define exactly one of the
1231 following options: 1231 following options:
1232 1232
1233 CONFIG_RTC_MPC8xx - use internal RTC of MPC8xx 1233 CONFIG_RTC_MPC8xx - use internal RTC of MPC8xx
1234 CONFIG_RTC_PCF8563 - use Philips PCF8563 RTC 1234 CONFIG_RTC_PCF8563 - use Philips PCF8563 RTC
1235 CONFIG_RTC_MC13XXX - use MC13783 or MC13892 RTC 1235 CONFIG_RTC_MC13XXX - use MC13783 or MC13892 RTC
1236 CONFIG_RTC_MC146818 - use MC146818 RTC 1236 CONFIG_RTC_MC146818 - use MC146818 RTC
1237 CONFIG_RTC_DS1307 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1307 RTC 1237 CONFIG_RTC_DS1307 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1307 RTC
1238 CONFIG_RTC_DS1337 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1337 RTC 1238 CONFIG_RTC_DS1337 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1337 RTC
1239 CONFIG_RTC_DS1338 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1338 RTC 1239 CONFIG_RTC_DS1338 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1338 RTC
1240 CONFIG_RTC_DS1339 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1339 RTC 1240 CONFIG_RTC_DS1339 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1339 RTC
1241 CONFIG_RTC_DS164x - use Dallas DS164x RTC 1241 CONFIG_RTC_DS164x - use Dallas DS164x RTC
1242 CONFIG_RTC_ISL1208 - use Intersil ISL1208 RTC 1242 CONFIG_RTC_ISL1208 - use Intersil ISL1208 RTC
1243 CONFIG_RTC_MAX6900 - use Maxim, Inc. MAX6900 RTC 1243 CONFIG_RTC_MAX6900 - use Maxim, Inc. MAX6900 RTC
1244 CONFIG_SYS_RTC_DS1337_NOOSC - Turn off the OSC output for DS1337 1244 CONFIG_SYS_RTC_DS1337_NOOSC - Turn off the OSC output for DS1337
1245 CONFIG_SYS_RV3029_TCR - enable trickle charger on 1245 CONFIG_SYS_RV3029_TCR - enable trickle charger on
1246 RV3029 RTC. 1246 RV3029 RTC.
1247 1247
1248 Note that if the RTC uses I2C, then the I2C interface 1248 Note that if the RTC uses I2C, then the I2C interface
1249 must also be configured. See I2C Support, below. 1249 must also be configured. See I2C Support, below.
1250 1250
1251 - GPIO Support: 1251 - GPIO Support:
1252 CONFIG_PCA953X - use NXP's PCA953X series I2C GPIO 1252 CONFIG_PCA953X - use NXP's PCA953X series I2C GPIO
1253 1253
1254 The CONFIG_SYS_I2C_PCA953X_WIDTH option specifies a list of 1254 The CONFIG_SYS_I2C_PCA953X_WIDTH option specifies a list of
1255 chip-ngpio pairs that tell the PCA953X driver the number of 1255 chip-ngpio pairs that tell the PCA953X driver the number of
1256 pins supported by a particular chip. 1256 pins supported by a particular chip.
1257 1257
1258 Note that if the GPIO device uses I2C, then the I2C interface 1258 Note that if the GPIO device uses I2C, then the I2C interface
1259 must also be configured. See I2C Support, below. 1259 must also be configured. See I2C Support, below.
1260 1260
1261 - I/O tracing: 1261 - I/O tracing:
1262 When CONFIG_IO_TRACE is selected, U-Boot intercepts all I/O 1262 When CONFIG_IO_TRACE is selected, U-Boot intercepts all I/O
1263 accesses and can checksum them or write a list of them out 1263 accesses and can checksum them or write a list of them out
1264 to memory. See the 'iotrace' command for details. This is 1264 to memory. See the 'iotrace' command for details. This is
1265 useful for testing device drivers since it can confirm that 1265 useful for testing device drivers since it can confirm that
1266 the driver behaves the same way before and after a code 1266 the driver behaves the same way before and after a code
1267 change. Currently this is supported on sandbox and arm. To 1267 change. Currently this is supported on sandbox and arm. To
1268 add support for your architecture, add '#include <iotrace.h>' 1268 add support for your architecture, add '#include <iotrace.h>'
1269 to the bottom of arch/<arch>/include/asm/io.h and test. 1269 to the bottom of arch/<arch>/include/asm/io.h and test.
1270 1270
1271 Example output from the 'iotrace stats' command is below. 1271 Example output from the 'iotrace stats' command is below.
1272 Note that if the trace buffer is exhausted, the checksum will 1272 Note that if the trace buffer is exhausted, the checksum will
1273 still continue to operate. 1273 still continue to operate.
1274 1274
1275 iotrace is enabled 1275 iotrace is enabled
1276 Start: 10000000 (buffer start address) 1276 Start: 10000000 (buffer start address)
1277 Size: 00010000 (buffer size) 1277 Size: 00010000 (buffer size)
1278 Offset: 00000120 (current buffer offset) 1278 Offset: 00000120 (current buffer offset)
1279 Output: 10000120 (start + offset) 1279 Output: 10000120 (start + offset)
1280 Count: 00000018 (number of trace records) 1280 Count: 00000018 (number of trace records)
1281 CRC32: 9526fb66 (CRC32 of all trace records) 1281 CRC32: 9526fb66 (CRC32 of all trace records)
1282 1282
1283 - Timestamp Support: 1283 - Timestamp Support:
1284 1284
1285 When CONFIG_TIMESTAMP is selected, the timestamp 1285 When CONFIG_TIMESTAMP is selected, the timestamp
1286 (date and time) of an image is printed by image 1286 (date and time) of an image is printed by image
1287 commands like bootm or iminfo. This option is 1287 commands like bootm or iminfo. This option is
1288 automatically enabled when you select CONFIG_CMD_DATE . 1288 automatically enabled when you select CONFIG_CMD_DATE .
1289 1289
1290 - Partition Labels (disklabels) Supported: 1290 - Partition Labels (disklabels) Supported:
1291 Zero or more of the following: 1291 Zero or more of the following:
1292 CONFIG_MAC_PARTITION Apple's MacOS partition table. 1292 CONFIG_MAC_PARTITION Apple's MacOS partition table.
1293 CONFIG_DOS_PARTITION MS Dos partition table, traditional on the 1293 CONFIG_DOS_PARTITION MS Dos partition table, traditional on the
1294 Intel architecture, USB sticks, etc. 1294 Intel architecture, USB sticks, etc.
1295 CONFIG_ISO_PARTITION ISO partition table, used on CDROM etc. 1295 CONFIG_ISO_PARTITION ISO partition table, used on CDROM etc.
1296 CONFIG_EFI_PARTITION GPT partition table, common when EFI is the 1296 CONFIG_EFI_PARTITION GPT partition table, common when EFI is the
1297 bootloader. Note 2TB partition limit; see 1297 bootloader. Note 2TB partition limit; see
1298 disk/part_efi.c 1298 disk/part_efi.c
1299 CONFIG_MTD_PARTITIONS Memory Technology Device partition table. 1299 CONFIG_MTD_PARTITIONS Memory Technology Device partition table.
1300 1300
1301 If IDE or SCSI support is enabled (CONFIG_CMD_IDE or 1301 If IDE or SCSI support is enabled (CONFIG_CMD_IDE or
1302 CONFIG_CMD_SCSI) you must configure support for at 1302 CONFIG_CMD_SCSI) you must configure support for at
1303 least one non-MTD partition type as well. 1303 least one non-MTD partition type as well.
1304 1304
1305 - IDE Reset method: 1305 - IDE Reset method:
1306 CONFIG_IDE_RESET_ROUTINE - this is defined in several 1306 CONFIG_IDE_RESET_ROUTINE - this is defined in several
1307 board configurations files but used nowhere! 1307 board configurations files but used nowhere!
1308 1308
1309 CONFIG_IDE_RESET - is this is defined, IDE Reset will 1309 CONFIG_IDE_RESET - is this is defined, IDE Reset will
1310 be performed by calling the function 1310 be performed by calling the function
1311 ide_set_reset(int reset) 1311 ide_set_reset(int reset)
1312 which has to be defined in a board specific file 1312 which has to be defined in a board specific file
1313 1313
1314 - ATAPI Support: 1314 - ATAPI Support:
1315 CONFIG_ATAPI 1315 CONFIG_ATAPI
1316 1316
1317 Set this to enable ATAPI support. 1317 Set this to enable ATAPI support.
1318 1318
1319 - LBA48 Support 1319 - LBA48 Support
1320 CONFIG_LBA48 1320 CONFIG_LBA48
1321 1321
1322 Set this to enable support for disks larger than 137GB 1322 Set this to enable support for disks larger than 137GB
1323 Also look at CONFIG_SYS_64BIT_LBA. 1323 Also look at CONFIG_SYS_64BIT_LBA.
1324 Whithout these , LBA48 support uses 32bit variables and will 'only' 1324 Whithout these , LBA48 support uses 32bit variables and will 'only'
1325 support disks up to 2.1TB. 1325 support disks up to 2.1TB.
1326 1326
1327 CONFIG_SYS_64BIT_LBA: 1327 CONFIG_SYS_64BIT_LBA:
1328 When enabled, makes the IDE subsystem use 64bit sector addresses. 1328 When enabled, makes the IDE subsystem use 64bit sector addresses.
1329 Default is 32bit. 1329 Default is 32bit.
1330 1330
1331 - SCSI Support: 1331 - SCSI Support:
1332 At the moment only there is only support for the 1332 At the moment only there is only support for the
1333 SYM53C8XX SCSI controller; define 1333 SYM53C8XX SCSI controller; define
1334 CONFIG_SCSI_SYM53C8XX to enable it. 1334 CONFIG_SCSI_SYM53C8XX to enable it.
1335 1335
1336 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_LUN [8], CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_SCSI_ID [7] and 1336 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_LUN [8], CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_SCSI_ID [7] and
1337 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_DEVICE [CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_SCSI_ID * 1337 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_DEVICE [CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_SCSI_ID *
1338 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_LUN] can be adjusted to define the 1338 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_LUN] can be adjusted to define the
1339 maximum numbers of LUNs, SCSI ID's and target 1339 maximum numbers of LUNs, SCSI ID's and target
1340 devices. 1340 devices.
1341 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_SYM53C8XX_CCF to fix clock timing (80Mhz) 1341 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_SYM53C8XX_CCF to fix clock timing (80Mhz)
1342 1342
1343 The environment variable 'scsidevs' is set to the number of 1343 The environment variable 'scsidevs' is set to the number of
1344 SCSI devices found during the last scan. 1344 SCSI devices found during the last scan.
1345 1345
1346 - NETWORK Support (PCI): 1346 - NETWORK Support (PCI):
1347 CONFIG_E1000 1347 CONFIG_E1000
1348 Support for Intel 8254x/8257x gigabit chips. 1348 Support for Intel 8254x/8257x gigabit chips.
1349 1349
1350 CONFIG_E1000_SPI 1350 CONFIG_E1000_SPI
1351 Utility code for direct access to the SPI bus on Intel 8257x. 1351 Utility code for direct access to the SPI bus on Intel 8257x.
1352 This does not do anything useful unless you set at least one 1352 This does not do anything useful unless you set at least one
1353 of CONFIG_CMD_E1000 or CONFIG_E1000_SPI_GENERIC. 1353 of CONFIG_CMD_E1000 or CONFIG_E1000_SPI_GENERIC.
1354 1354
1355 CONFIG_E1000_SPI_GENERIC 1355 CONFIG_E1000_SPI_GENERIC
1356 Allow generic access to the SPI bus on the Intel 8257x, for 1356 Allow generic access to the SPI bus on the Intel 8257x, for
1357 example with the "sspi" command. 1357 example with the "sspi" command.
1358 1358
1359 CONFIG_CMD_E1000 1359 CONFIG_CMD_E1000
1360 Management command for E1000 devices. When used on devices 1360 Management command for E1000 devices. When used on devices
1361 with SPI support you can reprogram the EEPROM from U-Boot. 1361 with SPI support you can reprogram the EEPROM from U-Boot.
1362 1362
1363 CONFIG_EEPRO100 1363 CONFIG_EEPRO100
1364 Support for Intel 82557/82559/82559ER chips. 1364 Support for Intel 82557/82559/82559ER chips.
1365 Optional CONFIG_EEPRO100_SROM_WRITE enables EEPROM 1365 Optional CONFIG_EEPRO100_SROM_WRITE enables EEPROM
1366 write routine for first time initialisation. 1366 write routine for first time initialisation.
1367 1367
1368 CONFIG_TULIP 1368 CONFIG_TULIP
1369 Support for Digital 2114x chips. 1369 Support for Digital 2114x chips.
1370 Optional CONFIG_TULIP_SELECT_MEDIA for board specific 1370 Optional CONFIG_TULIP_SELECT_MEDIA for board specific
1371 modem chip initialisation (KS8761/QS6611). 1371 modem chip initialisation (KS8761/QS6611).
1372 1372
1373 CONFIG_NATSEMI 1373 CONFIG_NATSEMI
1374 Support for National dp83815 chips. 1374 Support for National dp83815 chips.
1375 1375
1376 CONFIG_NS8382X 1376 CONFIG_NS8382X
1377 Support for National dp8382[01] gigabit chips. 1377 Support for National dp8382[01] gigabit chips.
1378 1378
1379 - NETWORK Support (other): 1379 - NETWORK Support (other):
1380 1380
1381 CONFIG_DRIVER_AT91EMAC 1381 CONFIG_DRIVER_AT91EMAC
1382 Support for AT91RM9200 EMAC. 1382 Support for AT91RM9200 EMAC.
1383 1383
1384 CONFIG_RMII 1384 CONFIG_RMII
1385 Define this to use reduced MII inteface 1385 Define this to use reduced MII inteface
1386 1386
1387 CONFIG_DRIVER_AT91EMAC_QUIET 1387 CONFIG_DRIVER_AT91EMAC_QUIET
1388 If this defined, the driver is quiet. 1388 If this defined, the driver is quiet.
1389 The driver doen't show link status messages. 1389 The driver doen't show link status messages.
1390 1390
1391 CONFIG_CALXEDA_XGMAC 1391 CONFIG_CALXEDA_XGMAC
1392 Support for the Calxeda XGMAC device 1392 Support for the Calxeda XGMAC device
1393 1393
1394 CONFIG_LAN91C96 1394 CONFIG_LAN91C96
1395 Support for SMSC's LAN91C96 chips. 1395 Support for SMSC's LAN91C96 chips.
1396 1396
1397 CONFIG_LAN91C96_BASE 1397 CONFIG_LAN91C96_BASE
1398 Define this to hold the physical address 1398 Define this to hold the physical address
1399 of the LAN91C96's I/O space 1399 of the LAN91C96's I/O space
1400 1400
1401 CONFIG_LAN91C96_USE_32_BIT 1401 CONFIG_LAN91C96_USE_32_BIT
1402 Define this to enable 32 bit addressing 1402 Define this to enable 32 bit addressing
1403 1403
1404 CONFIG_SMC91111 1404 CONFIG_SMC91111
1405 Support for SMSC's LAN91C111 chip 1405 Support for SMSC's LAN91C111 chip
1406 1406
1407 CONFIG_SMC91111_BASE 1407 CONFIG_SMC91111_BASE
1408 Define this to hold the physical address 1408 Define this to hold the physical address
1409 of the device (I/O space) 1409 of the device (I/O space)
1410 1410
1411 CONFIG_SMC_USE_32_BIT 1411 CONFIG_SMC_USE_32_BIT
1412 Define this if data bus is 32 bits 1412 Define this if data bus is 32 bits
1413 1413
1414 CONFIG_SMC_USE_IOFUNCS 1414 CONFIG_SMC_USE_IOFUNCS
1415 Define this to use i/o functions instead of macros 1415 Define this to use i/o functions instead of macros
1416 (some hardware wont work with macros) 1416 (some hardware wont work with macros)
1417 1417
1418 CONFIG_DRIVER_TI_EMAC 1418 CONFIG_DRIVER_TI_EMAC
1419 Support for davinci emac 1419 Support for davinci emac
1420 1420
1421 CONFIG_SYS_DAVINCI_EMAC_PHY_COUNT 1421 CONFIG_SYS_DAVINCI_EMAC_PHY_COUNT
1422 Define this if you have more then 3 PHYs. 1422 Define this if you have more then 3 PHYs.
1423 1423
1424 CONFIG_FTGMAC100 1424 CONFIG_FTGMAC100
1425 Support for Faraday's FTGMAC100 Gigabit SoC Ethernet 1425 Support for Faraday's FTGMAC100 Gigabit SoC Ethernet
1426 1426
1427 CONFIG_FTGMAC100_EGIGA 1427 CONFIG_FTGMAC100_EGIGA
1428 Define this to use GE link update with gigabit PHY. 1428 Define this to use GE link update with gigabit PHY.
1429 Define this if FTGMAC100 is connected to gigabit PHY. 1429 Define this if FTGMAC100 is connected to gigabit PHY.
1430 If your system has 10/100 PHY only, it might not occur 1430 If your system has 10/100 PHY only, it might not occur
1431 wrong behavior. Because PHY usually return timeout or 1431 wrong behavior. Because PHY usually return timeout or
1432 useless data when polling gigabit status and gigabit 1432 useless data when polling gigabit status and gigabit
1433 control registers. This behavior won't affect the 1433 control registers. This behavior won't affect the
1434 correctnessof 10/100 link speed update. 1434 correctnessof 10/100 link speed update.
1435 1435
1436 CONFIG_SMC911X 1436 CONFIG_SMC911X
1437 Support for SMSC's LAN911x and LAN921x chips 1437 Support for SMSC's LAN911x and LAN921x chips
1438 1438
1439 CONFIG_SMC911X_BASE 1439 CONFIG_SMC911X_BASE
1440 Define this to hold the physical address 1440 Define this to hold the physical address
1441 of the device (I/O space) 1441 of the device (I/O space)
1442 1442
1443 CONFIG_SMC911X_32_BIT 1443 CONFIG_SMC911X_32_BIT
1444 Define this if data bus is 32 bits 1444 Define this if data bus is 32 bits
1445 1445
1446 CONFIG_SMC911X_16_BIT 1446 CONFIG_SMC911X_16_BIT
1447 Define this if data bus is 16 bits. If your processor 1447 Define this if data bus is 16 bits. If your processor
1448 automatically converts one 32 bit word to two 16 bit 1448 automatically converts one 32 bit word to two 16 bit
1449 words you may also try CONFIG_SMC911X_32_BIT. 1449 words you may also try CONFIG_SMC911X_32_BIT.
1450 1450
1451 CONFIG_SH_ETHER 1451 CONFIG_SH_ETHER
1452 Support for Renesas on-chip Ethernet controller 1452 Support for Renesas on-chip Ethernet controller
1453 1453
1454 CONFIG_SH_ETHER_USE_PORT 1454 CONFIG_SH_ETHER_USE_PORT
1455 Define the number of ports to be used 1455 Define the number of ports to be used
1456 1456
1457 CONFIG_SH_ETHER_PHY_ADDR 1457 CONFIG_SH_ETHER_PHY_ADDR
1458 Define the ETH PHY's address 1458 Define the ETH PHY's address
1459 1459
1460 CONFIG_SH_ETHER_CACHE_WRITEBACK 1460 CONFIG_SH_ETHER_CACHE_WRITEBACK
1461 If this option is set, the driver enables cache flush. 1461 If this option is set, the driver enables cache flush.
1462 1462
1463 - PWM Support: 1463 - PWM Support:
1464 CONFIG_PWM_IMX 1464 CONFIG_PWM_IMX
1465 Support for PWM modul on the imx6. 1465 Support for PWM modul on the imx6.
1466 1466
1467 - TPM Support: 1467 - TPM Support:
1468 CONFIG_TPM 1468 CONFIG_TPM
1469 Support TPM devices. 1469 Support TPM devices.
1470 1470
1471 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_INFINEON 1471 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_INFINEON
1472 Support for Infineon i2c bus TPM devices. Only one device 1472 Support for Infineon i2c bus TPM devices. Only one device
1473 per system is supported at this time. 1473 per system is supported at this time.
1474 1474
1475 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_I2C_BURST_LIMITATION 1475 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_I2C_BURST_LIMITATION
1476 Define the burst count bytes upper limit 1476 Define the burst count bytes upper limit
1477 1477
1478 CONFIG_TPM_ATMEL_TWI 1478 CONFIG_TPM_ATMEL_TWI
1479 Support for Atmel TWI TPM device. Requires I2C support. 1479 Support for Atmel TWI TPM device. Requires I2C support.
1480 1480
1481 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_LPC 1481 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_LPC
1482 Support for generic parallel port TPM devices. Only one device 1482 Support for generic parallel port TPM devices. Only one device
1483 per system is supported at this time. 1483 per system is supported at this time.
1484 1484
1485 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_BASE_ADDRESS 1485 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_BASE_ADDRESS
1486 Base address where the generic TPM device is mapped 1486 Base address where the generic TPM device is mapped
1487 to. Contemporary x86 systems usually map it at 1487 to. Contemporary x86 systems usually map it at
1488 0xfed40000. 1488 0xfed40000.
1489 1489
1490 CONFIG_CMD_TPM 1490 CONFIG_CMD_TPM
1491 Add tpm monitor functions. 1491 Add tpm monitor functions.
1492 Requires CONFIG_TPM. If CONFIG_TPM_AUTH_SESSIONS is set, also 1492 Requires CONFIG_TPM. If CONFIG_TPM_AUTH_SESSIONS is set, also
1493 provides monitor access to authorized functions. 1493 provides monitor access to authorized functions.
1494 1494
1495 CONFIG_TPM 1495 CONFIG_TPM
1496 Define this to enable the TPM support library which provides 1496 Define this to enable the TPM support library which provides
1497 functional interfaces to some TPM commands. 1497 functional interfaces to some TPM commands.
1498 Requires support for a TPM device. 1498 Requires support for a TPM device.
1499 1499
1500 CONFIG_TPM_AUTH_SESSIONS 1500 CONFIG_TPM_AUTH_SESSIONS
1501 Define this to enable authorized functions in the TPM library. 1501 Define this to enable authorized functions in the TPM library.
1502 Requires CONFIG_TPM and CONFIG_SHA1. 1502 Requires CONFIG_TPM and CONFIG_SHA1.
1503 1503
1504 - USB Support: 1504 - USB Support:
1505 At the moment only the UHCI host controller is 1505 At the moment only the UHCI host controller is
1506 supported (PIP405, MIP405, MPC5200); define 1506 supported (PIP405, MIP405, MPC5200); define
1507 CONFIG_USB_UHCI to enable it. 1507 CONFIG_USB_UHCI to enable it.
1508 define CONFIG_USB_KEYBOARD to enable the USB Keyboard 1508 define CONFIG_USB_KEYBOARD to enable the USB Keyboard
1509 and define CONFIG_USB_STORAGE to enable the USB 1509 and define CONFIG_USB_STORAGE to enable the USB
1510 storage devices. 1510 storage devices.
1511 Note: 1511 Note:
1512 Supported are USB Keyboards and USB Floppy drives 1512 Supported are USB Keyboards and USB Floppy drives
1513 (TEAC FD-05PUB). 1513 (TEAC FD-05PUB).
1514 MPC5200 USB requires additional defines: 1514 MPC5200 USB requires additional defines:
1515 CONFIG_USB_CLOCK 1515 CONFIG_USB_CLOCK
1516 for 528 MHz Clock: 0x0001bbbb 1516 for 528 MHz Clock: 0x0001bbbb
1517 CONFIG_PSC3_USB 1517 CONFIG_PSC3_USB
1518 for USB on PSC3 1518 for USB on PSC3
1519 CONFIG_USB_CONFIG 1519 CONFIG_USB_CONFIG
1520 for differential drivers: 0x00001000 1520 for differential drivers: 0x00001000
1521 for single ended drivers: 0x00005000 1521 for single ended drivers: 0x00005000
1522 for differential drivers on PSC3: 0x00000100 1522 for differential drivers on PSC3: 0x00000100
1523 for single ended drivers on PSC3: 0x00004100 1523 for single ended drivers on PSC3: 0x00004100
1524 CONFIG_SYS_USB_EVENT_POLL 1524 CONFIG_SYS_USB_EVENT_POLL
1525 May be defined to allow interrupt polling 1525 May be defined to allow interrupt polling
1526 instead of using asynchronous interrupts 1526 instead of using asynchronous interrupts
1527 1527
1528 CONFIG_USB_EHCI_TXFIFO_THRESH enables setting of the 1528 CONFIG_USB_EHCI_TXFIFO_THRESH enables setting of the
1529 txfilltuning field in the EHCI controller on reset. 1529 txfilltuning field in the EHCI controller on reset.
1530 1530
1531 CONFIG_USB_DWC2_REG_ADDR the physical CPU address of the DWC2 1531 CONFIG_USB_DWC2_REG_ADDR the physical CPU address of the DWC2
1532 HW module registers. 1532 HW module registers.
1533 1533
1534 - USB Device: 1534 - USB Device:
1535 Define the below if you wish to use the USB console. 1535 Define the below if you wish to use the USB console.
1536 Once firmware is rebuilt from a serial console issue the 1536 Once firmware is rebuilt from a serial console issue the
1537 command "setenv stdin usbtty; setenv stdout usbtty" and 1537 command "setenv stdin usbtty; setenv stdout usbtty" and
1538 attach your USB cable. The Unix command "dmesg" should print 1538 attach your USB cable. The Unix command "dmesg" should print
1539 it has found a new device. The environment variable usbtty 1539 it has found a new device. The environment variable usbtty
1540 can be set to gserial or cdc_acm to enable your device to 1540 can be set to gserial or cdc_acm to enable your device to
1541 appear to a USB host as a Linux gserial device or a 1541 appear to a USB host as a Linux gserial device or a
1542 Common Device Class Abstract Control Model serial device. 1542 Common Device Class Abstract Control Model serial device.
1543 If you select usbtty = gserial you should be able to enumerate 1543 If you select usbtty = gserial you should be able to enumerate
1544 a Linux host by 1544 a Linux host by
1545 # modprobe usbserial vendor=0xVendorID product=0xProductID 1545 # modprobe usbserial vendor=0xVendorID product=0xProductID
1546 else if using cdc_acm, simply setting the environment 1546 else if using cdc_acm, simply setting the environment
1547 variable usbtty to be cdc_acm should suffice. The following 1547 variable usbtty to be cdc_acm should suffice. The following
1548 might be defined in YourBoardName.h 1548 might be defined in YourBoardName.h
1549 1549
1550 CONFIG_USB_DEVICE 1550 CONFIG_USB_DEVICE
1551 Define this to build a UDC device 1551 Define this to build a UDC device
1552 1552
1553 CONFIG_USB_TTY 1553 CONFIG_USB_TTY
1554 Define this to have a tty type of device available to 1554 Define this to have a tty type of device available to
1555 talk to the UDC device 1555 talk to the UDC device
1556 1556
1557 CONFIG_USBD_HS 1557 CONFIG_USBD_HS
1558 Define this to enable the high speed support for usb 1558 Define this to enable the high speed support for usb
1559 device and usbtty. If this feature is enabled, a routine 1559 device and usbtty. If this feature is enabled, a routine
1560 int is_usbd_high_speed(void) 1560 int is_usbd_high_speed(void)
1561 also needs to be defined by the driver to dynamically poll 1561 also needs to be defined by the driver to dynamically poll
1562 whether the enumeration has succeded at high speed or full 1562 whether the enumeration has succeded at high speed or full
1563 speed. 1563 speed.
1564 1564
1565 CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_IS_IN_ENV 1565 CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_IS_IN_ENV
1566 Define this if you want stdin, stdout &/or stderr to 1566 Define this if you want stdin, stdout &/or stderr to
1567 be set to usbtty. 1567 be set to usbtty.
1568 1568
1569 mpc8xx: 1569 mpc8xx:
1570 CONFIG_SYS_USB_EXTC_CLK 0xBLAH 1570 CONFIG_SYS_USB_EXTC_CLK 0xBLAH
1571 Derive USB clock from external clock "blah" 1571 Derive USB clock from external clock "blah"
1572 - CONFIG_SYS_USB_EXTC_CLK 0x02 1572 - CONFIG_SYS_USB_EXTC_CLK 0x02
1573 1573
1574 CONFIG_SYS_USB_BRG_CLK 0xBLAH 1574 CONFIG_SYS_USB_BRG_CLK 0xBLAH
1575 Derive USB clock from brgclk 1575 Derive USB clock from brgclk
1576 - CONFIG_SYS_USB_BRG_CLK 0x04 1576 - CONFIG_SYS_USB_BRG_CLK 0x04
1577 1577
1578 If you have a USB-IF assigned VendorID then you may wish to 1578 If you have a USB-IF assigned VendorID then you may wish to
1579 define your own vendor specific values either in BoardName.h 1579 define your own vendor specific values either in BoardName.h
1580 or directly in usbd_vendor_info.h. If you don't define 1580 or directly in usbd_vendor_info.h. If you don't define
1581 CONFIG_USBD_MANUFACTURER, CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCT_NAME, 1581 CONFIG_USBD_MANUFACTURER, CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCT_NAME,
1582 CONFIG_USBD_VENDORID and CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCTID, then U-Boot 1582 CONFIG_USBD_VENDORID and CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCTID, then U-Boot
1583 should pretend to be a Linux device to it's target host. 1583 should pretend to be a Linux device to it's target host.
1584 1584
1585 CONFIG_USBD_MANUFACTURER 1585 CONFIG_USBD_MANUFACTURER
1586 Define this string as the name of your company for 1586 Define this string as the name of your company for
1587 - CONFIG_USBD_MANUFACTURER "my company" 1587 - CONFIG_USBD_MANUFACTURER "my company"
1588 1588
1589 CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCT_NAME 1589 CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCT_NAME
1590 Define this string as the name of your product 1590 Define this string as the name of your product
1591 - CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCT_NAME "acme usb device" 1591 - CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCT_NAME "acme usb device"
1592 1592
1593 CONFIG_USBD_VENDORID 1593 CONFIG_USBD_VENDORID
1594 Define this as your assigned Vendor ID from the USB 1594 Define this as your assigned Vendor ID from the USB
1595 Implementors Forum. This *must* be a genuine Vendor ID 1595 Implementors Forum. This *must* be a genuine Vendor ID
1596 to avoid polluting the USB namespace. 1596 to avoid polluting the USB namespace.
1597 - CONFIG_USBD_VENDORID 0xFFFF 1597 - CONFIG_USBD_VENDORID 0xFFFF
1598 1598
1599 CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCTID 1599 CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCTID
1600 Define this as the unique Product ID 1600 Define this as the unique Product ID
1601 for your device 1601 for your device
1602 - CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCTID 0xFFFF 1602 - CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCTID 0xFFFF
1603 1603
1604 - ULPI Layer Support: 1604 - ULPI Layer Support:
1605 The ULPI (UTMI Low Pin (count) Interface) PHYs are supported via 1605 The ULPI (UTMI Low Pin (count) Interface) PHYs are supported via
1606 the generic ULPI layer. The generic layer accesses the ULPI PHY 1606 the generic ULPI layer. The generic layer accesses the ULPI PHY
1607 via the platform viewport, so you need both the genric layer and 1607 via the platform viewport, so you need both the genric layer and
1608 the viewport enabled. Currently only Chipidea/ARC based 1608 the viewport enabled. Currently only Chipidea/ARC based
1609 viewport is supported. 1609 viewport is supported.
1610 To enable the ULPI layer support, define CONFIG_USB_ULPI and 1610 To enable the ULPI layer support, define CONFIG_USB_ULPI and
1611 CONFIG_USB_ULPI_VIEWPORT in your board configuration file. 1611 CONFIG_USB_ULPI_VIEWPORT in your board configuration file.
1612 If your ULPI phy needs a different reference clock than the 1612 If your ULPI phy needs a different reference clock than the
1613 standard 24 MHz then you have to define CONFIG_ULPI_REF_CLK to 1613 standard 24 MHz then you have to define CONFIG_ULPI_REF_CLK to
1614 the appropriate value in Hz. 1614 the appropriate value in Hz.
1615 1615
1616 - MMC Support: 1616 - MMC Support:
1617 The MMC controller on the Intel PXA is supported. To 1617 The MMC controller on the Intel PXA is supported. To
1618 enable this define CONFIG_MMC. The MMC can be 1618 enable this define CONFIG_MMC. The MMC can be
1619 accessed from the boot prompt by mapping the device 1619 accessed from the boot prompt by mapping the device
1620 to physical memory similar to flash. Command line is 1620 to physical memory similar to flash. Command line is
1621 enabled with CONFIG_CMD_MMC. The MMC driver also works with 1621 enabled with CONFIG_CMD_MMC. The MMC driver also works with
1622 the FAT fs. This is enabled with CONFIG_CMD_FAT. 1622 the FAT fs. This is enabled with CONFIG_CMD_FAT.
1623 1623
1624 CONFIG_SH_MMCIF 1624 CONFIG_SH_MMCIF
1625 Support for Renesas on-chip MMCIF controller 1625 Support for Renesas on-chip MMCIF controller
1626 1626
1627 CONFIG_SH_MMCIF_ADDR 1627 CONFIG_SH_MMCIF_ADDR
1628 Define the base address of MMCIF registers 1628 Define the base address of MMCIF registers
1629 1629
1630 CONFIG_SH_MMCIF_CLK 1630 CONFIG_SH_MMCIF_CLK
1631 Define the clock frequency for MMCIF 1631 Define the clock frequency for MMCIF
1632 1632
1633 CONFIG_GENERIC_MMC 1633 CONFIG_GENERIC_MMC
1634 Enable the generic MMC driver 1634 Enable the generic MMC driver
1635 1635
1636 CONFIG_SUPPORT_EMMC_BOOT 1636 CONFIG_SUPPORT_EMMC_BOOT
1637 Enable some additional features of the eMMC boot partitions. 1637 Enable some additional features of the eMMC boot partitions.
1638 1638
1639 CONFIG_SUPPORT_EMMC_RPMB 1639 CONFIG_SUPPORT_EMMC_RPMB
1640 Enable the commands for reading, writing and programming the 1640 Enable the commands for reading, writing and programming the
1641 key for the Replay Protection Memory Block partition in eMMC. 1641 key for the Replay Protection Memory Block partition in eMMC.
1642 1642
1643 - USB Device Firmware Update (DFU) class support: 1643 - USB Device Firmware Update (DFU) class support:
1644 CONFIG_USB_FUNCTION_DFU 1644 CONFIG_USB_FUNCTION_DFU
1645 This enables the USB portion of the DFU USB class 1645 This enables the USB portion of the DFU USB class
1646 1646
1647 CONFIG_CMD_DFU 1647 CONFIG_CMD_DFU
1648 This enables the command "dfu" which is used to have 1648 This enables the command "dfu" which is used to have
1649 U-Boot create a DFU class device via USB. This command 1649 U-Boot create a DFU class device via USB. This command
1650 requires that the "dfu_alt_info" environment variable be 1650 requires that the "dfu_alt_info" environment variable be
1651 set and define the alt settings to expose to the host. 1651 set and define the alt settings to expose to the host.
1652 1652
1653 CONFIG_DFU_MMC 1653 CONFIG_DFU_MMC
1654 This enables support for exposing (e)MMC devices via DFU. 1654 This enables support for exposing (e)MMC devices via DFU.
1655 1655
1656 CONFIG_DFU_NAND 1656 CONFIG_DFU_NAND
1657 This enables support for exposing NAND devices via DFU. 1657 This enables support for exposing NAND devices via DFU.
1658 1658
1659 CONFIG_DFU_RAM 1659 CONFIG_DFU_RAM
1660 This enables support for exposing RAM via DFU. 1660 This enables support for exposing RAM via DFU.
1661 Note: DFU spec refer to non-volatile memory usage, but 1661 Note: DFU spec refer to non-volatile memory usage, but
1662 allow usages beyond the scope of spec - here RAM usage, 1662 allow usages beyond the scope of spec - here RAM usage,
1663 one that would help mostly the developer. 1663 one that would help mostly the developer.
1664 1664
1665 CONFIG_SYS_DFU_DATA_BUF_SIZE 1665 CONFIG_SYS_DFU_DATA_BUF_SIZE
1666 Dfu transfer uses a buffer before writing data to the 1666 Dfu transfer uses a buffer before writing data to the
1667 raw storage device. Make the size (in bytes) of this buffer 1667 raw storage device. Make the size (in bytes) of this buffer
1668 configurable. The size of this buffer is also configurable 1668 configurable. The size of this buffer is also configurable
1669 through the "dfu_bufsiz" environment variable. 1669 through the "dfu_bufsiz" environment variable.
1670 1670
1671 CONFIG_SYS_DFU_MAX_FILE_SIZE 1671 CONFIG_SYS_DFU_MAX_FILE_SIZE
1672 When updating files rather than the raw storage device, 1672 When updating files rather than the raw storage device,
1673 we use a static buffer to copy the file into and then write 1673 we use a static buffer to copy the file into and then write
1674 the buffer once we've been given the whole file. Define 1674 the buffer once we've been given the whole file. Define
1675 this to the maximum filesize (in bytes) for the buffer. 1675 this to the maximum filesize (in bytes) for the buffer.
1676 Default is 4 MiB if undefined. 1676 Default is 4 MiB if undefined.
1677 1677
1678 DFU_DEFAULT_POLL_TIMEOUT 1678 DFU_DEFAULT_POLL_TIMEOUT
1679 Poll timeout [ms], is the timeout a device can send to the 1679 Poll timeout [ms], is the timeout a device can send to the
1680 host. The host must wait for this timeout before sending 1680 host. The host must wait for this timeout before sending
1681 a subsequent DFU_GET_STATUS request to the device. 1681 a subsequent DFU_GET_STATUS request to the device.
1682 1682
1683 DFU_MANIFEST_POLL_TIMEOUT 1683 DFU_MANIFEST_POLL_TIMEOUT
1684 Poll timeout [ms], which the device sends to the host when 1684 Poll timeout [ms], which the device sends to the host when
1685 entering dfuMANIFEST state. Host waits this timeout, before 1685 entering dfuMANIFEST state. Host waits this timeout, before
1686 sending again an USB request to the device. 1686 sending again an USB request to the device.
1687 1687
1688 - USB Device Android Fastboot support: 1688 - USB Device Android Fastboot support:
1689 CONFIG_USB_FUNCTION_FASTBOOT 1689 CONFIG_USB_FUNCTION_FASTBOOT
1690 This enables the USB part of the fastboot gadget 1690 This enables the USB part of the fastboot gadget
1691 1691
1692 CONFIG_CMD_FASTBOOT 1692 CONFIG_CMD_FASTBOOT
1693 This enables the command "fastboot" which enables the Android 1693 This enables the command "fastboot" which enables the Android
1694 fastboot mode for the platform's USB device. Fastboot is a USB 1694 fastboot mode for the platform's USB device. Fastboot is a USB
1695 protocol for downloading images, flashing and device control 1695 protocol for downloading images, flashing and device control
1696 used on Android devices. 1696 used on Android devices.
1697 See doc/README.android-fastboot for more information. 1697 See doc/README.android-fastboot for more information.
1698 1698
1699 CONFIG_ANDROID_BOOT_IMAGE 1699 CONFIG_ANDROID_BOOT_IMAGE
1700 This enables support for booting images which use the Android 1700 This enables support for booting images which use the Android
1701 image format header. 1701 image format header.
1702 1702
1703 CONFIG_FASTBOOT_BUF_ADDR 1703 CONFIG_FASTBOOT_BUF_ADDR
1704 The fastboot protocol requires a large memory buffer for 1704 The fastboot protocol requires a large memory buffer for
1705 downloads. Define this to the starting RAM address to use for 1705 downloads. Define this to the starting RAM address to use for
1706 downloaded images. 1706 downloaded images.
1707 1707
1708 CONFIG_FASTBOOT_BUF_SIZE 1708 CONFIG_FASTBOOT_BUF_SIZE
1709 The fastboot protocol requires a large memory buffer for 1709 The fastboot protocol requires a large memory buffer for
1710 downloads. This buffer should be as large as possible for a 1710 downloads. This buffer should be as large as possible for a
1711 platform. Define this to the size available RAM for fastboot. 1711 platform. Define this to the size available RAM for fastboot.
1712 1712
1713 CONFIG_FASTBOOT_FLASH 1713 CONFIG_FASTBOOT_FLASH
1714 The fastboot protocol includes a "flash" command for writing 1714 The fastboot protocol includes a "flash" command for writing
1715 the downloaded image to a non-volatile storage device. Define 1715 the downloaded image to a non-volatile storage device. Define
1716 this to enable the "fastboot flash" command. 1716 this to enable the "fastboot flash" command.
1717 1717
1718 CONFIG_FASTBOOT_FLASH_MMC_DEV 1718 CONFIG_FASTBOOT_FLASH_MMC_DEV
1719 The fastboot "flash" command requires additional information 1719 The fastboot "flash" command requires additional information
1720 regarding the non-volatile storage device. Define this to 1720 regarding the non-volatile storage device. Define this to
1721 the eMMC device that fastboot should use to store the image. 1721 the eMMC device that fastboot should use to store the image.
1722 1722
1723 CONFIG_FASTBOOT_GPT_NAME 1723 CONFIG_FASTBOOT_GPT_NAME
1724 The fastboot "flash" command supports writing the downloaded 1724 The fastboot "flash" command supports writing the downloaded
1725 image to the Protective MBR and the Primary GUID Partition 1725 image to the Protective MBR and the Primary GUID Partition
1726 Table. (Additionally, this downloaded image is post-processed 1726 Table. (Additionally, this downloaded image is post-processed
1727 to generate and write the Backup GUID Partition Table.) 1727 to generate and write the Backup GUID Partition Table.)
1728 This occurs when the specified "partition name" on the 1728 This occurs when the specified "partition name" on the
1729 "fastboot flash" command line matches this value. 1729 "fastboot flash" command line matches this value.
1730 Default is GPT_ENTRY_NAME (currently "gpt") if undefined. 1730 Default is GPT_ENTRY_NAME (currently "gpt") if undefined.
1731 1731
1732 - Journaling Flash filesystem support: 1732 - Journaling Flash filesystem support:
1733 CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND, CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND_OFF, CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND_SIZE, 1733 CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND, CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND_OFF, CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND_SIZE,
1734 CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND_DEV 1734 CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND_DEV
1735 Define these for a default partition on a NAND device 1735 Define these for a default partition on a NAND device
1736 1736
1737 CONFIG_SYS_JFFS2_FIRST_SECTOR, 1737 CONFIG_SYS_JFFS2_FIRST_SECTOR,
1738 CONFIG_SYS_JFFS2_FIRST_BANK, CONFIG_SYS_JFFS2_NUM_BANKS 1738 CONFIG_SYS_JFFS2_FIRST_BANK, CONFIG_SYS_JFFS2_NUM_BANKS
1739 Define these for a default partition on a NOR device 1739 Define these for a default partition on a NOR device
1740 1740
1741 CONFIG_SYS_JFFS_CUSTOM_PART 1741 CONFIG_SYS_JFFS_CUSTOM_PART
1742 Define this to create an own partition. You have to provide a 1742 Define this to create an own partition. You have to provide a
1743 function struct part_info* jffs2_part_info(int part_num) 1743 function struct part_info* jffs2_part_info(int part_num)
1744 1744
1745 If you define only one JFFS2 partition you may also want to 1745 If you define only one JFFS2 partition you may also want to
1746 #define CONFIG_SYS_JFFS_SINGLE_PART 1 1746 #define CONFIG_SYS_JFFS_SINGLE_PART 1
1747 to disable the command chpart. This is the default when you 1747 to disable the command chpart. This is the default when you
1748 have not defined a custom partition 1748 have not defined a custom partition
1749 1749
1750 - FAT(File Allocation Table) filesystem write function support: 1750 - FAT(File Allocation Table) filesystem write function support:
1751 CONFIG_FAT_WRITE 1751 CONFIG_FAT_WRITE
1752 1752
1753 Define this to enable support for saving memory data as a 1753 Define this to enable support for saving memory data as a
1754 file in FAT formatted partition. 1754 file in FAT formatted partition.
1755 1755
1756 This will also enable the command "fatwrite" enabling the 1756 This will also enable the command "fatwrite" enabling the
1757 user to write files to FAT. 1757 user to write files to FAT.
1758 1758
1759 CBFS (Coreboot Filesystem) support 1759 CBFS (Coreboot Filesystem) support
1760 CONFIG_CMD_CBFS 1760 CONFIG_CMD_CBFS
1761 1761
1762 Define this to enable support for reading from a Coreboot 1762 Define this to enable support for reading from a Coreboot
1763 filesystem. Available commands are cbfsinit, cbfsinfo, cbfsls 1763 filesystem. Available commands are cbfsinit, cbfsinfo, cbfsls
1764 and cbfsload. 1764 and cbfsload.
1765 1765
1766 - FAT(File Allocation Table) filesystem cluster size: 1766 - FAT(File Allocation Table) filesystem cluster size:
1767 CONFIG_FS_FAT_MAX_CLUSTSIZE 1767 CONFIG_FS_FAT_MAX_CLUSTSIZE
1768 1768
1769 Define the max cluster size for fat operations else 1769 Define the max cluster size for fat operations else
1770 a default value of 65536 will be defined. 1770 a default value of 65536 will be defined.
1771 1771
1772 - Keyboard Support: 1772 - Keyboard Support:
1773 See Kconfig help for available keyboard drivers. 1773 See Kconfig help for available keyboard drivers.
1774 1774
1775 CONFIG_KEYBOARD 1775 CONFIG_KEYBOARD
1776 1776
1777 Define this to enable a custom keyboard support. 1777 Define this to enable a custom keyboard support.
1778 This simply calls drv_keyboard_init() which must be 1778 This simply calls drv_keyboard_init() which must be
1779 defined in your board-specific files. This option is deprecated 1779 defined in your board-specific files. This option is deprecated
1780 and is only used by novena. For new boards, use driver model 1780 and is only used by novena. For new boards, use driver model
1781 instead. 1781 instead.
1782 1782
1783 - Video support: 1783 - Video support:
1784 CONFIG_VIDEO 1784 CONFIG_VIDEO
1785 1785
1786 Define this to enable video support (for output to 1786 Define this to enable video support (for output to
1787 video). 1787 video).
1788 1788
1789 CONFIG_VIDEO_CT69000 1789 CONFIG_VIDEO_CT69000
1790 1790
1791 Enable Chips & Technologies 69000 Video chip 1791 Enable Chips & Technologies 69000 Video chip
1792 1792
1793 CONFIG_VIDEO_SMI_LYNXEM 1793 CONFIG_VIDEO_SMI_LYNXEM
1794 Enable Silicon Motion SMI 712/710/810 Video chip. The 1794 Enable Silicon Motion SMI 712/710/810 Video chip. The
1795 video output is selected via environment 'videoout' 1795 video output is selected via environment 'videoout'
1796 (1 = LCD and 2 = CRT). If videoout is undefined, CRT is 1796 (1 = LCD and 2 = CRT). If videoout is undefined, CRT is
1797 assumed. 1797 assumed.
1798 1798
1799 For the CT69000 and SMI_LYNXEM drivers, videomode is 1799 For the CT69000 and SMI_LYNXEM drivers, videomode is
1800 selected via environment 'videomode'. Two different ways 1800 selected via environment 'videomode'. Two different ways
1801 are possible: 1801 are possible:
1802 - "videomode=num" 'num' is a standard LiLo mode numbers. 1802 - "videomode=num" 'num' is a standard LiLo mode numbers.
1803 Following standard modes are supported (* is default): 1803 Following standard modes are supported (* is default):
1804 1804
1805 Colors 640x480 800x600 1024x768 1152x864 1280x1024 1805 Colors 640x480 800x600 1024x768 1152x864 1280x1024
1806 -------------+--------------------------------------------- 1806 -------------+---------------------------------------------
1807 8 bits | 0x301* 0x303 0x305 0x161 0x307 1807 8 bits | 0x301* 0x303 0x305 0x161 0x307
1808 15 bits | 0x310 0x313 0x316 0x162 0x319 1808 15 bits | 0x310 0x313 0x316 0x162 0x319
1809 16 bits | 0x311 0x314 0x317 0x163 0x31A 1809 16 bits | 0x311 0x314 0x317 0x163 0x31A
1810 24 bits | 0x312 0x315 0x318 ? 0x31B 1810 24 bits | 0x312 0x315 0x318 ? 0x31B
1811 -------------+--------------------------------------------- 1811 -------------+---------------------------------------------
1812 (i.e. setenv videomode 317; saveenv; reset;) 1812 (i.e. setenv videomode 317; saveenv; reset;)
1813 1813
1814 - "videomode=bootargs" all the video parameters are parsed 1814 - "videomode=bootargs" all the video parameters are parsed
1815 from the bootargs. (See drivers/video/videomodes.c) 1815 from the bootargs. (See drivers/video/videomodes.c)
1816 1816
1817 1817
1818 CONFIG_VIDEO_SED13806 1818 CONFIG_VIDEO_SED13806
1819 Enable Epson SED13806 driver. This driver supports 8bpp 1819 Enable Epson SED13806 driver. This driver supports 8bpp
1820 and 16bpp modes defined by CONFIG_VIDEO_SED13806_8BPP 1820 and 16bpp modes defined by CONFIG_VIDEO_SED13806_8BPP
1821 or CONFIG_VIDEO_SED13806_16BPP 1821 or CONFIG_VIDEO_SED13806_16BPP
1822 1822
1823 CONFIG_FSL_DIU_FB 1823 CONFIG_FSL_DIU_FB
1824 Enable the Freescale DIU video driver. Reference boards for 1824 Enable the Freescale DIU video driver. Reference boards for
1825 SOCs that have a DIU should define this macro to enable DIU 1825 SOCs that have a DIU should define this macro to enable DIU
1826 support, and should also define these other macros: 1826 support, and should also define these other macros:
1827 1827
1828 CONFIG_SYS_DIU_ADDR 1828 CONFIG_SYS_DIU_ADDR
1829 CONFIG_VIDEO 1829 CONFIG_VIDEO
1830 CONFIG_CMD_BMP 1830 CONFIG_CMD_BMP
1831 CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE 1831 CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE
1832 CONFIG_VIDEO_SW_CURSOR 1832 CONFIG_VIDEO_SW_CURSOR
1833 CONFIG_VGA_AS_SINGLE_DEVICE 1833 CONFIG_VGA_AS_SINGLE_DEVICE
1834 CONFIG_VIDEO_LOGO 1834 CONFIG_VIDEO_LOGO
1835 CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_LOGO 1835 CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_LOGO
1836 1836
1837 The DIU driver will look for the 'video-mode' environment 1837 The DIU driver will look for the 'video-mode' environment
1838 variable, and if defined, enable the DIU as a console during 1838 variable, and if defined, enable the DIU as a console during
1839 boot. See the documentation file README.video for a 1839 boot. See the documentation file README.video for a
1840 description of this variable. 1840 description of this variable.
1841 1841
1842 - LCD Support: CONFIG_LCD 1842 - LCD Support: CONFIG_LCD
1843 1843
1844 Define this to enable LCD support (for output to LCD 1844 Define this to enable LCD support (for output to LCD
1845 display); also select one of the supported displays 1845 display); also select one of the supported displays
1846 by defining one of these: 1846 by defining one of these:
1847 1847
1848 CONFIG_ATMEL_LCD: 1848 CONFIG_ATMEL_LCD:
1849 1849
1850 HITACHI TX09D70VM1CCA, 3.5", 240x320. 1850 HITACHI TX09D70VM1CCA, 3.5", 240x320.
1851 1851
1852 CONFIG_NEC_NL6448AC33: 1852 CONFIG_NEC_NL6448AC33:
1853 1853
1854 NEC NL6448AC33-18. Active, color, single scan. 1854 NEC NL6448AC33-18. Active, color, single scan.
1855 1855
1856 CONFIG_NEC_NL6448BC20 1856 CONFIG_NEC_NL6448BC20
1857 1857
1858 NEC NL6448BC20-08. 6.5", 640x480. 1858 NEC NL6448BC20-08. 6.5", 640x480.
1859 Active, color, single scan. 1859 Active, color, single scan.
1860 1860
1861 CONFIG_NEC_NL6448BC33_54 1861 CONFIG_NEC_NL6448BC33_54
1862 1862
1863 NEC NL6448BC33-54. 10.4", 640x480. 1863 NEC NL6448BC33-54. 10.4", 640x480.
1864 Active, color, single scan. 1864 Active, color, single scan.
1865 1865
1866 CONFIG_SHARP_16x9 1866 CONFIG_SHARP_16x9
1867 1867
1868 Sharp 320x240. Active, color, single scan. 1868 Sharp 320x240. Active, color, single scan.
1869 It isn't 16x9, and I am not sure what it is. 1869 It isn't 16x9, and I am not sure what it is.
1870 1870
1871 CONFIG_SHARP_LQ64D341 1871 CONFIG_SHARP_LQ64D341
1872 1872
1873 Sharp LQ64D341 display, 640x480. 1873 Sharp LQ64D341 display, 640x480.
1874 Active, color, single scan. 1874 Active, color, single scan.
1875 1875
1876 CONFIG_HLD1045 1876 CONFIG_HLD1045
1877 1877
1878 HLD1045 display, 640x480. 1878 HLD1045 display, 640x480.
1879 Active, color, single scan. 1879 Active, color, single scan.
1880 1880
1881 CONFIG_OPTREX_BW 1881 CONFIG_OPTREX_BW
1882 1882
1883 Optrex CBL50840-2 NF-FW 99 22 M5 1883 Optrex CBL50840-2 NF-FW 99 22 M5
1884 or 1884 or
1885 Hitachi LMG6912RPFC-00T 1885 Hitachi LMG6912RPFC-00T
1886 or 1886 or
1887 Hitachi SP14Q002 1887 Hitachi SP14Q002
1888 1888
1889 320x240. Black & white. 1889 320x240. Black & white.
1890 1890
1891 Normally display is black on white background; define 1891 Normally display is black on white background; define
1892 CONFIG_SYS_WHITE_ON_BLACK to get it inverted. 1892 CONFIG_SYS_WHITE_ON_BLACK to get it inverted.
1893 1893
1894 CONFIG_LCD_ALIGNMENT 1894 CONFIG_LCD_ALIGNMENT
1895 1895
1896 Normally the LCD is page-aligned (typically 4KB). If this is 1896 Normally the LCD is page-aligned (typically 4KB). If this is
1897 defined then the LCD will be aligned to this value instead. 1897 defined then the LCD will be aligned to this value instead.
1898 For ARM it is sometimes useful to use MMU_SECTION_SIZE 1898 For ARM it is sometimes useful to use MMU_SECTION_SIZE
1899 here, since it is cheaper to change data cache settings on 1899 here, since it is cheaper to change data cache settings on
1900 a per-section basis. 1900 a per-section basis.
1901 1901
1902 CONFIG_CONSOLE_SCROLL_LINES 1902 CONFIG_CONSOLE_SCROLL_LINES
1903 1903
1904 When the console need to be scrolled, this is the number of 1904 When the console need to be scrolled, this is the number of
1905 lines to scroll by. It defaults to 1. Increasing this makes 1905 lines to scroll by. It defaults to 1. Increasing this makes
1906 the console jump but can help speed up operation when scrolling 1906 the console jump but can help speed up operation when scrolling
1907 is slow. 1907 is slow.
1908 1908
1909 CONFIG_LCD_ROTATION 1909 CONFIG_LCD_ROTATION
1910 1910
1911 Sometimes, for example if the display is mounted in portrait 1911 Sometimes, for example if the display is mounted in portrait
1912 mode or even if it's mounted landscape but rotated by 180degree, 1912 mode or even if it's mounted landscape but rotated by 180degree,
1913 we need to rotate our content of the display relative to the 1913 we need to rotate our content of the display relative to the
1914 framebuffer, so that user can read the messages which are 1914 framebuffer, so that user can read the messages which are
1915 printed out. 1915 printed out.
1916 Once CONFIG_LCD_ROTATION is defined, the lcd_console will be 1916 Once CONFIG_LCD_ROTATION is defined, the lcd_console will be
1917 initialized with a given rotation from "vl_rot" out of 1917 initialized with a given rotation from "vl_rot" out of
1918 "vidinfo_t" which is provided by the board specific code. 1918 "vidinfo_t" which is provided by the board specific code.
1919 The value for vl_rot is coded as following (matching to 1919 The value for vl_rot is coded as following (matching to
1920 fbcon=rotate:<n> linux-kernel commandline): 1920 fbcon=rotate:<n> linux-kernel commandline):
1921 0 = no rotation respectively 0 degree 1921 0 = no rotation respectively 0 degree
1922 1 = 90 degree rotation 1922 1 = 90 degree rotation
1923 2 = 180 degree rotation 1923 2 = 180 degree rotation
1924 3 = 270 degree rotation 1924 3 = 270 degree rotation
1925 1925
1926 If CONFIG_LCD_ROTATION is not defined, the console will be 1926 If CONFIG_LCD_ROTATION is not defined, the console will be
1927 initialized with 0degree rotation. 1927 initialized with 0degree rotation.
1928 1928
1929 CONFIG_LCD_BMP_RLE8 1929 CONFIG_LCD_BMP_RLE8
1930 1930
1931 Support drawing of RLE8-compressed bitmaps on the LCD. 1931 Support drawing of RLE8-compressed bitmaps on the LCD.
1932 1932
1933 CONFIG_I2C_EDID 1933 CONFIG_I2C_EDID
1934 1934
1935 Enables an 'i2c edid' command which can read EDID 1935 Enables an 'i2c edid' command which can read EDID
1936 information over I2C from an attached LCD display. 1936 information over I2C from an attached LCD display.
1937 1937
1938 - Splash Screen Support: CONFIG_SPLASH_SCREEN 1938 - Splash Screen Support: CONFIG_SPLASH_SCREEN
1939 1939
1940 If this option is set, the environment is checked for 1940 If this option is set, the environment is checked for
1941 a variable "splashimage". If found, the usual display 1941 a variable "splashimage". If found, the usual display
1942 of logo, copyright and system information on the LCD 1942 of logo, copyright and system information on the LCD
1943 is suppressed and the BMP image at the address 1943 is suppressed and the BMP image at the address
1944 specified in "splashimage" is loaded instead. The 1944 specified in "splashimage" is loaded instead. The
1945 console is redirected to the "nulldev", too. This 1945 console is redirected to the "nulldev", too. This
1946 allows for a "silent" boot where a splash screen is 1946 allows for a "silent" boot where a splash screen is
1947 loaded very quickly after power-on. 1947 loaded very quickly after power-on.
1948 1948
1949 CONFIG_SPLASHIMAGE_GUARD 1949 CONFIG_SPLASHIMAGE_GUARD
1950 1950
1951 If this option is set, then U-Boot will prevent the environment 1951 If this option is set, then U-Boot will prevent the environment
1952 variable "splashimage" from being set to a problematic address 1952 variable "splashimage" from being set to a problematic address
1953 (see README.displaying-bmps). 1953 (see README.displaying-bmps).
1954 This option is useful for targets where, due to alignment 1954 This option is useful for targets where, due to alignment
1955 restrictions, an improperly aligned BMP image will cause a data 1955 restrictions, an improperly aligned BMP image will cause a data
1956 abort. If you think you will not have problems with unaligned 1956 abort. If you think you will not have problems with unaligned
1957 accesses (for example because your toolchain prevents them) 1957 accesses (for example because your toolchain prevents them)
1958 there is no need to set this option. 1958 there is no need to set this option.
1959 1959
1960 CONFIG_SPLASH_SCREEN_ALIGN 1960 CONFIG_SPLASH_SCREEN_ALIGN
1961 1961
1962 If this option is set the splash image can be freely positioned 1962 If this option is set the splash image can be freely positioned
1963 on the screen. Environment variable "splashpos" specifies the 1963 on the screen. Environment variable "splashpos" specifies the
1964 position as "x,y". If a positive number is given it is used as 1964 position as "x,y". If a positive number is given it is used as
1965 number of pixel from left/top. If a negative number is given it 1965 number of pixel from left/top. If a negative number is given it
1966 is used as number of pixel from right/bottom. You can also 1966 is used as number of pixel from right/bottom. You can also
1967 specify 'm' for centering the image. 1967 specify 'm' for centering the image.
1968 1968
1969 Example: 1969 Example:
1970 setenv splashpos m,m 1970 setenv splashpos m,m
1971 => image at center of screen 1971 => image at center of screen
1972 1972
1973 setenv splashpos 30,20 1973 setenv splashpos 30,20
1974 => image at x = 30 and y = 20 1974 => image at x = 30 and y = 20
1975 1975
1976 setenv splashpos -10,m 1976 setenv splashpos -10,m
1977 => vertically centered image 1977 => vertically centered image
1978 at x = dspWidth - bmpWidth - 9 1978 at x = dspWidth - bmpWidth - 9
1979 1979
1980 - Gzip compressed BMP image support: CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_GZIP 1980 - Gzip compressed BMP image support: CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_GZIP
1981 1981
1982 If this option is set, additionally to standard BMP 1982 If this option is set, additionally to standard BMP
1983 images, gzipped BMP images can be displayed via the 1983 images, gzipped BMP images can be displayed via the
1984 splashscreen support or the bmp command. 1984 splashscreen support or the bmp command.
1985 1985
1986 - Run length encoded BMP image (RLE8) support: CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_RLE8 1986 - Run length encoded BMP image (RLE8) support: CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_RLE8
1987 1987
1988 If this option is set, 8-bit RLE compressed BMP images 1988 If this option is set, 8-bit RLE compressed BMP images
1989 can be displayed via the splashscreen support or the 1989 can be displayed via the splashscreen support or the
1990 bmp command. 1990 bmp command.
1991 1991
1992 - Do compressing for memory range: 1992 - Do compressing for memory range:
1993 CONFIG_CMD_ZIP 1993 CONFIG_CMD_ZIP
1994 1994
1995 If this option is set, it would use zlib deflate method 1995 If this option is set, it would use zlib deflate method
1996 to compress the specified memory at its best effort. 1996 to compress the specified memory at its best effort.
1997 1997
1998 - Compression support: 1998 - Compression support:
1999 CONFIG_GZIP 1999 CONFIG_GZIP
2000 2000
2001 Enabled by default to support gzip compressed images. 2001 Enabled by default to support gzip compressed images.
2002 2002
2003 CONFIG_BZIP2 2003 CONFIG_BZIP2
2004 2004
2005 If this option is set, support for bzip2 compressed 2005 If this option is set, support for bzip2 compressed
2006 images is included. If not, only uncompressed and gzip 2006 images is included. If not, only uncompressed and gzip
2007 compressed images are supported. 2007 compressed images are supported.
2008 2008
2009 NOTE: the bzip2 algorithm requires a lot of RAM, so 2009 NOTE: the bzip2 algorithm requires a lot of RAM, so
2010 the malloc area (as defined by CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN) should 2010 the malloc area (as defined by CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN) should
2011 be at least 4MB. 2011 be at least 4MB.
2012 2012
2013 CONFIG_LZMA 2013 CONFIG_LZMA
2014 2014
2015 If this option is set, support for lzma compressed 2015 If this option is set, support for lzma compressed
2016 images is included. 2016 images is included.
2017 2017
2018 Note: The LZMA algorithm adds between 2 and 4KB of code and it 2018 Note: The LZMA algorithm adds between 2 and 4KB of code and it
2019 requires an amount of dynamic memory that is given by the 2019 requires an amount of dynamic memory that is given by the
2020 formula: 2020 formula:
2021 2021
2022 (1846 + 768 << (lc + lp)) * sizeof(uint16) 2022 (1846 + 768 << (lc + lp)) * sizeof(uint16)
2023 2023
2024 Where lc and lp stand for, respectively, Literal context bits 2024 Where lc and lp stand for, respectively, Literal context bits
2025 and Literal pos bits. 2025 and Literal pos bits.
2026 2026
2027 This value is upper-bounded by 14MB in the worst case. Anyway, 2027 This value is upper-bounded by 14MB in the worst case. Anyway,
2028 for a ~4MB large kernel image, we have lc=3 and lp=0 for a 2028 for a ~4MB large kernel image, we have lc=3 and lp=0 for a
2029 total amount of (1846 + 768 << (3 + 0)) * 2 = ~41KB... that is 2029 total amount of (1846 + 768 << (3 + 0)) * 2 = ~41KB... that is
2030 a very small buffer. 2030 a very small buffer.
2031 2031
2032 Use the lzmainfo tool to determinate the lc and lp values and 2032 Use the lzmainfo tool to determinate the lc and lp values and
2033 then calculate the amount of needed dynamic memory (ensuring 2033 then calculate the amount of needed dynamic memory (ensuring
2034 the appropriate CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN value). 2034 the appropriate CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN value).
2035 2035
2036 CONFIG_LZO 2036 CONFIG_LZO
2037 2037
2038 If this option is set, support for LZO compressed images 2038 If this option is set, support for LZO compressed images
2039 is included. 2039 is included.
2040 2040
2041 - MII/PHY support: 2041 - MII/PHY support:
2042 CONFIG_PHY_ADDR 2042 CONFIG_PHY_ADDR
2043 2043
2044 The address of PHY on MII bus. 2044 The address of PHY on MII bus.
2045 2045
2046 CONFIG_PHY_CLOCK_FREQ (ppc4xx) 2046 CONFIG_PHY_CLOCK_FREQ (ppc4xx)
2047 2047
2048 The clock frequency of the MII bus 2048 The clock frequency of the MII bus
2049 2049
2050 CONFIG_PHY_GIGE 2050 CONFIG_PHY_GIGE
2051 2051
2052 If this option is set, support for speed/duplex 2052 If this option is set, support for speed/duplex
2053 detection of gigabit PHY is included. 2053 detection of gigabit PHY is included.
2054 2054
2055 CONFIG_PHY_RESET_DELAY 2055 CONFIG_PHY_RESET_DELAY
2056 2056
2057 Some PHY like Intel LXT971A need extra delay after 2057 Some PHY like Intel LXT971A need extra delay after
2058 reset before any MII register access is possible. 2058 reset before any MII register access is possible.
2059 For such PHY, set this option to the usec delay 2059 For such PHY, set this option to the usec delay
2060 required. (minimum 300usec for LXT971A) 2060 required. (minimum 300usec for LXT971A)
2061 2061
2062 CONFIG_PHY_CMD_DELAY (ppc4xx) 2062 CONFIG_PHY_CMD_DELAY (ppc4xx)
2063 2063
2064 Some PHY like Intel LXT971A need extra delay after 2064 Some PHY like Intel LXT971A need extra delay after
2065 command issued before MII status register can be read 2065 command issued before MII status register can be read
2066 2066
2067 - IP address: 2067 - IP address:
2068 CONFIG_IPADDR 2068 CONFIG_IPADDR
2069 2069
2070 Define a default value for the IP address to use for 2070 Define a default value for the IP address to use for
2071 the default Ethernet interface, in case this is not 2071 the default Ethernet interface, in case this is not
2072 determined through e.g. bootp. 2072 determined through e.g. bootp.
2073 (Environment variable "ipaddr") 2073 (Environment variable "ipaddr")
2074 2074
2075 - Server IP address: 2075 - Server IP address:
2076 CONFIG_SERVERIP 2076 CONFIG_SERVERIP
2077 2077
2078 Defines a default value for the IP address of a TFTP 2078 Defines a default value for the IP address of a TFTP
2079 server to contact when using the "tftboot" command. 2079 server to contact when using the "tftboot" command.
2080 (Environment variable "serverip") 2080 (Environment variable "serverip")
2081 2081
2082 CONFIG_KEEP_SERVERADDR 2082 CONFIG_KEEP_SERVERADDR
2083 2083
2084 Keeps the server's MAC address, in the env 'serveraddr' 2084 Keeps the server's MAC address, in the env 'serveraddr'
2085 for passing to bootargs (like Linux's netconsole option) 2085 for passing to bootargs (like Linux's netconsole option)
2086 2086
2087 - Gateway IP address: 2087 - Gateway IP address:
2088 CONFIG_GATEWAYIP 2088 CONFIG_GATEWAYIP
2089 2089
2090 Defines a default value for the IP address of the 2090 Defines a default value for the IP address of the
2091 default router where packets to other networks are 2091 default router where packets to other networks are
2092 sent to. 2092 sent to.
2093 (Environment variable "gatewayip") 2093 (Environment variable "gatewayip")
2094 2094
2095 - Subnet mask: 2095 - Subnet mask:
2096 CONFIG_NETMASK 2096 CONFIG_NETMASK
2097 2097
2098 Defines a default value for the subnet mask (or 2098 Defines a default value for the subnet mask (or
2099 routing prefix) which is used to determine if an IP 2099 routing prefix) which is used to determine if an IP
2100 address belongs to the local subnet or needs to be 2100 address belongs to the local subnet or needs to be
2101 forwarded through a router. 2101 forwarded through a router.
2102 (Environment variable "netmask") 2102 (Environment variable "netmask")
2103 2103
2104 - Multicast TFTP Mode: 2104 - Multicast TFTP Mode:
2105 CONFIG_MCAST_TFTP 2105 CONFIG_MCAST_TFTP
2106 2106
2107 Defines whether you want to support multicast TFTP as per 2107 Defines whether you want to support multicast TFTP as per
2108 rfc-2090; for example to work with atftp. Lets lots of targets 2108 rfc-2090; for example to work with atftp. Lets lots of targets
2109 tftp down the same boot image concurrently. Note: the Ethernet 2109 tftp down the same boot image concurrently. Note: the Ethernet
2110 driver in use must provide a function: mcast() to join/leave a 2110 driver in use must provide a function: mcast() to join/leave a
2111 multicast group. 2111 multicast group.
2112 2112
2113 - BOOTP Recovery Mode: 2113 - BOOTP Recovery Mode:
2114 CONFIG_BOOTP_RANDOM_DELAY 2114 CONFIG_BOOTP_RANDOM_DELAY
2115 2115
2116 If you have many targets in a network that try to 2116 If you have many targets in a network that try to
2117 boot using BOOTP, you may want to avoid that all 2117 boot using BOOTP, you may want to avoid that all
2118 systems send out BOOTP requests at precisely the same 2118 systems send out BOOTP requests at precisely the same
2119 moment (which would happen for instance at recovery 2119 moment (which would happen for instance at recovery
2120 from a power failure, when all systems will try to 2120 from a power failure, when all systems will try to
2121 boot, thus flooding the BOOTP server. Defining 2121 boot, thus flooding the BOOTP server. Defining
2122 CONFIG_BOOTP_RANDOM_DELAY causes a random delay to be 2122 CONFIG_BOOTP_RANDOM_DELAY causes a random delay to be
2123 inserted before sending out BOOTP requests. The 2123 inserted before sending out BOOTP requests. The
2124 following delays are inserted then: 2124 following delays are inserted then:
2125 2125
2126 1st BOOTP request: delay 0 ... 1 sec 2126 1st BOOTP request: delay 0 ... 1 sec
2127 2nd BOOTP request: delay 0 ... 2 sec 2127 2nd BOOTP request: delay 0 ... 2 sec
2128 3rd BOOTP request: delay 0 ... 4 sec 2128 3rd BOOTP request: delay 0 ... 4 sec
2129 4th and following 2129 4th and following
2130 BOOTP requests: delay 0 ... 8 sec 2130 BOOTP requests: delay 0 ... 8 sec
2131 2131
2132 CONFIG_BOOTP_ID_CACHE_SIZE 2132 CONFIG_BOOTP_ID_CACHE_SIZE
2133 2133
2134 BOOTP packets are uniquely identified using a 32-bit ID. The 2134 BOOTP packets are uniquely identified using a 32-bit ID. The
2135 server will copy the ID from client requests to responses and 2135 server will copy the ID from client requests to responses and
2136 U-Boot will use this to determine if it is the destination of 2136 U-Boot will use this to determine if it is the destination of
2137 an incoming response. Some servers will check that addresses 2137 an incoming response. Some servers will check that addresses
2138 aren't in use before handing them out (usually using an ARP 2138 aren't in use before handing them out (usually using an ARP
2139 ping) and therefore take up to a few hundred milliseconds to 2139 ping) and therefore take up to a few hundred milliseconds to
2140 respond. Network congestion may also influence the time it 2140 respond. Network congestion may also influence the time it
2141 takes for a response to make it back to the client. If that 2141 takes for a response to make it back to the client. If that
2142 time is too long, U-Boot will retransmit requests. In order 2142 time is too long, U-Boot will retransmit requests. In order
2143 to allow earlier responses to still be accepted after these 2143 to allow earlier responses to still be accepted after these
2144 retransmissions, U-Boot's BOOTP client keeps a small cache of 2144 retransmissions, U-Boot's BOOTP client keeps a small cache of
2145 IDs. The CONFIG_BOOTP_ID_CACHE_SIZE controls the size of this 2145 IDs. The CONFIG_BOOTP_ID_CACHE_SIZE controls the size of this
2146 cache. The default is to keep IDs for up to four outstanding 2146 cache. The default is to keep IDs for up to four outstanding
2147 requests. Increasing this will allow U-Boot to accept offers 2147 requests. Increasing this will allow U-Boot to accept offers
2148 from a BOOTP client in networks with unusually high latency. 2148 from a BOOTP client in networks with unusually high latency.
2149 2149
2150 - DHCP Advanced Options: 2150 - DHCP Advanced Options:
2151 You can fine tune the DHCP functionality by defining 2151 You can fine tune the DHCP functionality by defining
2152 CONFIG_BOOTP_* symbols: 2152 CONFIG_BOOTP_* symbols:
2153 2153
2154 CONFIG_BOOTP_SUBNETMASK 2154 CONFIG_BOOTP_SUBNETMASK
2155 CONFIG_BOOTP_GATEWAY 2155 CONFIG_BOOTP_GATEWAY
2156 CONFIG_BOOTP_HOSTNAME 2156 CONFIG_BOOTP_HOSTNAME
2157 CONFIG_BOOTP_NISDOMAIN 2157 CONFIG_BOOTP_NISDOMAIN
2158 CONFIG_BOOTP_BOOTPATH 2158 CONFIG_BOOTP_BOOTPATH
2159 CONFIG_BOOTP_BOOTFILESIZE 2159 CONFIG_BOOTP_BOOTFILESIZE
2160 CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS 2160 CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS
2161 CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS2 2161 CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS2
2162 CONFIG_BOOTP_SEND_HOSTNAME 2162 CONFIG_BOOTP_SEND_HOSTNAME
2163 CONFIG_BOOTP_NTPSERVER 2163 CONFIG_BOOTP_NTPSERVER
2164 CONFIG_BOOTP_TIMEOFFSET 2164 CONFIG_BOOTP_TIMEOFFSET
2165 CONFIG_BOOTP_VENDOREX 2165 CONFIG_BOOTP_VENDOREX
2166 CONFIG_BOOTP_MAY_FAIL 2166 CONFIG_BOOTP_MAY_FAIL
2167 2167
2168 CONFIG_BOOTP_SERVERIP - TFTP server will be the serverip 2168 CONFIG_BOOTP_SERVERIP - TFTP server will be the serverip
2169 environment variable, not the BOOTP server. 2169 environment variable, not the BOOTP server.
2170 2170
2171 CONFIG_BOOTP_MAY_FAIL - If the DHCP server is not found 2171 CONFIG_BOOTP_MAY_FAIL - If the DHCP server is not found
2172 after the configured retry count, the call will fail 2172 after the configured retry count, the call will fail
2173 instead of starting over. This can be used to fail over 2173 instead of starting over. This can be used to fail over
2174 to Link-local IP address configuration if the DHCP server 2174 to Link-local IP address configuration if the DHCP server
2175 is not available. 2175 is not available.
2176 2176
2177 CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS2 - If a DHCP client requests the DNS 2177 CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS2 - If a DHCP client requests the DNS
2178 serverip from a DHCP server, it is possible that more 2178 serverip from a DHCP server, it is possible that more
2179 than one DNS serverip is offered to the client. 2179 than one DNS serverip is offered to the client.
2180 If CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS2 is enabled, the secondary DNS 2180 If CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS2 is enabled, the secondary DNS
2181 serverip will be stored in the additional environment 2181 serverip will be stored in the additional environment
2182 variable "dnsip2". The first DNS serverip is always 2182 variable "dnsip2". The first DNS serverip is always
2183 stored in the variable "dnsip", when CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS 2183 stored in the variable "dnsip", when CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS
2184 is defined. 2184 is defined.
2185 2185
2186 CONFIG_BOOTP_SEND_HOSTNAME - Some DHCP servers are capable 2186 CONFIG_BOOTP_SEND_HOSTNAME - Some DHCP servers are capable
2187 to do a dynamic update of a DNS server. To do this, they 2187 to do a dynamic update of a DNS server. To do this, they
2188 need the hostname of the DHCP requester. 2188 need the hostname of the DHCP requester.
2189 If CONFIG_BOOTP_SEND_HOSTNAME is defined, the content 2189 If CONFIG_BOOTP_SEND_HOSTNAME is defined, the content
2190 of the "hostname" environment variable is passed as 2190 of the "hostname" environment variable is passed as
2191 option 12 to the DHCP server. 2191 option 12 to the DHCP server.
2192 2192
2193 CONFIG_BOOTP_DHCP_REQUEST_DELAY 2193 CONFIG_BOOTP_DHCP_REQUEST_DELAY
2194 2194
2195 A 32bit value in microseconds for a delay between 2195 A 32bit value in microseconds for a delay between
2196 receiving a "DHCP Offer" and sending the "DHCP Request". 2196 receiving a "DHCP Offer" and sending the "DHCP Request".
2197 This fixes a problem with certain DHCP servers that don't 2197 This fixes a problem with certain DHCP servers that don't
2198 respond 100% of the time to a "DHCP request". E.g. On an 2198 respond 100% of the time to a "DHCP request". E.g. On an
2199 AT91RM9200 processor running at 180MHz, this delay needed 2199 AT91RM9200 processor running at 180MHz, this delay needed
2200 to be *at least* 15,000 usec before a Windows Server 2003 2200 to be *at least* 15,000 usec before a Windows Server 2003
2201 DHCP server would reply 100% of the time. I recommend at 2201 DHCP server would reply 100% of the time. I recommend at
2202 least 50,000 usec to be safe. The alternative is to hope 2202 least 50,000 usec to be safe. The alternative is to hope
2203 that one of the retries will be successful but note that 2203 that one of the retries will be successful but note that
2204 the DHCP timeout and retry process takes a longer than 2204 the DHCP timeout and retry process takes a longer than
2205 this delay. 2205 this delay.
2206 2206
2207 - Link-local IP address negotiation: 2207 - Link-local IP address negotiation:
2208 Negotiate with other link-local clients on the local network 2208 Negotiate with other link-local clients on the local network
2209 for an address that doesn't require explicit configuration. 2209 for an address that doesn't require explicit configuration.
2210 This is especially useful if a DHCP server cannot be guaranteed 2210 This is especially useful if a DHCP server cannot be guaranteed
2211 to exist in all environments that the device must operate. 2211 to exist in all environments that the device must operate.
2212 2212
2213 See doc/README.link-local for more information. 2213 See doc/README.link-local for more information.
2214 2214
2215 - CDP Options: 2215 - CDP Options:
2216 CONFIG_CDP_DEVICE_ID 2216 CONFIG_CDP_DEVICE_ID
2217 2217
2218 The device id used in CDP trigger frames. 2218 The device id used in CDP trigger frames.
2219 2219
2220 CONFIG_CDP_DEVICE_ID_PREFIX 2220 CONFIG_CDP_DEVICE_ID_PREFIX
2221 2221
2222 A two character string which is prefixed to the MAC address 2222 A two character string which is prefixed to the MAC address
2223 of the device. 2223 of the device.
2224 2224
2225 CONFIG_CDP_PORT_ID 2225 CONFIG_CDP_PORT_ID
2226 2226
2227 A printf format string which contains the ascii name of 2227 A printf format string which contains the ascii name of
2228 the port. Normally is set to "eth%d" which sets 2228 the port. Normally is set to "eth%d" which sets
2229 eth0 for the first Ethernet, eth1 for the second etc. 2229 eth0 for the first Ethernet, eth1 for the second etc.
2230 2230
2231 CONFIG_CDP_CAPABILITIES 2231 CONFIG_CDP_CAPABILITIES
2232 2232
2233 A 32bit integer which indicates the device capabilities; 2233 A 32bit integer which indicates the device capabilities;
2234 0x00000010 for a normal host which does not forwards. 2234 0x00000010 for a normal host which does not forwards.
2235 2235
2236 CONFIG_CDP_VERSION 2236 CONFIG_CDP_VERSION
2237 2237
2238 An ascii string containing the version of the software. 2238 An ascii string containing the version of the software.
2239 2239
2240 CONFIG_CDP_PLATFORM 2240 CONFIG_CDP_PLATFORM
2241 2241
2242 An ascii string containing the name of the platform. 2242 An ascii string containing the name of the platform.
2243 2243
2244 CONFIG_CDP_TRIGGER 2244 CONFIG_CDP_TRIGGER
2245 2245
2246 A 32bit integer sent on the trigger. 2246 A 32bit integer sent on the trigger.
2247 2247
2248 CONFIG_CDP_POWER_CONSUMPTION 2248 CONFIG_CDP_POWER_CONSUMPTION
2249 2249
2250 A 16bit integer containing the power consumption of the 2250 A 16bit integer containing the power consumption of the
2251 device in .1 of milliwatts. 2251 device in .1 of milliwatts.
2252 2252
2253 CONFIG_CDP_APPLIANCE_VLAN_TYPE 2253 CONFIG_CDP_APPLIANCE_VLAN_TYPE
2254 2254
2255 A byte containing the id of the VLAN. 2255 A byte containing the id of the VLAN.
2256 2256
2257 - Status LED: CONFIG_STATUS_LED 2257 - Status LED: CONFIG_STATUS_LED
2258 2258
2259 Several configurations allow to display the current 2259 Several configurations allow to display the current
2260 status using a LED. For instance, the LED will blink 2260 status using a LED. For instance, the LED will blink
2261 fast while running U-Boot code, stop blinking as 2261 fast while running U-Boot code, stop blinking as
2262 soon as a reply to a BOOTP request was received, and 2262 soon as a reply to a BOOTP request was received, and
2263 start blinking slow once the Linux kernel is running 2263 start blinking slow once the Linux kernel is running
2264 (supported by a status LED driver in the Linux 2264 (supported by a status LED driver in the Linux
2265 kernel). Defining CONFIG_STATUS_LED enables this 2265 kernel). Defining CONFIG_STATUS_LED enables this
2266 feature in U-Boot. 2266 feature in U-Boot.
2267 2267
2268 Additional options: 2268 Additional options:
2269 2269
2270 CONFIG_GPIO_LED 2270 CONFIG_GPIO_LED
2271 The status LED can be connected to a GPIO pin. 2271 The status LED can be connected to a GPIO pin.
2272 In such cases, the gpio_led driver can be used as a 2272 In such cases, the gpio_led driver can be used as a
2273 status LED backend implementation. Define CONFIG_GPIO_LED 2273 status LED backend implementation. Define CONFIG_GPIO_LED
2274 to include the gpio_led driver in the U-Boot binary. 2274 to include the gpio_led driver in the U-Boot binary.
2275 2275
2276 CONFIG_GPIO_LED_INVERTED_TABLE 2276 CONFIG_GPIO_LED_INVERTED_TABLE
2277 Some GPIO connected LEDs may have inverted polarity in which 2277 Some GPIO connected LEDs may have inverted polarity in which
2278 case the GPIO high value corresponds to LED off state and 2278 case the GPIO high value corresponds to LED off state and
2279 GPIO low value corresponds to LED on state. 2279 GPIO low value corresponds to LED on state.
2280 In such cases CONFIG_GPIO_LED_INVERTED_TABLE may be defined 2280 In such cases CONFIG_GPIO_LED_INVERTED_TABLE may be defined
2281 with a list of GPIO LEDs that have inverted polarity. 2281 with a list of GPIO LEDs that have inverted polarity.
2282 2282
2283 - CAN Support: CONFIG_CAN_DRIVER 2283 - CAN Support: CONFIG_CAN_DRIVER
2284 2284
2285 Defining CONFIG_CAN_DRIVER enables CAN driver support 2285 Defining CONFIG_CAN_DRIVER enables CAN driver support
2286 on those systems that support this (optional) 2286 on those systems that support this (optional)
2287 feature, like the TQM8xxL modules. 2287 feature, like the TQM8xxL modules.
2288 2288
2289 - I2C Support: CONFIG_SYS_I2C 2289 - I2C Support: CONFIG_SYS_I2C
2290 2290
2291 This enable the NEW i2c subsystem, and will allow you to use 2291 This enable the NEW i2c subsystem, and will allow you to use
2292 i2c commands at the u-boot command line (as long as you set 2292 i2c commands at the u-boot command line (as long as you set
2293 CONFIG_CMD_I2C in CONFIG_COMMANDS) and communicate with i2c 2293 CONFIG_CMD_I2C in CONFIG_COMMANDS) and communicate with i2c
2294 based realtime clock chips or other i2c devices. See 2294 based realtime clock chips or other i2c devices. See
2295 common/cmd_i2c.c for a description of the command line 2295 common/cmd_i2c.c for a description of the command line
2296 interface. 2296 interface.
2297 2297
2298 ported i2c driver to the new framework: 2298 ported i2c driver to the new framework:
2299 - drivers/i2c/soft_i2c.c: 2299 - drivers/i2c/soft_i2c.c:
2300 - activate first bus with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT define 2300 - activate first bus with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT define
2301 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SPEED and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SLAVE 2301 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SPEED and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SLAVE
2302 for defining speed and slave address 2302 for defining speed and slave address
2303 - activate second bus with I2C_SOFT_DECLARATIONS2 define 2303 - activate second bus with I2C_SOFT_DECLARATIONS2 define
2304 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SPEED_2 and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SLAVE_2 2304 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SPEED_2 and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SLAVE_2
2305 for defining speed and slave address 2305 for defining speed and slave address
2306 - activate third bus with I2C_SOFT_DECLARATIONS3 define 2306 - activate third bus with I2C_SOFT_DECLARATIONS3 define
2307 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SPEED_3 and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SLAVE_3 2307 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SPEED_3 and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SLAVE_3
2308 for defining speed and slave address 2308 for defining speed and slave address
2309 - activate fourth bus with I2C_SOFT_DECLARATIONS4 define 2309 - activate fourth bus with I2C_SOFT_DECLARATIONS4 define
2310 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SPEED_4 and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SLAVE_4 2310 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SPEED_4 and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SLAVE_4
2311 for defining speed and slave address 2311 for defining speed and slave address
2312 2312
2313 - drivers/i2c/fsl_i2c.c: 2313 - drivers/i2c/fsl_i2c.c:
2314 - activate i2c driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_FSL 2314 - activate i2c driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_FSL
2315 define CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C_OFFSET for setting the register 2315 define CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C_OFFSET for setting the register
2316 offset CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C_SPEED for the i2c speed and 2316 offset CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C_SPEED for the i2c speed and
2317 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C_SLAVE for the slave addr of the first 2317 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C_SLAVE for the slave addr of the first
2318 bus. 2318 bus.
2319 - If your board supports a second fsl i2c bus, define 2319 - If your board supports a second fsl i2c bus, define
2320 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C2_OFFSET for the register offset 2320 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C2_OFFSET for the register offset
2321 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C2_SPEED for the speed and 2321 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C2_SPEED for the speed and
2322 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C2_SLAVE for the slave address of the 2322 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C2_SLAVE for the slave address of the
2323 second bus. 2323 second bus.
2324 2324
2325 - drivers/i2c/tegra_i2c.c: 2325 - drivers/i2c/tegra_i2c.c:
2326 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_TEGRA 2326 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_TEGRA
2327 - This driver adds 4 i2c buses with a fix speed from 2327 - This driver adds 4 i2c buses with a fix speed from
2328 100000 and the slave addr 0! 2328 100000 and the slave addr 0!
2329 2329
2330 - drivers/i2c/ppc4xx_i2c.c 2330 - drivers/i2c/ppc4xx_i2c.c
2331 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_PPC4XX 2331 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_PPC4XX
2332 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_PPC4XX_CH0 activate hardware channel 0 2332 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_PPC4XX_CH0 activate hardware channel 0
2333 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_PPC4XX_CH1 activate hardware channel 1 2333 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_PPC4XX_CH1 activate hardware channel 1
2334 2334
2335 - drivers/i2c/i2c_mxc.c 2335 - drivers/i2c/i2c_mxc.c
2336 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MXC 2336 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MXC
2337 - enable bus 1 with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MXC_I2C1 2337 - enable bus 1 with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MXC_I2C1
2338 - enable bus 2 with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MXC_I2C2 2338 - enable bus 2 with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MXC_I2C2
2339 - enable bus 3 with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MXC_I2C3 2339 - enable bus 3 with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MXC_I2C3
2340 - enable bus 4 with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MXC_I2C4 2340 - enable bus 4 with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MXC_I2C4
2341 - define speed for bus 1 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C1_SPEED 2341 - define speed for bus 1 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C1_SPEED
2342 - define slave for bus 1 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C1_SLAVE 2342 - define slave for bus 1 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C1_SLAVE
2343 - define speed for bus 2 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C2_SPEED 2343 - define speed for bus 2 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C2_SPEED
2344 - define slave for bus 2 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C2_SLAVE 2344 - define slave for bus 2 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C2_SLAVE
2345 - define speed for bus 3 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C3_SPEED 2345 - define speed for bus 3 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C3_SPEED
2346 - define slave for bus 3 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C3_SLAVE 2346 - define slave for bus 3 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C3_SLAVE
2347 - define speed for bus 4 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C4_SPEED 2347 - define speed for bus 4 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C4_SPEED
2348 - define slave for bus 4 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C4_SLAVE 2348 - define slave for bus 4 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C4_SLAVE
2349 If those defines are not set, default value is 100000 2349 If those defines are not set, default value is 100000
2350 for speed, and 0 for slave. 2350 for speed, and 0 for slave.
2351 2351
2352 - drivers/i2c/rcar_i2c.c: 2352 - drivers/i2c/rcar_i2c.c:
2353 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_RCAR 2353 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_RCAR
2354 - This driver adds 4 i2c buses 2354 - This driver adds 4 i2c buses
2355 2355
2356 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C0_BASE for setting the register channel 0 2356 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C0_BASE for setting the register channel 0
2357 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C0_SPEED for for the speed channel 0 2357 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C0_SPEED for for the speed channel 0
2358 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C1_BASE for setting the register channel 1 2358 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C1_BASE for setting the register channel 1
2359 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C1_SPEED for for the speed channel 1 2359 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C1_SPEED for for the speed channel 1
2360 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C2_BASE for setting the register channel 2 2360 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C2_BASE for setting the register channel 2
2361 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C2_SPEED for for the speed channel 2 2361 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C2_SPEED for for the speed channel 2
2362 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C3_BASE for setting the register channel 3 2362 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C3_BASE for setting the register channel 3
2363 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C3_SPEED for for the speed channel 3 2363 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C3_SPEED for for the speed channel 3
2364 - CONFIF_SYS_RCAR_I2C_NUM_CONTROLLERS for number of i2c buses 2364 - CONFIF_SYS_RCAR_I2C_NUM_CONTROLLERS for number of i2c buses
2365 2365
2366 - drivers/i2c/sh_i2c.c: 2366 - drivers/i2c/sh_i2c.c:
2367 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH 2367 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH
2368 - This driver adds from 2 to 5 i2c buses 2368 - This driver adds from 2 to 5 i2c buses
2369 2369
2370 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE0 for setting the register channel 0 2370 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE0 for setting the register channel 0
2371 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED0 for for the speed channel 0 2371 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED0 for for the speed channel 0
2372 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE1 for setting the register channel 1 2372 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE1 for setting the register channel 1
2373 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED1 for for the speed channel 1 2373 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED1 for for the speed channel 1
2374 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE2 for setting the register channel 2 2374 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE2 for setting the register channel 2
2375 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED2 for for the speed channel 2 2375 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED2 for for the speed channel 2
2376 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE3 for setting the register channel 3 2376 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE3 for setting the register channel 3
2377 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED3 for for the speed channel 3 2377 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED3 for for the speed channel 3
2378 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE4 for setting the register channel 4 2378 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE4 for setting the register channel 4
2379 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED4 for for the speed channel 4 2379 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED4 for for the speed channel 4
2380 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE5 for setting the register channel 5 2380 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE5 for setting the register channel 5
2381 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED5 for for the speed channel 5 2381 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED5 for for the speed channel 5
2382 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_NUM_CONTROLLERS for number of i2c buses 2382 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_NUM_CONTROLLERS for number of i2c buses
2383 2383
2384 - drivers/i2c/omap24xx_i2c.c 2384 - drivers/i2c/omap24xx_i2c.c
2385 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_OMAP24XX 2385 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_OMAP24XX
2386 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED speed channel 0 2386 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED speed channel 0
2387 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE slave addr channel 0 2387 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE slave addr channel 0
2388 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED1 speed channel 1 2388 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED1 speed channel 1
2389 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE1 slave addr channel 1 2389 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE1 slave addr channel 1
2390 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED2 speed channel 2 2390 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED2 speed channel 2
2391 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE2 slave addr channel 2 2391 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE2 slave addr channel 2
2392 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED3 speed channel 3 2392 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED3 speed channel 3
2393 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE3 slave addr channel 3 2393 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE3 slave addr channel 3
2394 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED4 speed channel 4 2394 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED4 speed channel 4
2395 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE4 slave addr channel 4 2395 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE4 slave addr channel 4
2396 2396
2397 - drivers/i2c/zynq_i2c.c 2397 - drivers/i2c/zynq_i2c.c
2398 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_ZYNQ 2398 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_ZYNQ
2399 - set CONFIG_SYS_I2C_ZYNQ_SPEED for speed setting 2399 - set CONFIG_SYS_I2C_ZYNQ_SPEED for speed setting
2400 - set CONFIG_SYS_I2C_ZYNQ_SLAVE for slave addr 2400 - set CONFIG_SYS_I2C_ZYNQ_SLAVE for slave addr
2401 2401
2402 - drivers/i2c/s3c24x0_i2c.c: 2402 - drivers/i2c/s3c24x0_i2c.c:
2403 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_S3C24X0 2403 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_S3C24X0
2404 - This driver adds i2c buses (11 for Exynos5250, Exynos5420 2404 - This driver adds i2c buses (11 for Exynos5250, Exynos5420
2405 9 i2c buses for Exynos4 and 1 for S3C24X0 SoCs from Samsung) 2405 9 i2c buses for Exynos4 and 1 for S3C24X0 SoCs from Samsung)
2406 with a fix speed from 100000 and the slave addr 0! 2406 with a fix speed from 100000 and the slave addr 0!
2407 2407
2408 - drivers/i2c/ihs_i2c.c 2408 - drivers/i2c/ihs_i2c.c
2409 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS 2409 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS
2410 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_CH0 activate hardware channel 0 2410 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_CH0 activate hardware channel 0
2411 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SPEED_0 speed channel 0 2411 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SPEED_0 speed channel 0
2412 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SLAVE_0 slave addr channel 0 2412 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SLAVE_0 slave addr channel 0
2413 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_CH1 activate hardware channel 1 2413 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_CH1 activate hardware channel 1
2414 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SPEED_1 speed channel 1 2414 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SPEED_1 speed channel 1
2415 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SLAVE_1 slave addr channel 1 2415 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SLAVE_1 slave addr channel 1
2416 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_CH2 activate hardware channel 2 2416 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_CH2 activate hardware channel 2
2417 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SPEED_2 speed channel 2 2417 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SPEED_2 speed channel 2
2418 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SLAVE_2 slave addr channel 2 2418 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SLAVE_2 slave addr channel 2
2419 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_CH3 activate hardware channel 3 2419 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_CH3 activate hardware channel 3
2420 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SPEED_3 speed channel 3 2420 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SPEED_3 speed channel 3
2421 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SLAVE_3 slave addr channel 3 2421 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SLAVE_3 slave addr channel 3
2422 - activate dual channel with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_DUAL 2422 - activate dual channel with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_DUAL
2423 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SPEED_0_1 speed channel 0_1 2423 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SPEED_0_1 speed channel 0_1
2424 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SLAVE_0_1 slave addr channel 0_1 2424 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SLAVE_0_1 slave addr channel 0_1
2425 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SPEED_1_1 speed channel 1_1 2425 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SPEED_1_1 speed channel 1_1
2426 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SLAVE_1_1 slave addr channel 1_1 2426 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SLAVE_1_1 slave addr channel 1_1
2427 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SPEED_2_1 speed channel 2_1 2427 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SPEED_2_1 speed channel 2_1
2428 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SLAVE_2_1 slave addr channel 2_1 2428 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SLAVE_2_1 slave addr channel 2_1
2429 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SPEED_3_1 speed channel 3_1 2429 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SPEED_3_1 speed channel 3_1
2430 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SLAVE_3_1 slave addr channel 3_1 2430 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SLAVE_3_1 slave addr channel 3_1
2431 2431
2432 additional defines: 2432 additional defines:
2433 2433
2434 CONFIG_SYS_NUM_I2C_BUSES 2434 CONFIG_SYS_NUM_I2C_BUSES
2435 Hold the number of i2c buses you want to use. If you 2435 Hold the number of i2c buses you want to use. If you
2436 don't use/have i2c muxes on your i2c bus, this 2436 don't use/have i2c muxes on your i2c bus, this
2437 is equal to CONFIG_SYS_NUM_I2C_ADAPTERS, and you can 2437 is equal to CONFIG_SYS_NUM_I2C_ADAPTERS, and you can
2438 omit this define. 2438 omit this define.
2439 2439
2440 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DIRECT_BUS 2440 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DIRECT_BUS
2441 define this, if you don't use i2c muxes on your hardware. 2441 define this, if you don't use i2c muxes on your hardware.
2442 if CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MAX_HOPS is not defined or == 0 you can 2442 if CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MAX_HOPS is not defined or == 0 you can
2443 omit this define. 2443 omit this define.
2444 2444
2445 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MAX_HOPS 2445 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MAX_HOPS
2446 define how many muxes are maximal consecutively connected 2446 define how many muxes are maximal consecutively connected
2447 on one i2c bus. If you not use i2c muxes, omit this 2447 on one i2c bus. If you not use i2c muxes, omit this
2448 define. 2448 define.
2449 2449
2450 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_BUSES 2450 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_BUSES
2451 hold a list of buses you want to use, only used if 2451 hold a list of buses you want to use, only used if
2452 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DIRECT_BUS is not defined, for example 2452 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DIRECT_BUS is not defined, for example
2453 a board with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MAX_HOPS = 1 and 2453 a board with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MAX_HOPS = 1 and
2454 CONFIG_SYS_NUM_I2C_BUSES = 9: 2454 CONFIG_SYS_NUM_I2C_BUSES = 9:
2455 2455
2456 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_BUSES {{0, {I2C_NULL_HOP}}, \ 2456 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_BUSES {{0, {I2C_NULL_HOP}}, \
2457 {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 1}}}, \ 2457 {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 1}}}, \
2458 {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 2}}}, \ 2458 {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 2}}}, \
2459 {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 3}}}, \ 2459 {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 3}}}, \
2460 {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 4}}}, \ 2460 {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 4}}}, \
2461 {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 5}}}, \ 2461 {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 5}}}, \
2462 {1, {I2C_NULL_HOP}}, \ 2462 {1, {I2C_NULL_HOP}}, \
2463 {1, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9544, 0x72, 1}}}, \ 2463 {1, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9544, 0x72, 1}}}, \
2464 {1, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9544, 0x72, 2}}}, \ 2464 {1, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9544, 0x72, 2}}}, \
2465 } 2465 }
2466 2466
2467 which defines 2467 which defines
2468 bus 0 on adapter 0 without a mux 2468 bus 0 on adapter 0 without a mux
2469 bus 1 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 1 2469 bus 1 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 1
2470 bus 2 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 2 2470 bus 2 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 2
2471 bus 3 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 3 2471 bus 3 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 3
2472 bus 4 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 4 2472 bus 4 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 4
2473 bus 5 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 5 2473 bus 5 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 5
2474 bus 6 on adapter 1 without a mux 2474 bus 6 on adapter 1 without a mux
2475 bus 7 on adapter 1 with a PCA9544 on address 0x72 port 1 2475 bus 7 on adapter 1 with a PCA9544 on address 0x72 port 1
2476 bus 8 on adapter 1 with a PCA9544 on address 0x72 port 2 2476 bus 8 on adapter 1 with a PCA9544 on address 0x72 port 2
2477 2477
2478 If you do not have i2c muxes on your board, omit this define. 2478 If you do not have i2c muxes on your board, omit this define.
2479 2479
2480 - Legacy I2C Support: CONFIG_HARD_I2C 2480 - Legacy I2C Support: CONFIG_HARD_I2C
2481 2481
2482 NOTE: It is intended to move drivers to CONFIG_SYS_I2C which 2482 NOTE: It is intended to move drivers to CONFIG_SYS_I2C which
2483 provides the following compelling advantages: 2483 provides the following compelling advantages:
2484 2484
2485 - more than one i2c adapter is usable 2485 - more than one i2c adapter is usable
2486 - approved multibus support 2486 - approved multibus support
2487 - better i2c mux support 2487 - better i2c mux support
2488 2488
2489 ** Please consider updating your I2C driver now. ** 2489 ** Please consider updating your I2C driver now. **
2490 2490
2491 These enable legacy I2C serial bus commands. Defining 2491 These enable legacy I2C serial bus commands. Defining
2492 CONFIG_HARD_I2C will include the appropriate I2C driver 2492 CONFIG_HARD_I2C will include the appropriate I2C driver
2493 for the selected CPU. 2493 for the selected CPU.
2494 2494
2495 This will allow you to use i2c commands at the u-boot 2495 This will allow you to use i2c commands at the u-boot
2496 command line (as long as you set CONFIG_CMD_I2C in 2496 command line (as long as you set CONFIG_CMD_I2C in
2497 CONFIG_COMMANDS) and communicate with i2c based realtime 2497 CONFIG_COMMANDS) and communicate with i2c based realtime
2498 clock chips. See common/cmd_i2c.c for a description of the 2498 clock chips. See common/cmd_i2c.c for a description of the
2499 command line interface. 2499 command line interface.
2500 2500
2501 CONFIG_HARD_I2C selects a hardware I2C controller. 2501 CONFIG_HARD_I2C selects a hardware I2C controller.
2502 2502
2503 There are several other quantities that must also be 2503 There are several other quantities that must also be
2504 defined when you define CONFIG_HARD_I2C. 2504 defined when you define CONFIG_HARD_I2C.
2505 2505
2506 In both cases you will need to define CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SPEED 2506 In both cases you will need to define CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SPEED
2507 to be the frequency (in Hz) at which you wish your i2c bus 2507 to be the frequency (in Hz) at which you wish your i2c bus
2508 to run and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SLAVE to be the address of this node (ie 2508 to run and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SLAVE to be the address of this node (ie
2509 the CPU's i2c node address). 2509 the CPU's i2c node address).
2510 2510
2511 Now, the u-boot i2c code for the mpc8xx 2511 Now, the u-boot i2c code for the mpc8xx
2512 (arch/powerpc/cpu/mpc8xx/i2c.c) sets the CPU up as a master node 2512 (arch/powerpc/cpu/mpc8xx/i2c.c) sets the CPU up as a master node
2513 and so its address should therefore be cleared to 0 (See, 2513 and so its address should therefore be cleared to 0 (See,
2514 eg, MPC823e User's Manual p.16-473). So, set 2514 eg, MPC823e User's Manual p.16-473). So, set
2515 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SLAVE to 0. 2515 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SLAVE to 0.
2516 2516
2517 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_INIT_MPC5XXX 2517 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_INIT_MPC5XXX
2518 2518
2519 When a board is reset during an i2c bus transfer 2519 When a board is reset during an i2c bus transfer
2520 chips might think that the current transfer is still 2520 chips might think that the current transfer is still
2521 in progress. Reset the slave devices by sending start 2521 in progress. Reset the slave devices by sending start
2522 commands until the slave device responds. 2522 commands until the slave device responds.
2523 2523
2524 That's all that's required for CONFIG_HARD_I2C. 2524 That's all that's required for CONFIG_HARD_I2C.
2525 2525
2526 If you use the software i2c interface (CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT) 2526 If you use the software i2c interface (CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT)
2527 then the following macros need to be defined (examples are 2527 then the following macros need to be defined (examples are
2528 from include/configs/lwmon.h): 2528 from include/configs/lwmon.h):
2529 2529
2530 I2C_INIT 2530 I2C_INIT
2531 2531
2532 (Optional). Any commands necessary to enable the I2C 2532 (Optional). Any commands necessary to enable the I2C
2533 controller or configure ports. 2533 controller or configure ports.
2534 2534
2535 eg: #define I2C_INIT (immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdir |= PB_SCL) 2535 eg: #define I2C_INIT (immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdir |= PB_SCL)
2536 2536
2537 I2C_PORT 2537 I2C_PORT
2538 2538
2539 (Only for MPC8260 CPU). The I/O port to use (the code 2539 (Only for MPC8260 CPU). The I/O port to use (the code
2540 assumes both bits are on the same port). Valid values 2540 assumes both bits are on the same port). Valid values
2541 are 0..3 for ports A..D. 2541 are 0..3 for ports A..D.
2542 2542
2543 I2C_ACTIVE 2543 I2C_ACTIVE
2544 2544
2545 The code necessary to make the I2C data line active 2545 The code necessary to make the I2C data line active
2546 (driven). If the data line is open collector, this 2546 (driven). If the data line is open collector, this
2547 define can be null. 2547 define can be null.
2548 2548
2549 eg: #define I2C_ACTIVE (immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdir |= PB_SDA) 2549 eg: #define I2C_ACTIVE (immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdir |= PB_SDA)
2550 2550
2551 I2C_TRISTATE 2551 I2C_TRISTATE
2552 2552
2553 The code necessary to make the I2C data line tri-stated 2553 The code necessary to make the I2C data line tri-stated
2554 (inactive). If the data line is open collector, this 2554 (inactive). If the data line is open collector, this
2555 define can be null. 2555 define can be null.
2556 2556
2557 eg: #define I2C_TRISTATE (immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdir &= ~PB_SDA) 2557 eg: #define I2C_TRISTATE (immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdir &= ~PB_SDA)
2558 2558
2559 I2C_READ 2559 I2C_READ
2560 2560
2561 Code that returns true if the I2C data line is high, 2561 Code that returns true if the I2C data line is high,
2562 false if it is low. 2562 false if it is low.
2563 2563
2564 eg: #define I2C_READ ((immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat & PB_SDA) != 0) 2564 eg: #define I2C_READ ((immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat & PB_SDA) != 0)
2565 2565
2566 I2C_SDA(bit) 2566 I2C_SDA(bit)
2567 2567
2568 If <bit> is true, sets the I2C data line high. If it 2568 If <bit> is true, sets the I2C data line high. If it
2569 is false, it clears it (low). 2569 is false, it clears it (low).
2570 2570
2571 eg: #define I2C_SDA(bit) \ 2571 eg: #define I2C_SDA(bit) \
2572 if(bit) immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat |= PB_SDA; \ 2572 if(bit) immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat |= PB_SDA; \
2573 else immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat &= ~PB_SDA 2573 else immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat &= ~PB_SDA
2574 2574
2575 I2C_SCL(bit) 2575 I2C_SCL(bit)
2576 2576
2577 If <bit> is true, sets the I2C clock line high. If it 2577 If <bit> is true, sets the I2C clock line high. If it
2578 is false, it clears it (low). 2578 is false, it clears it (low).
2579 2579
2580 eg: #define I2C_SCL(bit) \ 2580 eg: #define I2C_SCL(bit) \
2581 if(bit) immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat |= PB_SCL; \ 2581 if(bit) immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat |= PB_SCL; \
2582 else immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat &= ~PB_SCL 2582 else immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat &= ~PB_SCL
2583 2583
2584 I2C_DELAY 2584 I2C_DELAY
2585 2585
2586 This delay is invoked four times per clock cycle so this 2586 This delay is invoked four times per clock cycle so this
2587 controls the rate of data transfer. The data rate thus 2587 controls the rate of data transfer. The data rate thus
2588 is 1 / (I2C_DELAY * 4). Often defined to be something 2588 is 1 / (I2C_DELAY * 4). Often defined to be something
2589 like: 2589 like:
2590 2590
2591 #define I2C_DELAY udelay(2) 2591 #define I2C_DELAY udelay(2)
2592 2592
2593 CONFIG_SOFT_I2C_GPIO_SCL / CONFIG_SOFT_I2C_GPIO_SDA 2593 CONFIG_SOFT_I2C_GPIO_SCL / CONFIG_SOFT_I2C_GPIO_SDA
2594 2594
2595 If your arch supports the generic GPIO framework (asm/gpio.h), 2595 If your arch supports the generic GPIO framework (asm/gpio.h),
2596 then you may alternatively define the two GPIOs that are to be 2596 then you may alternatively define the two GPIOs that are to be
2597 used as SCL / SDA. Any of the previous I2C_xxx macros will 2597 used as SCL / SDA. Any of the previous I2C_xxx macros will
2598 have GPIO-based defaults assigned to them as appropriate. 2598 have GPIO-based defaults assigned to them as appropriate.
2599 2599
2600 You should define these to the GPIO value as given directly to 2600 You should define these to the GPIO value as given directly to
2601 the generic GPIO functions. 2601 the generic GPIO functions.
2602 2602
2603 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_INIT_BOARD 2603 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_INIT_BOARD
2604 2604
2605 When a board is reset during an i2c bus transfer 2605 When a board is reset during an i2c bus transfer
2606 chips might think that the current transfer is still 2606 chips might think that the current transfer is still
2607 in progress. On some boards it is possible to access 2607 in progress. On some boards it is possible to access
2608 the i2c SCLK line directly, either by using the 2608 the i2c SCLK line directly, either by using the
2609 processor pin as a GPIO or by having a second pin 2609 processor pin as a GPIO or by having a second pin
2610 connected to the bus. If this option is defined a 2610 connected to the bus. If this option is defined a
2611 custom i2c_init_board() routine in boards/xxx/board.c 2611 custom i2c_init_board() routine in boards/xxx/board.c
2612 is run early in the boot sequence. 2612 is run early in the boot sequence.
2613 2613
2614 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_BOARD_LATE_INIT 2614 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_BOARD_LATE_INIT
2615 2615
2616 An alternative to CONFIG_SYS_I2C_INIT_BOARD. If this option is 2616 An alternative to CONFIG_SYS_I2C_INIT_BOARD. If this option is
2617 defined a custom i2c_board_late_init() routine in 2617 defined a custom i2c_board_late_init() routine in
2618 boards/xxx/board.c is run AFTER the operations in i2c_init() 2618 boards/xxx/board.c is run AFTER the operations in i2c_init()
2619 is completed. This callpoint can be used to unreset i2c bus 2619 is completed. This callpoint can be used to unreset i2c bus
2620 using CPU i2c controller register accesses for CPUs whose i2c 2620 using CPU i2c controller register accesses for CPUs whose i2c
2621 controller provide such a method. It is called at the end of 2621 controller provide such a method. It is called at the end of
2622 i2c_init() to allow i2c_init operations to setup the i2c bus 2622 i2c_init() to allow i2c_init operations to setup the i2c bus
2623 controller on the CPU (e.g. setting bus speed & slave address). 2623 controller on the CPU (e.g. setting bus speed & slave address).
2624 2624
2625 CONFIG_I2CFAST (PPC405GP|PPC405EP only) 2625 CONFIG_I2CFAST (PPC405GP|PPC405EP only)
2626 2626
2627 This option enables configuration of bi_iic_fast[] flags 2627 This option enables configuration of bi_iic_fast[] flags
2628 in u-boot bd_info structure based on u-boot environment 2628 in u-boot bd_info structure based on u-boot environment
2629 variable "i2cfast". (see also i2cfast) 2629 variable "i2cfast". (see also i2cfast)
2630 2630
2631 CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS 2631 CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
2632 2632
2633 This option allows the use of multiple I2C buses, each of which 2633 This option allows the use of multiple I2C buses, each of which
2634 must have a controller. At any point in time, only one bus is 2634 must have a controller. At any point in time, only one bus is
2635 active. To switch to a different bus, use the 'i2c dev' command. 2635 active. To switch to a different bus, use the 'i2c dev' command.
2636 Note that bus numbering is zero-based. 2636 Note that bus numbering is zero-based.
2637 2637
2638 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_NOPROBES 2638 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_NOPROBES
2639 2639
2640 This option specifies a list of I2C devices that will be skipped 2640 This option specifies a list of I2C devices that will be skipped
2641 when the 'i2c probe' command is issued. If CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS 2641 when the 'i2c probe' command is issued. If CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
2642 is set, specify a list of bus-device pairs. Otherwise, specify 2642 is set, specify a list of bus-device pairs. Otherwise, specify
2643 a 1D array of device addresses 2643 a 1D array of device addresses
2644 2644
2645 e.g. 2645 e.g.
2646 #undef CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS 2646 #undef CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
2647 #define CONFIG_SYS_I2C_NOPROBES {0x50,0x68} 2647 #define CONFIG_SYS_I2C_NOPROBES {0x50,0x68}
2648 2648
2649 will skip addresses 0x50 and 0x68 on a board with one I2C bus 2649 will skip addresses 0x50 and 0x68 on a board with one I2C bus
2650 2650
2651 #define CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS 2651 #define CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
2652 #define CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MULTI_NOPROBES {{0,0x50},{0,0x68},{1,0x54}} 2652 #define CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MULTI_NOPROBES {{0,0x50},{0,0x68},{1,0x54}}
2653 2653
2654 will skip addresses 0x50 and 0x68 on bus 0 and address 0x54 on bus 1 2654 will skip addresses 0x50 and 0x68 on bus 0 and address 0x54 on bus 1
2655 2655
2656 CONFIG_SYS_SPD_BUS_NUM 2656 CONFIG_SYS_SPD_BUS_NUM
2657 2657
2658 If defined, then this indicates the I2C bus number for DDR SPD. 2658 If defined, then this indicates the I2C bus number for DDR SPD.
2659 If not defined, then U-Boot assumes that SPD is on I2C bus 0. 2659 If not defined, then U-Boot assumes that SPD is on I2C bus 0.
2660 2660
2661 CONFIG_SYS_RTC_BUS_NUM 2661 CONFIG_SYS_RTC_BUS_NUM
2662 2662
2663 If defined, then this indicates the I2C bus number for the RTC. 2663 If defined, then this indicates the I2C bus number for the RTC.
2664 If not defined, then U-Boot assumes that RTC is on I2C bus 0. 2664 If not defined, then U-Boot assumes that RTC is on I2C bus 0.
2665 2665
2666 CONFIG_SYS_DTT_BUS_NUM 2666 CONFIG_SYS_DTT_BUS_NUM
2667 2667
2668 If defined, then this indicates the I2C bus number for the DTT. 2668 If defined, then this indicates the I2C bus number for the DTT.
2669 If not defined, then U-Boot assumes that DTT is on I2C bus 0. 2669 If not defined, then U-Boot assumes that DTT is on I2C bus 0.
2670 2670
2671 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DTT_ADDR: 2671 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DTT_ADDR:
2672 2672
2673 If defined, specifies the I2C address of the DTT device. 2673 If defined, specifies the I2C address of the DTT device.
2674 If not defined, then U-Boot uses predefined value for 2674 If not defined, then U-Boot uses predefined value for
2675 specified DTT device. 2675 specified DTT device.
2676 2676
2677 CONFIG_SOFT_I2C_READ_REPEATED_START 2677 CONFIG_SOFT_I2C_READ_REPEATED_START
2678 2678
2679 defining this will force the i2c_read() function in 2679 defining this will force the i2c_read() function in
2680 the soft_i2c driver to perform an I2C repeated start 2680 the soft_i2c driver to perform an I2C repeated start
2681 between writing the address pointer and reading the 2681 between writing the address pointer and reading the
2682 data. If this define is omitted the default behaviour 2682 data. If this define is omitted the default behaviour
2683 of doing a stop-start sequence will be used. Most I2C 2683 of doing a stop-start sequence will be used. Most I2C
2684 devices can use either method, but some require one or 2684 devices can use either method, but some require one or
2685 the other. 2685 the other.
2686 2686
2687 - SPI Support: CONFIG_SPI 2687 - SPI Support: CONFIG_SPI
2688 2688
2689 Enables SPI driver (so far only tested with 2689 Enables SPI driver (so far only tested with
2690 SPI EEPROM, also an instance works with Crystal A/D and 2690 SPI EEPROM, also an instance works with Crystal A/D and
2691 D/As on the SACSng board) 2691 D/As on the SACSng board)
2692 2692
2693 CONFIG_SH_SPI 2693 CONFIG_SH_SPI
2694 2694
2695 Enables the driver for SPI controller on SuperH. Currently 2695 Enables the driver for SPI controller on SuperH. Currently
2696 only SH7757 is supported. 2696 only SH7757 is supported.
2697 2697
2698 CONFIG_SOFT_SPI 2698 CONFIG_SOFT_SPI
2699 2699
2700 Enables a software (bit-bang) SPI driver rather than 2700 Enables a software (bit-bang) SPI driver rather than
2701 using hardware support. This is a general purpose 2701 using hardware support. This is a general purpose
2702 driver that only requires three general I/O port pins 2702 driver that only requires three general I/O port pins
2703 (two outputs, one input) to function. If this is 2703 (two outputs, one input) to function. If this is
2704 defined, the board configuration must define several 2704 defined, the board configuration must define several
2705 SPI configuration items (port pins to use, etc). For 2705 SPI configuration items (port pins to use, etc). For
2706 an example, see include/configs/sacsng.h. 2706 an example, see include/configs/sacsng.h.
2707 2707
2708 CONFIG_HARD_SPI 2708 CONFIG_HARD_SPI
2709 2709
2710 Enables a hardware SPI driver for general-purpose reads 2710 Enables a hardware SPI driver for general-purpose reads
2711 and writes. As with CONFIG_SOFT_SPI, the board configuration 2711 and writes. As with CONFIG_SOFT_SPI, the board configuration
2712 must define a list of chip-select function pointers. 2712 must define a list of chip-select function pointers.
2713 Currently supported on some MPC8xxx processors. For an 2713 Currently supported on some MPC8xxx processors. For an
2714 example, see include/configs/mpc8349emds.h. 2714 example, see include/configs/mpc8349emds.h.
2715 2715
2716 CONFIG_MXC_SPI 2716 CONFIG_MXC_SPI
2717 2717
2718 Enables the driver for the SPI controllers on i.MX and MXC 2718 Enables the driver for the SPI controllers on i.MX and MXC
2719 SoCs. Currently i.MX31/35/51 are supported. 2719 SoCs. Currently i.MX31/35/51 are supported.
2720 2720
2721 CONFIG_SYS_SPI_MXC_WAIT 2721 CONFIG_SYS_SPI_MXC_WAIT
2722 Timeout for waiting until spi transfer completed. 2722 Timeout for waiting until spi transfer completed.
2723 default: (CONFIG_SYS_HZ/100) /* 10 ms */ 2723 default: (CONFIG_SYS_HZ/100) /* 10 ms */
2724 2724
2725 - FPGA Support: CONFIG_FPGA 2725 - FPGA Support: CONFIG_FPGA
2726 2726
2727 Enables FPGA subsystem. 2727 Enables FPGA subsystem.
2728 2728
2729 CONFIG_FPGA_<vendor> 2729 CONFIG_FPGA_<vendor>
2730 2730
2731 Enables support for specific chip vendors. 2731 Enables support for specific chip vendors.
2732 (ALTERA, XILINX) 2732 (ALTERA, XILINX)
2733 2733
2734 CONFIG_FPGA_<family> 2734 CONFIG_FPGA_<family>
2735 2735
2736 Enables support for FPGA family. 2736 Enables support for FPGA family.
2737 (SPARTAN2, SPARTAN3, VIRTEX2, CYCLONE2, ACEX1K, ACEX) 2737 (SPARTAN2, SPARTAN3, VIRTEX2, CYCLONE2, ACEX1K, ACEX)
2738 2738
2739 CONFIG_FPGA_COUNT 2739 CONFIG_FPGA_COUNT
2740 2740
2741 Specify the number of FPGA devices to support. 2741 Specify the number of FPGA devices to support.
2742 2742
2743 CONFIG_CMD_FPGA_LOADMK 2743 CONFIG_CMD_FPGA_LOADMK
2744 2744
2745 Enable support for fpga loadmk command 2745 Enable support for fpga loadmk command
2746 2746
2747 CONFIG_CMD_FPGA_LOADP 2747 CONFIG_CMD_FPGA_LOADP
2748 2748
2749 Enable support for fpga loadp command - load partial bitstream 2749 Enable support for fpga loadp command - load partial bitstream
2750 2750
2751 CONFIG_CMD_FPGA_LOADBP 2751 CONFIG_CMD_FPGA_LOADBP
2752 2752
2753 Enable support for fpga loadbp command - load partial bitstream 2753 Enable support for fpga loadbp command - load partial bitstream
2754 (Xilinx only) 2754 (Xilinx only)
2755 2755
2756 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_PROG_FEEDBACK 2756 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_PROG_FEEDBACK
2757 2757
2758 Enable printing of hash marks during FPGA configuration. 2758 Enable printing of hash marks during FPGA configuration.
2759 2759
2760 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_CHECK_BUSY 2760 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_CHECK_BUSY
2761 2761
2762 Enable checks on FPGA configuration interface busy 2762 Enable checks on FPGA configuration interface busy
2763 status by the configuration function. This option 2763 status by the configuration function. This option
2764 will require a board or device specific function to 2764 will require a board or device specific function to
2765 be written. 2765 be written.
2766 2766
2767 CONFIG_FPGA_DELAY 2767 CONFIG_FPGA_DELAY
2768 2768
2769 If defined, a function that provides delays in the FPGA 2769 If defined, a function that provides delays in the FPGA
2770 configuration driver. 2770 configuration driver.
2771 2771
2772 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_CHECK_CTRLC 2772 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_CHECK_CTRLC
2773 Allow Control-C to interrupt FPGA configuration 2773 Allow Control-C to interrupt FPGA configuration
2774 2774
2775 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_CHECK_ERROR 2775 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_CHECK_ERROR
2776 2776
2777 Check for configuration errors during FPGA bitfile 2777 Check for configuration errors during FPGA bitfile
2778 loading. For example, abort during Virtex II 2778 loading. For example, abort during Virtex II
2779 configuration if the INIT_B line goes low (which 2779 configuration if the INIT_B line goes low (which
2780 indicated a CRC error). 2780 indicated a CRC error).
2781 2781
2782 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_WAIT_INIT 2782 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_WAIT_INIT
2783 2783
2784 Maximum time to wait for the INIT_B line to de-assert 2784 Maximum time to wait for the INIT_B line to de-assert
2785 after PROB_B has been de-asserted during a Virtex II 2785 after PROB_B has been de-asserted during a Virtex II
2786 FPGA configuration sequence. The default time is 500 2786 FPGA configuration sequence. The default time is 500
2787 ms. 2787 ms.
2788 2788
2789 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_WAIT_BUSY 2789 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_WAIT_BUSY
2790 2790
2791 Maximum time to wait for BUSY to de-assert during 2791 Maximum time to wait for BUSY to de-assert during
2792 Virtex II FPGA configuration. The default is 5 ms. 2792 Virtex II FPGA configuration. The default is 5 ms.
2793 2793
2794 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_WAIT_CONFIG 2794 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_WAIT_CONFIG
2795 2795
2796 Time to wait after FPGA configuration. The default is 2796 Time to wait after FPGA configuration. The default is
2797 200 ms. 2797 200 ms.
2798 2798
2799 - Configuration Management: 2799 - Configuration Management:
2800 CONFIG_BUILD_TARGET 2800 CONFIG_BUILD_TARGET
2801 2801
2802 Some SoCs need special image types (e.g. U-Boot binary 2802 Some SoCs need special image types (e.g. U-Boot binary
2803 with a special header) as build targets. By defining 2803 with a special header) as build targets. By defining
2804 CONFIG_BUILD_TARGET in the SoC / board header, this 2804 CONFIG_BUILD_TARGET in the SoC / board header, this
2805 special image will be automatically built upon calling 2805 special image will be automatically built upon calling
2806 make / MAKEALL. 2806 make / MAKEALL.
2807 2807
2808 CONFIG_IDENT_STRING 2808 CONFIG_IDENT_STRING
2809 2809
2810 If defined, this string will be added to the U-Boot 2810 If defined, this string will be added to the U-Boot
2811 version information (U_BOOT_VERSION) 2811 version information (U_BOOT_VERSION)
2812 2812
2813 - Vendor Parameter Protection: 2813 - Vendor Parameter Protection:
2814 2814
2815 U-Boot considers the values of the environment 2815 U-Boot considers the values of the environment
2816 variables "serial#" (Board Serial Number) and 2816 variables "serial#" (Board Serial Number) and
2817 "ethaddr" (Ethernet Address) to be parameters that 2817 "ethaddr" (Ethernet Address) to be parameters that
2818 are set once by the board vendor / manufacturer, and 2818 are set once by the board vendor / manufacturer, and
2819 protects these variables from casual modification by 2819 protects these variables from casual modification by
2820 the user. Once set, these variables are read-only, 2820 the user. Once set, these variables are read-only,
2821 and write or delete attempts are rejected. You can 2821 and write or delete attempts are rejected. You can
2822 change this behaviour: 2822 change this behaviour:
2823 2823
2824 If CONFIG_ENV_OVERWRITE is #defined in your config 2824 If CONFIG_ENV_OVERWRITE is #defined in your config
2825 file, the write protection for vendor parameters is 2825 file, the write protection for vendor parameters is
2826 completely disabled. Anybody can change or delete 2826 completely disabled. Anybody can change or delete
2827 these parameters. 2827 these parameters.
2828 2828
2829 Alternatively, if you define _both_ an ethaddr in the 2829 Alternatively, if you define _both_ an ethaddr in the
2830 default env _and_ CONFIG_OVERWRITE_ETHADDR_ONCE, a default 2830 default env _and_ CONFIG_OVERWRITE_ETHADDR_ONCE, a default
2831 Ethernet address is installed in the environment, 2831 Ethernet address is installed in the environment,
2832 which can be changed exactly ONCE by the user. [The 2832 which can be changed exactly ONCE by the user. [The
2833 serial# is unaffected by this, i. e. it remains 2833 serial# is unaffected by this, i. e. it remains
2834 read-only.] 2834 read-only.]
2835 2835
2836 The same can be accomplished in a more flexible way 2836 The same can be accomplished in a more flexible way
2837 for any variable by configuring the type of access 2837 for any variable by configuring the type of access
2838 to allow for those variables in the ".flags" variable 2838 to allow for those variables in the ".flags" variable
2839 or define CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_STATIC. 2839 or define CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_STATIC.
2840 2840
2841 - Protected RAM: 2841 - Protected RAM:
2842 CONFIG_PRAM 2842 CONFIG_PRAM
2843 2843
2844 Define this variable to enable the reservation of 2844 Define this variable to enable the reservation of
2845 "protected RAM", i. e. RAM which is not overwritten 2845 "protected RAM", i. e. RAM which is not overwritten
2846 by U-Boot. Define CONFIG_PRAM to hold the number of 2846 by U-Boot. Define CONFIG_PRAM to hold the number of
2847 kB you want to reserve for pRAM. You can overwrite 2847 kB you want to reserve for pRAM. You can overwrite
2848 this default value by defining an environment 2848 this default value by defining an environment
2849 variable "pram" to the number of kB you want to 2849 variable "pram" to the number of kB you want to
2850 reserve. Note that the board info structure will 2850 reserve. Note that the board info structure will
2851 still show the full amount of RAM. If pRAM is 2851 still show the full amount of RAM. If pRAM is
2852 reserved, a new environment variable "mem" will 2852 reserved, a new environment variable "mem" will
2853 automatically be defined to hold the amount of 2853 automatically be defined to hold the amount of
2854 remaining RAM in a form that can be passed as boot 2854 remaining RAM in a form that can be passed as boot
2855 argument to Linux, for instance like that: 2855 argument to Linux, for instance like that:
2856 2856
2857 setenv bootargs ... mem=\${mem} 2857 setenv bootargs ... mem=\${mem}
2858 saveenv 2858 saveenv
2859 2859
2860 This way you can tell Linux not to use this memory, 2860 This way you can tell Linux not to use this memory,
2861 either, which results in a memory region that will 2861 either, which results in a memory region that will
2862 not be affected by reboots. 2862 not be affected by reboots.
2863 2863
2864 *WARNING* If your board configuration uses automatic 2864 *WARNING* If your board configuration uses automatic
2865 detection of the RAM size, you must make sure that 2865 detection of the RAM size, you must make sure that
2866 this memory test is non-destructive. So far, the 2866 this memory test is non-destructive. So far, the
2867 following board configurations are known to be 2867 following board configurations are known to be
2868 "pRAM-clean": 2868 "pRAM-clean":
2869 2869
2870 IVMS8, IVML24, SPD8xx, TQM8xxL, 2870 IVMS8, IVML24, SPD8xx, TQM8xxL,
2871 HERMES, IP860, RPXlite, LWMON, 2871 HERMES, IP860, RPXlite, LWMON,
2872 FLAGADM, TQM8260 2872 FLAGADM, TQM8260
2873 2873
2874 - Access to physical memory region (> 4GB) 2874 - Access to physical memory region (> 4GB)
2875 Some basic support is provided for operations on memory not 2875 Some basic support is provided for operations on memory not
2876 normally accessible to U-Boot - e.g. some architectures 2876 normally accessible to U-Boot - e.g. some architectures
2877 support access to more than 4GB of memory on 32-bit 2877 support access to more than 4GB of memory on 32-bit
2878 machines using physical address extension or similar. 2878 machines using physical address extension or similar.
2879 Define CONFIG_PHYSMEM to access this basic support, which 2879 Define CONFIG_PHYSMEM to access this basic support, which
2880 currently only supports clearing the memory. 2880 currently only supports clearing the memory.
2881 2881
2882 - Error Recovery: 2882 - Error Recovery:
2883 CONFIG_PANIC_HANG 2883 CONFIG_PANIC_HANG
2884 2884
2885 Define this variable to stop the system in case of a 2885 Define this variable to stop the system in case of a
2886 fatal error, so that you have to reset it manually. 2886 fatal error, so that you have to reset it manually.
2887 This is probably NOT a good idea for an embedded 2887 This is probably NOT a good idea for an embedded
2888 system where you want the system to reboot 2888 system where you want the system to reboot
2889 automatically as fast as possible, but it may be 2889 automatically as fast as possible, but it may be
2890 useful during development since you can try to debug 2890 useful during development since you can try to debug
2891 the conditions that lead to the situation. 2891 the conditions that lead to the situation.
2892 2892
2893 CONFIG_NET_RETRY_COUNT 2893 CONFIG_NET_RETRY_COUNT
2894 2894
2895 This variable defines the number of retries for 2895 This variable defines the number of retries for
2896 network operations like ARP, RARP, TFTP, or BOOTP 2896 network operations like ARP, RARP, TFTP, or BOOTP
2897 before giving up the operation. If not defined, a 2897 before giving up the operation. If not defined, a
2898 default value of 5 is used. 2898 default value of 5 is used.
2899 2899
2900 CONFIG_ARP_TIMEOUT 2900 CONFIG_ARP_TIMEOUT
2901 2901
2902 Timeout waiting for an ARP reply in milliseconds. 2902 Timeout waiting for an ARP reply in milliseconds.
2903 2903
2904 CONFIG_NFS_TIMEOUT 2904 CONFIG_NFS_TIMEOUT
2905 2905
2906 Timeout in milliseconds used in NFS protocol. 2906 Timeout in milliseconds used in NFS protocol.
2907 If you encounter "ERROR: Cannot umount" in nfs command, 2907 If you encounter "ERROR: Cannot umount" in nfs command,
2908 try longer timeout such as 2908 try longer timeout such as
2909 #define CONFIG_NFS_TIMEOUT 10000UL 2909 #define CONFIG_NFS_TIMEOUT 10000UL
2910 2910
2911 - Command Interpreter: 2911 - Command Interpreter:
2912 CONFIG_AUTO_COMPLETE 2912 CONFIG_AUTO_COMPLETE
2913 2913
2914 Enable auto completion of commands using TAB. 2914 Enable auto completion of commands using TAB.
2915 2915
2916 CONFIG_SYS_PROMPT_HUSH_PS2 2916 CONFIG_SYS_PROMPT_HUSH_PS2
2917 2917
2918 This defines the secondary prompt string, which is 2918 This defines the secondary prompt string, which is
2919 printed when the command interpreter needs more input 2919 printed when the command interpreter needs more input
2920 to complete a command. Usually "> ". 2920 to complete a command. Usually "> ".
2921 2921
2922 Note: 2922 Note:
2923 2923
2924 In the current implementation, the local variables 2924 In the current implementation, the local variables
2925 space and global environment variables space are 2925 space and global environment variables space are
2926 separated. Local variables are those you define by 2926 separated. Local variables are those you define by
2927 simply typing `name=value'. To access a local 2927 simply typing `name=value'. To access a local
2928 variable later on, you have write `$name' or 2928 variable later on, you have write `$name' or
2929 `${name}'; to execute the contents of a variable 2929 `${name}'; to execute the contents of a variable
2930 directly type `$name' at the command prompt. 2930 directly type `$name' at the command prompt.
2931 2931
2932 Global environment variables are those you use 2932 Global environment variables are those you use
2933 setenv/printenv to work with. To run a command stored 2933 setenv/printenv to work with. To run a command stored
2934 in such a variable, you need to use the run command, 2934 in such a variable, you need to use the run command,
2935 and you must not use the '$' sign to access them. 2935 and you must not use the '$' sign to access them.
2936 2936
2937 To store commands and special characters in a 2937 To store commands and special characters in a
2938 variable, please use double quotation marks 2938 variable, please use double quotation marks
2939 surrounding the whole text of the variable, instead 2939 surrounding the whole text of the variable, instead
2940 of the backslashes before semicolons and special 2940 of the backslashes before semicolons and special
2941 symbols. 2941 symbols.
2942 2942
2943 - Command Line Editing and History: 2943 - Command Line Editing and History:
2944 CONFIG_CMDLINE_EDITING 2944 CONFIG_CMDLINE_EDITING
2945 2945
2946 Enable editing and History functions for interactive 2946 Enable editing and History functions for interactive
2947 command line input operations 2947 command line input operations
2948 2948
2949 - Default Environment: 2949 - Default Environment:
2950 CONFIG_EXTRA_ENV_SETTINGS 2950 CONFIG_EXTRA_ENV_SETTINGS
2951 2951
2952 Define this to contain any number of null terminated 2952 Define this to contain any number of null terminated
2953 strings (variable = value pairs) that will be part of 2953 strings (variable = value pairs) that will be part of
2954 the default environment compiled into the boot image. 2954 the default environment compiled into the boot image.
2955 2955
2956 For example, place something like this in your 2956 For example, place something like this in your
2957 board's config file: 2957 board's config file:
2958 2958
2959 #define CONFIG_EXTRA_ENV_SETTINGS \ 2959 #define CONFIG_EXTRA_ENV_SETTINGS \
2960 "myvar1=value1\0" \ 2960 "myvar1=value1\0" \
2961 "myvar2=value2\0" 2961 "myvar2=value2\0"
2962 2962
2963 Warning: This method is based on knowledge about the 2963 Warning: This method is based on knowledge about the
2964 internal format how the environment is stored by the 2964 internal format how the environment is stored by the
2965 U-Boot code. This is NOT an official, exported 2965 U-Boot code. This is NOT an official, exported
2966 interface! Although it is unlikely that this format 2966 interface! Although it is unlikely that this format
2967 will change soon, there is no guarantee either. 2967 will change soon, there is no guarantee either.
2968 You better know what you are doing here. 2968 You better know what you are doing here.
2969 2969
2970 Note: overly (ab)use of the default environment is 2970 Note: overly (ab)use of the default environment is
2971 discouraged. Make sure to check other ways to preset 2971 discouraged. Make sure to check other ways to preset
2972 the environment like the "source" command or the 2972 the environment like the "source" command or the
2973 boot command first. 2973 boot command first.
2974 2974
2975 CONFIG_ENV_VARS_UBOOT_CONFIG 2975 CONFIG_ENV_VARS_UBOOT_CONFIG
2976 2976
2977 Define this in order to add variables describing the 2977 Define this in order to add variables describing the
2978 U-Boot build configuration to the default environment. 2978 U-Boot build configuration to the default environment.
2979 These will be named arch, cpu, board, vendor, and soc. 2979 These will be named arch, cpu, board, vendor, and soc.
2980 2980
2981 Enabling this option will cause the following to be defined: 2981 Enabling this option will cause the following to be defined:
2982 2982
2983 - CONFIG_SYS_ARCH 2983 - CONFIG_SYS_ARCH
2984 - CONFIG_SYS_CPU 2984 - CONFIG_SYS_CPU
2985 - CONFIG_SYS_BOARD 2985 - CONFIG_SYS_BOARD
2986 - CONFIG_SYS_VENDOR 2986 - CONFIG_SYS_VENDOR
2987 - CONFIG_SYS_SOC 2987 - CONFIG_SYS_SOC
2988 2988
2989 CONFIG_ENV_VARS_UBOOT_RUNTIME_CONFIG 2989 CONFIG_ENV_VARS_UBOOT_RUNTIME_CONFIG
2990 2990
2991 Define this in order to add variables describing certain 2991 Define this in order to add variables describing certain
2992 run-time determined information about the hardware to the 2992 run-time determined information about the hardware to the
2993 environment. These will be named board_name, board_rev. 2993 environment. These will be named board_name, board_rev.
2994 2994
2995 CONFIG_DELAY_ENVIRONMENT 2995 CONFIG_DELAY_ENVIRONMENT
2996 2996
2997 Normally the environment is loaded when the board is 2997 Normally the environment is loaded when the board is
2998 initialised so that it is available to U-Boot. This inhibits 2998 initialised so that it is available to U-Boot. This inhibits
2999 that so that the environment is not available until 2999 that so that the environment is not available until
3000 explicitly loaded later by U-Boot code. With CONFIG_OF_CONTROL 3000 explicitly loaded later by U-Boot code. With CONFIG_OF_CONTROL
3001 this is instead controlled by the value of 3001 this is instead controlled by the value of
3002 /config/load-environment. 3002 /config/load-environment.
3003 3003
3004 - Parallel Flash support: 3004 - Parallel Flash support:
3005 CONFIG_SYS_NO_FLASH 3005 CONFIG_SYS_NO_FLASH
3006 3006
3007 Traditionally U-boot was run on systems with parallel NOR 3007 Traditionally U-boot was run on systems with parallel NOR
3008 flash. This option is used to disable support for parallel NOR 3008 flash. This option is used to disable support for parallel NOR
3009 flash. This option should be defined if the board does not have 3009 flash. This option should be defined if the board does not have
3010 parallel flash. 3010 parallel flash.
3011 3011
3012 If this option is not defined one of the generic flash drivers 3012 If this option is not defined one of the generic flash drivers
3013 (e.g. CONFIG_FLASH_CFI_DRIVER or CONFIG_ST_SMI) must be 3013 (e.g. CONFIG_FLASH_CFI_DRIVER or CONFIG_ST_SMI) must be
3014 selected or the board must provide an implementation of the 3014 selected or the board must provide an implementation of the
3015 flash API (see include/flash.h). 3015 flash API (see include/flash.h).
3016 3016
3017 - DataFlash Support: 3017 - DataFlash Support:
3018 CONFIG_HAS_DATAFLASH 3018 CONFIG_HAS_DATAFLASH
3019 3019
3020 Defining this option enables DataFlash features and 3020 Defining this option enables DataFlash features and
3021 allows to read/write in Dataflash via the standard 3021 allows to read/write in Dataflash via the standard
3022 commands cp, md... 3022 commands cp, md...
3023 3023
3024 - Serial Flash support 3024 - Serial Flash support
3025 CONFIG_CMD_SF 3025 CONFIG_CMD_SF
3026 3026
3027 Defining this option enables SPI flash commands 3027 Defining this option enables SPI flash commands
3028 'sf probe/read/write/erase/update'. 3028 'sf probe/read/write/erase/update'.
3029 3029
3030 Usage requires an initial 'probe' to define the serial 3030 Usage requires an initial 'probe' to define the serial
3031 flash parameters, followed by read/write/erase/update 3031 flash parameters, followed by read/write/erase/update
3032 commands. 3032 commands.
3033 3033
3034 The following defaults may be provided by the platform 3034 The following defaults may be provided by the platform
3035 to handle the common case when only a single serial 3035 to handle the common case when only a single serial
3036 flash is present on the system. 3036 flash is present on the system.
3037 3037
3038 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_BUS Bus identifier 3038 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_BUS Bus identifier
3039 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_CS Chip-select 3039 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_CS Chip-select
3040 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_MODE (see include/spi.h) 3040 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_MODE (see include/spi.h)
3041 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_SPEED in Hz 3041 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_SPEED in Hz
3042 3042
3043 CONFIG_CMD_SF_TEST 3043 CONFIG_CMD_SF_TEST
3044 3044
3045 Define this option to include a destructive SPI flash 3045 Define this option to include a destructive SPI flash
3046 test ('sf test'). 3046 test ('sf test').
3047 3047
3048 CONFIG_SF_DUAL_FLASH Dual flash memories 3048 CONFIG_SF_DUAL_FLASH Dual flash memories
3049 3049
3050 Define this option to use dual flash support where two flash 3050 Define this option to use dual flash support where two flash
3051 memories can be connected with a given cs line. 3051 memories can be connected with a given cs line.
3052 Currently Xilinx Zynq qspi supports these type of connections. 3052 Currently Xilinx Zynq qspi supports these type of connections.
3053 3053
3054 - SystemACE Support: 3054 - SystemACE Support:
3055 CONFIG_SYSTEMACE 3055 CONFIG_SYSTEMACE
3056 3056
3057 Adding this option adds support for Xilinx SystemACE 3057 Adding this option adds support for Xilinx SystemACE
3058 chips attached via some sort of local bus. The address 3058 chips attached via some sort of local bus. The address
3059 of the chip must also be defined in the 3059 of the chip must also be defined in the
3060 CONFIG_SYS_SYSTEMACE_BASE macro. For example: 3060 CONFIG_SYS_SYSTEMACE_BASE macro. For example:
3061 3061
3062 #define CONFIG_SYSTEMACE 3062 #define CONFIG_SYSTEMACE
3063 #define CONFIG_SYS_SYSTEMACE_BASE 0xf0000000 3063 #define CONFIG_SYS_SYSTEMACE_BASE 0xf0000000
3064 3064
3065 When SystemACE support is added, the "ace" device type 3065 When SystemACE support is added, the "ace" device type
3066 becomes available to the fat commands, i.e. fatls. 3066 becomes available to the fat commands, i.e. fatls.
3067 3067
3068 - TFTP Fixed UDP Port: 3068 - TFTP Fixed UDP Port:
3069 CONFIG_TFTP_PORT 3069 CONFIG_TFTP_PORT
3070 3070
3071 If this is defined, the environment variable tftpsrcp 3071 If this is defined, the environment variable tftpsrcp
3072 is used to supply the TFTP UDP source port value. 3072 is used to supply the TFTP UDP source port value.
3073 If tftpsrcp isn't defined, the normal pseudo-random port 3073 If tftpsrcp isn't defined, the normal pseudo-random port
3074 number generator is used. 3074 number generator is used.
3075 3075
3076 Also, the environment variable tftpdstp is used to supply 3076 Also, the environment variable tftpdstp is used to supply
3077 the TFTP UDP destination port value. If tftpdstp isn't 3077 the TFTP UDP destination port value. If tftpdstp isn't
3078 defined, the normal port 69 is used. 3078 defined, the normal port 69 is used.
3079 3079
3080 The purpose for tftpsrcp is to allow a TFTP server to 3080 The purpose for tftpsrcp is to allow a TFTP server to
3081 blindly start the TFTP transfer using the pre-configured 3081 blindly start the TFTP transfer using the pre-configured
3082 target IP address and UDP port. This has the effect of 3082 target IP address and UDP port. This has the effect of
3083 "punching through" the (Windows XP) firewall, allowing 3083 "punching through" the (Windows XP) firewall, allowing
3084 the remainder of the TFTP transfer to proceed normally. 3084 the remainder of the TFTP transfer to proceed normally.
3085 A better solution is to properly configure the firewall, 3085 A better solution is to properly configure the firewall,
3086 but sometimes that is not allowed. 3086 but sometimes that is not allowed.
3087 3087
3088 - Hashing support: 3088 - Hashing support:
3089 CONFIG_CMD_HASH 3089 CONFIG_CMD_HASH
3090 3090
3091 This enables a generic 'hash' command which can produce 3091 This enables a generic 'hash' command which can produce
3092 hashes / digests from a few algorithms (e.g. SHA1, SHA256). 3092 hashes / digests from a few algorithms (e.g. SHA1, SHA256).
3093 3093
3094 CONFIG_HASH_VERIFY 3094 CONFIG_HASH_VERIFY
3095 3095
3096 Enable the hash verify command (hash -v). This adds to code 3096 Enable the hash verify command (hash -v). This adds to code
3097 size a little. 3097 size a little.
3098 3098
3099 CONFIG_SHA1 - This option enables support of hashing using SHA1 3099 CONFIG_SHA1 - This option enables support of hashing using SHA1
3100 algorithm. The hash is calculated in software. 3100 algorithm. The hash is calculated in software.
3101 CONFIG_SHA256 - This option enables support of hashing using 3101 CONFIG_SHA256 - This option enables support of hashing using
3102 SHA256 algorithm. The hash is calculated in software. 3102 SHA256 algorithm. The hash is calculated in software.
3103 CONFIG_SHA_HW_ACCEL - This option enables hardware acceleration 3103 CONFIG_SHA_HW_ACCEL - This option enables hardware acceleration
3104 for SHA1/SHA256 hashing. 3104 for SHA1/SHA256 hashing.
3105 This affects the 'hash' command and also the 3105 This affects the 'hash' command and also the
3106 hash_lookup_algo() function. 3106 hash_lookup_algo() function.
3107 CONFIG_SHA_PROG_HW_ACCEL - This option enables 3107 CONFIG_SHA_PROG_HW_ACCEL - This option enables
3108 hardware-acceleration for SHA1/SHA256 progressive hashing. 3108 hardware-acceleration for SHA1/SHA256 progressive hashing.
3109 Data can be streamed in a block at a time and the hashing 3109 Data can be streamed in a block at a time and the hashing
3110 is performed in hardware. 3110 is performed in hardware.
3111 3111
3112 Note: There is also a sha1sum command, which should perhaps 3112 Note: There is also a sha1sum command, which should perhaps
3113 be deprecated in favour of 'hash sha1'. 3113 be deprecated in favour of 'hash sha1'.
3114 3114
3115 - Freescale i.MX specific commands: 3115 - Freescale i.MX specific commands:
3116 CONFIG_CMD_HDMIDETECT 3116 CONFIG_CMD_HDMIDETECT
3117 This enables 'hdmidet' command which returns true if an 3117 This enables 'hdmidet' command which returns true if an
3118 HDMI monitor is detected. This command is i.MX 6 specific. 3118 HDMI monitor is detected. This command is i.MX 6 specific.
3119 3119
3120 CONFIG_CMD_BMODE 3120 CONFIG_CMD_BMODE
3121 This enables the 'bmode' (bootmode) command for forcing 3121 This enables the 'bmode' (bootmode) command for forcing
3122 a boot from specific media. 3122 a boot from specific media.
3123 3123
3124 This is useful for forcing the ROM's usb downloader to 3124 This is useful for forcing the ROM's usb downloader to
3125 activate upon a watchdog reset which is nice when iterating 3125 activate upon a watchdog reset which is nice when iterating
3126 on U-Boot. Using the reset button or running bmode normal 3126 on U-Boot. Using the reset button or running bmode normal
3127 will set it back to normal. This command currently 3127 will set it back to normal. This command currently
3128 supports i.MX53 and i.MX6. 3128 supports i.MX53 and i.MX6.
3129 3129
3130 - Signing support: 3130 - Signing support:
3131 CONFIG_RSA 3131 CONFIG_RSA
3132 3132
3133 This enables the RSA algorithm used for FIT image verification 3133 This enables the RSA algorithm used for FIT image verification
3134 in U-Boot. See doc/uImage.FIT/signature.txt for more information. 3134 in U-Boot. See doc/uImage.FIT/signature.txt for more information.
3135 3135
3136 The Modular Exponentiation algorithm in RSA is implemented using 3136 The Modular Exponentiation algorithm in RSA is implemented using
3137 driver model. So CONFIG_DM needs to be enabled by default for this 3137 driver model. So CONFIG_DM needs to be enabled by default for this
3138 library to function. 3138 library to function.
3139 3139
3140 The signing part is build into mkimage regardless of this 3140 The signing part is build into mkimage regardless of this
3141 option. The software based modular exponentiation is built into 3141 option. The software based modular exponentiation is built into
3142 mkimage irrespective of this option. 3142 mkimage irrespective of this option.
3143 3143
3144 - bootcount support: 3144 - bootcount support:
3145 CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_LIMIT 3145 CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_LIMIT
3146 3146
3147 This enables the bootcounter support, see: 3147 This enables the bootcounter support, see:
3148 http://www.denx.de/wiki/DULG/UBootBootCountLimit 3148 http://www.denx.de/wiki/DULG/UBootBootCountLimit
3149 3149
3150 CONFIG_AT91SAM9XE 3150 CONFIG_AT91SAM9XE
3151 enable special bootcounter support on at91sam9xe based boards. 3151 enable special bootcounter support on at91sam9xe based boards.
3152 CONFIG_BLACKFIN 3152 CONFIG_BLACKFIN
3153 enable special bootcounter support on blackfin based boards. 3153 enable special bootcounter support on blackfin based boards.
3154 CONFIG_SOC_DA8XX 3154 CONFIG_SOC_DA8XX
3155 enable special bootcounter support on da850 based boards. 3155 enable special bootcounter support on da850 based boards.
3156 CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_RAM 3156 CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_RAM
3157 enable support for the bootcounter in RAM 3157 enable support for the bootcounter in RAM
3158 CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_I2C 3158 CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_I2C
3159 enable support for the bootcounter on an i2c (like RTC) device. 3159 enable support for the bootcounter on an i2c (like RTC) device.
3160 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_RTC_ADDR = i2c chip address 3160 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_RTC_ADDR = i2c chip address
3161 CONFIG_SYS_BOOTCOUNT_ADDR = i2c addr which is used for 3161 CONFIG_SYS_BOOTCOUNT_ADDR = i2c addr which is used for
3162 the bootcounter. 3162 the bootcounter.
3163 CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_ALEN = address len 3163 CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_ALEN = address len
3164 3164
3165 - Show boot progress: 3165 - Show boot progress:
3166 CONFIG_SHOW_BOOT_PROGRESS 3166 CONFIG_SHOW_BOOT_PROGRESS
3167 3167
3168 Defining this option allows to add some board- 3168 Defining this option allows to add some board-
3169 specific code (calling a user-provided function 3169 specific code (calling a user-provided function
3170 "show_boot_progress(int)") that enables you to show 3170 "show_boot_progress(int)") that enables you to show
3171 the system's boot progress on some display (for 3171 the system's boot progress on some display (for
3172 example, some LED's) on your board. At the moment, 3172 example, some LED's) on your board. At the moment,
3173 the following checkpoints are implemented: 3173 the following checkpoints are implemented:
3174 3174
3175 3175
3176 Legacy uImage format: 3176 Legacy uImage format:
3177 3177
3178 Arg Where When 3178 Arg Where When
3179 1 common/cmd_bootm.c before attempting to boot an image 3179 1 common/cmd_bootm.c before attempting to boot an image
3180 -1 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has bad magic number 3180 -1 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has bad magic number
3181 2 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has correct magic number 3181 2 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has correct magic number
3182 -2 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has bad checksum 3182 -2 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has bad checksum
3183 3 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has correct checksum 3183 3 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has correct checksum
3184 -3 common/cmd_bootm.c Image data has bad checksum 3184 -3 common/cmd_bootm.c Image data has bad checksum
3185 4 common/cmd_bootm.c Image data has correct checksum 3185 4 common/cmd_bootm.c Image data has correct checksum
3186 -4 common/cmd_bootm.c Image is for unsupported architecture 3186 -4 common/cmd_bootm.c Image is for unsupported architecture
3187 5 common/cmd_bootm.c Architecture check OK 3187 5 common/cmd_bootm.c Architecture check OK
3188 -5 common/cmd_bootm.c Wrong Image Type (not kernel, multi) 3188 -5 common/cmd_bootm.c Wrong Image Type (not kernel, multi)
3189 6 common/cmd_bootm.c Image Type check OK 3189 6 common/cmd_bootm.c Image Type check OK
3190 -6 common/cmd_bootm.c gunzip uncompression error 3190 -6 common/cmd_bootm.c gunzip uncompression error
3191 -7 common/cmd_bootm.c Unimplemented compression type 3191 -7 common/cmd_bootm.c Unimplemented compression type
3192 7 common/cmd_bootm.c Uncompression OK 3192 7 common/cmd_bootm.c Uncompression OK
3193 8 common/cmd_bootm.c No uncompress/copy overwrite error 3193 8 common/cmd_bootm.c No uncompress/copy overwrite error
3194 -9 common/cmd_bootm.c Unsupported OS (not Linux, BSD, VxWorks, QNX) 3194 -9 common/cmd_bootm.c Unsupported OS (not Linux, BSD, VxWorks, QNX)
3195 3195
3196 9 common/image.c Start initial ramdisk verification 3196 9 common/image.c Start initial ramdisk verification
3197 -10 common/image.c Ramdisk header has bad magic number 3197 -10 common/image.c Ramdisk header has bad magic number
3198 -11 common/image.c Ramdisk header has bad checksum 3198 -11 common/image.c Ramdisk header has bad checksum
3199 10 common/image.c Ramdisk header is OK 3199 10 common/image.c Ramdisk header is OK
3200 -12 common/image.c Ramdisk data has bad checksum 3200 -12 common/image.c Ramdisk data has bad checksum
3201 11 common/image.c Ramdisk data has correct checksum 3201 11 common/image.c Ramdisk data has correct checksum
3202 12 common/image.c Ramdisk verification complete, start loading 3202 12 common/image.c Ramdisk verification complete, start loading
3203 -13 common/image.c Wrong Image Type (not PPC Linux ramdisk) 3203 -13 common/image.c Wrong Image Type (not PPC Linux ramdisk)
3204 13 common/image.c Start multifile image verification 3204 13 common/image.c Start multifile image verification
3205 14 common/image.c No initial ramdisk, no multifile, continue. 3205 14 common/image.c No initial ramdisk, no multifile, continue.
3206 3206
3207 15 arch/<arch>/lib/bootm.c All preparation done, transferring control to OS 3207 15 arch/<arch>/lib/bootm.c All preparation done, transferring control to OS
3208 3208
3209 -30 arch/powerpc/lib/board.c Fatal error, hang the system 3209 -30 arch/powerpc/lib/board.c Fatal error, hang the system
3210 -31 post/post.c POST test failed, detected by post_output_backlog() 3210 -31 post/post.c POST test failed, detected by post_output_backlog()
3211 -32 post/post.c POST test failed, detected by post_run_single() 3211 -32 post/post.c POST test failed, detected by post_run_single()
3212 3212
3213 34 common/cmd_doc.c before loading a Image from a DOC device 3213 34 common/cmd_doc.c before loading a Image from a DOC device
3214 -35 common/cmd_doc.c Bad usage of "doc" command 3214 -35 common/cmd_doc.c Bad usage of "doc" command
3215 35 common/cmd_doc.c correct usage of "doc" command 3215 35 common/cmd_doc.c correct usage of "doc" command
3216 -36 common/cmd_doc.c No boot device 3216 -36 common/cmd_doc.c No boot device
3217 36 common/cmd_doc.c correct boot device 3217 36 common/cmd_doc.c correct boot device
3218 -37 common/cmd_doc.c Unknown Chip ID on boot device 3218 -37 common/cmd_doc.c Unknown Chip ID on boot device
3219 37 common/cmd_doc.c correct chip ID found, device available 3219 37 common/cmd_doc.c correct chip ID found, device available
3220 -38 common/cmd_doc.c Read Error on boot device 3220 -38 common/cmd_doc.c Read Error on boot device
3221 38 common/cmd_doc.c reading Image header from DOC device OK 3221 38 common/cmd_doc.c reading Image header from DOC device OK
3222 -39 common/cmd_doc.c Image header has bad magic number 3222 -39 common/cmd_doc.c Image header has bad magic number
3223 39 common/cmd_doc.c Image header has correct magic number 3223 39 common/cmd_doc.c Image header has correct magic number
3224 -40 common/cmd_doc.c Error reading Image from DOC device 3224 -40 common/cmd_doc.c Error reading Image from DOC device
3225 40 common/cmd_doc.c Image header has correct magic number 3225 40 common/cmd_doc.c Image header has correct magic number
3226 41 common/cmd_ide.c before loading a Image from a IDE device 3226 41 common/cmd_ide.c before loading a Image from a IDE device
3227 -42 common/cmd_ide.c Bad usage of "ide" command 3227 -42 common/cmd_ide.c Bad usage of "ide" command
3228 42 common/cmd_ide.c correct usage of "ide" command 3228 42 common/cmd_ide.c correct usage of "ide" command
3229 -43 common/cmd_ide.c No boot device 3229 -43 common/cmd_ide.c No boot device
3230 43 common/cmd_ide.c boot device found 3230 43 common/cmd_ide.c boot device found
3231 -44 common/cmd_ide.c Device not available 3231 -44 common/cmd_ide.c Device not available
3232 44 common/cmd_ide.c Device available 3232 44 common/cmd_ide.c Device available
3233 -45 common/cmd_ide.c wrong partition selected 3233 -45 common/cmd_ide.c wrong partition selected
3234 45 common/cmd_ide.c partition selected 3234 45 common/cmd_ide.c partition selected
3235 -46 common/cmd_ide.c Unknown partition table 3235 -46 common/cmd_ide.c Unknown partition table
3236 46 common/cmd_ide.c valid partition table found 3236 46 common/cmd_ide.c valid partition table found
3237 -47 common/cmd_ide.c Invalid partition type 3237 -47 common/cmd_ide.c Invalid partition type
3238 47 common/cmd_ide.c correct partition type 3238 47 common/cmd_ide.c correct partition type
3239 -48 common/cmd_ide.c Error reading Image Header on boot device 3239 -48 common/cmd_ide.c Error reading Image Header on boot device
3240 48 common/cmd_ide.c reading Image Header from IDE device OK 3240 48 common/cmd_ide.c reading Image Header from IDE device OK
3241 -49 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has bad magic number 3241 -49 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has bad magic number
3242 49 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has correct magic number 3242 49 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has correct magic number
3243 -50 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has bad checksum 3243 -50 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has bad checksum
3244 50 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has correct checksum 3244 50 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has correct checksum
3245 -51 common/cmd_ide.c Error reading Image from IDE device 3245 -51 common/cmd_ide.c Error reading Image from IDE device
3246 51 common/cmd_ide.c reading Image from IDE device OK 3246 51 common/cmd_ide.c reading Image from IDE device OK
3247 52 common/cmd_nand.c before loading a Image from a NAND device 3247 52 common/cmd_nand.c before loading a Image from a NAND device
3248 -53 common/cmd_nand.c Bad usage of "nand" command 3248 -53 common/cmd_nand.c Bad usage of "nand" command
3249 53 common/cmd_nand.c correct usage of "nand" command 3249 53 common/cmd_nand.c correct usage of "nand" command
3250 -54 common/cmd_nand.c No boot device 3250 -54 common/cmd_nand.c No boot device
3251 54 common/cmd_nand.c boot device found 3251 54 common/cmd_nand.c boot device found
3252 -55 common/cmd_nand.c Unknown Chip ID on boot device 3252 -55 common/cmd_nand.c Unknown Chip ID on boot device
3253 55 common/cmd_nand.c correct chip ID found, device available 3253 55 common/cmd_nand.c correct chip ID found, device available
3254 -56 common/cmd_nand.c Error reading Image Header on boot device 3254 -56 common/cmd_nand.c Error reading Image Header on boot device
3255 56 common/cmd_nand.c reading Image Header from NAND device OK 3255 56 common/cmd_nand.c reading Image Header from NAND device OK
3256 -57 common/cmd_nand.c Image header has bad magic number 3256 -57 common/cmd_nand.c Image header has bad magic number
3257 57 common/cmd_nand.c Image header has correct magic number 3257 57 common/cmd_nand.c Image header has correct magic number
3258 -58 common/cmd_nand.c Error reading Image from NAND device 3258 -58 common/cmd_nand.c Error reading Image from NAND device
3259 58 common/cmd_nand.c reading Image from NAND device OK 3259 58 common/cmd_nand.c reading Image from NAND device OK
3260 3260
3261 -60 common/env_common.c Environment has a bad CRC, using default 3261 -60 common/env_common.c Environment has a bad CRC, using default
3262 3262
3263 64 net/eth.c starting with Ethernet configuration. 3263 64 net/eth.c starting with Ethernet configuration.
3264 -64 net/eth.c no Ethernet found. 3264 -64 net/eth.c no Ethernet found.
3265 65 net/eth.c Ethernet found. 3265 65 net/eth.c Ethernet found.
3266 3266
3267 -80 common/cmd_net.c usage wrong 3267 -80 common/cmd_net.c usage wrong
3268 80 common/cmd_net.c before calling net_loop() 3268 80 common/cmd_net.c before calling net_loop()
3269 -81 common/cmd_net.c some error in net_loop() occurred 3269 -81 common/cmd_net.c some error in net_loop() occurred
3270 81 common/cmd_net.c net_loop() back without error 3270 81 common/cmd_net.c net_loop() back without error
3271 -82 common/cmd_net.c size == 0 (File with size 0 loaded) 3271 -82 common/cmd_net.c size == 0 (File with size 0 loaded)
3272 82 common/cmd_net.c trying automatic boot 3272 82 common/cmd_net.c trying automatic boot
3273 83 common/cmd_net.c running "source" command 3273 83 common/cmd_net.c running "source" command
3274 -83 common/cmd_net.c some error in automatic boot or "source" command 3274 -83 common/cmd_net.c some error in automatic boot or "source" command
3275 84 common/cmd_net.c end without errors 3275 84 common/cmd_net.c end without errors
3276 3276
3277 FIT uImage format: 3277 FIT uImage format:
3278 3278
3279 Arg Where When 3279 Arg Where When
3280 100 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel FIT Image has correct format 3280 100 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel FIT Image has correct format
3281 -100 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel FIT Image has incorrect format 3281 -100 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel FIT Image has incorrect format
3282 101 common/cmd_bootm.c No Kernel subimage unit name, using configuration 3282 101 common/cmd_bootm.c No Kernel subimage unit name, using configuration
3283 -101 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get configuration for kernel subimage 3283 -101 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get configuration for kernel subimage
3284 102 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel unit name specified 3284 102 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel unit name specified
3285 -103 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage node offset 3285 -103 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage node offset
3286 103 common/cmd_bootm.c Found configuration node 3286 103 common/cmd_bootm.c Found configuration node
3287 104 common/cmd_bootm.c Got kernel subimage node offset 3287 104 common/cmd_bootm.c Got kernel subimage node offset
3288 -104 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage hash verification failed 3288 -104 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage hash verification failed
3289 105 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage hash verification OK 3289 105 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage hash verification OK
3290 -105 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage is for unsupported architecture 3290 -105 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage is for unsupported architecture
3291 106 common/cmd_bootm.c Architecture check OK 3291 106 common/cmd_bootm.c Architecture check OK
3292 -106 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage has wrong type 3292 -106 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage has wrong type
3293 107 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage type OK 3293 107 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage type OK
3294 -107 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage data/size 3294 -107 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage data/size
3295 108 common/cmd_bootm.c Got kernel subimage data/size 3295 108 common/cmd_bootm.c Got kernel subimage data/size
3296 -108 common/cmd_bootm.c Wrong image type (not legacy, FIT) 3296 -108 common/cmd_bootm.c Wrong image type (not legacy, FIT)
3297 -109 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage type 3297 -109 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage type
3298 -110 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage comp 3298 -110 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage comp
3299 -111 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage os 3299 -111 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage os
3300 -112 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage load address 3300 -112 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage load address
3301 -113 common/cmd_bootm.c Image uncompress/copy overwrite error 3301 -113 common/cmd_bootm.c Image uncompress/copy overwrite error
3302 3302
3303 120 common/image.c Start initial ramdisk verification 3303 120 common/image.c Start initial ramdisk verification
3304 -120 common/image.c Ramdisk FIT image has incorrect format 3304 -120 common/image.c Ramdisk FIT image has incorrect format
3305 121 common/image.c Ramdisk FIT image has correct format 3305 121 common/image.c Ramdisk FIT image has correct format
3306 122 common/image.c No ramdisk subimage unit name, using configuration 3306 122 common/image.c No ramdisk subimage unit name, using configuration
3307 -122 common/image.c Can't get configuration for ramdisk subimage 3307 -122 common/image.c Can't get configuration for ramdisk subimage
3308 123 common/image.c Ramdisk unit name specified 3308 123 common/image.c Ramdisk unit name specified
3309 -124 common/image.c Can't get ramdisk subimage node offset 3309 -124 common/image.c Can't get ramdisk subimage node offset
3310 125 common/image.c Got ramdisk subimage node offset 3310 125 common/image.c Got ramdisk subimage node offset
3311 -125 common/image.c Ramdisk subimage hash verification failed 3311 -125 common/image.c Ramdisk subimage hash verification failed
3312 126 common/image.c Ramdisk subimage hash verification OK 3312 126 common/image.c Ramdisk subimage hash verification OK
3313 -126 common/image.c Ramdisk subimage for unsupported architecture 3313 -126 common/image.c Ramdisk subimage for unsupported architecture
3314 127 common/image.c Architecture check OK 3314 127 common/image.c Architecture check OK
3315 -127 common/image.c Can't get ramdisk subimage data/size 3315 -127 common/image.c Can't get ramdisk subimage data/size
3316 128 common/image.c Got ramdisk subimage data/size 3316 128 common/image.c Got ramdisk subimage data/size
3317 129 common/image.c Can't get ramdisk load address 3317 129 common/image.c Can't get ramdisk load address
3318 -129 common/image.c Got ramdisk load address 3318 -129 common/image.c Got ramdisk load address
3319 3319
3320 -130 common/cmd_doc.c Incorrect FIT image format 3320 -130 common/cmd_doc.c Incorrect FIT image format
3321 131 common/cmd_doc.c FIT image format OK 3321 131 common/cmd_doc.c FIT image format OK
3322 3322
3323 -140 common/cmd_ide.c Incorrect FIT image format 3323 -140 common/cmd_ide.c Incorrect FIT image format
3324 141 common/cmd_ide.c FIT image format OK 3324 141 common/cmd_ide.c FIT image format OK
3325 3325
3326 -150 common/cmd_nand.c Incorrect FIT image format 3326 -150 common/cmd_nand.c Incorrect FIT image format
3327 151 common/cmd_nand.c FIT image format OK 3327 151 common/cmd_nand.c FIT image format OK
3328 3328
3329 - legacy image format: 3329 - legacy image format:
3330 CONFIG_IMAGE_FORMAT_LEGACY 3330 CONFIG_IMAGE_FORMAT_LEGACY
3331 enables the legacy image format support in U-Boot. 3331 enables the legacy image format support in U-Boot.
3332 3332
3333 Default: 3333 Default:
3334 enabled if CONFIG_FIT_SIGNATURE is not defined. 3334 enabled if CONFIG_FIT_SIGNATURE is not defined.
3335 3335
3336 CONFIG_DISABLE_IMAGE_LEGACY 3336 CONFIG_DISABLE_IMAGE_LEGACY
3337 disable the legacy image format 3337 disable the legacy image format
3338 3338
3339 This define is introduced, as the legacy image format is 3339 This define is introduced, as the legacy image format is
3340 enabled per default for backward compatibility. 3340 enabled per default for backward compatibility.
3341 3341
3342 - FIT image support: 3342 - FIT image support:
3343 CONFIG_FIT 3343 CONFIG_FIT
3344 Enable support for the FIT uImage format. 3344 Enable support for the FIT uImage format.
3345 3345
3346 CONFIG_FIT_BEST_MATCH 3346 CONFIG_FIT_BEST_MATCH
3347 When no configuration is explicitly selected, default to the 3347 When no configuration is explicitly selected, default to the
3348 one whose fdt's compatibility field best matches that of 3348 one whose fdt's compatibility field best matches that of
3349 U-Boot itself. A match is considered "best" if it matches the 3349 U-Boot itself. A match is considered "best" if it matches the
3350 most specific compatibility entry of U-Boot's fdt's root node. 3350 most specific compatibility entry of U-Boot's fdt's root node.
3351 The order of entries in the configuration's fdt is ignored. 3351 The order of entries in the configuration's fdt is ignored.
3352 3352
3353 CONFIG_FIT_SIGNATURE 3353 CONFIG_FIT_SIGNATURE
3354 This option enables signature verification of FIT uImages, 3354 This option enables signature verification of FIT uImages,
3355 using a hash signed and verified using RSA. If 3355 using a hash signed and verified using RSA. If
3356 CONFIG_SHA_PROG_HW_ACCEL is defined, i.e support for progressive 3356 CONFIG_SHA_PROG_HW_ACCEL is defined, i.e support for progressive
3357 hashing is available using hardware, RSA library will use it. 3357 hashing is available using hardware, RSA library will use it.
3358 See doc/uImage.FIT/signature.txt for more details. 3358 See doc/uImage.FIT/signature.txt for more details.
3359 3359
3360 WARNING: When relying on signed FIT images with required 3360 WARNING: When relying on signed FIT images with required
3361 signature check the legacy image format is default 3361 signature check the legacy image format is default
3362 disabled. If a board need legacy image format support 3362 disabled. If a board need legacy image format support
3363 enable this through CONFIG_IMAGE_FORMAT_LEGACY 3363 enable this through CONFIG_IMAGE_FORMAT_LEGACY
3364 3364
3365 CONFIG_FIT_DISABLE_SHA256 3365 CONFIG_FIT_DISABLE_SHA256
3366 Supporting SHA256 hashes has quite an impact on binary size. 3366 Supporting SHA256 hashes has quite an impact on binary size.
3367 For constrained systems sha256 hash support can be disabled 3367 For constrained systems sha256 hash support can be disabled
3368 with this option. 3368 with this option.
3369 3369
3370 - Standalone program support: 3370 - Standalone program support:
3371 CONFIG_STANDALONE_LOAD_ADDR 3371 CONFIG_STANDALONE_LOAD_ADDR
3372 3372
3373 This option defines a board specific value for the 3373 This option defines a board specific value for the
3374 address where standalone program gets loaded, thus 3374 address where standalone program gets loaded, thus
3375 overwriting the architecture dependent default 3375 overwriting the architecture dependent default
3376 settings. 3376 settings.
3377 3377
3378 - Frame Buffer Address: 3378 - Frame Buffer Address:
3379 CONFIG_FB_ADDR 3379 CONFIG_FB_ADDR
3380 3380
3381 Define CONFIG_FB_ADDR if you want to use specific 3381 Define CONFIG_FB_ADDR if you want to use specific
3382 address for frame buffer. This is typically the case 3382 address for frame buffer. This is typically the case
3383 when using a graphics controller has separate video 3383 when using a graphics controller has separate video
3384 memory. U-Boot will then place the frame buffer at 3384 memory. U-Boot will then place the frame buffer at
3385 the given address instead of dynamically reserving it 3385 the given address instead of dynamically reserving it
3386 in system RAM by calling lcd_setmem(), which grabs 3386 in system RAM by calling lcd_setmem(), which grabs
3387 the memory for the frame buffer depending on the 3387 the memory for the frame buffer depending on the
3388 configured panel size. 3388 configured panel size.
3389 3389
3390 Please see board_init_f function. 3390 Please see board_init_f function.
3391 3391
3392 - Automatic software updates via TFTP server 3392 - Automatic software updates via TFTP server
3393 CONFIG_UPDATE_TFTP 3393 CONFIG_UPDATE_TFTP
3394 CONFIG_UPDATE_TFTP_CNT_MAX 3394 CONFIG_UPDATE_TFTP_CNT_MAX
3395 CONFIG_UPDATE_TFTP_MSEC_MAX 3395 CONFIG_UPDATE_TFTP_MSEC_MAX
3396 3396
3397 These options enable and control the auto-update feature; 3397 These options enable and control the auto-update feature;
3398 for a more detailed description refer to doc/README.update. 3398 for a more detailed description refer to doc/README.update.
3399 3399
3400 - MTD Support (mtdparts command, UBI support) 3400 - MTD Support (mtdparts command, UBI support)
3401 CONFIG_MTD_DEVICE 3401 CONFIG_MTD_DEVICE
3402 3402
3403 Adds the MTD device infrastructure from the Linux kernel. 3403 Adds the MTD device infrastructure from the Linux kernel.
3404 Needed for mtdparts command support. 3404 Needed for mtdparts command support.
3405 3405
3406 CONFIG_MTD_PARTITIONS 3406 CONFIG_MTD_PARTITIONS
3407 3407
3408 Adds the MTD partitioning infrastructure from the Linux 3408 Adds the MTD partitioning infrastructure from the Linux
3409 kernel. Needed for UBI support. 3409 kernel. Needed for UBI support.
3410 3410
3411 - UBI support 3411 - UBI support
3412 CONFIG_CMD_UBI 3412 CONFIG_CMD_UBI
3413 3413
3414 Adds commands for interacting with MTD partitions formatted 3414 Adds commands for interacting with MTD partitions formatted
3415 with the UBI flash translation layer 3415 with the UBI flash translation layer
3416 3416
3417 Requires also defining CONFIG_RBTREE 3417 Requires also defining CONFIG_RBTREE
3418 3418
3419 CONFIG_UBI_SILENCE_MSG 3419 CONFIG_UBI_SILENCE_MSG
3420 3420
3421 Make the verbose messages from UBI stop printing. This leaves 3421 Make the verbose messages from UBI stop printing. This leaves
3422 warnings and errors enabled. 3422 warnings and errors enabled.
3423 3423
3424 3424
3425 CONFIG_MTD_UBI_WL_THRESHOLD 3425 CONFIG_MTD_UBI_WL_THRESHOLD
3426 This parameter defines the maximum difference between the highest 3426 This parameter defines the maximum difference between the highest
3427 erase counter value and the lowest erase counter value of eraseblocks 3427 erase counter value and the lowest erase counter value of eraseblocks
3428 of UBI devices. When this threshold is exceeded, UBI starts performing 3428 of UBI devices. When this threshold is exceeded, UBI starts performing
3429 wear leveling by means of moving data from eraseblock with low erase 3429 wear leveling by means of moving data from eraseblock with low erase
3430 counter to eraseblocks with high erase counter. 3430 counter to eraseblocks with high erase counter.
3431 3431
3432 The default value should be OK for SLC NAND flashes, NOR flashes and 3432 The default value should be OK for SLC NAND flashes, NOR flashes and
3433 other flashes which have eraseblock life-cycle 100000 or more. 3433 other flashes which have eraseblock life-cycle 100000 or more.
3434 However, in case of MLC NAND flashes which typically have eraseblock 3434 However, in case of MLC NAND flashes which typically have eraseblock
3435 life-cycle less than 10000, the threshold should be lessened (e.g., 3435 life-cycle less than 10000, the threshold should be lessened (e.g.,
3436 to 128 or 256, although it does not have to be power of 2). 3436 to 128 or 256, although it does not have to be power of 2).
3437 3437
3438 default: 4096 3438 default: 4096
3439 3439
3440 CONFIG_MTD_UBI_BEB_LIMIT 3440 CONFIG_MTD_UBI_BEB_LIMIT
3441 This option specifies the maximum bad physical eraseblocks UBI 3441 This option specifies the maximum bad physical eraseblocks UBI
3442 expects on the MTD device (per 1024 eraseblocks). If the 3442 expects on the MTD device (per 1024 eraseblocks). If the
3443 underlying flash does not admit of bad eraseblocks (e.g. NOR 3443 underlying flash does not admit of bad eraseblocks (e.g. NOR
3444 flash), this value is ignored. 3444 flash), this value is ignored.
3445 3445
3446 NAND datasheets often specify the minimum and maximum NVM 3446 NAND datasheets often specify the minimum and maximum NVM
3447 (Number of Valid Blocks) for the flashes' endurance lifetime. 3447 (Number of Valid Blocks) for the flashes' endurance lifetime.
3448 The maximum expected bad eraseblocks per 1024 eraseblocks 3448 The maximum expected bad eraseblocks per 1024 eraseblocks
3449 then can be calculated as "1024 * (1 - MinNVB / MaxNVB)", 3449 then can be calculated as "1024 * (1 - MinNVB / MaxNVB)",
3450 which gives 20 for most NANDs (MaxNVB is basically the total 3450 which gives 20 for most NANDs (MaxNVB is basically the total
3451 count of eraseblocks on the chip). 3451 count of eraseblocks on the chip).
3452 3452
3453 To put it differently, if this value is 20, UBI will try to 3453 To put it differently, if this value is 20, UBI will try to
3454 reserve about 1.9% of physical eraseblocks for bad blocks 3454 reserve about 1.9% of physical eraseblocks for bad blocks
3455 handling. And that will be 1.9% of eraseblocks on the entire 3455 handling. And that will be 1.9% of eraseblocks on the entire
3456 NAND chip, not just the MTD partition UBI attaches. This means 3456 NAND chip, not just the MTD partition UBI attaches. This means
3457 that if you have, say, a NAND flash chip admits maximum 40 bad 3457 that if you have, say, a NAND flash chip admits maximum 40 bad
3458 eraseblocks, and it is split on two MTD partitions of the same 3458 eraseblocks, and it is split on two MTD partitions of the same
3459 size, UBI will reserve 40 eraseblocks when attaching a 3459 size, UBI will reserve 40 eraseblocks when attaching a
3460 partition. 3460 partition.
3461 3461
3462 default: 20 3462 default: 20
3463 3463
3464 CONFIG_MTD_UBI_FASTMAP 3464 CONFIG_MTD_UBI_FASTMAP
3465 Fastmap is a mechanism which allows attaching an UBI device 3465 Fastmap is a mechanism which allows attaching an UBI device
3466 in nearly constant time. Instead of scanning the whole MTD device it 3466 in nearly constant time. Instead of scanning the whole MTD device it
3467 only has to locate a checkpoint (called fastmap) on the device. 3467 only has to locate a checkpoint (called fastmap) on the device.
3468 The on-flash fastmap contains all information needed to attach 3468 The on-flash fastmap contains all information needed to attach
3469 the device. Using fastmap makes only sense on large devices where 3469 the device. Using fastmap makes only sense on large devices where
3470 attaching by scanning takes long. UBI will not automatically install 3470 attaching by scanning takes long. UBI will not automatically install
3471 a fastmap on old images, but you can set the UBI parameter 3471 a fastmap on old images, but you can set the UBI parameter
3472 CONFIG_MTD_UBI_FASTMAP_AUTOCONVERT to 1 if you want so. Please note 3472 CONFIG_MTD_UBI_FASTMAP_AUTOCONVERT to 1 if you want so. Please note
3473 that fastmap-enabled images are still usable with UBI implementations 3473 that fastmap-enabled images are still usable with UBI implementations
3474 without fastmap support. On typical flash devices the whole fastmap 3474 without fastmap support. On typical flash devices the whole fastmap
3475 fits into one PEB. UBI will reserve PEBs to hold two fastmaps. 3475 fits into one PEB. UBI will reserve PEBs to hold two fastmaps.
3476 3476
3477 CONFIG_MTD_UBI_FASTMAP_AUTOCONVERT 3477 CONFIG_MTD_UBI_FASTMAP_AUTOCONVERT
3478 Set this parameter to enable fastmap automatically on images 3478 Set this parameter to enable fastmap automatically on images
3479 without a fastmap. 3479 without a fastmap.
3480 default: 0 3480 default: 0
3481 3481
3482 CONFIG_MTD_UBI_FM_DEBUG 3482 CONFIG_MTD_UBI_FM_DEBUG
3483 Enable UBI fastmap debug 3483 Enable UBI fastmap debug
3484 default: 0 3484 default: 0
3485 3485
3486 - UBIFS support 3486 - UBIFS support
3487 CONFIG_CMD_UBIFS 3487 CONFIG_CMD_UBIFS
3488 3488
3489 Adds commands for interacting with UBI volumes formatted as 3489 Adds commands for interacting with UBI volumes formatted as
3490 UBIFS. UBIFS is read-only in u-boot. 3490 UBIFS. UBIFS is read-only in u-boot.
3491 3491
3492 Requires UBI support as well as CONFIG_LZO 3492 Requires UBI support as well as CONFIG_LZO
3493 3493
3494 CONFIG_UBIFS_SILENCE_MSG 3494 CONFIG_UBIFS_SILENCE_MSG
3495 3495
3496 Make the verbose messages from UBIFS stop printing. This leaves 3496 Make the verbose messages from UBIFS stop printing. This leaves
3497 warnings and errors enabled. 3497 warnings and errors enabled.
3498 3498
3499 - SPL framework 3499 - SPL framework
3500 CONFIG_SPL 3500 CONFIG_SPL
3501 Enable building of SPL globally. 3501 Enable building of SPL globally.
3502 3502
3503 CONFIG_SPL_LDSCRIPT 3503 CONFIG_SPL_LDSCRIPT
3504 LDSCRIPT for linking the SPL binary. 3504 LDSCRIPT for linking the SPL binary.
3505 3505
3506 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_FOOTPRINT 3506 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_FOOTPRINT
3507 Maximum size in memory allocated to the SPL, BSS included. 3507 Maximum size in memory allocated to the SPL, BSS included.
3508 When defined, the linker checks that the actual memory 3508 When defined, the linker checks that the actual memory
3509 used by SPL from _start to __bss_end does not exceed it. 3509 used by SPL from _start to __bss_end does not exceed it.
3510 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_FOOTPRINT and CONFIG_SPL_BSS_MAX_SIZE 3510 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_FOOTPRINT and CONFIG_SPL_BSS_MAX_SIZE
3511 must not be both defined at the same time. 3511 must not be both defined at the same time.
3512 3512
3513 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE 3513 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE
3514 Maximum size of the SPL image (text, data, rodata, and 3514 Maximum size of the SPL image (text, data, rodata, and
3515 linker lists sections), BSS excluded. 3515 linker lists sections), BSS excluded.
3516 When defined, the linker checks that the actual size does 3516 When defined, the linker checks that the actual size does
3517 not exceed it. 3517 not exceed it.
3518 3518
3519 CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE 3519 CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE
3520 TEXT_BASE for linking the SPL binary. 3520 TEXT_BASE for linking the SPL binary.
3521 3521
3522 CONFIG_SPL_RELOC_TEXT_BASE 3522 CONFIG_SPL_RELOC_TEXT_BASE
3523 Address to relocate to. If unspecified, this is equal to 3523 Address to relocate to. If unspecified, this is equal to
3524 CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE (i.e. no relocation is done). 3524 CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE (i.e. no relocation is done).
3525 3525
3526 CONFIG_SPL_BSS_START_ADDR 3526 CONFIG_SPL_BSS_START_ADDR
3527 Link address for the BSS within the SPL binary. 3527 Link address for the BSS within the SPL binary.
3528 3528
3529 CONFIG_SPL_BSS_MAX_SIZE 3529 CONFIG_SPL_BSS_MAX_SIZE
3530 Maximum size in memory allocated to the SPL BSS. 3530 Maximum size in memory allocated to the SPL BSS.
3531 When defined, the linker checks that the actual memory used 3531 When defined, the linker checks that the actual memory used
3532 by SPL from __bss_start to __bss_end does not exceed it. 3532 by SPL from __bss_start to __bss_end does not exceed it.
3533 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_FOOTPRINT and CONFIG_SPL_BSS_MAX_SIZE 3533 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_FOOTPRINT and CONFIG_SPL_BSS_MAX_SIZE
3534 must not be both defined at the same time. 3534 must not be both defined at the same time.
3535 3535
3536 CONFIG_SPL_STACK 3536 CONFIG_SPL_STACK
3537 Adress of the start of the stack SPL will use 3537 Adress of the start of the stack SPL will use
3538 3538
3539 CONFIG_SPL_PANIC_ON_RAW_IMAGE 3539 CONFIG_SPL_PANIC_ON_RAW_IMAGE
3540 When defined, SPL will panic() if the image it has 3540 When defined, SPL will panic() if the image it has
3541 loaded does not have a signature. 3541 loaded does not have a signature.
3542 Defining this is useful when code which loads images 3542 Defining this is useful when code which loads images
3543 in SPL cannot guarantee that absolutely all read errors 3543 in SPL cannot guarantee that absolutely all read errors
3544 will be caught. 3544 will be caught.
3545 An example is the LPC32XX MLC NAND driver, which will 3545 An example is the LPC32XX MLC NAND driver, which will
3546 consider that a completely unreadable NAND block is bad, 3546 consider that a completely unreadable NAND block is bad,
3547 and thus should be skipped silently. 3547 and thus should be skipped silently.
3548 3548
3549 CONFIG_SPL_RELOC_STACK 3549 CONFIG_SPL_RELOC_STACK
3550 Adress of the start of the stack SPL will use after 3550 Adress of the start of the stack SPL will use after
3551 relocation. If unspecified, this is equal to 3551 relocation. If unspecified, this is equal to
3552 CONFIG_SPL_STACK. 3552 CONFIG_SPL_STACK.
3553 3553
3554 CONFIG_SYS_SPL_MALLOC_START 3554 CONFIG_SYS_SPL_MALLOC_START
3555 Starting address of the malloc pool used in SPL. 3555 Starting address of the malloc pool used in SPL.
3556 When this option is set the full malloc is used in SPL and 3556 When this option is set the full malloc is used in SPL and
3557 it is set up by spl_init() and before that, the simple malloc() 3557 it is set up by spl_init() and before that, the simple malloc()
3558 can be used if CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_F is defined. 3558 can be used if CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_F is defined.
3559 3559
3560 CONFIG_SYS_SPL_MALLOC_SIZE 3560 CONFIG_SYS_SPL_MALLOC_SIZE
3561 The size of the malloc pool used in SPL. 3561 The size of the malloc pool used in SPL.
3562 3562
3563 CONFIG_SPL_FRAMEWORK 3563 CONFIG_SPL_FRAMEWORK
3564 Enable the SPL framework under common/. This framework 3564 Enable the SPL framework under common/. This framework
3565 supports MMC, NAND and YMODEM loading of U-Boot and NAND 3565 supports MMC, NAND and YMODEM loading of U-Boot and NAND
3566 NAND loading of the Linux Kernel. 3566 NAND loading of the Linux Kernel.
3567 3567
3568 CONFIG_SPL_OS_BOOT 3568 CONFIG_SPL_OS_BOOT
3569 Enable booting directly to an OS from SPL. 3569 Enable booting directly to an OS from SPL.
3570 See also: doc/README.falcon 3570 See also: doc/README.falcon
3571 3571
3572 CONFIG_SPL_DISPLAY_PRINT 3572 CONFIG_SPL_DISPLAY_PRINT
3573 For ARM, enable an optional function to print more information 3573 For ARM, enable an optional function to print more information
3574 about the running system. 3574 about the running system.
3575 3575
3576 CONFIG_SPL_INIT_MINIMAL 3576 CONFIG_SPL_INIT_MINIMAL
3577 Arch init code should be built for a very small image 3577 Arch init code should be built for a very small image
3578 3578
3579 CONFIG_SPL_LIBCOMMON_SUPPORT 3579 CONFIG_SPL_LIBCOMMON_SUPPORT
3580 Support for common/libcommon.o in SPL binary 3580 Support for common/libcommon.o in SPL binary
3581 3581
3582 CONFIG_SPL_LIBDISK_SUPPORT 3582 CONFIG_SPL_LIBDISK_SUPPORT
3583 Support for disk/libdisk.o in SPL binary 3583 Support for disk/libdisk.o in SPL binary
3584 3584
3585 CONFIG_SPL_I2C_SUPPORT 3585 CONFIG_SPL_I2C_SUPPORT
3586 Support for drivers/i2c/libi2c.o in SPL binary 3586 Support for drivers/i2c/libi2c.o in SPL binary
3587 3587
3588 CONFIG_SPL_GPIO_SUPPORT 3588 CONFIG_SPL_GPIO_SUPPORT
3589 Support for drivers/gpio/libgpio.o in SPL binary 3589 Support for drivers/gpio/libgpio.o in SPL binary
3590 3590
3591 CONFIG_SPL_MMC_SUPPORT 3591 CONFIG_SPL_MMC_SUPPORT
3592 Support for drivers/mmc/libmmc.o in SPL binary 3592 Support for drivers/mmc/libmmc.o in SPL binary
3593 3593
3594 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_U_BOOT_SECTOR, 3594 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_U_BOOT_SECTOR,
3595 CONFIG_SYS_U_BOOT_MAX_SIZE_SECTORS, 3595 CONFIG_SYS_U_BOOT_MAX_SIZE_SECTORS,
3596 Address and partition on the MMC to load U-Boot from 3596 Address and partition on the MMC to load U-Boot from
3597 when the MMC is being used in raw mode. 3597 when the MMC is being used in raw mode.
3598 3598
3599 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_U_BOOT_PARTITION 3599 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_U_BOOT_PARTITION
3600 Partition on the MMC to load U-Boot from when the MMC is being 3600 Partition on the MMC to load U-Boot from when the MMC is being
3601 used in raw mode 3601 used in raw mode
3602 3602
3603 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_KERNEL_SECTOR 3603 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_KERNEL_SECTOR
3604 Sector to load kernel uImage from when MMC is being 3604 Sector to load kernel uImage from when MMC is being
3605 used in raw mode (for Falcon mode) 3605 used in raw mode (for Falcon mode)
3606 3606
3607 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_ARGS_SECTOR, 3607 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_ARGS_SECTOR,
3608 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_ARGS_SECTORS 3608 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_ARGS_SECTORS
3609 Sector and number of sectors to load kernel argument 3609 Sector and number of sectors to load kernel argument
3610 parameters from when MMC is being used in raw mode 3610 parameters from when MMC is being used in raw mode
3611 (for falcon mode) 3611 (for falcon mode)
3612 3612
3613 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_FS_BOOT_PARTITION 3613 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_FS_BOOT_PARTITION
3614 Partition on the MMC to load U-Boot from when the MMC is being 3614 Partition on the MMC to load U-Boot from when the MMC is being
3615 used in fs mode 3615 used in fs mode
3616 3616
3617 CONFIG_SPL_FAT_SUPPORT 3617 CONFIG_SPL_FAT_SUPPORT
3618 Support for fs/fat/libfat.o in SPL binary 3618 Support for fs/fat/libfat.o in SPL binary
3619 3619
3620 CONFIG_SPL_EXT_SUPPORT 3620 CONFIG_SPL_EXT_SUPPORT
3621 Support for EXT filesystem in SPL binary 3621 Support for EXT filesystem in SPL binary
3622 3622
3623 CONFIG_SPL_FS_LOAD_PAYLOAD_NAME 3623 CONFIG_SPL_FS_LOAD_PAYLOAD_NAME
3624 Filename to read to load U-Boot when reading from filesystem 3624 Filename to read to load U-Boot when reading from filesystem
3625 3625
3626 CONFIG_SPL_FS_LOAD_KERNEL_NAME 3626 CONFIG_SPL_FS_LOAD_KERNEL_NAME
3627 Filename to read to load kernel uImage when reading 3627 Filename to read to load kernel uImage when reading
3628 from filesystem (for Falcon mode) 3628 from filesystem (for Falcon mode)
3629 3629
3630 CONFIG_SPL_FS_LOAD_ARGS_NAME 3630 CONFIG_SPL_FS_LOAD_ARGS_NAME
3631 Filename to read to load kernel argument parameters 3631 Filename to read to load kernel argument parameters
3632 when reading from filesystem (for Falcon mode) 3632 when reading from filesystem (for Falcon mode)
3633 3633
3634 CONFIG_SPL_MPC83XX_WAIT_FOR_NAND 3634 CONFIG_SPL_MPC83XX_WAIT_FOR_NAND
3635 Set this for NAND SPL on PPC mpc83xx targets, so that 3635 Set this for NAND SPL on PPC mpc83xx targets, so that
3636 start.S waits for the rest of the SPL to load before 3636 start.S waits for the rest of the SPL to load before
3637 continuing (the hardware starts execution after just 3637 continuing (the hardware starts execution after just
3638 loading the first page rather than the full 4K). 3638 loading the first page rather than the full 4K).
3639 3639
3640 CONFIG_SPL_SKIP_RELOCATE 3640 CONFIG_SPL_SKIP_RELOCATE
3641 Avoid SPL relocation 3641 Avoid SPL relocation
3642 3642
3643 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_BASE 3643 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_BASE
3644 Include nand_base.c in the SPL. Requires 3644 Include nand_base.c in the SPL. Requires
3645 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_DRIVERS. 3645 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_DRIVERS.
3646 3646
3647 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_DRIVERS 3647 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_DRIVERS
3648 SPL uses normal NAND drivers, not minimal drivers. 3648 SPL uses normal NAND drivers, not minimal drivers.
3649 3649
3650 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_ECC 3650 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_ECC
3651 Include standard software ECC in the SPL 3651 Include standard software ECC in the SPL
3652 3652
3653 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_SIMPLE 3653 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_SIMPLE
3654 Support for NAND boot using simple NAND drivers that 3654 Support for NAND boot using simple NAND drivers that
3655 expose the cmd_ctrl() interface. 3655 expose the cmd_ctrl() interface.
3656 3656
3657 CONFIG_SPL_MTD_SUPPORT 3657 CONFIG_SPL_MTD_SUPPORT
3658 Support for the MTD subsystem within SPL. Useful for 3658 Support for the MTD subsystem within SPL. Useful for
3659 environment on NAND support within SPL. 3659 environment on NAND support within SPL.
3660 3660
3661 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_RAW_ONLY 3661 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_RAW_ONLY
3662 Support to boot only raw u-boot.bin images. Use this only 3662 Support to boot only raw u-boot.bin images. Use this only
3663 if you need to save space. 3663 if you need to save space.
3664 3664
3665 CONFIG_SPL_MPC8XXX_INIT_DDR_SUPPORT 3665 CONFIG_SPL_MPC8XXX_INIT_DDR_SUPPORT
3666 Set for the SPL on PPC mpc8xxx targets, support for 3666 Set for the SPL on PPC mpc8xxx targets, support for
3667 drivers/ddr/fsl/libddr.o in SPL binary. 3667 drivers/ddr/fsl/libddr.o in SPL binary.
3668 3668
3669 CONFIG_SPL_COMMON_INIT_DDR 3669 CONFIG_SPL_COMMON_INIT_DDR
3670 Set for common ddr init with serial presence detect in 3670 Set for common ddr init with serial presence detect in
3671 SPL binary. 3671 SPL binary.
3672 3672
3673 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_5_ADDR_CYCLE, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_PAGE_COUNT, 3673 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_5_ADDR_CYCLE, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_PAGE_COUNT,
3674 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_PAGE_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_OOBSIZE, 3674 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_PAGE_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_OOBSIZE,
3675 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_BLOCK_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_BAD_BLOCK_POS, 3675 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_BLOCK_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_BAD_BLOCK_POS,
3676 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_ECCPOS, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_ECCSIZE, 3676 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_ECCPOS, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_ECCSIZE,
3677 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_ECCBYTES 3677 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_ECCBYTES
3678 Defines the size and behavior of the NAND that SPL uses 3678 Defines the size and behavior of the NAND that SPL uses
3679 to read U-Boot 3679 to read U-Boot
3680 3680
3681 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_BOOT 3681 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_BOOT
3682 Add support NAND boot 3682 Add support NAND boot
3683 3683
3684 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_OFFS 3684 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_OFFS
3685 Location in NAND to read U-Boot from 3685 Location in NAND to read U-Boot from
3686 3686
3687 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_DST 3687 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_DST
3688 Location in memory to load U-Boot to 3688 Location in memory to load U-Boot to
3689 3689
3690 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_SIZE 3690 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_SIZE
3691 Size of image to load 3691 Size of image to load
3692 3692
3693 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_START 3693 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_START
3694 Entry point in loaded image to jump to 3694 Entry point in loaded image to jump to
3695 3695
3696 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_HW_ECC_OOBFIRST 3696 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_HW_ECC_OOBFIRST
3697 Define this if you need to first read the OOB and then the 3697 Define this if you need to first read the OOB and then the
3698 data. This is used, for example, on davinci platforms. 3698 data. This is used, for example, on davinci platforms.
3699 3699
3700 CONFIG_SPL_OMAP3_ID_NAND 3700 CONFIG_SPL_OMAP3_ID_NAND
3701 Support for an OMAP3-specific set of functions to return the 3701 Support for an OMAP3-specific set of functions to return the
3702 ID and MFR of the first attached NAND chip, if present. 3702 ID and MFR of the first attached NAND chip, if present.
3703 3703
3704 CONFIG_SPL_SERIAL_SUPPORT 3704 CONFIG_SPL_SERIAL_SUPPORT
3705 Support for drivers/serial/libserial.o in SPL binary 3705 Support for drivers/serial/libserial.o in SPL binary
3706 3706
3707 CONFIG_SPL_SPI_FLASH_SUPPORT 3707 CONFIG_SPL_SPI_FLASH_SUPPORT
3708 Support for drivers/mtd/spi/libspi_flash.o in SPL binary 3708 Support for drivers/mtd/spi/libspi_flash.o in SPL binary
3709 3709
3710 CONFIG_SPL_SPI_SUPPORT 3710 CONFIG_SPL_SPI_SUPPORT
3711 Support for drivers/spi/libspi.o in SPL binary 3711 Support for drivers/spi/libspi.o in SPL binary
3712 3712
3713 CONFIG_SPL_RAM_DEVICE 3713 CONFIG_SPL_RAM_DEVICE
3714 Support for running image already present in ram, in SPL binary 3714 Support for running image already present in ram, in SPL binary
3715 3715
3716 CONFIG_SPL_LIBGENERIC_SUPPORT 3716 CONFIG_SPL_LIBGENERIC_SUPPORT
3717 Support for lib/libgeneric.o in SPL binary 3717 Support for lib/libgeneric.o in SPL binary
3718 3718
3719 CONFIG_SPL_ENV_SUPPORT 3719 CONFIG_SPL_ENV_SUPPORT
3720 Support for the environment operating in SPL binary 3720 Support for the environment operating in SPL binary
3721 3721
3722 CONFIG_SPL_NET_SUPPORT 3722 CONFIG_SPL_NET_SUPPORT
3723 Support for the net/libnet.o in SPL binary. 3723 Support for the net/libnet.o in SPL binary.
3724 It conflicts with SPL env from storage medium specified by 3724 It conflicts with SPL env from storage medium specified by
3725 CONFIG_ENV_IS_xxx but CONFIG_ENV_IS_NOWHERE 3725 CONFIG_ENV_IS_xxx but CONFIG_ENV_IS_NOWHERE
3726 3726
3727 CONFIG_SPL_PAD_TO 3727 CONFIG_SPL_PAD_TO
3728 Image offset to which the SPL should be padded before appending 3728 Image offset to which the SPL should be padded before appending
3729 the SPL payload. By default, this is defined as 3729 the SPL payload. By default, this is defined as
3730 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE, or 0 if CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE is undefined. 3730 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE, or 0 if CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE is undefined.
3731 CONFIG_SPL_PAD_TO must be either 0, meaning to append the SPL 3731 CONFIG_SPL_PAD_TO must be either 0, meaning to append the SPL
3732 payload without any padding, or >= CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE. 3732 payload without any padding, or >= CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE.
3733 3733
3734 CONFIG_SPL_TARGET 3734 CONFIG_SPL_TARGET
3735 Final target image containing SPL and payload. Some SPLs 3735 Final target image containing SPL and payload. Some SPLs
3736 use an arch-specific makefile fragment instead, for 3736 use an arch-specific makefile fragment instead, for
3737 example if more than one image needs to be produced. 3737 example if more than one image needs to be produced.
3738 3738
3739 CONFIG_FIT_SPL_PRINT 3739 CONFIG_FIT_SPL_PRINT
3740 Printing information about a FIT image adds quite a bit of 3740 Printing information about a FIT image adds quite a bit of
3741 code to SPL. So this is normally disabled in SPL. Use this 3741 code to SPL. So this is normally disabled in SPL. Use this
3742 option to re-enable it. This will affect the output of the 3742 option to re-enable it. This will affect the output of the
3743 bootm command when booting a FIT image. 3743 bootm command when booting a FIT image.
3744 3744
3745 - TPL framework 3745 - TPL framework
3746 CONFIG_TPL 3746 CONFIG_TPL
3747 Enable building of TPL globally. 3747 Enable building of TPL globally.
3748 3748
3749 CONFIG_TPL_PAD_TO 3749 CONFIG_TPL_PAD_TO
3750 Image offset to which the TPL should be padded before appending 3750 Image offset to which the TPL should be padded before appending
3751 the TPL payload. By default, this is defined as 3751 the TPL payload. By default, this is defined as
3752 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE, or 0 if CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE is undefined. 3752 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE, or 0 if CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE is undefined.
3753 CONFIG_SPL_PAD_TO must be either 0, meaning to append the SPL 3753 CONFIG_SPL_PAD_TO must be either 0, meaning to append the SPL
3754 payload without any padding, or >= CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE. 3754 payload without any padding, or >= CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE.
3755 3755
3756 Modem Support: 3756 Modem Support:
3757 -------------- 3757 --------------
3758 3758
3759 [so far only for SMDK2400 boards] 3759 [so far only for SMDK2400 boards]
3760 3760
3761 - Modem support enable: 3761 - Modem support enable:
3762 CONFIG_MODEM_SUPPORT 3762 CONFIG_MODEM_SUPPORT
3763 3763
3764 - RTS/CTS Flow control enable: 3764 - RTS/CTS Flow control enable:
3765 CONFIG_HWFLOW 3765 CONFIG_HWFLOW
3766 3766
3767 - Modem debug support: 3767 - Modem debug support:
3768 CONFIG_MODEM_SUPPORT_DEBUG 3768 CONFIG_MODEM_SUPPORT_DEBUG
3769 3769
3770 Enables debugging stuff (char screen[1024], dbg()) 3770 Enables debugging stuff (char screen[1024], dbg())
3771 for modem support. Useful only with BDI2000. 3771 for modem support. Useful only with BDI2000.
3772 3772
3773 - Interrupt support (PPC): 3773 - Interrupt support (PPC):
3774 3774
3775 There are common interrupt_init() and timer_interrupt() 3775 There are common interrupt_init() and timer_interrupt()
3776 for all PPC archs. interrupt_init() calls interrupt_init_cpu() 3776 for all PPC archs. interrupt_init() calls interrupt_init_cpu()
3777 for CPU specific initialization. interrupt_init_cpu() 3777 for CPU specific initialization. interrupt_init_cpu()
3778 should set decrementer_count to appropriate value. If 3778 should set decrementer_count to appropriate value. If
3779 CPU resets decrementer automatically after interrupt 3779 CPU resets decrementer automatically after interrupt
3780 (ppc4xx) it should set decrementer_count to zero. 3780 (ppc4xx) it should set decrementer_count to zero.
3781 timer_interrupt() calls timer_interrupt_cpu() for CPU 3781 timer_interrupt() calls timer_interrupt_cpu() for CPU
3782 specific handling. If board has watchdog / status_led 3782 specific handling. If board has watchdog / status_led
3783 / other_activity_monitor it works automatically from 3783 / other_activity_monitor it works automatically from
3784 general timer_interrupt(). 3784 general timer_interrupt().
3785 3785
3786 - General: 3786 - General:
3787 3787
3788 In the target system modem support is enabled when a 3788 In the target system modem support is enabled when a
3789 specific key (key combination) is pressed during 3789 specific key (key combination) is pressed during
3790 power-on. Otherwise U-Boot will boot normally 3790 power-on. Otherwise U-Boot will boot normally
3791 (autoboot). The key_pressed() function is called from 3791 (autoboot). The key_pressed() function is called from
3792 board_init(). Currently key_pressed() is a dummy 3792 board_init(). Currently key_pressed() is a dummy
3793 function, returning 1 and thus enabling modem 3793 function, returning 1 and thus enabling modem
3794 initialization. 3794 initialization.
3795 3795
3796 If there are no modem init strings in the 3796 If there are no modem init strings in the
3797 environment, U-Boot proceed to autoboot; the 3797 environment, U-Boot proceed to autoboot; the
3798 previous output (banner, info printfs) will be 3798 previous output (banner, info printfs) will be
3799 suppressed, though. 3799 suppressed, though.
3800 3800
3801 See also: doc/README.Modem 3801 See also: doc/README.Modem
3802 3802
3803 Board initialization settings: 3803 Board initialization settings:
3804 ------------------------------ 3804 ------------------------------
3805 3805
3806 During Initialization u-boot calls a number of board specific functions 3806 During Initialization u-boot calls a number of board specific functions
3807 to allow the preparation of board specific prerequisites, e.g. pin setup 3807 to allow the preparation of board specific prerequisites, e.g. pin setup
3808 before drivers are initialized. To enable these callbacks the 3808 before drivers are initialized. To enable these callbacks the
3809 following configuration macros have to be defined. Currently this is 3809 following configuration macros have to be defined. Currently this is
3810 architecture specific, so please check arch/your_architecture/lib/board.c 3810 architecture specific, so please check arch/your_architecture/lib/board.c
3811 typically in board_init_f() and board_init_r(). 3811 typically in board_init_f() and board_init_r().
3812 3812
3813 - CONFIG_BOARD_EARLY_INIT_F: Call board_early_init_f() 3813 - CONFIG_BOARD_EARLY_INIT_F: Call board_early_init_f()
3814 - CONFIG_BOARD_EARLY_INIT_R: Call board_early_init_r() 3814 - CONFIG_BOARD_EARLY_INIT_R: Call board_early_init_r()
3815 - CONFIG_BOARD_LATE_INIT: Call board_late_init() 3815 - CONFIG_BOARD_LATE_INIT: Call board_late_init()
3816 - CONFIG_BOARD_POSTCLK_INIT: Call board_postclk_init() 3816 - CONFIG_BOARD_POSTCLK_INIT: Call board_postclk_init()
3817 3817
3818 Configuration Settings: 3818 Configuration Settings:
3819 ----------------------- 3819 -----------------------
3820 3820
3821 - CONFIG_SYS_SUPPORT_64BIT_DATA: Defined automatically if compiled as 64-bit. 3821 - CONFIG_SYS_SUPPORT_64BIT_DATA: Defined automatically if compiled as 64-bit.
3822 Optionally it can be defined to support 64-bit memory commands. 3822 Optionally it can be defined to support 64-bit memory commands.
3823 3823
3824 - CONFIG_SYS_LONGHELP: Defined when you want long help messages included; 3824 - CONFIG_SYS_LONGHELP: Defined when you want long help messages included;
3825 undefine this when you're short of memory. 3825 undefine this when you're short of memory.
3826 3826
3827 - CONFIG_SYS_HELP_CMD_WIDTH: Defined when you want to override the default 3827 - CONFIG_SYS_HELP_CMD_WIDTH: Defined when you want to override the default
3828 width of the commands listed in the 'help' command output. 3828 width of the commands listed in the 'help' command output.
3829 3829
3830 - CONFIG_SYS_PROMPT: This is what U-Boot prints on the console to 3830 - CONFIG_SYS_PROMPT: This is what U-Boot prints on the console to
3831 prompt for user input. 3831 prompt for user input.
3832 3832
3833 - CONFIG_SYS_CBSIZE: Buffer size for input from the Console 3833 - CONFIG_SYS_CBSIZE: Buffer size for input from the Console
3834 3834
3835 - CONFIG_SYS_PBSIZE: Buffer size for Console output 3835 - CONFIG_SYS_PBSIZE: Buffer size for Console output
3836 3836
3837 - CONFIG_SYS_MAXARGS: max. Number of arguments accepted for monitor commands 3837 - CONFIG_SYS_MAXARGS: max. Number of arguments accepted for monitor commands
3838 3838
3839 - CONFIG_SYS_BARGSIZE: Buffer size for Boot Arguments which are passed to 3839 - CONFIG_SYS_BARGSIZE: Buffer size for Boot Arguments which are passed to
3840 the application (usually a Linux kernel) when it is 3840 the application (usually a Linux kernel) when it is
3841 booted 3841 booted
3842 3842
3843 - CONFIG_SYS_BAUDRATE_TABLE: 3843 - CONFIG_SYS_BAUDRATE_TABLE:
3844 List of legal baudrate settings for this board. 3844 List of legal baudrate settings for this board.
3845 3845
3846 - CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_INFO_QUIET 3846 - CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_INFO_QUIET
3847 Suppress display of console information at boot. 3847 Suppress display of console information at boot.
3848 3848
3849 - CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_IS_IN_ENV 3849 - CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_IS_IN_ENV
3850 If the board specific function 3850 If the board specific function
3851 extern int overwrite_console (void); 3851 extern int overwrite_console (void);
3852 returns 1, the stdin, stderr and stdout are switched to the 3852 returns 1, the stdin, stderr and stdout are switched to the
3853 serial port, else the settings in the environment are used. 3853 serial port, else the settings in the environment are used.
3854 3854
3855 - CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_OVERWRITE_ROUTINE 3855 - CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_OVERWRITE_ROUTINE
3856 Enable the call to overwrite_console(). 3856 Enable the call to overwrite_console().
3857 3857
3858 - CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_ENV_OVERWRITE 3858 - CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_ENV_OVERWRITE
3859 Enable overwrite of previous console environment settings. 3859 Enable overwrite of previous console environment settings.
3860 3860
3861 - CONFIG_SYS_MEMTEST_START, CONFIG_SYS_MEMTEST_END: 3861 - CONFIG_SYS_MEMTEST_START, CONFIG_SYS_MEMTEST_END:
3862 Begin and End addresses of the area used by the 3862 Begin and End addresses of the area used by the
3863 simple memory test. 3863 simple memory test.
3864 3864
3865 - CONFIG_SYS_ALT_MEMTEST: 3865 - CONFIG_SYS_ALT_MEMTEST:
3866 Enable an alternate, more extensive memory test. 3866 Enable an alternate, more extensive memory test.
3867 3867
3868 - CONFIG_SYS_MEMTEST_SCRATCH: 3868 - CONFIG_SYS_MEMTEST_SCRATCH:
3869 Scratch address used by the alternate memory test 3869 Scratch address used by the alternate memory test
3870 You only need to set this if address zero isn't writeable 3870 You only need to set this if address zero isn't writeable
3871 3871
3872 - CONFIG_SYS_MEM_RESERVE_SECURE 3872 - CONFIG_SYS_MEM_RESERVE_SECURE
3873 If defined, the size of CONFIG_SYS_MEM_RESERVE_SECURE memory 3873 If defined, the size of CONFIG_SYS_MEM_RESERVE_SECURE memory
3874 is substracted from total RAM and won't be reported to OS. 3874 is substracted from total RAM and won't be reported to OS.
3875 This memory can be used as secure memory. A variable 3875 This memory can be used as secure memory. A variable
3876 gd->secure_ram is used to track the location. In systems 3876 gd->secure_ram is used to track the location. In systems
3877 the RAM base is not zero, or RAM is divided into banks, 3877 the RAM base is not zero, or RAM is divided into banks,
3878 this variable needs to be recalcuated to get the address. 3878 this variable needs to be recalcuated to get the address.
3879 3879
3880 - CONFIG_SYS_MEM_TOP_HIDE (PPC only): 3880 - CONFIG_SYS_MEM_TOP_HIDE:
3881 If CONFIG_SYS_MEM_TOP_HIDE is defined in the board config header, 3881 If CONFIG_SYS_MEM_TOP_HIDE is defined in the board config header,
3882 this specified memory area will get subtracted from the top 3882 this specified memory area will get subtracted from the top
3883 (end) of RAM and won't get "touched" at all by U-Boot. By 3883 (end) of RAM and won't get "touched" at all by U-Boot. By
3884 fixing up gd->ram_size the Linux kernel should gets passed 3884 fixing up gd->ram_size the Linux kernel should gets passed
3885 the now "corrected" memory size and won't touch it either. 3885 the now "corrected" memory size and won't touch it either.
3886 This should work for arch/ppc and arch/powerpc. Only Linux 3886 This should work for arch/ppc and arch/powerpc. Only Linux
3887 board ports in arch/powerpc with bootwrapper support that 3887 board ports in arch/powerpc with bootwrapper support that
3888 recalculate the memory size from the SDRAM controller setup 3888 recalculate the memory size from the SDRAM controller setup
3889 will have to get fixed in Linux additionally. 3889 will have to get fixed in Linux additionally.
3890 3890
3891 This option can be used as a workaround for the 440EPx/GRx 3891 This option can be used as a workaround for the 440EPx/GRx
3892 CHIP 11 errata where the last 256 bytes in SDRAM shouldn't 3892 CHIP 11 errata where the last 256 bytes in SDRAM shouldn't
3893 be touched. 3893 be touched.
3894 3894
3895 WARNING: Please make sure that this value is a multiple of 3895 WARNING: Please make sure that this value is a multiple of
3896 the Linux page size (normally 4k). If this is not the case, 3896 the Linux page size (normally 4k). If this is not the case,
3897 then the end address of the Linux memory will be located at a 3897 then the end address of the Linux memory will be located at a
3898 non page size aligned address and this could cause major 3898 non page size aligned address and this could cause major
3899 problems. 3899 problems.
3900 3900
3901 - CONFIG_SYS_LOADS_BAUD_CHANGE: 3901 - CONFIG_SYS_LOADS_BAUD_CHANGE:
3902 Enable temporary baudrate change while serial download 3902 Enable temporary baudrate change while serial download
3903 3903
3904 - CONFIG_SYS_SDRAM_BASE: 3904 - CONFIG_SYS_SDRAM_BASE:
3905 Physical start address of SDRAM. _Must_ be 0 here. 3905 Physical start address of SDRAM. _Must_ be 0 here.
3906 3906
3907 - CONFIG_SYS_MBIO_BASE: 3907 - CONFIG_SYS_MBIO_BASE:
3908 Physical start address of Motherboard I/O (if using a 3908 Physical start address of Motherboard I/O (if using a
3909 Cogent motherboard) 3909 Cogent motherboard)
3910 3910
3911 - CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_BASE: 3911 - CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_BASE:
3912 Physical start address of Flash memory. 3912 Physical start address of Flash memory.
3913 3913
3914 - CONFIG_SYS_MONITOR_BASE: 3914 - CONFIG_SYS_MONITOR_BASE:
3915 Physical start address of boot monitor code (set by 3915 Physical start address of boot monitor code (set by
3916 make config files to be same as the text base address 3916 make config files to be same as the text base address
3917 (CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE) used when linking) - same as 3917 (CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE) used when linking) - same as
3918 CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_BASE when booting from flash. 3918 CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_BASE when booting from flash.
3919 3919
3920 - CONFIG_SYS_MONITOR_LEN: 3920 - CONFIG_SYS_MONITOR_LEN:
3921 Size of memory reserved for monitor code, used to 3921 Size of memory reserved for monitor code, used to
3922 determine _at_compile_time_ (!) if the environment is 3922 determine _at_compile_time_ (!) if the environment is
3923 embedded within the U-Boot image, or in a separate 3923 embedded within the U-Boot image, or in a separate
3924 flash sector. 3924 flash sector.
3925 3925
3926 - CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN: 3926 - CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN:
3927 Size of DRAM reserved for malloc() use. 3927 Size of DRAM reserved for malloc() use.
3928 3928
3929 - CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_F_LEN 3929 - CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_F_LEN
3930 Size of the malloc() pool for use before relocation. If 3930 Size of the malloc() pool for use before relocation. If
3931 this is defined, then a very simple malloc() implementation 3931 this is defined, then a very simple malloc() implementation
3932 will become available before relocation. The address is just 3932 will become available before relocation. The address is just
3933 below the global data, and the stack is moved down to make 3933 below the global data, and the stack is moved down to make
3934 space. 3934 space.
3935 3935
3936 This feature allocates regions with increasing addresses 3936 This feature allocates regions with increasing addresses
3937 within the region. calloc() is supported, but realloc() 3937 within the region. calloc() is supported, but realloc()
3938 is not available. free() is supported but does nothing. 3938 is not available. free() is supported but does nothing.
3939 The memory will be freed (or in fact just forgotten) when 3939 The memory will be freed (or in fact just forgotten) when
3940 U-Boot relocates itself. 3940 U-Boot relocates itself.
3941 3941
3942 Pre-relocation malloc() is only supported on ARM and sandbox 3942 Pre-relocation malloc() is only supported on ARM and sandbox
3943 at present but is fairly easy to enable for other archs. 3943 at present but is fairly easy to enable for other archs.
3944 3944
3945 - CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_SIMPLE 3945 - CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_SIMPLE
3946 Provides a simple and small malloc() and calloc() for those 3946 Provides a simple and small malloc() and calloc() for those
3947 boards which do not use the full malloc in SPL (which is 3947 boards which do not use the full malloc in SPL (which is
3948 enabled with CONFIG_SYS_SPL_MALLOC_START). 3948 enabled with CONFIG_SYS_SPL_MALLOC_START).
3949 3949
3950 - CONFIG_SYS_NONCACHED_MEMORY: 3950 - CONFIG_SYS_NONCACHED_MEMORY:
3951 Size of non-cached memory area. This area of memory will be 3951 Size of non-cached memory area. This area of memory will be
3952 typically located right below the malloc() area and mapped 3952 typically located right below the malloc() area and mapped
3953 uncached in the MMU. This is useful for drivers that would 3953 uncached in the MMU. This is useful for drivers that would
3954 otherwise require a lot of explicit cache maintenance. For 3954 otherwise require a lot of explicit cache maintenance. For
3955 some drivers it's also impossible to properly maintain the 3955 some drivers it's also impossible to properly maintain the
3956 cache. For example if the regions that need to be flushed 3956 cache. For example if the regions that need to be flushed
3957 are not a multiple of the cache-line size, *and* padding 3957 are not a multiple of the cache-line size, *and* padding
3958 cannot be allocated between the regions to align them (i.e. 3958 cannot be allocated between the regions to align them (i.e.
3959 if the HW requires a contiguous array of regions, and the 3959 if the HW requires a contiguous array of regions, and the
3960 size of each region is not cache-aligned), then a flush of 3960 size of each region is not cache-aligned), then a flush of
3961 one region may result in overwriting data that hardware has 3961 one region may result in overwriting data that hardware has
3962 written to another region in the same cache-line. This can 3962 written to another region in the same cache-line. This can
3963 happen for example in network drivers where descriptors for 3963 happen for example in network drivers where descriptors for
3964 buffers are typically smaller than the CPU cache-line (e.g. 3964 buffers are typically smaller than the CPU cache-line (e.g.
3965 16 bytes vs. 32 or 64 bytes). 3965 16 bytes vs. 32 or 64 bytes).
3966 3966
3967 Non-cached memory is only supported on 32-bit ARM at present. 3967 Non-cached memory is only supported on 32-bit ARM at present.
3968 3968
3969 - CONFIG_SYS_BOOTM_LEN: 3969 - CONFIG_SYS_BOOTM_LEN:
3970 Normally compressed uImages are limited to an 3970 Normally compressed uImages are limited to an
3971 uncompressed size of 8 MBytes. If this is not enough, 3971 uncompressed size of 8 MBytes. If this is not enough,
3972 you can define CONFIG_SYS_BOOTM_LEN in your board config file 3972 you can define CONFIG_SYS_BOOTM_LEN in your board config file
3973 to adjust this setting to your needs. 3973 to adjust this setting to your needs.
3974 3974
3975 - CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ: 3975 - CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ:
3976 Maximum size of memory mapped by the startup code of 3976 Maximum size of memory mapped by the startup code of
3977 the Linux kernel; all data that must be processed by 3977 the Linux kernel; all data that must be processed by
3978 the Linux kernel (bd_info, boot arguments, FDT blob if 3978 the Linux kernel (bd_info, boot arguments, FDT blob if
3979 used) must be put below this limit, unless "bootm_low" 3979 used) must be put below this limit, unless "bootm_low"
3980 environment variable is defined and non-zero. In such case 3980 environment variable is defined and non-zero. In such case
3981 all data for the Linux kernel must be between "bootm_low" 3981 all data for the Linux kernel must be between "bootm_low"
3982 and "bootm_low" + CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ. The environment 3982 and "bootm_low" + CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ. The environment
3983 variable "bootm_mapsize" will override the value of 3983 variable "bootm_mapsize" will override the value of
3984 CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ. If CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ is undefined, 3984 CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ. If CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ is undefined,
3985 then the value in "bootm_size" will be used instead. 3985 then the value in "bootm_size" will be used instead.
3986 3986
3987 - CONFIG_SYS_BOOT_RAMDISK_HIGH: 3987 - CONFIG_SYS_BOOT_RAMDISK_HIGH:
3988 Enable initrd_high functionality. If defined then the 3988 Enable initrd_high functionality. If defined then the
3989 initrd_high feature is enabled and the bootm ramdisk subcommand 3989 initrd_high feature is enabled and the bootm ramdisk subcommand
3990 is enabled. 3990 is enabled.
3991 3991
3992 - CONFIG_SYS_BOOT_GET_CMDLINE: 3992 - CONFIG_SYS_BOOT_GET_CMDLINE:
3993 Enables allocating and saving kernel cmdline in space between 3993 Enables allocating and saving kernel cmdline in space between
3994 "bootm_low" and "bootm_low" + BOOTMAPSZ. 3994 "bootm_low" and "bootm_low" + BOOTMAPSZ.
3995 3995
3996 - CONFIG_SYS_BOOT_GET_KBD: 3996 - CONFIG_SYS_BOOT_GET_KBD:
3997 Enables allocating and saving a kernel copy of the bd_info in 3997 Enables allocating and saving a kernel copy of the bd_info in
3998 space between "bootm_low" and "bootm_low" + BOOTMAPSZ. 3998 space between "bootm_low" and "bootm_low" + BOOTMAPSZ.
3999 3999
4000 - CONFIG_SYS_MAX_FLASH_BANKS: 4000 - CONFIG_SYS_MAX_FLASH_BANKS:
4001 Max number of Flash memory banks 4001 Max number of Flash memory banks
4002 4002
4003 - CONFIG_SYS_MAX_FLASH_SECT: 4003 - CONFIG_SYS_MAX_FLASH_SECT:
4004 Max number of sectors on a Flash chip 4004 Max number of sectors on a Flash chip
4005 4005
4006 - CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_ERASE_TOUT: 4006 - CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_ERASE_TOUT:
4007 Timeout for Flash erase operations (in ms) 4007 Timeout for Flash erase operations (in ms)
4008 4008
4009 - CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_WRITE_TOUT: 4009 - CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_WRITE_TOUT:
4010 Timeout for Flash write operations (in ms) 4010 Timeout for Flash write operations (in ms)
4011 4011
4012 - CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_LOCK_TOUT 4012 - CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_LOCK_TOUT
4013 Timeout for Flash set sector lock bit operation (in ms) 4013 Timeout for Flash set sector lock bit operation (in ms)
4014 4014
4015 - CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_UNLOCK_TOUT 4015 - CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_UNLOCK_TOUT
4016 Timeout for Flash clear lock bits operation (in ms) 4016 Timeout for Flash clear lock bits operation (in ms)
4017 4017
4018 - CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_PROTECTION 4018 - CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_PROTECTION
4019 If defined, hardware flash sectors protection is used 4019 If defined, hardware flash sectors protection is used
4020 instead of U-Boot software protection. 4020 instead of U-Boot software protection.
4021 4021
4022 - CONFIG_SYS_DIRECT_FLASH_TFTP: 4022 - CONFIG_SYS_DIRECT_FLASH_TFTP:
4023 4023
4024 Enable TFTP transfers directly to flash memory; 4024 Enable TFTP transfers directly to flash memory;
4025 without this option such a download has to be 4025 without this option such a download has to be
4026 performed in two steps: (1) download to RAM, and (2) 4026 performed in two steps: (1) download to RAM, and (2)
4027 copy from RAM to flash. 4027 copy from RAM to flash.
4028 4028
4029 The two-step approach is usually more reliable, since 4029 The two-step approach is usually more reliable, since
4030 you can check if the download worked before you erase 4030 you can check if the download worked before you erase
4031 the flash, but in some situations (when system RAM is 4031 the flash, but in some situations (when system RAM is
4032 too limited to allow for a temporary copy of the 4032 too limited to allow for a temporary copy of the
4033 downloaded image) this option may be very useful. 4033 downloaded image) this option may be very useful.
4034 4034
4035 - CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_CFI: 4035 - CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_CFI:
4036 Define if the flash driver uses extra elements in the 4036 Define if the flash driver uses extra elements in the
4037 common flash structure for storing flash geometry. 4037 common flash structure for storing flash geometry.
4038 4038
4039 - CONFIG_FLASH_CFI_DRIVER 4039 - CONFIG_FLASH_CFI_DRIVER
4040 This option also enables the building of the cfi_flash driver 4040 This option also enables the building of the cfi_flash driver
4041 in the drivers directory 4041 in the drivers directory
4042 4042
4043 - CONFIG_FLASH_CFI_MTD 4043 - CONFIG_FLASH_CFI_MTD
4044 This option enables the building of the cfi_mtd driver 4044 This option enables the building of the cfi_mtd driver
4045 in the drivers directory. The driver exports CFI flash 4045 in the drivers directory. The driver exports CFI flash
4046 to the MTD layer. 4046 to the MTD layer.
4047 4047
4048 - CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_USE_BUFFER_WRITE 4048 - CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_USE_BUFFER_WRITE
4049 Use buffered writes to flash. 4049 Use buffered writes to flash.
4050 4050
4051 - CONFIG_FLASH_SPANSION_S29WS_N 4051 - CONFIG_FLASH_SPANSION_S29WS_N
4052 s29ws-n MirrorBit flash has non-standard addresses for buffered 4052 s29ws-n MirrorBit flash has non-standard addresses for buffered
4053 write commands. 4053 write commands.
4054 4054
4055 - CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_QUIET_TEST 4055 - CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_QUIET_TEST
4056 If this option is defined, the common CFI flash doesn't 4056 If this option is defined, the common CFI flash doesn't
4057 print it's warning upon not recognized FLASH banks. This 4057 print it's warning upon not recognized FLASH banks. This
4058 is useful, if some of the configured banks are only 4058 is useful, if some of the configured banks are only
4059 optionally available. 4059 optionally available.
4060 4060
4061 - CONFIG_FLASH_SHOW_PROGRESS 4061 - CONFIG_FLASH_SHOW_PROGRESS
4062 If defined (must be an integer), print out countdown 4062 If defined (must be an integer), print out countdown
4063 digits and dots. Recommended value: 45 (9..1) for 80 4063 digits and dots. Recommended value: 45 (9..1) for 80
4064 column displays, 15 (3..1) for 40 column displays. 4064 column displays, 15 (3..1) for 40 column displays.
4065 4065
4066 - CONFIG_FLASH_VERIFY 4066 - CONFIG_FLASH_VERIFY
4067 If defined, the content of the flash (destination) is compared 4067 If defined, the content of the flash (destination) is compared
4068 against the source after the write operation. An error message 4068 against the source after the write operation. An error message
4069 will be printed when the contents are not identical. 4069 will be printed when the contents are not identical.
4070 Please note that this option is useless in nearly all cases, 4070 Please note that this option is useless in nearly all cases,
4071 since such flash programming errors usually are detected earlier 4071 since such flash programming errors usually are detected earlier
4072 while unprotecting/erasing/programming. Please only enable 4072 while unprotecting/erasing/programming. Please only enable
4073 this option if you really know what you are doing. 4073 this option if you really know what you are doing.
4074 4074
4075 - CONFIG_SYS_RX_ETH_BUFFER: 4075 - CONFIG_SYS_RX_ETH_BUFFER:
4076 Defines the number of Ethernet receive buffers. On some 4076 Defines the number of Ethernet receive buffers. On some
4077 Ethernet controllers it is recommended to set this value 4077 Ethernet controllers it is recommended to set this value
4078 to 8 or even higher (EEPRO100 or 405 EMAC), since all 4078 to 8 or even higher (EEPRO100 or 405 EMAC), since all
4079 buffers can be full shortly after enabling the interface 4079 buffers can be full shortly after enabling the interface
4080 on high Ethernet traffic. 4080 on high Ethernet traffic.
4081 Defaults to 4 if not defined. 4081 Defaults to 4 if not defined.
4082 4082
4083 - CONFIG_ENV_MAX_ENTRIES 4083 - CONFIG_ENV_MAX_ENTRIES
4084 4084
4085 Maximum number of entries in the hash table that is used 4085 Maximum number of entries in the hash table that is used
4086 internally to store the environment settings. The default 4086 internally to store the environment settings. The default
4087 setting is supposed to be generous and should work in most 4087 setting is supposed to be generous and should work in most
4088 cases. This setting can be used to tune behaviour; see 4088 cases. This setting can be used to tune behaviour; see
4089 lib/hashtable.c for details. 4089 lib/hashtable.c for details.
4090 4090
4091 - CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_DEFAULT 4091 - CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_DEFAULT
4092 - CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_STATIC 4092 - CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_STATIC
4093 Enable validation of the values given to environment variables when 4093 Enable validation of the values given to environment variables when
4094 calling env set. Variables can be restricted to only decimal, 4094 calling env set. Variables can be restricted to only decimal,
4095 hexadecimal, or boolean. If CONFIG_CMD_NET is also defined, 4095 hexadecimal, or boolean. If CONFIG_CMD_NET is also defined,
4096 the variables can also be restricted to IP address or MAC address. 4096 the variables can also be restricted to IP address or MAC address.
4097 4097
4098 The format of the list is: 4098 The format of the list is:
4099 type_attribute = [s|d|x|b|i|m] 4099 type_attribute = [s|d|x|b|i|m]
4100 access_attribute = [a|r|o|c] 4100 access_attribute = [a|r|o|c]
4101 attributes = type_attribute[access_attribute] 4101 attributes = type_attribute[access_attribute]
4102 entry = variable_name[:attributes] 4102 entry = variable_name[:attributes]
4103 list = entry[,list] 4103 list = entry[,list]
4104 4104
4105 The type attributes are: 4105 The type attributes are:
4106 s - String (default) 4106 s - String (default)
4107 d - Decimal 4107 d - Decimal
4108 x - Hexadecimal 4108 x - Hexadecimal
4109 b - Boolean ([1yYtT|0nNfF]) 4109 b - Boolean ([1yYtT|0nNfF])
4110 i - IP address 4110 i - IP address
4111 m - MAC address 4111 m - MAC address
4112 4112
4113 The access attributes are: 4113 The access attributes are:
4114 a - Any (default) 4114 a - Any (default)
4115 r - Read-only 4115 r - Read-only
4116 o - Write-once 4116 o - Write-once
4117 c - Change-default 4117 c - Change-default
4118 4118
4119 - CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_DEFAULT 4119 - CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_DEFAULT
4120 Define this to a list (string) to define the ".flags" 4120 Define this to a list (string) to define the ".flags"
4121 environment variable in the default or embedded environment. 4121 environment variable in the default or embedded environment.
4122 4122
4123 - CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_STATIC 4123 - CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_STATIC
4124 Define this to a list (string) to define validation that 4124 Define this to a list (string) to define validation that
4125 should be done if an entry is not found in the ".flags" 4125 should be done if an entry is not found in the ".flags"
4126 environment variable. To override a setting in the static 4126 environment variable. To override a setting in the static
4127 list, simply add an entry for the same variable name to the 4127 list, simply add an entry for the same variable name to the
4128 ".flags" variable. 4128 ".flags" variable.
4129 4129
4130 If CONFIG_REGEX is defined, the variable_name above is evaluated as a 4130 If CONFIG_REGEX is defined, the variable_name above is evaluated as a
4131 regular expression. This allows multiple variables to define the same 4131 regular expression. This allows multiple variables to define the same
4132 flags without explicitly listing them for each variable. 4132 flags without explicitly listing them for each variable.
4133 4133
4134 - CONFIG_ENV_ACCESS_IGNORE_FORCE 4134 - CONFIG_ENV_ACCESS_IGNORE_FORCE
4135 If defined, don't allow the -f switch to env set override variable 4135 If defined, don't allow the -f switch to env set override variable
4136 access flags. 4136 access flags.
4137 4137
4138 - CONFIG_SYS_GENERIC_BOARD 4138 - CONFIG_SYS_GENERIC_BOARD
4139 This selects the architecture-generic board system instead of the 4139 This selects the architecture-generic board system instead of the
4140 architecture-specific board files. It is intended to move boards 4140 architecture-specific board files. It is intended to move boards
4141 to this new framework over time. Defining this will disable the 4141 to this new framework over time. Defining this will disable the
4142 arch/foo/lib/board.c file and use common/board_f.c and 4142 arch/foo/lib/board.c file and use common/board_f.c and
4143 common/board_r.c instead. To use this option your architecture 4143 common/board_r.c instead. To use this option your architecture
4144 must support it (i.e. must select HAVE_GENERIC_BOARD in arch/Kconfig). 4144 must support it (i.e. must select HAVE_GENERIC_BOARD in arch/Kconfig).
4145 If you find problems enabling this option on your board please report 4145 If you find problems enabling this option on your board please report
4146 the problem and send patches! 4146 the problem and send patches!
4147 4147
4148 - CONFIG_OMAP_PLATFORM_RESET_TIME_MAX_USEC (OMAP only) 4148 - CONFIG_OMAP_PLATFORM_RESET_TIME_MAX_USEC (OMAP only)
4149 This is set by OMAP boards for the max time that reset should 4149 This is set by OMAP boards for the max time that reset should
4150 be asserted. See doc/README.omap-reset-time for details on how 4150 be asserted. See doc/README.omap-reset-time for details on how
4151 the value can be calculated on a given board. 4151 the value can be calculated on a given board.
4152 4152
4153 - CONFIG_USE_STDINT 4153 - CONFIG_USE_STDINT
4154 If stdint.h is available with your toolchain you can define this 4154 If stdint.h is available with your toolchain you can define this
4155 option to enable it. You can provide option 'USE_STDINT=1' when 4155 option to enable it. You can provide option 'USE_STDINT=1' when
4156 building U-Boot to enable this. 4156 building U-Boot to enable this.
4157 4157
4158 The following definitions that deal with the placement and management 4158 The following definitions that deal with the placement and management
4159 of environment data (variable area); in general, we support the 4159 of environment data (variable area); in general, we support the
4160 following configurations: 4160 following configurations:
4161 4161
4162 - CONFIG_BUILD_ENVCRC: 4162 - CONFIG_BUILD_ENVCRC:
4163 4163
4164 Builds up envcrc with the target environment so that external utils 4164 Builds up envcrc with the target environment so that external utils
4165 may easily extract it and embed it in final U-Boot images. 4165 may easily extract it and embed it in final U-Boot images.
4166 4166
4167 - CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_FLASH: 4167 - CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_FLASH:
4168 4168
4169 Define this if the environment is in flash memory. 4169 Define this if the environment is in flash memory.
4170 4170
4171 a) The environment occupies one whole flash sector, which is 4171 a) The environment occupies one whole flash sector, which is
4172 "embedded" in the text segment with the U-Boot code. This 4172 "embedded" in the text segment with the U-Boot code. This
4173 happens usually with "bottom boot sector" or "top boot 4173 happens usually with "bottom boot sector" or "top boot
4174 sector" type flash chips, which have several smaller 4174 sector" type flash chips, which have several smaller
4175 sectors at the start or the end. For instance, such a 4175 sectors at the start or the end. For instance, such a
4176 layout can have sector sizes of 8, 2x4, 16, Nx32 kB. In 4176 layout can have sector sizes of 8, 2x4, 16, Nx32 kB. In
4177 such a case you would place the environment in one of the 4177 such a case you would place the environment in one of the
4178 4 kB sectors - with U-Boot code before and after it. With 4178 4 kB sectors - with U-Boot code before and after it. With
4179 "top boot sector" type flash chips, you would put the 4179 "top boot sector" type flash chips, you would put the
4180 environment in one of the last sectors, leaving a gap 4180 environment in one of the last sectors, leaving a gap
4181 between U-Boot and the environment. 4181 between U-Boot and the environment.
4182 4182
4183 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET: 4183 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
4184 4184
4185 Offset of environment data (variable area) to the 4185 Offset of environment data (variable area) to the
4186 beginning of flash memory; for instance, with bottom boot 4186 beginning of flash memory; for instance, with bottom boot
4187 type flash chips the second sector can be used: the offset 4187 type flash chips the second sector can be used: the offset
4188 for this sector is given here. 4188 for this sector is given here.
4189 4189
4190 CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET is used relative to CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_BASE. 4190 CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET is used relative to CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_BASE.
4191 4191
4192 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR: 4192 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR:
4193 4193
4194 This is just another way to specify the start address of 4194 This is just another way to specify the start address of
4195 the flash sector containing the environment (instead of 4195 the flash sector containing the environment (instead of
4196 CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET). 4196 CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET).
4197 4197
4198 - CONFIG_ENV_SECT_SIZE: 4198 - CONFIG_ENV_SECT_SIZE:
4199 4199
4200 Size of the sector containing the environment. 4200 Size of the sector containing the environment.
4201 4201
4202 4202
4203 b) Sometimes flash chips have few, equal sized, BIG sectors. 4203 b) Sometimes flash chips have few, equal sized, BIG sectors.
4204 In such a case you don't want to spend a whole sector for 4204 In such a case you don't want to spend a whole sector for
4205 the environment. 4205 the environment.
4206 4206
4207 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE: 4207 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
4208 4208
4209 If you use this in combination with CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_FLASH 4209 If you use this in combination with CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_FLASH
4210 and CONFIG_ENV_SECT_SIZE, you can specify to use only a part 4210 and CONFIG_ENV_SECT_SIZE, you can specify to use only a part
4211 of this flash sector for the environment. This saves 4211 of this flash sector for the environment. This saves
4212 memory for the RAM copy of the environment. 4212 memory for the RAM copy of the environment.
4213 4213
4214 It may also save flash memory if you decide to use this 4214 It may also save flash memory if you decide to use this
4215 when your environment is "embedded" within U-Boot code, 4215 when your environment is "embedded" within U-Boot code,
4216 since then the remainder of the flash sector could be used 4216 since then the remainder of the flash sector could be used
4217 for U-Boot code. It should be pointed out that this is 4217 for U-Boot code. It should be pointed out that this is
4218 STRONGLY DISCOURAGED from a robustness point of view: 4218 STRONGLY DISCOURAGED from a robustness point of view:
4219 updating the environment in flash makes it always 4219 updating the environment in flash makes it always
4220 necessary to erase the WHOLE sector. If something goes 4220 necessary to erase the WHOLE sector. If something goes
4221 wrong before the contents has been restored from a copy in 4221 wrong before the contents has been restored from a copy in
4222 RAM, your target system will be dead. 4222 RAM, your target system will be dead.
4223 4223
4224 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR_REDUND 4224 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR_REDUND
4225 CONFIG_ENV_SIZE_REDUND 4225 CONFIG_ENV_SIZE_REDUND
4226 4226
4227 These settings describe a second storage area used to hold 4227 These settings describe a second storage area used to hold
4228 a redundant copy of the environment data, so that there is 4228 a redundant copy of the environment data, so that there is
4229 a valid backup copy in case there is a power failure during 4229 a valid backup copy in case there is a power failure during
4230 a "saveenv" operation. 4230 a "saveenv" operation.
4231 4231
4232 BE CAREFUL! Any changes to the flash layout, and some changes to the 4232 BE CAREFUL! Any changes to the flash layout, and some changes to the
4233 source code will make it necessary to adapt <board>/u-boot.lds* 4233 source code will make it necessary to adapt <board>/u-boot.lds*
4234 accordingly! 4234 accordingly!
4235 4235
4236 4236
4237 - CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_NVRAM: 4237 - CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_NVRAM:
4238 4238
4239 Define this if you have some non-volatile memory device 4239 Define this if you have some non-volatile memory device
4240 (NVRAM, battery buffered SRAM) which you want to use for the 4240 (NVRAM, battery buffered SRAM) which you want to use for the
4241 environment. 4241 environment.
4242 4242
4243 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR: 4243 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR:
4244 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE: 4244 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
4245 4245
4246 These two #defines are used to determine the memory area you 4246 These two #defines are used to determine the memory area you
4247 want to use for environment. It is assumed that this memory 4247 want to use for environment. It is assumed that this memory
4248 can just be read and written to, without any special 4248 can just be read and written to, without any special
4249 provision. 4249 provision.
4250 4250
4251 BE CAREFUL! The first access to the environment happens quite early 4251 BE CAREFUL! The first access to the environment happens quite early
4252 in U-Boot initialization (when we try to get the setting of for the 4252 in U-Boot initialization (when we try to get the setting of for the
4253 console baudrate). You *MUST* have mapped your NVRAM area then, or 4253 console baudrate). You *MUST* have mapped your NVRAM area then, or
4254 U-Boot will hang. 4254 U-Boot will hang.
4255 4255
4256 Please note that even with NVRAM we still use a copy of the 4256 Please note that even with NVRAM we still use a copy of the
4257 environment in RAM: we could work on NVRAM directly, but we want to 4257 environment in RAM: we could work on NVRAM directly, but we want to
4258 keep settings there always unmodified except somebody uses "saveenv" 4258 keep settings there always unmodified except somebody uses "saveenv"
4259 to save the current settings. 4259 to save the current settings.
4260 4260
4261 4261
4262 - CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_EEPROM: 4262 - CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_EEPROM:
4263 4263
4264 Use this if you have an EEPROM or similar serial access 4264 Use this if you have an EEPROM or similar serial access
4265 device and a driver for it. 4265 device and a driver for it.
4266 4266
4267 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET: 4267 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
4268 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE: 4268 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
4269 4269
4270 These two #defines specify the offset and size of the 4270 These two #defines specify the offset and size of the
4271 environment area within the total memory of your EEPROM. 4271 environment area within the total memory of your EEPROM.
4272 4272
4273 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_ADDR: 4273 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_ADDR:
4274 If defined, specified the chip address of the EEPROM device. 4274 If defined, specified the chip address of the EEPROM device.
4275 The default address is zero. 4275 The default address is zero.
4276 4276
4277 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_BUS: 4277 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_BUS:
4278 If defined, specified the i2c bus of the EEPROM device. 4278 If defined, specified the i2c bus of the EEPROM device.
4279 4279
4280 - CONFIG_SYS_EEPROM_PAGE_WRITE_BITS: 4280 - CONFIG_SYS_EEPROM_PAGE_WRITE_BITS:
4281 If defined, the number of bits used to address bytes in a 4281 If defined, the number of bits used to address bytes in a
4282 single page in the EEPROM device. A 64 byte page, for example 4282 single page in the EEPROM device. A 64 byte page, for example
4283 would require six bits. 4283 would require six bits.
4284 4284
4285 - CONFIG_SYS_EEPROM_PAGE_WRITE_DELAY_MS: 4285 - CONFIG_SYS_EEPROM_PAGE_WRITE_DELAY_MS:
4286 If defined, the number of milliseconds to delay between 4286 If defined, the number of milliseconds to delay between
4287 page writes. The default is zero milliseconds. 4287 page writes. The default is zero milliseconds.
4288 4288
4289 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_ADDR_LEN: 4289 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_ADDR_LEN:
4290 The length in bytes of the EEPROM memory array address. Note 4290 The length in bytes of the EEPROM memory array address. Note
4291 that this is NOT the chip address length! 4291 that this is NOT the chip address length!
4292 4292
4293 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_ADDR_OVERFLOW: 4293 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_ADDR_OVERFLOW:
4294 EEPROM chips that implement "address overflow" are ones 4294 EEPROM chips that implement "address overflow" are ones
4295 like Catalyst 24WC04/08/16 which has 9/10/11 bits of 4295 like Catalyst 24WC04/08/16 which has 9/10/11 bits of
4296 address and the extra bits end up in the "chip address" bit 4296 address and the extra bits end up in the "chip address" bit
4297 slots. This makes a 24WC08 (1Kbyte) chip look like four 256 4297 slots. This makes a 24WC08 (1Kbyte) chip look like four 256
4298 byte chips. 4298 byte chips.
4299 4299
4300 Note that we consider the length of the address field to 4300 Note that we consider the length of the address field to
4301 still be one byte because the extra address bits are hidden 4301 still be one byte because the extra address bits are hidden
4302 in the chip address. 4302 in the chip address.
4303 4303
4304 - CONFIG_SYS_EEPROM_SIZE: 4304 - CONFIG_SYS_EEPROM_SIZE:
4305 The size in bytes of the EEPROM device. 4305 The size in bytes of the EEPROM device.
4306 4306
4307 - CONFIG_ENV_EEPROM_IS_ON_I2C 4307 - CONFIG_ENV_EEPROM_IS_ON_I2C
4308 define this, if you have I2C and SPI activated, and your 4308 define this, if you have I2C and SPI activated, and your
4309 EEPROM, which holds the environment, is on the I2C bus. 4309 EEPROM, which holds the environment, is on the I2C bus.
4310 4310
4311 - CONFIG_I2C_ENV_EEPROM_BUS 4311 - CONFIG_I2C_ENV_EEPROM_BUS
4312 if you have an Environment on an EEPROM reached over 4312 if you have an Environment on an EEPROM reached over
4313 I2C muxes, you can define here, how to reach this 4313 I2C muxes, you can define here, how to reach this
4314 EEPROM. For example: 4314 EEPROM. For example:
4315 4315
4316 #define CONFIG_I2C_ENV_EEPROM_BUS 1 4316 #define CONFIG_I2C_ENV_EEPROM_BUS 1
4317 4317
4318 EEPROM which holds the environment, is reached over 4318 EEPROM which holds the environment, is reached over
4319 a pca9547 i2c mux with address 0x70, channel 3. 4319 a pca9547 i2c mux with address 0x70, channel 3.
4320 4320
4321 - CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_DATAFLASH: 4321 - CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_DATAFLASH:
4322 4322
4323 Define this if you have a DataFlash memory device which you 4323 Define this if you have a DataFlash memory device which you
4324 want to use for the environment. 4324 want to use for the environment.
4325 4325
4326 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET: 4326 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
4327 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR: 4327 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR:
4328 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE: 4328 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
4329 4329
4330 These three #defines specify the offset and size of the 4330 These three #defines specify the offset and size of the
4331 environment area within the total memory of your DataFlash placed 4331 environment area within the total memory of your DataFlash placed
4332 at the specified address. 4332 at the specified address.
4333 4333
4334 - CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_SPI_FLASH: 4334 - CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_SPI_FLASH:
4335 4335
4336 Define this if you have a SPI Flash memory device which you 4336 Define this if you have a SPI Flash memory device which you
4337 want to use for the environment. 4337 want to use for the environment.
4338 4338
4339 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET: 4339 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
4340 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE: 4340 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
4341 4341
4342 These two #defines specify the offset and size of the 4342 These two #defines specify the offset and size of the
4343 environment area within the SPI Flash. CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET must be 4343 environment area within the SPI Flash. CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET must be
4344 aligned to an erase sector boundary. 4344 aligned to an erase sector boundary.
4345 4345
4346 - CONFIG_ENV_SECT_SIZE: 4346 - CONFIG_ENV_SECT_SIZE:
4347 4347
4348 Define the SPI flash's sector size. 4348 Define the SPI flash's sector size.
4349 4349
4350 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND (optional): 4350 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND (optional):
4351 4351
4352 This setting describes a second storage area of CONFIG_ENV_SIZE 4352 This setting describes a second storage area of CONFIG_ENV_SIZE
4353 size used to hold a redundant copy of the environment data, so 4353 size used to hold a redundant copy of the environment data, so
4354 that there is a valid backup copy in case there is a power failure 4354 that there is a valid backup copy in case there is a power failure
4355 during a "saveenv" operation. CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_RENDUND must be 4355 during a "saveenv" operation. CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_RENDUND must be
4356 aligned to an erase sector boundary. 4356 aligned to an erase sector boundary.
4357 4357
4358 - CONFIG_ENV_SPI_BUS (optional): 4358 - CONFIG_ENV_SPI_BUS (optional):
4359 - CONFIG_ENV_SPI_CS (optional): 4359 - CONFIG_ENV_SPI_CS (optional):
4360 4360
4361 Define the SPI bus and chip select. If not defined they will be 0. 4361 Define the SPI bus and chip select. If not defined they will be 0.
4362 4362
4363 - CONFIG_ENV_SPI_MAX_HZ (optional): 4363 - CONFIG_ENV_SPI_MAX_HZ (optional):
4364 4364
4365 Define the SPI max work clock. If not defined then use 1MHz. 4365 Define the SPI max work clock. If not defined then use 1MHz.
4366 4366
4367 - CONFIG_ENV_SPI_MODE (optional): 4367 - CONFIG_ENV_SPI_MODE (optional):
4368 4368
4369 Define the SPI work mode. If not defined then use SPI_MODE_3. 4369 Define the SPI work mode. If not defined then use SPI_MODE_3.
4370 4370
4371 - CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_REMOTE: 4371 - CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_REMOTE:
4372 4372
4373 Define this if you have a remote memory space which you 4373 Define this if you have a remote memory space which you
4374 want to use for the local device's environment. 4374 want to use for the local device's environment.
4375 4375
4376 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR: 4376 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR:
4377 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE: 4377 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
4378 4378
4379 These two #defines specify the address and size of the 4379 These two #defines specify the address and size of the
4380 environment area within the remote memory space. The 4380 environment area within the remote memory space. The
4381 local device can get the environment from remote memory 4381 local device can get the environment from remote memory
4382 space by SRIO or PCIE links. 4382 space by SRIO or PCIE links.
4383 4383
4384 BE CAREFUL! For some special cases, the local device can not use 4384 BE CAREFUL! For some special cases, the local device can not use
4385 "saveenv" command. For example, the local device will get the 4385 "saveenv" command. For example, the local device will get the
4386 environment stored in a remote NOR flash by SRIO or PCIE link, 4386 environment stored in a remote NOR flash by SRIO or PCIE link,
4387 but it can not erase, write this NOR flash by SRIO or PCIE interface. 4387 but it can not erase, write this NOR flash by SRIO or PCIE interface.
4388 4388
4389 - CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_NAND: 4389 - CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_NAND:
4390 4390
4391 Define this if you have a NAND device which you want to use 4391 Define this if you have a NAND device which you want to use
4392 for the environment. 4392 for the environment.
4393 4393
4394 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET: 4394 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
4395 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE: 4395 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
4396 4396
4397 These two #defines specify the offset and size of the environment 4397 These two #defines specify the offset and size of the environment
4398 area within the first NAND device. CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET must be 4398 area within the first NAND device. CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET must be
4399 aligned to an erase block boundary. 4399 aligned to an erase block boundary.
4400 4400
4401 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND (optional): 4401 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND (optional):
4402 4402
4403 This setting describes a second storage area of CONFIG_ENV_SIZE 4403 This setting describes a second storage area of CONFIG_ENV_SIZE
4404 size used to hold a redundant copy of the environment data, so 4404 size used to hold a redundant copy of the environment data, so
4405 that there is a valid backup copy in case there is a power failure 4405 that there is a valid backup copy in case there is a power failure
4406 during a "saveenv" operation. CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_RENDUND must be 4406 during a "saveenv" operation. CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_RENDUND must be
4407 aligned to an erase block boundary. 4407 aligned to an erase block boundary.
4408 4408
4409 - CONFIG_ENV_RANGE (optional): 4409 - CONFIG_ENV_RANGE (optional):
4410 4410
4411 Specifies the length of the region in which the environment 4411 Specifies the length of the region in which the environment
4412 can be written. This should be a multiple of the NAND device's 4412 can be written. This should be a multiple of the NAND device's
4413 block size. Specifying a range with more erase blocks than 4413 block size. Specifying a range with more erase blocks than
4414 are needed to hold CONFIG_ENV_SIZE allows bad blocks within 4414 are needed to hold CONFIG_ENV_SIZE allows bad blocks within
4415 the range to be avoided. 4415 the range to be avoided.
4416 4416
4417 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_OOB (optional): 4417 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_OOB (optional):
4418 4418
4419 Enables support for dynamically retrieving the offset of the 4419 Enables support for dynamically retrieving the offset of the
4420 environment from block zero's out-of-band data. The 4420 environment from block zero's out-of-band data. The
4421 "nand env.oob" command can be used to record this offset. 4421 "nand env.oob" command can be used to record this offset.
4422 Currently, CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND is not supported when 4422 Currently, CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND is not supported when
4423 using CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_OOB. 4423 using CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_OOB.
4424 4424
4425 - CONFIG_NAND_ENV_DST 4425 - CONFIG_NAND_ENV_DST
4426 4426
4427 Defines address in RAM to which the nand_spl code should copy the 4427 Defines address in RAM to which the nand_spl code should copy the
4428 environment. If redundant environment is used, it will be copied to 4428 environment. If redundant environment is used, it will be copied to
4429 CONFIG_NAND_ENV_DST + CONFIG_ENV_SIZE. 4429 CONFIG_NAND_ENV_DST + CONFIG_ENV_SIZE.
4430 4430
4431 - CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_UBI: 4431 - CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_UBI:
4432 4432
4433 Define this if you have an UBI volume that you want to use for the 4433 Define this if you have an UBI volume that you want to use for the
4434 environment. This has the benefit of wear-leveling the environment 4434 environment. This has the benefit of wear-leveling the environment
4435 accesses, which is important on NAND. 4435 accesses, which is important on NAND.
4436 4436
4437 - CONFIG_ENV_UBI_PART: 4437 - CONFIG_ENV_UBI_PART:
4438 4438
4439 Define this to a string that is the mtd partition containing the UBI. 4439 Define this to a string that is the mtd partition containing the UBI.
4440 4440
4441 - CONFIG_ENV_UBI_VOLUME: 4441 - CONFIG_ENV_UBI_VOLUME:
4442 4442
4443 Define this to the name of the volume that you want to store the 4443 Define this to the name of the volume that you want to store the
4444 environment in. 4444 environment in.
4445 4445
4446 - CONFIG_ENV_UBI_VOLUME_REDUND: 4446 - CONFIG_ENV_UBI_VOLUME_REDUND:
4447 4447
4448 Define this to the name of another volume to store a second copy of 4448 Define this to the name of another volume to store a second copy of
4449 the environment in. This will enable redundant environments in UBI. 4449 the environment in. This will enable redundant environments in UBI.
4450 It is assumed that both volumes are in the same MTD partition. 4450 It is assumed that both volumes are in the same MTD partition.
4451 4451
4452 - CONFIG_UBI_SILENCE_MSG 4452 - CONFIG_UBI_SILENCE_MSG
4453 - CONFIG_UBIFS_SILENCE_MSG 4453 - CONFIG_UBIFS_SILENCE_MSG
4454 4454
4455 You will probably want to define these to avoid a really noisy system 4455 You will probably want to define these to avoid a really noisy system
4456 when storing the env in UBI. 4456 when storing the env in UBI.
4457 4457
4458 - CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_FAT: 4458 - CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_FAT:
4459 Define this if you want to use the FAT file system for the environment. 4459 Define this if you want to use the FAT file system for the environment.
4460 4460
4461 - FAT_ENV_INTERFACE: 4461 - FAT_ENV_INTERFACE:
4462 4462
4463 Define this to a string that is the name of the block device. 4463 Define this to a string that is the name of the block device.
4464 4464
4465 - FAT_ENV_DEV_AND_PART: 4465 - FAT_ENV_DEV_AND_PART:
4466 4466
4467 Define this to a string to specify the partition of the device. It can 4467 Define this to a string to specify the partition of the device. It can
4468 be as following: 4468 be as following:
4469 4469
4470 "D:P", "D:0", "D", "D:" or "D:auto" (D, P are integers. And P >= 1) 4470 "D:P", "D:0", "D", "D:" or "D:auto" (D, P are integers. And P >= 1)
4471 - "D:P": device D partition P. Error occurs if device D has no 4471 - "D:P": device D partition P. Error occurs if device D has no
4472 partition table. 4472 partition table.
4473 - "D:0": device D. 4473 - "D:0": device D.
4474 - "D" or "D:": device D partition 1 if device D has partition 4474 - "D" or "D:": device D partition 1 if device D has partition
4475 table, or the whole device D if has no partition 4475 table, or the whole device D if has no partition
4476 table. 4476 table.
4477 - "D:auto": first partition in device D with bootable flag set. 4477 - "D:auto": first partition in device D with bootable flag set.
4478 If none, first valid partition in device D. If no 4478 If none, first valid partition in device D. If no
4479 partition table then means device D. 4479 partition table then means device D.
4480 4480
4481 - FAT_ENV_FILE: 4481 - FAT_ENV_FILE:
4482 4482
4483 It's a string of the FAT file name. This file use to store the 4483 It's a string of the FAT file name. This file use to store the
4484 environment. 4484 environment.
4485 4485
4486 - CONFIG_FAT_WRITE: 4486 - CONFIG_FAT_WRITE:
4487 This should be defined. Otherwise it cannot save the environment file. 4487 This should be defined. Otherwise it cannot save the environment file.
4488 4488
4489 - CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_MMC: 4489 - CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_MMC:
4490 4490
4491 Define this if you have an MMC device which you want to use for the 4491 Define this if you have an MMC device which you want to use for the
4492 environment. 4492 environment.
4493 4493
4494 - CONFIG_SYS_MMC_ENV_DEV: 4494 - CONFIG_SYS_MMC_ENV_DEV:
4495 4495
4496 Specifies which MMC device the environment is stored in. 4496 Specifies which MMC device the environment is stored in.
4497 4497
4498 - CONFIG_SYS_MMC_ENV_PART (optional): 4498 - CONFIG_SYS_MMC_ENV_PART (optional):
4499 4499
4500 Specifies which MMC partition the environment is stored in. If not 4500 Specifies which MMC partition the environment is stored in. If not
4501 set, defaults to partition 0, the user area. Common values might be 4501 set, defaults to partition 0, the user area. Common values might be
4502 1 (first MMC boot partition), 2 (second MMC boot partition). 4502 1 (first MMC boot partition), 2 (second MMC boot partition).
4503 4503
4504 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET: 4504 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
4505 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE: 4505 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
4506 4506
4507 These two #defines specify the offset and size of the environment 4507 These two #defines specify the offset and size of the environment
4508 area within the specified MMC device. 4508 area within the specified MMC device.
4509 4509
4510 If offset is positive (the usual case), it is treated as relative to 4510 If offset is positive (the usual case), it is treated as relative to
4511 the start of the MMC partition. If offset is negative, it is treated 4511 the start of the MMC partition. If offset is negative, it is treated
4512 as relative to the end of the MMC partition. This can be useful if 4512 as relative to the end of the MMC partition. This can be useful if
4513 your board may be fitted with different MMC devices, which have 4513 your board may be fitted with different MMC devices, which have
4514 different sizes for the MMC partitions, and you always want the 4514 different sizes for the MMC partitions, and you always want the
4515 environment placed at the very end of the partition, to leave the 4515 environment placed at the very end of the partition, to leave the
4516 maximum possible space before it, to store other data. 4516 maximum possible space before it, to store other data.
4517 4517
4518 These two values are in units of bytes, but must be aligned to an 4518 These two values are in units of bytes, but must be aligned to an
4519 MMC sector boundary. 4519 MMC sector boundary.
4520 4520
4521 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND (optional): 4521 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND (optional):
4522 4522
4523 Specifies a second storage area, of CONFIG_ENV_SIZE size, used to 4523 Specifies a second storage area, of CONFIG_ENV_SIZE size, used to
4524 hold a redundant copy of the environment data. This provides a 4524 hold a redundant copy of the environment data. This provides a
4525 valid backup copy in case the other copy is corrupted, e.g. due 4525 valid backup copy in case the other copy is corrupted, e.g. due
4526 to a power failure during a "saveenv" operation. 4526 to a power failure during a "saveenv" operation.
4527 4527
4528 This value may also be positive or negative; this is handled in the 4528 This value may also be positive or negative; this is handled in the
4529 same way as CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET. 4529 same way as CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET.
4530 4530
4531 This value is also in units of bytes, but must also be aligned to 4531 This value is also in units of bytes, but must also be aligned to
4532 an MMC sector boundary. 4532 an MMC sector boundary.
4533 4533
4534 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE_REDUND (optional): 4534 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE_REDUND (optional):
4535 4535
4536 This value need not be set, even when CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND is 4536 This value need not be set, even when CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND is
4537 set. If this value is set, it must be set to the same value as 4537 set. If this value is set, it must be set to the same value as
4538 CONFIG_ENV_SIZE. 4538 CONFIG_ENV_SIZE.
4539 4539
4540 - CONFIG_SYS_SPI_INIT_OFFSET 4540 - CONFIG_SYS_SPI_INIT_OFFSET
4541 4541
4542 Defines offset to the initial SPI buffer area in DPRAM. The 4542 Defines offset to the initial SPI buffer area in DPRAM. The
4543 area is used at an early stage (ROM part) if the environment 4543 area is used at an early stage (ROM part) if the environment
4544 is configured to reside in the SPI EEPROM: We need a 520 byte 4544 is configured to reside in the SPI EEPROM: We need a 520 byte
4545 scratch DPRAM area. It is used between the two initialization 4545 scratch DPRAM area. It is used between the two initialization
4546 calls (spi_init_f() and spi_init_r()). A value of 0xB00 seems 4546 calls (spi_init_f() and spi_init_r()). A value of 0xB00 seems
4547 to be a good choice since it makes it far enough from the 4547 to be a good choice since it makes it far enough from the
4548 start of the data area as well as from the stack pointer. 4548 start of the data area as well as from the stack pointer.
4549 4549
4550 Please note that the environment is read-only until the monitor 4550 Please note that the environment is read-only until the monitor
4551 has been relocated to RAM and a RAM copy of the environment has been 4551 has been relocated to RAM and a RAM copy of the environment has been
4552 created; also, when using EEPROM you will have to use getenv_f() 4552 created; also, when using EEPROM you will have to use getenv_f()
4553 until then to read environment variables. 4553 until then to read environment variables.
4554 4554
4555 The environment is protected by a CRC32 checksum. Before the monitor 4555 The environment is protected by a CRC32 checksum. Before the monitor
4556 is relocated into RAM, as a result of a bad CRC you will be working 4556 is relocated into RAM, as a result of a bad CRC you will be working
4557 with the compiled-in default environment - *silently*!!! [This is 4557 with the compiled-in default environment - *silently*!!! [This is
4558 necessary, because the first environment variable we need is the 4558 necessary, because the first environment variable we need is the
4559 "baudrate" setting for the console - if we have a bad CRC, we don't 4559 "baudrate" setting for the console - if we have a bad CRC, we don't
4560 have any device yet where we could complain.] 4560 have any device yet where we could complain.]
4561 4561
4562 Note: once the monitor has been relocated, then it will complain if 4562 Note: once the monitor has been relocated, then it will complain if
4563 the default environment is used; a new CRC is computed as soon as you 4563 the default environment is used; a new CRC is computed as soon as you
4564 use the "saveenv" command to store a valid environment. 4564 use the "saveenv" command to store a valid environment.
4565 4565
4566 - CONFIG_SYS_FAULT_ECHO_LINK_DOWN: 4566 - CONFIG_SYS_FAULT_ECHO_LINK_DOWN:
4567 Echo the inverted Ethernet link state to the fault LED. 4567 Echo the inverted Ethernet link state to the fault LED.
4568 4568
4569 Note: If this option is active, then CONFIG_SYS_FAULT_MII_ADDR 4569 Note: If this option is active, then CONFIG_SYS_FAULT_MII_ADDR
4570 also needs to be defined. 4570 also needs to be defined.
4571 4571
4572 - CONFIG_SYS_FAULT_MII_ADDR: 4572 - CONFIG_SYS_FAULT_MII_ADDR:
4573 MII address of the PHY to check for the Ethernet link state. 4573 MII address of the PHY to check for the Ethernet link state.
4574 4574
4575 - CONFIG_NS16550_MIN_FUNCTIONS: 4575 - CONFIG_NS16550_MIN_FUNCTIONS:
4576 Define this if you desire to only have use of the NS16550_init 4576 Define this if you desire to only have use of the NS16550_init
4577 and NS16550_putc functions for the serial driver located at 4577 and NS16550_putc functions for the serial driver located at
4578 drivers/serial/ns16550.c. This option is useful for saving 4578 drivers/serial/ns16550.c. This option is useful for saving
4579 space for already greatly restricted images, including but not 4579 space for already greatly restricted images, including but not
4580 limited to NAND_SPL configurations. 4580 limited to NAND_SPL configurations.
4581 4581
4582 - CONFIG_DISPLAY_BOARDINFO 4582 - CONFIG_DISPLAY_BOARDINFO
4583 Display information about the board that U-Boot is running on 4583 Display information about the board that U-Boot is running on
4584 when U-Boot starts up. The board function checkboard() is called 4584 when U-Boot starts up. The board function checkboard() is called
4585 to do this. 4585 to do this.
4586 4586
4587 - CONFIG_DISPLAY_BOARDINFO_LATE 4587 - CONFIG_DISPLAY_BOARDINFO_LATE
4588 Similar to the previous option, but display this information 4588 Similar to the previous option, but display this information
4589 later, once stdio is running and output goes to the LCD, if 4589 later, once stdio is running and output goes to the LCD, if
4590 present. 4590 present.
4591 4591
4592 - CONFIG_BOARD_SIZE_LIMIT: 4592 - CONFIG_BOARD_SIZE_LIMIT:
4593 Maximum size of the U-Boot image. When defined, the 4593 Maximum size of the U-Boot image. When defined, the
4594 build system checks that the actual size does not 4594 build system checks that the actual size does not
4595 exceed it. 4595 exceed it.
4596 4596
4597 Low Level (hardware related) configuration options: 4597 Low Level (hardware related) configuration options:
4598 --------------------------------------------------- 4598 ---------------------------------------------------
4599 4599
4600 - CONFIG_SYS_CACHELINE_SIZE: 4600 - CONFIG_SYS_CACHELINE_SIZE:
4601 Cache Line Size of the CPU. 4601 Cache Line Size of the CPU.
4602 4602
4603 - CONFIG_SYS_DEFAULT_IMMR: 4603 - CONFIG_SYS_DEFAULT_IMMR:
4604 Default address of the IMMR after system reset. 4604 Default address of the IMMR after system reset.
4605 4605
4606 Needed on some 8260 systems (MPC8260ADS, PQ2FADS-ZU, 4606 Needed on some 8260 systems (MPC8260ADS, PQ2FADS-ZU,
4607 and RPXsuper) to be able to adjust the position of 4607 and RPXsuper) to be able to adjust the position of
4608 the IMMR register after a reset. 4608 the IMMR register after a reset.
4609 4609
4610 - CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT: 4610 - CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT:
4611 Default (power-on reset) physical address of CCSR on Freescale 4611 Default (power-on reset) physical address of CCSR on Freescale
4612 PowerPC SOCs. 4612 PowerPC SOCs.
4613 4613
4614 - CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR: 4614 - CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR:
4615 Virtual address of CCSR. On a 32-bit build, this is typically 4615 Virtual address of CCSR. On a 32-bit build, this is typically
4616 the same value as CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT. 4616 the same value as CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT.
4617 4617
4618 CONFIG_SYS_DEFAULT_IMMR must also be set to this value, 4618 CONFIG_SYS_DEFAULT_IMMR must also be set to this value,
4619 for cross-platform code that uses that macro instead. 4619 for cross-platform code that uses that macro instead.
4620 4620
4621 - CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS: 4621 - CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS:
4622 Physical address of CCSR. CCSR can be relocated to a new 4622 Physical address of CCSR. CCSR can be relocated to a new
4623 physical address, if desired. In this case, this macro should 4623 physical address, if desired. In this case, this macro should
4624 be set to that address. Otherwise, it should be set to the 4624 be set to that address. Otherwise, it should be set to the
4625 same value as CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT. For example, CCSR 4625 same value as CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT. For example, CCSR
4626 is typically relocated on 36-bit builds. It is recommended 4626 is typically relocated on 36-bit builds. It is recommended
4627 that this macro be defined via the _HIGH and _LOW macros: 4627 that this macro be defined via the _HIGH and _LOW macros:
4628 4628
4629 #define CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS ((CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_HIGH 4629 #define CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS ((CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_HIGH
4630 * 1ull) << 32 | CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_LOW) 4630 * 1ull) << 32 | CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_LOW)
4631 4631
4632 - CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_HIGH: 4632 - CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_HIGH:
4633 Bits 33-36 of CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS. This value is typically 4633 Bits 33-36 of CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS. This value is typically
4634 either 0 (32-bit build) or 0xF (36-bit build). This macro is 4634 either 0 (32-bit build) or 0xF (36-bit build). This macro is
4635 used in assembly code, so it must not contain typecasts or 4635 used in assembly code, so it must not contain typecasts or
4636 integer size suffixes (e.g. "ULL"). 4636 integer size suffixes (e.g. "ULL").
4637 4637
4638 - CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_LOW: 4638 - CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_LOW:
4639 Lower 32-bits of CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS. This macro is 4639 Lower 32-bits of CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS. This macro is
4640 used in assembly code, so it must not contain typecasts or 4640 used in assembly code, so it must not contain typecasts or
4641 integer size suffixes (e.g. "ULL"). 4641 integer size suffixes (e.g. "ULL").
4642 4642
4643 - CONFIG_SYS_CCSR_DO_NOT_RELOCATE: 4643 - CONFIG_SYS_CCSR_DO_NOT_RELOCATE:
4644 If this macro is defined, then CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS will be 4644 If this macro is defined, then CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS will be
4645 forced to a value that ensures that CCSR is not relocated. 4645 forced to a value that ensures that CCSR is not relocated.
4646 4646
4647 - Floppy Disk Support: 4647 - Floppy Disk Support:
4648 CONFIG_SYS_FDC_DRIVE_NUMBER 4648 CONFIG_SYS_FDC_DRIVE_NUMBER
4649 4649
4650 the default drive number (default value 0) 4650 the default drive number (default value 0)
4651 4651
4652 CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_STRIDE 4652 CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_STRIDE
4653 4653
4654 defines the spacing between FDC chipset registers 4654 defines the spacing between FDC chipset registers
4655 (default value 1) 4655 (default value 1)
4656 4656
4657 CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_OFFSET 4657 CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_OFFSET
4658 4658
4659 defines the offset of register from address. It 4659 defines the offset of register from address. It
4660 depends on which part of the data bus is connected to 4660 depends on which part of the data bus is connected to
4661 the FDC chipset. (default value 0) 4661 the FDC chipset. (default value 0)
4662 4662
4663 If CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_STRIDE CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_OFFSET and 4663 If CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_STRIDE CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_OFFSET and
4664 CONFIG_SYS_FDC_DRIVE_NUMBER are undefined, they take their 4664 CONFIG_SYS_FDC_DRIVE_NUMBER are undefined, they take their
4665 default value. 4665 default value.
4666 4666
4667 if CONFIG_SYS_FDC_HW_INIT is defined, then the function 4667 if CONFIG_SYS_FDC_HW_INIT is defined, then the function
4668 fdc_hw_init() is called at the beginning of the FDC 4668 fdc_hw_init() is called at the beginning of the FDC
4669 setup. fdc_hw_init() must be provided by the board 4669 setup. fdc_hw_init() must be provided by the board
4670 source code. It is used to make hardware-dependent 4670 source code. It is used to make hardware-dependent
4671 initializations. 4671 initializations.
4672 4672
4673 - CONFIG_IDE_AHB: 4673 - CONFIG_IDE_AHB:
4674 Most IDE controllers were designed to be connected with PCI 4674 Most IDE controllers were designed to be connected with PCI
4675 interface. Only few of them were designed for AHB interface. 4675 interface. Only few of them were designed for AHB interface.
4676 When software is doing ATA command and data transfer to 4676 When software is doing ATA command and data transfer to
4677 IDE devices through IDE-AHB controller, some additional 4677 IDE devices through IDE-AHB controller, some additional
4678 registers accessing to these kind of IDE-AHB controller 4678 registers accessing to these kind of IDE-AHB controller
4679 is required. 4679 is required.
4680 4680
4681 - CONFIG_SYS_IMMR: Physical address of the Internal Memory. 4681 - CONFIG_SYS_IMMR: Physical address of the Internal Memory.
4682 DO NOT CHANGE unless you know exactly what you're 4682 DO NOT CHANGE unless you know exactly what you're
4683 doing! (11-4) [MPC8xx/82xx systems only] 4683 doing! (11-4) [MPC8xx/82xx systems only]
4684 4684
4685 - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR: 4685 - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR:
4686 4686
4687 Start address of memory area that can be used for 4687 Start address of memory area that can be used for
4688 initial data and stack; please note that this must be 4688 initial data and stack; please note that this must be
4689 writable memory that is working WITHOUT special 4689 writable memory that is working WITHOUT special
4690 initialization, i. e. you CANNOT use normal RAM which 4690 initialization, i. e. you CANNOT use normal RAM which
4691 will become available only after programming the 4691 will become available only after programming the
4692 memory controller and running certain initialization 4692 memory controller and running certain initialization
4693 sequences. 4693 sequences.
4694 4694
4695 U-Boot uses the following memory types: 4695 U-Boot uses the following memory types:
4696 - MPC8xx and MPC8260: IMMR (internal memory of the CPU) 4696 - MPC8xx and MPC8260: IMMR (internal memory of the CPU)
4697 - MPC824X: data cache 4697 - MPC824X: data cache
4698 - PPC4xx: data cache 4698 - PPC4xx: data cache
4699 4699
4700 - CONFIG_SYS_GBL_DATA_OFFSET: 4700 - CONFIG_SYS_GBL_DATA_OFFSET:
4701 4701
4702 Offset of the initial data structure in the memory 4702 Offset of the initial data structure in the memory
4703 area defined by CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR. Usually 4703 area defined by CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR. Usually
4704 CONFIG_SYS_GBL_DATA_OFFSET is chosen such that the initial 4704 CONFIG_SYS_GBL_DATA_OFFSET is chosen such that the initial
4705 data is located at the end of the available space 4705 data is located at the end of the available space
4706 (sometimes written as (CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE - 4706 (sometimes written as (CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE -
4707 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_DATA_SIZE), and the initial stack is just 4707 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_DATA_SIZE), and the initial stack is just
4708 below that area (growing from (CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR + 4708 below that area (growing from (CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR +
4709 CONFIG_SYS_GBL_DATA_OFFSET) downward. 4709 CONFIG_SYS_GBL_DATA_OFFSET) downward.
4710 4710
4711 Note: 4711 Note:
4712 On the MPC824X (or other systems that use the data 4712 On the MPC824X (or other systems that use the data
4713 cache for initial memory) the address chosen for 4713 cache for initial memory) the address chosen for
4714 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR is basically arbitrary - it must 4714 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR is basically arbitrary - it must
4715 point to an otherwise UNUSED address space between 4715 point to an otherwise UNUSED address space between
4716 the top of RAM and the start of the PCI space. 4716 the top of RAM and the start of the PCI space.
4717 4717
4718 - CONFIG_SYS_SIUMCR: SIU Module Configuration (11-6) 4718 - CONFIG_SYS_SIUMCR: SIU Module Configuration (11-6)
4719 4719
4720 - CONFIG_SYS_SYPCR: System Protection Control (11-9) 4720 - CONFIG_SYS_SYPCR: System Protection Control (11-9)
4721 4721
4722 - CONFIG_SYS_TBSCR: Time Base Status and Control (11-26) 4722 - CONFIG_SYS_TBSCR: Time Base Status and Control (11-26)
4723 4723
4724 - CONFIG_SYS_PISCR: Periodic Interrupt Status and Control (11-31) 4724 - CONFIG_SYS_PISCR: Periodic Interrupt Status and Control (11-31)
4725 4725
4726 - CONFIG_SYS_PLPRCR: PLL, Low-Power, and Reset Control Register (15-30) 4726 - CONFIG_SYS_PLPRCR: PLL, Low-Power, and Reset Control Register (15-30)
4727 4727
4728 - CONFIG_SYS_SCCR: System Clock and reset Control Register (15-27) 4728 - CONFIG_SYS_SCCR: System Clock and reset Control Register (15-27)
4729 4729
4730 - CONFIG_SYS_OR_TIMING_SDRAM: 4730 - CONFIG_SYS_OR_TIMING_SDRAM:
4731 SDRAM timing 4731 SDRAM timing
4732 4732
4733 - CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_PTA: 4733 - CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_PTA:
4734 periodic timer for refresh 4734 periodic timer for refresh
4735 4735
4736 - CONFIG_SYS_DER: Debug Event Register (37-47) 4736 - CONFIG_SYS_DER: Debug Event Register (37-47)
4737 4737
4738 - FLASH_BASE0_PRELIM, FLASH_BASE1_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_REMAP_OR_AM, 4738 - FLASH_BASE0_PRELIM, FLASH_BASE1_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_REMAP_OR_AM,
4739 CONFIG_SYS_PRELIM_OR_AM, CONFIG_SYS_OR_TIMING_FLASH, CONFIG_SYS_OR0_REMAP, 4739 CONFIG_SYS_PRELIM_OR_AM, CONFIG_SYS_OR_TIMING_FLASH, CONFIG_SYS_OR0_REMAP,
4740 CONFIG_SYS_OR0_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_BR0_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_OR1_REMAP, CONFIG_SYS_OR1_PRELIM, 4740 CONFIG_SYS_OR0_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_BR0_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_OR1_REMAP, CONFIG_SYS_OR1_PRELIM,
4741 CONFIG_SYS_BR1_PRELIM: 4741 CONFIG_SYS_BR1_PRELIM:
4742 Memory Controller Definitions: BR0/1 and OR0/1 (FLASH) 4742 Memory Controller Definitions: BR0/1 and OR0/1 (FLASH)
4743 4743
4744 - SDRAM_BASE2_PRELIM, SDRAM_BASE3_PRELIM, SDRAM_MAX_SIZE, 4744 - SDRAM_BASE2_PRELIM, SDRAM_BASE3_PRELIM, SDRAM_MAX_SIZE,
4745 CONFIG_SYS_OR_TIMING_SDRAM, CONFIG_SYS_OR2_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_BR2_PRELIM, 4745 CONFIG_SYS_OR_TIMING_SDRAM, CONFIG_SYS_OR2_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_BR2_PRELIM,
4746 CONFIG_SYS_OR3_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_BR3_PRELIM: 4746 CONFIG_SYS_OR3_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_BR3_PRELIM:
4747 Memory Controller Definitions: BR2/3 and OR2/3 (SDRAM) 4747 Memory Controller Definitions: BR2/3 and OR2/3 (SDRAM)
4748 4748
4749 - CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_PTA, CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_2BK_4K, CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_1BK_4K, CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_2BK_8K, 4749 - CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_PTA, CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_2BK_4K, CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_1BK_4K, CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_2BK_8K,
4750 CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_1BK_8K, CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_8COL, CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_9COL: 4750 CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_1BK_8K, CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_8COL, CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_9COL:
4751 Machine Mode Register and Memory Periodic Timer 4751 Machine Mode Register and Memory Periodic Timer
4752 Prescaler definitions (SDRAM timing) 4752 Prescaler definitions (SDRAM timing)
4753 4753
4754 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_UCODE_PATCH, CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DPMEM_OFFSET [0x1FC0]: 4754 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_UCODE_PATCH, CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DPMEM_OFFSET [0x1FC0]:
4755 enable I2C microcode relocation patch (MPC8xx); 4755 enable I2C microcode relocation patch (MPC8xx);
4756 define relocation offset in DPRAM [DSP2] 4756 define relocation offset in DPRAM [DSP2]
4757 4757
4758 - CONFIG_SYS_SMC_UCODE_PATCH, CONFIG_SYS_SMC_DPMEM_OFFSET [0x1FC0]: 4758 - CONFIG_SYS_SMC_UCODE_PATCH, CONFIG_SYS_SMC_DPMEM_OFFSET [0x1FC0]:
4759 enable SMC microcode relocation patch (MPC8xx); 4759 enable SMC microcode relocation patch (MPC8xx);
4760 define relocation offset in DPRAM [SMC1] 4760 define relocation offset in DPRAM [SMC1]
4761 4761
4762 - CONFIG_SYS_SPI_UCODE_PATCH, CONFIG_SYS_SPI_DPMEM_OFFSET [0x1FC0]: 4762 - CONFIG_SYS_SPI_UCODE_PATCH, CONFIG_SYS_SPI_DPMEM_OFFSET [0x1FC0]:
4763 enable SPI microcode relocation patch (MPC8xx); 4763 enable SPI microcode relocation patch (MPC8xx);
4764 define relocation offset in DPRAM [SCC4] 4764 define relocation offset in DPRAM [SCC4]
4765 4765
4766 - CONFIG_SYS_USE_OSCCLK: 4766 - CONFIG_SYS_USE_OSCCLK:
4767 Use OSCM clock mode on MBX8xx board. Be careful, 4767 Use OSCM clock mode on MBX8xx board. Be careful,
4768 wrong setting might damage your board. Read 4768 wrong setting might damage your board. Read
4769 doc/README.MBX before setting this variable! 4769 doc/README.MBX before setting this variable!
4770 4770
4771 - CONFIG_SYS_CPM_POST_WORD_ADDR: (MPC8xx, MPC8260 only) 4771 - CONFIG_SYS_CPM_POST_WORD_ADDR: (MPC8xx, MPC8260 only)
4772 Offset of the bootmode word in DPRAM used by post 4772 Offset of the bootmode word in DPRAM used by post
4773 (Power On Self Tests). This definition overrides 4773 (Power On Self Tests). This definition overrides
4774 #define'd default value in commproc.h resp. 4774 #define'd default value in commproc.h resp.
4775 cpm_8260.h. 4775 cpm_8260.h.
4776 4776
4777 - CONFIG_SYS_PCI_SLV_MEM_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_SLV_MEM_BUS, CONFIG_SYS_PICMR0_MASK_ATTRIB, 4777 - CONFIG_SYS_PCI_SLV_MEM_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_SLV_MEM_BUS, CONFIG_SYS_PICMR0_MASK_ATTRIB,
4778 CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR0_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCIMSK0_MASK, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR1_LOCAL, 4778 CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR0_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCIMSK0_MASK, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR1_LOCAL,
4779 CONFIG_SYS_PCIMSK1_MASK, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEM_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEM_BUS, 4779 CONFIG_SYS_PCIMSK1_MASK, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEM_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEM_BUS,
4780 CONFIG_SYS_CPU_PCI_MEM_START, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEM_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_POCMR0_MASK_ATTRIB, 4780 CONFIG_SYS_CPU_PCI_MEM_START, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEM_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_POCMR0_MASK_ATTRIB,
4781 CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEMIO_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEMIO_BUS, CPU_PCI_MEMIO_START, 4781 CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEMIO_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEMIO_BUS, CPU_PCI_MEMIO_START,
4782 CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEMIO_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_POCMR1_MASK_ATTRIB, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_IO_LOCAL, 4782 CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEMIO_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_POCMR1_MASK_ATTRIB, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_IO_LOCAL,
4783 CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_IO_BUS, CONFIG_SYS_CPU_PCI_IO_START, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_IO_SIZE, 4783 CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_IO_BUS, CONFIG_SYS_CPU_PCI_IO_START, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_IO_SIZE,
4784 CONFIG_SYS_POCMR2_MASK_ATTRIB: (MPC826x only) 4784 CONFIG_SYS_POCMR2_MASK_ATTRIB: (MPC826x only)
4785 Overrides the default PCI memory map in arch/powerpc/cpu/mpc8260/pci.c if set. 4785 Overrides the default PCI memory map in arch/powerpc/cpu/mpc8260/pci.c if set.
4786 4786
4787 - CONFIG_PCI_DISABLE_PCIE: 4787 - CONFIG_PCI_DISABLE_PCIE:
4788 Disable PCI-Express on systems where it is supported but not 4788 Disable PCI-Express on systems where it is supported but not
4789 required. 4789 required.
4790 4790
4791 - CONFIG_PCI_ENUM_ONLY 4791 - CONFIG_PCI_ENUM_ONLY
4792 Only scan through and get the devices on the buses. 4792 Only scan through and get the devices on the buses.
4793 Don't do any setup work, presumably because someone or 4793 Don't do any setup work, presumably because someone or
4794 something has already done it, and we don't need to do it 4794 something has already done it, and we don't need to do it
4795 a second time. Useful for platforms that are pre-booted 4795 a second time. Useful for platforms that are pre-booted
4796 by coreboot or similar. 4796 by coreboot or similar.
4797 4797
4798 - CONFIG_PCI_INDIRECT_BRIDGE: 4798 - CONFIG_PCI_INDIRECT_BRIDGE:
4799 Enable support for indirect PCI bridges. 4799 Enable support for indirect PCI bridges.
4800 4800
4801 - CONFIG_SYS_SRIO: 4801 - CONFIG_SYS_SRIO:
4802 Chip has SRIO or not 4802 Chip has SRIO or not
4803 4803
4804 - CONFIG_SRIO1: 4804 - CONFIG_SRIO1:
4805 Board has SRIO 1 port available 4805 Board has SRIO 1 port available
4806 4806
4807 - CONFIG_SRIO2: 4807 - CONFIG_SRIO2:
4808 Board has SRIO 2 port available 4808 Board has SRIO 2 port available
4809 4809
4810 - CONFIG_SRIO_PCIE_BOOT_MASTER 4810 - CONFIG_SRIO_PCIE_BOOT_MASTER
4811 Board can support master function for Boot from SRIO and PCIE 4811 Board can support master function for Boot from SRIO and PCIE
4812 4812
4813 - CONFIG_SYS_SRIOn_MEM_VIRT: 4813 - CONFIG_SYS_SRIOn_MEM_VIRT:
4814 Virtual Address of SRIO port 'n' memory region 4814 Virtual Address of SRIO port 'n' memory region
4815 4815
4816 - CONFIG_SYS_SRIOn_MEM_PHYS: 4816 - CONFIG_SYS_SRIOn_MEM_PHYS:
4817 Physical Address of SRIO port 'n' memory region 4817 Physical Address of SRIO port 'n' memory region
4818 4818
4819 - CONFIG_SYS_SRIOn_MEM_SIZE: 4819 - CONFIG_SYS_SRIOn_MEM_SIZE:
4820 Size of SRIO port 'n' memory region 4820 Size of SRIO port 'n' memory region
4821 4821
4822 - CONFIG_SYS_NAND_BUSWIDTH_16BIT 4822 - CONFIG_SYS_NAND_BUSWIDTH_16BIT
4823 Defined to tell the NAND controller that the NAND chip is using 4823 Defined to tell the NAND controller that the NAND chip is using
4824 a 16 bit bus. 4824 a 16 bit bus.
4825 Not all NAND drivers use this symbol. 4825 Not all NAND drivers use this symbol.
4826 Example of drivers that use it: 4826 Example of drivers that use it:
4827 - drivers/mtd/nand/ndfc.c 4827 - drivers/mtd/nand/ndfc.c
4828 - drivers/mtd/nand/mxc_nand.c 4828 - drivers/mtd/nand/mxc_nand.c
4829 4829
4830 - CONFIG_SYS_NDFC_EBC0_CFG 4830 - CONFIG_SYS_NDFC_EBC0_CFG
4831 Sets the EBC0_CFG register for the NDFC. If not defined 4831 Sets the EBC0_CFG register for the NDFC. If not defined
4832 a default value will be used. 4832 a default value will be used.
4833 4833
4834 - CONFIG_SPD_EEPROM 4834 - CONFIG_SPD_EEPROM
4835 Get DDR timing information from an I2C EEPROM. Common 4835 Get DDR timing information from an I2C EEPROM. Common
4836 with pluggable memory modules such as SODIMMs 4836 with pluggable memory modules such as SODIMMs
4837 4837
4838 SPD_EEPROM_ADDRESS 4838 SPD_EEPROM_ADDRESS
4839 I2C address of the SPD EEPROM 4839 I2C address of the SPD EEPROM
4840 4840
4841 - CONFIG_SYS_SPD_BUS_NUM 4841 - CONFIG_SYS_SPD_BUS_NUM
4842 If SPD EEPROM is on an I2C bus other than the first 4842 If SPD EEPROM is on an I2C bus other than the first
4843 one, specify here. Note that the value must resolve 4843 one, specify here. Note that the value must resolve
4844 to something your driver can deal with. 4844 to something your driver can deal with.
4845 4845
4846 - CONFIG_SYS_DDR_RAW_TIMING 4846 - CONFIG_SYS_DDR_RAW_TIMING
4847 Get DDR timing information from other than SPD. Common with 4847 Get DDR timing information from other than SPD. Common with
4848 soldered DDR chips onboard without SPD. DDR raw timing 4848 soldered DDR chips onboard without SPD. DDR raw timing
4849 parameters are extracted from datasheet and hard-coded into 4849 parameters are extracted from datasheet and hard-coded into
4850 header files or board specific files. 4850 header files or board specific files.
4851 4851
4852 - CONFIG_FSL_DDR_INTERACTIVE 4852 - CONFIG_FSL_DDR_INTERACTIVE
4853 Enable interactive DDR debugging. See doc/README.fsl-ddr. 4853 Enable interactive DDR debugging. See doc/README.fsl-ddr.
4854 4854
4855 - CONFIG_FSL_DDR_SYNC_REFRESH 4855 - CONFIG_FSL_DDR_SYNC_REFRESH
4856 Enable sync of refresh for multiple controllers. 4856 Enable sync of refresh for multiple controllers.
4857 4857
4858 - CONFIG_FSL_DDR_BIST 4858 - CONFIG_FSL_DDR_BIST
4859 Enable built-in memory test for Freescale DDR controllers. 4859 Enable built-in memory test for Freescale DDR controllers.
4860 4860
4861 - CONFIG_SYS_83XX_DDR_USES_CS0 4861 - CONFIG_SYS_83XX_DDR_USES_CS0
4862 Only for 83xx systems. If specified, then DDR should 4862 Only for 83xx systems. If specified, then DDR should
4863 be configured using CS0 and CS1 instead of CS2 and CS3. 4863 be configured using CS0 and CS1 instead of CS2 and CS3.
4864 4864
4865 - CONFIG_ETHER_ON_FEC[12] 4865 - CONFIG_ETHER_ON_FEC[12]
4866 Define to enable FEC[12] on a 8xx series processor. 4866 Define to enable FEC[12] on a 8xx series processor.
4867 4867
4868 - CONFIG_FEC[12]_PHY 4868 - CONFIG_FEC[12]_PHY
4869 Define to the hardcoded PHY address which corresponds 4869 Define to the hardcoded PHY address which corresponds
4870 to the given FEC; i. e. 4870 to the given FEC; i. e.
4871 #define CONFIG_FEC1_PHY 4 4871 #define CONFIG_FEC1_PHY 4
4872 means that the PHY with address 4 is connected to FEC1 4872 means that the PHY with address 4 is connected to FEC1
4873 4873
4874 When set to -1, means to probe for first available. 4874 When set to -1, means to probe for first available.
4875 4875
4876 - CONFIG_FEC[12]_PHY_NORXERR 4876 - CONFIG_FEC[12]_PHY_NORXERR
4877 The PHY does not have a RXERR line (RMII only). 4877 The PHY does not have a RXERR line (RMII only).
4878 (so program the FEC to ignore it). 4878 (so program the FEC to ignore it).
4879 4879
4880 - CONFIG_RMII 4880 - CONFIG_RMII
4881 Enable RMII mode for all FECs. 4881 Enable RMII mode for all FECs.
4882 Note that this is a global option, we can't 4882 Note that this is a global option, we can't
4883 have one FEC in standard MII mode and another in RMII mode. 4883 have one FEC in standard MII mode and another in RMII mode.
4884 4884
4885 - CONFIG_CRC32_VERIFY 4885 - CONFIG_CRC32_VERIFY
4886 Add a verify option to the crc32 command. 4886 Add a verify option to the crc32 command.
4887 The syntax is: 4887 The syntax is:
4888 4888
4889 => crc32 -v <address> <count> <crc32> 4889 => crc32 -v <address> <count> <crc32>
4890 4890
4891 Where address/count indicate a memory area 4891 Where address/count indicate a memory area
4892 and crc32 is the correct crc32 which the 4892 and crc32 is the correct crc32 which the
4893 area should have. 4893 area should have.
4894 4894
4895 - CONFIG_LOOPW 4895 - CONFIG_LOOPW
4896 Add the "loopw" memory command. This only takes effect if 4896 Add the "loopw" memory command. This only takes effect if
4897 the memory commands are activated globally (CONFIG_CMD_MEM). 4897 the memory commands are activated globally (CONFIG_CMD_MEM).
4898 4898
4899 - CONFIG_MX_CYCLIC 4899 - CONFIG_MX_CYCLIC
4900 Add the "mdc" and "mwc" memory commands. These are cyclic 4900 Add the "mdc" and "mwc" memory commands. These are cyclic
4901 "md/mw" commands. 4901 "md/mw" commands.
4902 Examples: 4902 Examples:
4903 4903
4904 => mdc.b 10 4 500 4904 => mdc.b 10 4 500
4905 This command will print 4 bytes (10,11,12,13) each 500 ms. 4905 This command will print 4 bytes (10,11,12,13) each 500 ms.
4906 4906
4907 => mwc.l 100 12345678 10 4907 => mwc.l 100 12345678 10
4908 This command will write 12345678 to address 100 all 10 ms. 4908 This command will write 12345678 to address 100 all 10 ms.
4909 4909
4910 This only takes effect if the memory commands are activated 4910 This only takes effect if the memory commands are activated
4911 globally (CONFIG_CMD_MEM). 4911 globally (CONFIG_CMD_MEM).
4912 4912
4913 - CONFIG_SKIP_LOWLEVEL_INIT 4913 - CONFIG_SKIP_LOWLEVEL_INIT
4914 [ARM, NDS32, MIPS only] If this variable is defined, then certain 4914 [ARM, NDS32, MIPS only] If this variable is defined, then certain
4915 low level initializations (like setting up the memory 4915 low level initializations (like setting up the memory
4916 controller) are omitted and/or U-Boot does not 4916 controller) are omitted and/or U-Boot does not
4917 relocate itself into RAM. 4917 relocate itself into RAM.
4918 4918
4919 Normally this variable MUST NOT be defined. The only 4919 Normally this variable MUST NOT be defined. The only
4920 exception is when U-Boot is loaded (to RAM) by some 4920 exception is when U-Boot is loaded (to RAM) by some
4921 other boot loader or by a debugger which performs 4921 other boot loader or by a debugger which performs
4922 these initializations itself. 4922 these initializations itself.
4923 4923
4924 - CONFIG_SPL_BUILD 4924 - CONFIG_SPL_BUILD
4925 Modifies the behaviour of start.S when compiling a loader 4925 Modifies the behaviour of start.S when compiling a loader
4926 that is executed before the actual U-Boot. E.g. when 4926 that is executed before the actual U-Boot. E.g. when
4927 compiling a NAND SPL. 4927 compiling a NAND SPL.
4928 4928
4929 - CONFIG_TPL_BUILD 4929 - CONFIG_TPL_BUILD
4930 Modifies the behaviour of start.S when compiling a loader 4930 Modifies the behaviour of start.S when compiling a loader
4931 that is executed after the SPL and before the actual U-Boot. 4931 that is executed after the SPL and before the actual U-Boot.
4932 It is loaded by the SPL. 4932 It is loaded by the SPL.
4933 4933
4934 - CONFIG_SYS_MPC85XX_NO_RESETVEC 4934 - CONFIG_SYS_MPC85XX_NO_RESETVEC
4935 Only for 85xx systems. If this variable is specified, the section 4935 Only for 85xx systems. If this variable is specified, the section
4936 .resetvec is not kept and the section .bootpg is placed in the 4936 .resetvec is not kept and the section .bootpg is placed in the
4937 previous 4k of the .text section. 4937 previous 4k of the .text section.
4938 4938
4939 - CONFIG_ARCH_MAP_SYSMEM 4939 - CONFIG_ARCH_MAP_SYSMEM
4940 Generally U-Boot (and in particular the md command) uses 4940 Generally U-Boot (and in particular the md command) uses
4941 effective address. It is therefore not necessary to regard 4941 effective address. It is therefore not necessary to regard
4942 U-Boot address as virtual addresses that need to be translated 4942 U-Boot address as virtual addresses that need to be translated
4943 to physical addresses. However, sandbox requires this, since 4943 to physical addresses. However, sandbox requires this, since
4944 it maintains its own little RAM buffer which contains all 4944 it maintains its own little RAM buffer which contains all
4945 addressable memory. This option causes some memory accesses 4945 addressable memory. This option causes some memory accesses
4946 to be mapped through map_sysmem() / unmap_sysmem(). 4946 to be mapped through map_sysmem() / unmap_sysmem().
4947 4947
4948 - CONFIG_USE_ARCH_MEMCPY 4948 - CONFIG_USE_ARCH_MEMCPY
4949 CONFIG_USE_ARCH_MEMSET 4949 CONFIG_USE_ARCH_MEMSET
4950 If these options are used a optimized version of memcpy/memset will 4950 If these options are used a optimized version of memcpy/memset will
4951 be used if available. These functions may be faster under some 4951 be used if available. These functions may be faster under some
4952 conditions but may increase the binary size. 4952 conditions but may increase the binary size.
4953 4953
4954 - CONFIG_X86_RESET_VECTOR 4954 - CONFIG_X86_RESET_VECTOR
4955 If defined, the x86 reset vector code is included. This is not 4955 If defined, the x86 reset vector code is included. This is not
4956 needed when U-Boot is running from Coreboot. 4956 needed when U-Boot is running from Coreboot.
4957 4957
4958 - CONFIG_SYS_MPUCLK 4958 - CONFIG_SYS_MPUCLK
4959 Defines the MPU clock speed (in MHz). 4959 Defines the MPU clock speed (in MHz).
4960 4960
4961 NOTE : currently only supported on AM335x platforms. 4961 NOTE : currently only supported on AM335x platforms.
4962 4962
4963 - CONFIG_SPL_AM33XX_ENABLE_RTC32K_OSC: 4963 - CONFIG_SPL_AM33XX_ENABLE_RTC32K_OSC:
4964 Enables the RTC32K OSC on AM33xx based plattforms 4964 Enables the RTC32K OSC on AM33xx based plattforms
4965 4965
4966 - CONFIG_SYS_NAND_NO_SUBPAGE_WRITE 4966 - CONFIG_SYS_NAND_NO_SUBPAGE_WRITE
4967 Option to disable subpage write in NAND driver 4967 Option to disable subpage write in NAND driver
4968 driver that uses this: 4968 driver that uses this:
4969 drivers/mtd/nand/davinci_nand.c 4969 drivers/mtd/nand/davinci_nand.c
4970 4970
4971 Freescale QE/FMAN Firmware Support: 4971 Freescale QE/FMAN Firmware Support:
4972 ----------------------------------- 4972 -----------------------------------
4973 4973
4974 The Freescale QUICCEngine (QE) and Frame Manager (FMAN) both support the 4974 The Freescale QUICCEngine (QE) and Frame Manager (FMAN) both support the
4975 loading of "firmware", which is encoded in the QE firmware binary format. 4975 loading of "firmware", which is encoded in the QE firmware binary format.
4976 This firmware often needs to be loaded during U-Boot booting, so macros 4976 This firmware often needs to be loaded during U-Boot booting, so macros
4977 are used to identify the storage device (NOR flash, SPI, etc) and the address 4977 are used to identify the storage device (NOR flash, SPI, etc) and the address
4978 within that device. 4978 within that device.
4979 4979
4980 - CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR 4980 - CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR
4981 The address in the storage device where the FMAN microcode is located. The 4981 The address in the storage device where the FMAN microcode is located. The
4982 meaning of this address depends on which CONFIG_SYS_QE_FW_IN_xxx macro 4982 meaning of this address depends on which CONFIG_SYS_QE_FW_IN_xxx macro
4983 is also specified. 4983 is also specified.
4984 4984
4985 - CONFIG_SYS_QE_FW_ADDR 4985 - CONFIG_SYS_QE_FW_ADDR
4986 The address in the storage device where the QE microcode is located. The 4986 The address in the storage device where the QE microcode is located. The
4987 meaning of this address depends on which CONFIG_SYS_QE_FW_IN_xxx macro 4987 meaning of this address depends on which CONFIG_SYS_QE_FW_IN_xxx macro
4988 is also specified. 4988 is also specified.
4989 4989
4990 - CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_LENGTH 4990 - CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_LENGTH
4991 The maximum possible size of the firmware. The firmware binary format 4991 The maximum possible size of the firmware. The firmware binary format
4992 has a field that specifies the actual size of the firmware, but it 4992 has a field that specifies the actual size of the firmware, but it
4993 might not be possible to read any part of the firmware unless some 4993 might not be possible to read any part of the firmware unless some
4994 local storage is allocated to hold the entire firmware first. 4994 local storage is allocated to hold the entire firmware first.
4995 4995
4996 - CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_NOR 4996 - CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_NOR
4997 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located in NOR flash, mapped as 4997 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located in NOR flash, mapped as
4998 normal addressable memory via the LBC. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the 4998 normal addressable memory via the LBC. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the
4999 virtual address in NOR flash. 4999 virtual address in NOR flash.
5000 5000
5001 - CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_NAND 5001 - CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_NAND
5002 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located in NAND flash. 5002 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located in NAND flash.
5003 CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the offset within NAND flash. 5003 CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the offset within NAND flash.
5004 5004
5005 - CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_MMC 5005 - CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_MMC
5006 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located on the primary SD/MMC 5006 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located on the primary SD/MMC
5007 device. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the byte offset on that device. 5007 device. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the byte offset on that device.
5008 5008
5009 - CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_SPIFLASH 5009 - CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_SPIFLASH
5010 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located on the primary SPI 5010 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located on the primary SPI
5011 device. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the byte offset on that device. 5011 device. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the byte offset on that device.
5012 5012
5013 - CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_REMOTE 5013 - CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_REMOTE
5014 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located in the remote (master) 5014 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located in the remote (master)
5015 memory space. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is a virtual address which 5015 memory space. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is a virtual address which
5016 can be mapped from slave TLB->slave LAW->slave SRIO or PCIE outbound 5016 can be mapped from slave TLB->slave LAW->slave SRIO or PCIE outbound
5017 window->master inbound window->master LAW->the ucode address in 5017 window->master inbound window->master LAW->the ucode address in
5018 master's memory space. 5018 master's memory space.
5019 5019
5020 Freescale Layerscape Management Complex Firmware Support: 5020 Freescale Layerscape Management Complex Firmware Support:
5021 --------------------------------------------------------- 5021 ---------------------------------------------------------
5022 The Freescale Layerscape Management Complex (MC) supports the loading of 5022 The Freescale Layerscape Management Complex (MC) supports the loading of
5023 "firmware". 5023 "firmware".
5024 This firmware often needs to be loaded during U-Boot booting, so macros 5024 This firmware often needs to be loaded during U-Boot booting, so macros
5025 are used to identify the storage device (NOR flash, SPI, etc) and the address 5025 are used to identify the storage device (NOR flash, SPI, etc) and the address
5026 within that device. 5026 within that device.
5027 5027
5028 - CONFIG_FSL_MC_ENET 5028 - CONFIG_FSL_MC_ENET
5029 Enable the MC driver for Layerscape SoCs. 5029 Enable the MC driver for Layerscape SoCs.
5030 5030
5031 - CONFIG_SYS_LS_MC_FW_ADDR 5031 - CONFIG_SYS_LS_MC_FW_ADDR
5032 The address in the storage device where the firmware is located. The 5032 The address in the storage device where the firmware is located. The
5033 meaning of this address depends on which CONFIG_SYS_LS_MC_FW_IN_xxx macro 5033 meaning of this address depends on which CONFIG_SYS_LS_MC_FW_IN_xxx macro
5034 is also specified. 5034 is also specified.
5035 5035
5036 - CONFIG_SYS_LS_MC_FW_LENGTH 5036 - CONFIG_SYS_LS_MC_FW_LENGTH
5037 The maximum possible size of the firmware. The firmware binary format 5037 The maximum possible size of the firmware. The firmware binary format
5038 has a field that specifies the actual size of the firmware, but it 5038 has a field that specifies the actual size of the firmware, but it
5039 might not be possible to read any part of the firmware unless some 5039 might not be possible to read any part of the firmware unless some
5040 local storage is allocated to hold the entire firmware first. 5040 local storage is allocated to hold the entire firmware first.
5041 5041
5042 - CONFIG_SYS_LS_MC_FW_IN_NOR 5042 - CONFIG_SYS_LS_MC_FW_IN_NOR
5043 Specifies that MC firmware is located in NOR flash, mapped as 5043 Specifies that MC firmware is located in NOR flash, mapped as
5044 normal addressable memory via the LBC. CONFIG_SYS_LS_MC_FW_ADDR is the 5044 normal addressable memory via the LBC. CONFIG_SYS_LS_MC_FW_ADDR is the
5045 virtual address in NOR flash. 5045 virtual address in NOR flash.
5046 5046
5047 Freescale Layerscape Debug Server Support: 5047 Freescale Layerscape Debug Server Support:
5048 ------------------------------------------- 5048 -------------------------------------------
5049 The Freescale Layerscape Debug Server Support supports the loading of 5049 The Freescale Layerscape Debug Server Support supports the loading of
5050 "Debug Server firmware" and triggering SP boot-rom. 5050 "Debug Server firmware" and triggering SP boot-rom.
5051 This firmware often needs to be loaded during U-Boot booting. 5051 This firmware often needs to be loaded during U-Boot booting.
5052 5052
5053 - CONFIG_FSL_DEBUG_SERVER 5053 - CONFIG_FSL_DEBUG_SERVER
5054 Enable the Debug Server for Layerscape SoCs. 5054 Enable the Debug Server for Layerscape SoCs.
5055 5055
5056 - CONFIG_SYS_DEBUG_SERVER_DRAM_BLOCK_MIN_SIZE 5056 - CONFIG_SYS_DEBUG_SERVER_DRAM_BLOCK_MIN_SIZE
5057 Define minimum DDR size required for debug server image 5057 Define minimum DDR size required for debug server image
5058 5058
5059 - CONFIG_SYS_MEM_TOP_HIDE_MIN 5059 - CONFIG_SYS_MEM_TOP_HIDE_MIN
5060 Define minimum DDR size to be hided from top of the DDR memory 5060 Define minimum DDR size to be hided from top of the DDR memory
5061 5061
5062 Reproducible builds 5062 Reproducible builds
5063 ------------------- 5063 -------------------
5064 5064
5065 In order to achieve reproducible builds, timestamps used in the U-Boot build 5065 In order to achieve reproducible builds, timestamps used in the U-Boot build
5066 process have to be set to a fixed value. 5066 process have to be set to a fixed value.
5067 5067
5068 This is done using the SOURCE_DATE_EPOCH environment variable. 5068 This is done using the SOURCE_DATE_EPOCH environment variable.
5069 SOURCE_DATE_EPOCH is to be set on the build host's shell, not as a configuration 5069 SOURCE_DATE_EPOCH is to be set on the build host's shell, not as a configuration
5070 option for U-Boot or an environment variable in U-Boot. 5070 option for U-Boot or an environment variable in U-Boot.
5071 5071
5072 SOURCE_DATE_EPOCH should be set to a number of seconds since the epoch, in UTC. 5072 SOURCE_DATE_EPOCH should be set to a number of seconds since the epoch, in UTC.
5073 5073
5074 Building the Software: 5074 Building the Software:
5075 ====================== 5075 ======================
5076 5076
5077 Building U-Boot has been tested in several native build environments 5077 Building U-Boot has been tested in several native build environments
5078 and in many different cross environments. Of course we cannot support 5078 and in many different cross environments. Of course we cannot support
5079 all possibly existing versions of cross development tools in all 5079 all possibly existing versions of cross development tools in all
5080 (potentially obsolete) versions. In case of tool chain problems we 5080 (potentially obsolete) versions. In case of tool chain problems we
5081 recommend to use the ELDK (see http://www.denx.de/wiki/DULG/ELDK) 5081 recommend to use the ELDK (see http://www.denx.de/wiki/DULG/ELDK)
5082 which is extensively used to build and test U-Boot. 5082 which is extensively used to build and test U-Boot.
5083 5083
5084 If you are not using a native environment, it is assumed that you 5084 If you are not using a native environment, it is assumed that you
5085 have GNU cross compiling tools available in your path. In this case, 5085 have GNU cross compiling tools available in your path. In this case,
5086 you must set the environment variable CROSS_COMPILE in your shell. 5086 you must set the environment variable CROSS_COMPILE in your shell.
5087 Note that no changes to the Makefile or any other source files are 5087 Note that no changes to the Makefile or any other source files are
5088 necessary. For example using the ELDK on a 4xx CPU, please enter: 5088 necessary. For example using the ELDK on a 4xx CPU, please enter:
5089 5089
5090 $ CROSS_COMPILE=ppc_4xx- 5090 $ CROSS_COMPILE=ppc_4xx-
5091 $ export CROSS_COMPILE 5091 $ export CROSS_COMPILE
5092 5092
5093 Note: If you wish to generate Windows versions of the utilities in 5093 Note: If you wish to generate Windows versions of the utilities in
5094 the tools directory you can use the MinGW toolchain 5094 the tools directory you can use the MinGW toolchain
5095 (http://www.mingw.org). Set your HOST tools to the MinGW 5095 (http://www.mingw.org). Set your HOST tools to the MinGW
5096 toolchain and execute 'make tools'. For example: 5096 toolchain and execute 'make tools'. For example:
5097 5097
5098 $ make HOSTCC=i586-mingw32msvc-gcc HOSTSTRIP=i586-mingw32msvc-strip tools 5098 $ make HOSTCC=i586-mingw32msvc-gcc HOSTSTRIP=i586-mingw32msvc-strip tools
5099 5099
5100 Binaries such as tools/mkimage.exe will be created which can 5100 Binaries such as tools/mkimage.exe will be created which can
5101 be executed on computers running Windows. 5101 be executed on computers running Windows.
5102 5102
5103 U-Boot is intended to be simple to build. After installing the 5103 U-Boot is intended to be simple to build. After installing the
5104 sources you must configure U-Boot for one specific board type. This 5104 sources you must configure U-Boot for one specific board type. This
5105 is done by typing: 5105 is done by typing:
5106 5106
5107 make NAME_defconfig 5107 make NAME_defconfig
5108 5108
5109 where "NAME_defconfig" is the name of one of the existing configu- 5109 where "NAME_defconfig" is the name of one of the existing configu-
5110 rations; see boards.cfg for supported names. 5110 rations; see boards.cfg for supported names.
5111 5111
5112 Note: for some board special configuration names may exist; check if 5112 Note: for some board special configuration names may exist; check if
5113 additional information is available from the board vendor; for 5113 additional information is available from the board vendor; for
5114 instance, the TQM823L systems are available without (standard) 5114 instance, the TQM823L systems are available without (standard)
5115 or with LCD support. You can select such additional "features" 5115 or with LCD support. You can select such additional "features"
5116 when choosing the configuration, i. e. 5116 when choosing the configuration, i. e.
5117 5117
5118 make TQM823L_defconfig 5118 make TQM823L_defconfig
5119 - will configure for a plain TQM823L, i. e. no LCD support 5119 - will configure for a plain TQM823L, i. e. no LCD support
5120 5120
5121 make TQM823L_LCD_defconfig 5121 make TQM823L_LCD_defconfig
5122 - will configure for a TQM823L with U-Boot console on LCD 5122 - will configure for a TQM823L with U-Boot console on LCD
5123 5123
5124 etc. 5124 etc.
5125 5125
5126 5126
5127 Finally, type "make all", and you should get some working U-Boot 5127 Finally, type "make all", and you should get some working U-Boot
5128 images ready for download to / installation on your system: 5128 images ready for download to / installation on your system:
5129 5129
5130 - "u-boot.bin" is a raw binary image 5130 - "u-boot.bin" is a raw binary image
5131 - "u-boot" is an image in ELF binary format 5131 - "u-boot" is an image in ELF binary format
5132 - "u-boot.srec" is in Motorola S-Record format 5132 - "u-boot.srec" is in Motorola S-Record format
5133 5133
5134 By default the build is performed locally and the objects are saved 5134 By default the build is performed locally and the objects are saved
5135 in the source directory. One of the two methods can be used to change 5135 in the source directory. One of the two methods can be used to change
5136 this behavior and build U-Boot to some external directory: 5136 this behavior and build U-Boot to some external directory:
5137 5137
5138 1. Add O= to the make command line invocations: 5138 1. Add O= to the make command line invocations:
5139 5139
5140 make O=/tmp/build distclean 5140 make O=/tmp/build distclean
5141 make O=/tmp/build NAME_defconfig 5141 make O=/tmp/build NAME_defconfig
5142 make O=/tmp/build all 5142 make O=/tmp/build all
5143 5143
5144 2. Set environment variable KBUILD_OUTPUT to point to the desired location: 5144 2. Set environment variable KBUILD_OUTPUT to point to the desired location:
5145 5145
5146 export KBUILD_OUTPUT=/tmp/build 5146 export KBUILD_OUTPUT=/tmp/build
5147 make distclean 5147 make distclean
5148 make NAME_defconfig 5148 make NAME_defconfig
5149 make all 5149 make all
5150 5150
5151 Note that the command line "O=" setting overrides the KBUILD_OUTPUT environment 5151 Note that the command line "O=" setting overrides the KBUILD_OUTPUT environment
5152 variable. 5152 variable.
5153 5153
5154 5154
5155 Please be aware that the Makefiles assume you are using GNU make, so 5155 Please be aware that the Makefiles assume you are using GNU make, so
5156 for instance on NetBSD you might need to use "gmake" instead of 5156 for instance on NetBSD you might need to use "gmake" instead of
5157 native "make". 5157 native "make".
5158 5158
5159 5159
5160 If the system board that you have is not listed, then you will need 5160 If the system board that you have is not listed, then you will need
5161 to port U-Boot to your hardware platform. To do this, follow these 5161 to port U-Boot to your hardware platform. To do this, follow these
5162 steps: 5162 steps:
5163 5163
5164 1. Add a new configuration option for your board to the toplevel 5164 1. Add a new configuration option for your board to the toplevel
5165 "boards.cfg" file, using the existing entries as examples. 5165 "boards.cfg" file, using the existing entries as examples.
5166 Follow the instructions there to keep the boards in order. 5166 Follow the instructions there to keep the boards in order.
5167 2. Create a new directory to hold your board specific code. Add any 5167 2. Create a new directory to hold your board specific code. Add any
5168 files you need. In your board directory, you will need at least 5168 files you need. In your board directory, you will need at least
5169 the "Makefile", a "<board>.c", "flash.c" and "u-boot.lds". 5169 the "Makefile", a "<board>.c", "flash.c" and "u-boot.lds".
5170 3. Create a new configuration file "include/configs/<board>.h" for 5170 3. Create a new configuration file "include/configs/<board>.h" for
5171 your board 5171 your board
5172 3. If you're porting U-Boot to a new CPU, then also create a new 5172 3. If you're porting U-Boot to a new CPU, then also create a new
5173 directory to hold your CPU specific code. Add any files you need. 5173 directory to hold your CPU specific code. Add any files you need.
5174 4. Run "make <board>_defconfig" with your new name. 5174 4. Run "make <board>_defconfig" with your new name.
5175 5. Type "make", and you should get a working "u-boot.srec" file 5175 5. Type "make", and you should get a working "u-boot.srec" file
5176 to be installed on your target system. 5176 to be installed on your target system.
5177 6. Debug and solve any problems that might arise. 5177 6. Debug and solve any problems that might arise.
5178 [Of course, this last step is much harder than it sounds.] 5178 [Of course, this last step is much harder than it sounds.]
5179 5179
5180 5180
5181 Testing of U-Boot Modifications, Ports to New Hardware, etc.: 5181 Testing of U-Boot Modifications, Ports to New Hardware, etc.:
5182 ============================================================== 5182 ==============================================================
5183 5183
5184 If you have modified U-Boot sources (for instance added a new board 5184 If you have modified U-Boot sources (for instance added a new board
5185 or support for new devices, a new CPU, etc.) you are expected to 5185 or support for new devices, a new CPU, etc.) you are expected to
5186 provide feedback to the other developers. The feedback normally takes 5186 provide feedback to the other developers. The feedback normally takes
5187 the form of a "patch", i. e. a context diff against a certain (latest 5187 the form of a "patch", i. e. a context diff against a certain (latest
5188 official or latest in the git repository) version of U-Boot sources. 5188 official or latest in the git repository) version of U-Boot sources.
5189 5189
5190 But before you submit such a patch, please verify that your modifi- 5190 But before you submit such a patch, please verify that your modifi-
5191 cation did not break existing code. At least make sure that *ALL* of 5191 cation did not break existing code. At least make sure that *ALL* of
5192 the supported boards compile WITHOUT ANY compiler warnings. To do so, 5192 the supported boards compile WITHOUT ANY compiler warnings. To do so,
5193 just run the "MAKEALL" script, which will configure and build U-Boot 5193 just run the "MAKEALL" script, which will configure and build U-Boot
5194 for ALL supported system. Be warned, this will take a while. You can 5194 for ALL supported system. Be warned, this will take a while. You can
5195 select which (cross) compiler to use by passing a `CROSS_COMPILE' 5195 select which (cross) compiler to use by passing a `CROSS_COMPILE'
5196 environment variable to the script, i. e. to use the ELDK cross tools 5196 environment variable to the script, i. e. to use the ELDK cross tools
5197 you can type 5197 you can type
5198 5198
5199 CROSS_COMPILE=ppc_8xx- MAKEALL 5199 CROSS_COMPILE=ppc_8xx- MAKEALL
5200 5200
5201 or to build on a native PowerPC system you can type 5201 or to build on a native PowerPC system you can type
5202 5202
5203 CROSS_COMPILE=' ' MAKEALL 5203 CROSS_COMPILE=' ' MAKEALL
5204 5204
5205 When using the MAKEALL script, the default behaviour is to build 5205 When using the MAKEALL script, the default behaviour is to build
5206 U-Boot in the source directory. This location can be changed by 5206 U-Boot in the source directory. This location can be changed by
5207 setting the BUILD_DIR environment variable. Also, for each target 5207 setting the BUILD_DIR environment variable. Also, for each target
5208 built, the MAKEALL script saves two log files (<target>.ERR and 5208 built, the MAKEALL script saves two log files (<target>.ERR and
5209 <target>.MAKEALL) in the <source dir>/LOG directory. This default 5209 <target>.MAKEALL) in the <source dir>/LOG directory. This default
5210 location can be changed by setting the MAKEALL_LOGDIR environment 5210 location can be changed by setting the MAKEALL_LOGDIR environment
5211 variable. For example: 5211 variable. For example:
5212 5212
5213 export BUILD_DIR=/tmp/build 5213 export BUILD_DIR=/tmp/build
5214 export MAKEALL_LOGDIR=/tmp/log 5214 export MAKEALL_LOGDIR=/tmp/log
5215 CROSS_COMPILE=ppc_8xx- MAKEALL 5215 CROSS_COMPILE=ppc_8xx- MAKEALL
5216 5216
5217 With the above settings build objects are saved in the /tmp/build, 5217 With the above settings build objects are saved in the /tmp/build,
5218 log files are saved in the /tmp/log and the source tree remains clean 5218 log files are saved in the /tmp/log and the source tree remains clean
5219 during the whole build process. 5219 during the whole build process.
5220 5220
5221 5221
5222 See also "U-Boot Porting Guide" below. 5222 See also "U-Boot Porting Guide" below.
5223 5223
5224 5224
5225 Monitor Commands - Overview: 5225 Monitor Commands - Overview:
5226 ============================ 5226 ============================
5227 5227
5228 go - start application at address 'addr' 5228 go - start application at address 'addr'
5229 run - run commands in an environment variable 5229 run - run commands in an environment variable
5230 bootm - boot application image from memory 5230 bootm - boot application image from memory
5231 bootp - boot image via network using BootP/TFTP protocol 5231 bootp - boot image via network using BootP/TFTP protocol
5232 bootz - boot zImage from memory 5232 bootz - boot zImage from memory
5233 tftpboot- boot image via network using TFTP protocol 5233 tftpboot- boot image via network using TFTP protocol
5234 and env variables "ipaddr" and "serverip" 5234 and env variables "ipaddr" and "serverip"
5235 (and eventually "gatewayip") 5235 (and eventually "gatewayip")
5236 tftpput - upload a file via network using TFTP protocol 5236 tftpput - upload a file via network using TFTP protocol
5237 rarpboot- boot image via network using RARP/TFTP protocol 5237 rarpboot- boot image via network using RARP/TFTP protocol
5238 diskboot- boot from IDE devicebootd - boot default, i.e., run 'bootcmd' 5238 diskboot- boot from IDE devicebootd - boot default, i.e., run 'bootcmd'
5239 loads - load S-Record file over serial line 5239 loads - load S-Record file over serial line
5240 loadb - load binary file over serial line (kermit mode) 5240 loadb - load binary file over serial line (kermit mode)
5241 md - memory display 5241 md - memory display
5242 mm - memory modify (auto-incrementing) 5242 mm - memory modify (auto-incrementing)
5243 nm - memory modify (constant address) 5243 nm - memory modify (constant address)
5244 mw - memory write (fill) 5244 mw - memory write (fill)
5245 cp - memory copy 5245 cp - memory copy
5246 cmp - memory compare 5246 cmp - memory compare
5247 crc32 - checksum calculation 5247 crc32 - checksum calculation
5248 i2c - I2C sub-system 5248 i2c - I2C sub-system
5249 sspi - SPI utility commands 5249 sspi - SPI utility commands
5250 base - print or set address offset 5250 base - print or set address offset
5251 printenv- print environment variables 5251 printenv- print environment variables
5252 setenv - set environment variables 5252 setenv - set environment variables
5253 saveenv - save environment variables to persistent storage 5253 saveenv - save environment variables to persistent storage
5254 protect - enable or disable FLASH write protection 5254 protect - enable or disable FLASH write protection
5255 erase - erase FLASH memory 5255 erase - erase FLASH memory
5256 flinfo - print FLASH memory information 5256 flinfo - print FLASH memory information
5257 nand - NAND memory operations (see doc/README.nand) 5257 nand - NAND memory operations (see doc/README.nand)
5258 bdinfo - print Board Info structure 5258 bdinfo - print Board Info structure
5259 iminfo - print header information for application image 5259 iminfo - print header information for application image
5260 coninfo - print console devices and informations 5260 coninfo - print console devices and informations
5261 ide - IDE sub-system 5261 ide - IDE sub-system
5262 loop - infinite loop on address range 5262 loop - infinite loop on address range
5263 loopw - infinite write loop on address range 5263 loopw - infinite write loop on address range
5264 mtest - simple RAM test 5264 mtest - simple RAM test
5265 icache - enable or disable instruction cache 5265 icache - enable or disable instruction cache
5266 dcache - enable or disable data cache 5266 dcache - enable or disable data cache
5267 reset - Perform RESET of the CPU 5267 reset - Perform RESET of the CPU
5268 echo - echo args to console 5268 echo - echo args to console
5269 version - print monitor version 5269 version - print monitor version
5270 help - print online help 5270 help - print online help
5271 ? - alias for 'help' 5271 ? - alias for 'help'
5272 5272
5273 5273
5274 Monitor Commands - Detailed Description: 5274 Monitor Commands - Detailed Description:
5275 ======================================== 5275 ========================================
5276 5276
5277 TODO. 5277 TODO.
5278 5278
5279 For now: just type "help <command>". 5279 For now: just type "help <command>".
5280 5280
5281 5281
5282 Environment Variables: 5282 Environment Variables:
5283 ====================== 5283 ======================
5284 5284
5285 U-Boot supports user configuration using Environment Variables which 5285 U-Boot supports user configuration using Environment Variables which
5286 can be made persistent by saving to Flash memory. 5286 can be made persistent by saving to Flash memory.
5287 5287
5288 Environment Variables are set using "setenv", printed using 5288 Environment Variables are set using "setenv", printed using
5289 "printenv", and saved to Flash using "saveenv". Using "setenv" 5289 "printenv", and saved to Flash using "saveenv". Using "setenv"
5290 without a value can be used to delete a variable from the 5290 without a value can be used to delete a variable from the
5291 environment. As long as you don't save the environment you are 5291 environment. As long as you don't save the environment you are
5292 working with an in-memory copy. In case the Flash area containing the 5292 working with an in-memory copy. In case the Flash area containing the
5293 environment is erased by accident, a default environment is provided. 5293 environment is erased by accident, a default environment is provided.
5294 5294
5295 Some configuration options can be set using Environment Variables. 5295 Some configuration options can be set using Environment Variables.
5296 5296
5297 List of environment variables (most likely not complete): 5297 List of environment variables (most likely not complete):
5298 5298
5299 baudrate - see CONFIG_BAUDRATE 5299 baudrate - see CONFIG_BAUDRATE
5300 5300
5301 bootdelay - see CONFIG_BOOTDELAY 5301 bootdelay - see CONFIG_BOOTDELAY
5302 5302
5303 bootcmd - see CONFIG_BOOTCOMMAND 5303 bootcmd - see CONFIG_BOOTCOMMAND
5304 5304
5305 bootargs - Boot arguments when booting an RTOS image 5305 bootargs - Boot arguments when booting an RTOS image
5306 5306
5307 bootfile - Name of the image to load with TFTP 5307 bootfile - Name of the image to load with TFTP
5308 5308
5309 bootm_low - Memory range available for image processing in the bootm 5309 bootm_low - Memory range available for image processing in the bootm
5310 command can be restricted. This variable is given as 5310 command can be restricted. This variable is given as
5311 a hexadecimal number and defines lowest address allowed 5311 a hexadecimal number and defines lowest address allowed
5312 for use by the bootm command. See also "bootm_size" 5312 for use by the bootm command. See also "bootm_size"
5313 environment variable. Address defined by "bootm_low" is 5313 environment variable. Address defined by "bootm_low" is
5314 also the base of the initial memory mapping for the Linux 5314 also the base of the initial memory mapping for the Linux
5315 kernel -- see the description of CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ and 5315 kernel -- see the description of CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ and
5316 bootm_mapsize. 5316 bootm_mapsize.
5317 5317
5318 bootm_mapsize - Size of the initial memory mapping for the Linux kernel. 5318 bootm_mapsize - Size of the initial memory mapping for the Linux kernel.
5319 This variable is given as a hexadecimal number and it 5319 This variable is given as a hexadecimal number and it
5320 defines the size of the memory region starting at base 5320 defines the size of the memory region starting at base
5321 address bootm_low that is accessible by the Linux kernel 5321 address bootm_low that is accessible by the Linux kernel
5322 during early boot. If unset, CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ is used 5322 during early boot. If unset, CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ is used
5323 as the default value if it is defined, and bootm_size is 5323 as the default value if it is defined, and bootm_size is
5324 used otherwise. 5324 used otherwise.
5325 5325
5326 bootm_size - Memory range available for image processing in the bootm 5326 bootm_size - Memory range available for image processing in the bootm
5327 command can be restricted. This variable is given as 5327 command can be restricted. This variable is given as
5328 a hexadecimal number and defines the size of the region 5328 a hexadecimal number and defines the size of the region
5329 allowed for use by the bootm command. See also "bootm_low" 5329 allowed for use by the bootm command. See also "bootm_low"
5330 environment variable. 5330 environment variable.
5331 5331
5332 updatefile - Location of the software update file on a TFTP server, used 5332 updatefile - Location of the software update file on a TFTP server, used
5333 by the automatic software update feature. Please refer to 5333 by the automatic software update feature. Please refer to
5334 documentation in doc/README.update for more details. 5334 documentation in doc/README.update for more details.
5335 5335
5336 autoload - if set to "no" (any string beginning with 'n'), 5336 autoload - if set to "no" (any string beginning with 'n'),
5337 "bootp" will just load perform a lookup of the 5337 "bootp" will just load perform a lookup of the
5338 configuration from the BOOTP server, but not try to 5338 configuration from the BOOTP server, but not try to
5339 load any image using TFTP 5339 load any image using TFTP
5340 5340
5341 autostart - if set to "yes", an image loaded using the "bootp", 5341 autostart - if set to "yes", an image loaded using the "bootp",
5342 "rarpboot", "tftpboot" or "diskboot" commands will 5342 "rarpboot", "tftpboot" or "diskboot" commands will
5343 be automatically started (by internally calling 5343 be automatically started (by internally calling
5344 "bootm") 5344 "bootm")
5345 5345
5346 If set to "no", a standalone image passed to the 5346 If set to "no", a standalone image passed to the
5347 "bootm" command will be copied to the load address 5347 "bootm" command will be copied to the load address
5348 (and eventually uncompressed), but NOT be started. 5348 (and eventually uncompressed), but NOT be started.
5349 This can be used to load and uncompress arbitrary 5349 This can be used to load and uncompress arbitrary
5350 data. 5350 data.
5351 5351
5352 fdt_high - if set this restricts the maximum address that the 5352 fdt_high - if set this restricts the maximum address that the
5353 flattened device tree will be copied into upon boot. 5353 flattened device tree will be copied into upon boot.
5354 For example, if you have a system with 1 GB memory 5354 For example, if you have a system with 1 GB memory
5355 at physical address 0x10000000, while Linux kernel 5355 at physical address 0x10000000, while Linux kernel
5356 only recognizes the first 704 MB as low memory, you 5356 only recognizes the first 704 MB as low memory, you
5357 may need to set fdt_high as 0x3C000000 to have the 5357 may need to set fdt_high as 0x3C000000 to have the
5358 device tree blob be copied to the maximum address 5358 device tree blob be copied to the maximum address
5359 of the 704 MB low memory, so that Linux kernel can 5359 of the 704 MB low memory, so that Linux kernel can
5360 access it during the boot procedure. 5360 access it during the boot procedure.
5361 5361
5362 If this is set to the special value 0xFFFFFFFF then 5362 If this is set to the special value 0xFFFFFFFF then
5363 the fdt will not be copied at all on boot. For this 5363 the fdt will not be copied at all on boot. For this
5364 to work it must reside in writable memory, have 5364 to work it must reside in writable memory, have
5365 sufficient padding on the end of it for u-boot to 5365 sufficient padding on the end of it for u-boot to
5366 add the information it needs into it, and the memory 5366 add the information it needs into it, and the memory
5367 must be accessible by the kernel. 5367 must be accessible by the kernel.
5368 5368
5369 fdtcontroladdr- if set this is the address of the control flattened 5369 fdtcontroladdr- if set this is the address of the control flattened
5370 device tree used by U-Boot when CONFIG_OF_CONTROL is 5370 device tree used by U-Boot when CONFIG_OF_CONTROL is
5371 defined. 5371 defined.
5372 5372
5373 i2cfast - (PPC405GP|PPC405EP only) 5373 i2cfast - (PPC405GP|PPC405EP only)
5374 if set to 'y' configures Linux I2C driver for fast 5374 if set to 'y' configures Linux I2C driver for fast
5375 mode (400kHZ). This environment variable is used in 5375 mode (400kHZ). This environment variable is used in
5376 initialization code. So, for changes to be effective 5376 initialization code. So, for changes to be effective
5377 it must be saved and board must be reset. 5377 it must be saved and board must be reset.
5378 5378
5379 initrd_high - restrict positioning of initrd images: 5379 initrd_high - restrict positioning of initrd images:
5380 If this variable is not set, initrd images will be 5380 If this variable is not set, initrd images will be
5381 copied to the highest possible address in RAM; this 5381 copied to the highest possible address in RAM; this
5382 is usually what you want since it allows for 5382 is usually what you want since it allows for
5383 maximum initrd size. If for some reason you want to 5383 maximum initrd size. If for some reason you want to
5384 make sure that the initrd image is loaded below the 5384 make sure that the initrd image is loaded below the
5385 CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ limit, you can set this environment 5385 CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ limit, you can set this environment
5386 variable to a value of "no" or "off" or "0". 5386 variable to a value of "no" or "off" or "0".
5387 Alternatively, you can set it to a maximum upper 5387 Alternatively, you can set it to a maximum upper
5388 address to use (U-Boot will still check that it 5388 address to use (U-Boot will still check that it
5389 does not overwrite the U-Boot stack and data). 5389 does not overwrite the U-Boot stack and data).
5390 5390
5391 For instance, when you have a system with 16 MB 5391 For instance, when you have a system with 16 MB
5392 RAM, and want to reserve 4 MB from use by Linux, 5392 RAM, and want to reserve 4 MB from use by Linux,
5393 you can do this by adding "mem=12M" to the value of 5393 you can do this by adding "mem=12M" to the value of
5394 the "bootargs" variable. However, now you must make 5394 the "bootargs" variable. However, now you must make
5395 sure that the initrd image is placed in the first 5395 sure that the initrd image is placed in the first
5396 12 MB as well - this can be done with 5396 12 MB as well - this can be done with
5397 5397
5398 setenv initrd_high 00c00000 5398 setenv initrd_high 00c00000
5399 5399
5400 If you set initrd_high to 0xFFFFFFFF, this is an 5400 If you set initrd_high to 0xFFFFFFFF, this is an
5401 indication to U-Boot that all addresses are legal 5401 indication to U-Boot that all addresses are legal
5402 for the Linux kernel, including addresses in flash 5402 for the Linux kernel, including addresses in flash
5403 memory. In this case U-Boot will NOT COPY the 5403 memory. In this case U-Boot will NOT COPY the
5404 ramdisk at all. This may be useful to reduce the 5404 ramdisk at all. This may be useful to reduce the
5405 boot time on your system, but requires that this 5405 boot time on your system, but requires that this
5406 feature is supported by your Linux kernel. 5406 feature is supported by your Linux kernel.
5407 5407
5408 ipaddr - IP address; needed for tftpboot command 5408 ipaddr - IP address; needed for tftpboot command
5409 5409
5410 loadaddr - Default load address for commands like "bootp", 5410 loadaddr - Default load address for commands like "bootp",
5411 "rarpboot", "tftpboot", "loadb" or "diskboot" 5411 "rarpboot", "tftpboot", "loadb" or "diskboot"
5412 5412
5413 loads_echo - see CONFIG_LOADS_ECHO 5413 loads_echo - see CONFIG_LOADS_ECHO
5414 5414
5415 serverip - TFTP server IP address; needed for tftpboot command 5415 serverip - TFTP server IP address; needed for tftpboot command
5416 5416
5417 bootretry - see CONFIG_BOOT_RETRY_TIME 5417 bootretry - see CONFIG_BOOT_RETRY_TIME
5418 5418
5419 bootdelaykey - see CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_DELAY_STR 5419 bootdelaykey - see CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_DELAY_STR
5420 5420
5421 bootstopkey - see CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_STOP_STR 5421 bootstopkey - see CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_STOP_STR
5422 5422
5423 ethprime - controls which interface is used first. 5423 ethprime - controls which interface is used first.
5424 5424
5425 ethact - controls which interface is currently active. 5425 ethact - controls which interface is currently active.
5426 For example you can do the following 5426 For example you can do the following
5427 5427
5428 => setenv ethact FEC 5428 => setenv ethact FEC
5429 => ping 192.168.0.1 # traffic sent on FEC 5429 => ping 192.168.0.1 # traffic sent on FEC
5430 => setenv ethact SCC 5430 => setenv ethact SCC
5431 => ping 10.0.0.1 # traffic sent on SCC 5431 => ping 10.0.0.1 # traffic sent on SCC
5432 5432
5433 ethrotate - When set to "no" U-Boot does not go through all 5433 ethrotate - When set to "no" U-Boot does not go through all
5434 available network interfaces. 5434 available network interfaces.
5435 It just stays at the currently selected interface. 5435 It just stays at the currently selected interface.
5436 5436
5437 netretry - When set to "no" each network operation will 5437 netretry - When set to "no" each network operation will
5438 either succeed or fail without retrying. 5438 either succeed or fail without retrying.
5439 When set to "once" the network operation will 5439 When set to "once" the network operation will
5440 fail when all the available network interfaces 5440 fail when all the available network interfaces
5441 are tried once without success. 5441 are tried once without success.
5442 Useful on scripts which control the retry operation 5442 Useful on scripts which control the retry operation
5443 themselves. 5443 themselves.
5444 5444
5445 npe_ucode - set load address for the NPE microcode 5445 npe_ucode - set load address for the NPE microcode
5446 5446
5447 silent_linux - If set then Linux will be told to boot silently, by 5447 silent_linux - If set then Linux will be told to boot silently, by
5448 changing the console to be empty. If "yes" it will be 5448 changing the console to be empty. If "yes" it will be
5449 made silent. If "no" it will not be made silent. If 5449 made silent. If "no" it will not be made silent. If
5450 unset, then it will be made silent if the U-Boot console 5450 unset, then it will be made silent if the U-Boot console
5451 is silent. 5451 is silent.
5452 5452
5453 tftpsrcp - If this is set, the value is used for TFTP's 5453 tftpsrcp - If this is set, the value is used for TFTP's
5454 UDP source port. 5454 UDP source port.
5455 5455
5456 tftpdstp - If this is set, the value is used for TFTP's UDP 5456 tftpdstp - If this is set, the value is used for TFTP's UDP
5457 destination port instead of the Well Know Port 69. 5457 destination port instead of the Well Know Port 69.
5458 5458
5459 tftpblocksize - Block size to use for TFTP transfers; if not set, 5459 tftpblocksize - Block size to use for TFTP transfers; if not set,
5460 we use the TFTP server's default block size 5460 we use the TFTP server's default block size
5461 5461
5462 tftptimeout - Retransmission timeout for TFTP packets (in milli- 5462 tftptimeout - Retransmission timeout for TFTP packets (in milli-
5463 seconds, minimum value is 1000 = 1 second). Defines 5463 seconds, minimum value is 1000 = 1 second). Defines
5464 when a packet is considered to be lost so it has to 5464 when a packet is considered to be lost so it has to
5465 be retransmitted. The default is 5000 = 5 seconds. 5465 be retransmitted. The default is 5000 = 5 seconds.
5466 Lowering this value may make downloads succeed 5466 Lowering this value may make downloads succeed
5467 faster in networks with high packet loss rates or 5467 faster in networks with high packet loss rates or
5468 with unreliable TFTP servers. 5468 with unreliable TFTP servers.
5469 5469
5470 tftptimeoutcountmax - maximum count of TFTP timeouts (no 5470 tftptimeoutcountmax - maximum count of TFTP timeouts (no
5471 unit, minimum value = 0). Defines how many timeouts 5471 unit, minimum value = 0). Defines how many timeouts
5472 can happen during a single file transfer before that 5472 can happen during a single file transfer before that
5473 transfer is aborted. The default is 10, and 0 means 5473 transfer is aborted. The default is 10, and 0 means
5474 'no timeouts allowed'. Increasing this value may help 5474 'no timeouts allowed'. Increasing this value may help
5475 downloads succeed with high packet loss rates, or with 5475 downloads succeed with high packet loss rates, or with
5476 unreliable TFTP servers or client hardware. 5476 unreliable TFTP servers or client hardware.
5477 5477
5478 vlan - When set to a value < 4095 the traffic over 5478 vlan - When set to a value < 4095 the traffic over
5479 Ethernet is encapsulated/received over 802.1q 5479 Ethernet is encapsulated/received over 802.1q
5480 VLAN tagged frames. 5480 VLAN tagged frames.
5481 5481
5482 The following image location variables contain the location of images 5482 The following image location variables contain the location of images
5483 used in booting. The "Image" column gives the role of the image and is 5483 used in booting. The "Image" column gives the role of the image and is
5484 not an environment variable name. The other columns are environment 5484 not an environment variable name. The other columns are environment
5485 variable names. "File Name" gives the name of the file on a TFTP 5485 variable names. "File Name" gives the name of the file on a TFTP
5486 server, "RAM Address" gives the location in RAM the image will be 5486 server, "RAM Address" gives the location in RAM the image will be
5487 loaded to, and "Flash Location" gives the image's address in NOR 5487 loaded to, and "Flash Location" gives the image's address in NOR
5488 flash or offset in NAND flash. 5488 flash or offset in NAND flash.
5489 5489
5490 *Note* - these variables don't have to be defined for all boards, some 5490 *Note* - these variables don't have to be defined for all boards, some
5491 boards currently use other variables for these purposes, and some 5491 boards currently use other variables for these purposes, and some
5492 boards use these variables for other purposes. 5492 boards use these variables for other purposes.
5493 5493
5494 Image File Name RAM Address Flash Location 5494 Image File Name RAM Address Flash Location
5495 ----- --------- ----------- -------------- 5495 ----- --------- ----------- --------------
5496 u-boot u-boot u-boot_addr_r u-boot_addr 5496 u-boot u-boot u-boot_addr_r u-boot_addr
5497 Linux kernel bootfile kernel_addr_r kernel_addr 5497 Linux kernel bootfile kernel_addr_r kernel_addr
5498 device tree blob fdtfile fdt_addr_r fdt_addr 5498 device tree blob fdtfile fdt_addr_r fdt_addr
5499 ramdisk ramdiskfile ramdisk_addr_r ramdisk_addr 5499 ramdisk ramdiskfile ramdisk_addr_r ramdisk_addr
5500 5500
5501 The following environment variables may be used and automatically 5501 The following environment variables may be used and automatically
5502 updated by the network boot commands ("bootp" and "rarpboot"), 5502 updated by the network boot commands ("bootp" and "rarpboot"),
5503 depending the information provided by your boot server: 5503 depending the information provided by your boot server:
5504 5504
5505 bootfile - see above 5505 bootfile - see above
5506 dnsip - IP address of your Domain Name Server 5506 dnsip - IP address of your Domain Name Server
5507 dnsip2 - IP address of your secondary Domain Name Server 5507 dnsip2 - IP address of your secondary Domain Name Server
5508 gatewayip - IP address of the Gateway (Router) to use 5508 gatewayip - IP address of the Gateway (Router) to use
5509 hostname - Target hostname 5509 hostname - Target hostname
5510 ipaddr - see above 5510 ipaddr - see above
5511 netmask - Subnet Mask 5511 netmask - Subnet Mask
5512 rootpath - Pathname of the root filesystem on the NFS server 5512 rootpath - Pathname of the root filesystem on the NFS server
5513 serverip - see above 5513 serverip - see above
5514 5514
5515 5515
5516 There are two special Environment Variables: 5516 There are two special Environment Variables:
5517 5517
5518 serial# - contains hardware identification information such 5518 serial# - contains hardware identification information such
5519 as type string and/or serial number 5519 as type string and/or serial number
5520 ethaddr - Ethernet address 5520 ethaddr - Ethernet address
5521 5521
5522 These variables can be set only once (usually during manufacturing of 5522 These variables can be set only once (usually during manufacturing of
5523 the board). U-Boot refuses to delete or overwrite these variables 5523 the board). U-Boot refuses to delete or overwrite these variables
5524 once they have been set once. 5524 once they have been set once.
5525 5525
5526 5526
5527 Further special Environment Variables: 5527 Further special Environment Variables:
5528 5528
5529 ver - Contains the U-Boot version string as printed 5529 ver - Contains the U-Boot version string as printed
5530 with the "version" command. This variable is 5530 with the "version" command. This variable is
5531 readonly (see CONFIG_VERSION_VARIABLE). 5531 readonly (see CONFIG_VERSION_VARIABLE).
5532 5532
5533 5533
5534 Please note that changes to some configuration parameters may take 5534 Please note that changes to some configuration parameters may take
5535 only effect after the next boot (yes, that's just like Windoze :-). 5535 only effect after the next boot (yes, that's just like Windoze :-).
5536 5536
5537 5537
5538 Callback functions for environment variables: 5538 Callback functions for environment variables:
5539 --------------------------------------------- 5539 ---------------------------------------------
5540 5540
5541 For some environment variables, the behavior of u-boot needs to change 5541 For some environment variables, the behavior of u-boot needs to change
5542 when their values are changed. This functionality allows functions to 5542 when their values are changed. This functionality allows functions to
5543 be associated with arbitrary variables. On creation, overwrite, or 5543 be associated with arbitrary variables. On creation, overwrite, or
5544 deletion, the callback will provide the opportunity for some side 5544 deletion, the callback will provide the opportunity for some side
5545 effect to happen or for the change to be rejected. 5545 effect to happen or for the change to be rejected.
5546 5546
5547 The callbacks are named and associated with a function using the 5547 The callbacks are named and associated with a function using the
5548 U_BOOT_ENV_CALLBACK macro in your board or driver code. 5548 U_BOOT_ENV_CALLBACK macro in your board or driver code.
5549 5549
5550 These callbacks are associated with variables in one of two ways. The 5550 These callbacks are associated with variables in one of two ways. The
5551 static list can be added to by defining CONFIG_ENV_CALLBACK_LIST_STATIC 5551 static list can be added to by defining CONFIG_ENV_CALLBACK_LIST_STATIC
5552 in the board configuration to a string that defines a list of 5552 in the board configuration to a string that defines a list of
5553 associations. The list must be in the following format: 5553 associations. The list must be in the following format:
5554 5554
5555 entry = variable_name[:callback_name] 5555 entry = variable_name[:callback_name]
5556 list = entry[,list] 5556 list = entry[,list]
5557 5557
5558 If the callback name is not specified, then the callback is deleted. 5558 If the callback name is not specified, then the callback is deleted.
5559 Spaces are also allowed anywhere in the list. 5559 Spaces are also allowed anywhere in the list.
5560 5560
5561 Callbacks can also be associated by defining the ".callbacks" variable 5561 Callbacks can also be associated by defining the ".callbacks" variable
5562 with the same list format above. Any association in ".callbacks" will 5562 with the same list format above. Any association in ".callbacks" will
5563 override any association in the static list. You can define 5563 override any association in the static list. You can define
5564 CONFIG_ENV_CALLBACK_LIST_DEFAULT to a list (string) to define the 5564 CONFIG_ENV_CALLBACK_LIST_DEFAULT to a list (string) to define the
5565 ".callbacks" environment variable in the default or embedded environment. 5565 ".callbacks" environment variable in the default or embedded environment.
5566 5566
5567 If CONFIG_REGEX is defined, the variable_name above is evaluated as a 5567 If CONFIG_REGEX is defined, the variable_name above is evaluated as a
5568 regular expression. This allows multiple variables to be connected to 5568 regular expression. This allows multiple variables to be connected to
5569 the same callback without explicitly listing them all out. 5569 the same callback without explicitly listing them all out.
5570 5570
5571 5571
5572 Command Line Parsing: 5572 Command Line Parsing:
5573 ===================== 5573 =====================
5574 5574
5575 There are two different command line parsers available with U-Boot: 5575 There are two different command line parsers available with U-Boot:
5576 the old "simple" one, and the much more powerful "hush" shell: 5576 the old "simple" one, and the much more powerful "hush" shell:
5577 5577
5578 Old, simple command line parser: 5578 Old, simple command line parser:
5579 -------------------------------- 5579 --------------------------------
5580 5580
5581 - supports environment variables (through setenv / saveenv commands) 5581 - supports environment variables (through setenv / saveenv commands)
5582 - several commands on one line, separated by ';' 5582 - several commands on one line, separated by ';'
5583 - variable substitution using "... ${name} ..." syntax 5583 - variable substitution using "... ${name} ..." syntax
5584 - special characters ('$', ';') can be escaped by prefixing with '\', 5584 - special characters ('$', ';') can be escaped by prefixing with '\',
5585 for example: 5585 for example:
5586 setenv bootcmd bootm \${address} 5586 setenv bootcmd bootm \${address}
5587 - You can also escape text by enclosing in single apostrophes, for example: 5587 - You can also escape text by enclosing in single apostrophes, for example:
5588 setenv addip 'setenv bootargs $bootargs ip=$ipaddr:$serverip:$gatewayip:$netmask:$hostname::off' 5588 setenv addip 'setenv bootargs $bootargs ip=$ipaddr:$serverip:$gatewayip:$netmask:$hostname::off'
5589 5589
5590 Hush shell: 5590 Hush shell:
5591 ----------- 5591 -----------
5592 5592
5593 - similar to Bourne shell, with control structures like 5593 - similar to Bourne shell, with control structures like
5594 if...then...else...fi, for...do...done; while...do...done, 5594 if...then...else...fi, for...do...done; while...do...done,
5595 until...do...done, ... 5595 until...do...done, ...
5596 - supports environment ("global") variables (through setenv / saveenv 5596 - supports environment ("global") variables (through setenv / saveenv
5597 commands) and local shell variables (through standard shell syntax 5597 commands) and local shell variables (through standard shell syntax
5598 "name=value"); only environment variables can be used with "run" 5598 "name=value"); only environment variables can be used with "run"
5599 command 5599 command
5600 5600
5601 General rules: 5601 General rules:
5602 -------------- 5602 --------------
5603 5603
5604 (1) If a command line (or an environment variable executed by a "run" 5604 (1) If a command line (or an environment variable executed by a "run"
5605 command) contains several commands separated by semicolon, and 5605 command) contains several commands separated by semicolon, and
5606 one of these commands fails, then the remaining commands will be 5606 one of these commands fails, then the remaining commands will be
5607 executed anyway. 5607 executed anyway.
5608 5608
5609 (2) If you execute several variables with one call to run (i. e. 5609 (2) If you execute several variables with one call to run (i. e.
5610 calling run with a list of variables as arguments), any failing 5610 calling run with a list of variables as arguments), any failing
5611 command will cause "run" to terminate, i. e. the remaining 5611 command will cause "run" to terminate, i. e. the remaining
5612 variables are not executed. 5612 variables are not executed.
5613 5613
5614 Note for Redundant Ethernet Interfaces: 5614 Note for Redundant Ethernet Interfaces:
5615 ======================================= 5615 =======================================
5616 5616
5617 Some boards come with redundant Ethernet interfaces; U-Boot supports 5617 Some boards come with redundant Ethernet interfaces; U-Boot supports
5618 such configurations and is capable of automatic selection of a 5618 such configurations and is capable of automatic selection of a
5619 "working" interface when needed. MAC assignment works as follows: 5619 "working" interface when needed. MAC assignment works as follows:
5620 5620
5621 Network interfaces are numbered eth0, eth1, eth2, ... Corresponding 5621 Network interfaces are numbered eth0, eth1, eth2, ... Corresponding
5622 MAC addresses can be stored in the environment as "ethaddr" (=>eth0), 5622 MAC addresses can be stored in the environment as "ethaddr" (=>eth0),
5623 "eth1addr" (=>eth1), "eth2addr", ... 5623 "eth1addr" (=>eth1), "eth2addr", ...
5624 5624
5625 If the network interface stores some valid MAC address (for instance 5625 If the network interface stores some valid MAC address (for instance
5626 in SROM), this is used as default address if there is NO correspon- 5626 in SROM), this is used as default address if there is NO correspon-
5627 ding setting in the environment; if the corresponding environment 5627 ding setting in the environment; if the corresponding environment
5628 variable is set, this overrides the settings in the card; that means: 5628 variable is set, this overrides the settings in the card; that means:
5629 5629
5630 o If the SROM has a valid MAC address, and there is no address in the 5630 o If the SROM has a valid MAC address, and there is no address in the
5631 environment, the SROM's address is used. 5631 environment, the SROM's address is used.
5632 5632
5633 o If there is no valid address in the SROM, and a definition in the 5633 o If there is no valid address in the SROM, and a definition in the
5634 environment exists, then the value from the environment variable is 5634 environment exists, then the value from the environment variable is
5635 used. 5635 used.
5636 5636
5637 o If both the SROM and the environment contain a MAC address, and 5637 o If both the SROM and the environment contain a MAC address, and
5638 both addresses are the same, this MAC address is used. 5638 both addresses are the same, this MAC address is used.
5639 5639
5640 o If both the SROM and the environment contain a MAC address, and the 5640 o If both the SROM and the environment contain a MAC address, and the
5641 addresses differ, the value from the environment is used and a 5641 addresses differ, the value from the environment is used and a
5642 warning is printed. 5642 warning is printed.
5643 5643
5644 o If neither SROM nor the environment contain a MAC address, an error 5644 o If neither SROM nor the environment contain a MAC address, an error
5645 is raised. If CONFIG_NET_RANDOM_ETHADDR is defined, then in this case 5645 is raised. If CONFIG_NET_RANDOM_ETHADDR is defined, then in this case
5646 a random, locally-assigned MAC is used. 5646 a random, locally-assigned MAC is used.
5647 5647
5648 If Ethernet drivers implement the 'write_hwaddr' function, valid MAC addresses 5648 If Ethernet drivers implement the 'write_hwaddr' function, valid MAC addresses
5649 will be programmed into hardware as part of the initialization process. This 5649 will be programmed into hardware as part of the initialization process. This
5650 may be skipped by setting the appropriate 'ethmacskip' environment variable. 5650 may be skipped by setting the appropriate 'ethmacskip' environment variable.
5651 The naming convention is as follows: 5651 The naming convention is as follows:
5652 "ethmacskip" (=>eth0), "eth1macskip" (=>eth1) etc. 5652 "ethmacskip" (=>eth0), "eth1macskip" (=>eth1) etc.
5653 5653
5654 Image Formats: 5654 Image Formats:
5655 ============== 5655 ==============
5656 5656
5657 U-Boot is capable of booting (and performing other auxiliary operations on) 5657 U-Boot is capable of booting (and performing other auxiliary operations on)
5658 images in two formats: 5658 images in two formats:
5659 5659
5660 New uImage format (FIT) 5660 New uImage format (FIT)
5661 ----------------------- 5661 -----------------------
5662 5662
5663 Flexible and powerful format based on Flattened Image Tree -- FIT (similar 5663 Flexible and powerful format based on Flattened Image Tree -- FIT (similar
5664 to Flattened Device Tree). It allows the use of images with multiple 5664 to Flattened Device Tree). It allows the use of images with multiple
5665 components (several kernels, ramdisks, etc.), with contents protected by 5665 components (several kernels, ramdisks, etc.), with contents protected by
5666 SHA1, MD5 or CRC32. More details are found in the doc/uImage.FIT directory. 5666 SHA1, MD5 or CRC32. More details are found in the doc/uImage.FIT directory.
5667 5667
5668 5668
5669 Old uImage format 5669 Old uImage format
5670 ----------------- 5670 -----------------
5671 5671
5672 Old image format is based on binary files which can be basically anything, 5672 Old image format is based on binary files which can be basically anything,
5673 preceded by a special header; see the definitions in include/image.h for 5673 preceded by a special header; see the definitions in include/image.h for
5674 details; basically, the header defines the following image properties: 5674 details; basically, the header defines the following image properties:
5675 5675
5676 * Target Operating System (Provisions for OpenBSD, NetBSD, FreeBSD, 5676 * Target Operating System (Provisions for OpenBSD, NetBSD, FreeBSD,
5677 4.4BSD, Linux, SVR4, Esix, Solaris, Irix, SCO, Dell, NCR, VxWorks, 5677 4.4BSD, Linux, SVR4, Esix, Solaris, Irix, SCO, Dell, NCR, VxWorks,
5678 LynxOS, pSOS, QNX, RTEMS, INTEGRITY; 5678 LynxOS, pSOS, QNX, RTEMS, INTEGRITY;
5679 Currently supported: Linux, NetBSD, VxWorks, QNX, RTEMS, LynxOS, 5679 Currently supported: Linux, NetBSD, VxWorks, QNX, RTEMS, LynxOS,
5680 INTEGRITY). 5680 INTEGRITY).
5681 * Target CPU Architecture (Provisions for Alpha, ARM, AVR32, Intel x86, 5681 * Target CPU Architecture (Provisions for Alpha, ARM, AVR32, Intel x86,
5682 IA64, MIPS, NDS32, Nios II, PowerPC, IBM S390, SuperH, Sparc, Sparc 64 Bit; 5682 IA64, MIPS, NDS32, Nios II, PowerPC, IBM S390, SuperH, Sparc, Sparc 64 Bit;
5683 Currently supported: ARM, AVR32, Intel x86, MIPS, NDS32, Nios II, PowerPC). 5683 Currently supported: ARM, AVR32, Intel x86, MIPS, NDS32, Nios II, PowerPC).
5684 * Compression Type (uncompressed, gzip, bzip2) 5684 * Compression Type (uncompressed, gzip, bzip2)
5685 * Load Address 5685 * Load Address
5686 * Entry Point 5686 * Entry Point
5687 * Image Name 5687 * Image Name
5688 * Image Timestamp 5688 * Image Timestamp
5689 5689
5690 The header is marked by a special Magic Number, and both the header 5690 The header is marked by a special Magic Number, and both the header
5691 and the data portions of the image are secured against corruption by 5691 and the data portions of the image are secured against corruption by
5692 CRC32 checksums. 5692 CRC32 checksums.
5693 5693
5694 5694
5695 Linux Support: 5695 Linux Support:
5696 ============== 5696 ==============
5697 5697
5698 Although U-Boot should support any OS or standalone application 5698 Although U-Boot should support any OS or standalone application
5699 easily, the main focus has always been on Linux during the design of 5699 easily, the main focus has always been on Linux during the design of
5700 U-Boot. 5700 U-Boot.
5701 5701
5702 U-Boot includes many features that so far have been part of some 5702 U-Boot includes many features that so far have been part of some
5703 special "boot loader" code within the Linux kernel. Also, any 5703 special "boot loader" code within the Linux kernel. Also, any
5704 "initrd" images to be used are no longer part of one big Linux image; 5704 "initrd" images to be used are no longer part of one big Linux image;
5705 instead, kernel and "initrd" are separate images. This implementation 5705 instead, kernel and "initrd" are separate images. This implementation
5706 serves several purposes: 5706 serves several purposes:
5707 5707
5708 - the same features can be used for other OS or standalone 5708 - the same features can be used for other OS or standalone
5709 applications (for instance: using compressed images to reduce the 5709 applications (for instance: using compressed images to reduce the
5710 Flash memory footprint) 5710 Flash memory footprint)
5711 5711
5712 - it becomes much easier to port new Linux kernel versions because 5712 - it becomes much easier to port new Linux kernel versions because
5713 lots of low-level, hardware dependent stuff are done by U-Boot 5713 lots of low-level, hardware dependent stuff are done by U-Boot
5714 5714
5715 - the same Linux kernel image can now be used with different "initrd" 5715 - the same Linux kernel image can now be used with different "initrd"
5716 images; of course this also means that different kernel images can 5716 images; of course this also means that different kernel images can
5717 be run with the same "initrd". This makes testing easier (you don't 5717 be run with the same "initrd". This makes testing easier (you don't
5718 have to build a new "zImage.initrd" Linux image when you just 5718 have to build a new "zImage.initrd" Linux image when you just
5719 change a file in your "initrd"). Also, a field-upgrade of the 5719 change a file in your "initrd"). Also, a field-upgrade of the
5720 software is easier now. 5720 software is easier now.
5721 5721
5722 5722
5723 Linux HOWTO: 5723 Linux HOWTO:
5724 ============ 5724 ============
5725 5725
5726 Porting Linux to U-Boot based systems: 5726 Porting Linux to U-Boot based systems:
5727 --------------------------------------- 5727 ---------------------------------------
5728 5728
5729 U-Boot cannot save you from doing all the necessary modifications to 5729 U-Boot cannot save you from doing all the necessary modifications to
5730 configure the Linux device drivers for use with your target hardware 5730 configure the Linux device drivers for use with your target hardware
5731 (no, we don't intend to provide a full virtual machine interface to 5731 (no, we don't intend to provide a full virtual machine interface to
5732 Linux :-). 5732 Linux :-).
5733 5733
5734 But now you can ignore ALL boot loader code (in arch/powerpc/mbxboot). 5734 But now you can ignore ALL boot loader code (in arch/powerpc/mbxboot).
5735 5735
5736 Just make sure your machine specific header file (for instance 5736 Just make sure your machine specific header file (for instance
5737 include/asm-ppc/tqm8xx.h) includes the same definition of the Board 5737 include/asm-ppc/tqm8xx.h) includes the same definition of the Board
5738 Information structure as we define in include/asm-<arch>/u-boot.h, 5738 Information structure as we define in include/asm-<arch>/u-boot.h,
5739 and make sure that your definition of IMAP_ADDR uses the same value 5739 and make sure that your definition of IMAP_ADDR uses the same value
5740 as your U-Boot configuration in CONFIG_SYS_IMMR. 5740 as your U-Boot configuration in CONFIG_SYS_IMMR.
5741 5741
5742 Note that U-Boot now has a driver model, a unified model for drivers. 5742 Note that U-Boot now has a driver model, a unified model for drivers.
5743 If you are adding a new driver, plumb it into driver model. If there 5743 If you are adding a new driver, plumb it into driver model. If there
5744 is no uclass available, you are encouraged to create one. See 5744 is no uclass available, you are encouraged to create one. See
5745 doc/driver-model. 5745 doc/driver-model.
5746 5746
5747 5747
5748 Configuring the Linux kernel: 5748 Configuring the Linux kernel:
5749 ----------------------------- 5749 -----------------------------
5750 5750
5751 No specific requirements for U-Boot. Make sure you have some root 5751 No specific requirements for U-Boot. Make sure you have some root
5752 device (initial ramdisk, NFS) for your target system. 5752 device (initial ramdisk, NFS) for your target system.
5753 5753
5754 5754
5755 Building a Linux Image: 5755 Building a Linux Image:
5756 ----------------------- 5756 -----------------------
5757 5757
5758 With U-Boot, "normal" build targets like "zImage" or "bzImage" are 5758 With U-Boot, "normal" build targets like "zImage" or "bzImage" are
5759 not used. If you use recent kernel source, a new build target 5759 not used. If you use recent kernel source, a new build target
5760 "uImage" will exist which automatically builds an image usable by 5760 "uImage" will exist which automatically builds an image usable by
5761 U-Boot. Most older kernels also have support for a "pImage" target, 5761 U-Boot. Most older kernels also have support for a "pImage" target,
5762 which was introduced for our predecessor project PPCBoot and uses a 5762 which was introduced for our predecessor project PPCBoot and uses a
5763 100% compatible format. 5763 100% compatible format.
5764 5764
5765 Example: 5765 Example:
5766 5766
5767 make TQM850L_defconfig 5767 make TQM850L_defconfig
5768 make oldconfig 5768 make oldconfig
5769 make dep 5769 make dep
5770 make uImage 5770 make uImage
5771 5771
5772 The "uImage" build target uses a special tool (in 'tools/mkimage') to 5772 The "uImage" build target uses a special tool (in 'tools/mkimage') to
5773 encapsulate a compressed Linux kernel image with header information, 5773 encapsulate a compressed Linux kernel image with header information,
5774 CRC32 checksum etc. for use with U-Boot. This is what we are doing: 5774 CRC32 checksum etc. for use with U-Boot. This is what we are doing:
5775 5775
5776 * build a standard "vmlinux" kernel image (in ELF binary format): 5776 * build a standard "vmlinux" kernel image (in ELF binary format):
5777 5777
5778 * convert the kernel into a raw binary image: 5778 * convert the kernel into a raw binary image:
5779 5779
5780 ${CROSS_COMPILE}-objcopy -O binary \ 5780 ${CROSS_COMPILE}-objcopy -O binary \
5781 -R .note -R .comment \ 5781 -R .note -R .comment \
5782 -S vmlinux linux.bin 5782 -S vmlinux linux.bin
5783 5783
5784 * compress the binary image: 5784 * compress the binary image:
5785 5785
5786 gzip -9 linux.bin 5786 gzip -9 linux.bin
5787 5787
5788 * package compressed binary image for U-Boot: 5788 * package compressed binary image for U-Boot:
5789 5789
5790 mkimage -A ppc -O linux -T kernel -C gzip \ 5790 mkimage -A ppc -O linux -T kernel -C gzip \
5791 -a 0 -e 0 -n "Linux Kernel Image" \ 5791 -a 0 -e 0 -n "Linux Kernel Image" \
5792 -d linux.bin.gz uImage 5792 -d linux.bin.gz uImage
5793 5793
5794 5794
5795 The "mkimage" tool can also be used to create ramdisk images for use 5795 The "mkimage" tool can also be used to create ramdisk images for use
5796 with U-Boot, either separated from the Linux kernel image, or 5796 with U-Boot, either separated from the Linux kernel image, or
5797 combined into one file. "mkimage" encapsulates the images with a 64 5797 combined into one file. "mkimage" encapsulates the images with a 64
5798 byte header containing information about target architecture, 5798 byte header containing information about target architecture,
5799 operating system, image type, compression method, entry points, time 5799 operating system, image type, compression method, entry points, time
5800 stamp, CRC32 checksums, etc. 5800 stamp, CRC32 checksums, etc.
5801 5801
5802 "mkimage" can be called in two ways: to verify existing images and 5802 "mkimage" can be called in two ways: to verify existing images and
5803 print the header information, or to build new images. 5803 print the header information, or to build new images.
5804 5804
5805 In the first form (with "-l" option) mkimage lists the information 5805 In the first form (with "-l" option) mkimage lists the information
5806 contained in the header of an existing U-Boot image; this includes 5806 contained in the header of an existing U-Boot image; this includes
5807 checksum verification: 5807 checksum verification:
5808 5808
5809 tools/mkimage -l image 5809 tools/mkimage -l image
5810 -l ==> list image header information 5810 -l ==> list image header information
5811 5811
5812 The second form (with "-d" option) is used to build a U-Boot image 5812 The second form (with "-d" option) is used to build a U-Boot image
5813 from a "data file" which is used as image payload: 5813 from a "data file" which is used as image payload:
5814 5814
5815 tools/mkimage -A arch -O os -T type -C comp -a addr -e ep \ 5815 tools/mkimage -A arch -O os -T type -C comp -a addr -e ep \
5816 -n name -d data_file image 5816 -n name -d data_file image
5817 -A ==> set architecture to 'arch' 5817 -A ==> set architecture to 'arch'
5818 -O ==> set operating system to 'os' 5818 -O ==> set operating system to 'os'
5819 -T ==> set image type to 'type' 5819 -T ==> set image type to 'type'
5820 -C ==> set compression type 'comp' 5820 -C ==> set compression type 'comp'
5821 -a ==> set load address to 'addr' (hex) 5821 -a ==> set load address to 'addr' (hex)
5822 -e ==> set entry point to 'ep' (hex) 5822 -e ==> set entry point to 'ep' (hex)
5823 -n ==> set image name to 'name' 5823 -n ==> set image name to 'name'
5824 -d ==> use image data from 'datafile' 5824 -d ==> use image data from 'datafile'
5825 5825
5826 Right now, all Linux kernels for PowerPC systems use the same load 5826 Right now, all Linux kernels for PowerPC systems use the same load
5827 address (0x00000000), but the entry point address depends on the 5827 address (0x00000000), but the entry point address depends on the
5828 kernel version: 5828 kernel version:
5829 5829
5830 - 2.2.x kernels have the entry point at 0x0000000C, 5830 - 2.2.x kernels have the entry point at 0x0000000C,
5831 - 2.3.x and later kernels have the entry point at 0x00000000. 5831 - 2.3.x and later kernels have the entry point at 0x00000000.
5832 5832
5833 So a typical call to build a U-Boot image would read: 5833 So a typical call to build a U-Boot image would read:
5834 5834
5835 -> tools/mkimage -n '2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L' \ 5835 -> tools/mkimage -n '2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L' \
5836 > -A ppc -O linux -T kernel -C gzip -a 0 -e 0 \ 5836 > -A ppc -O linux -T kernel -C gzip -a 0 -e 0 \
5837 > -d /opt/elsk/ppc_8xx/usr/src/linux-2.4.4/arch/powerpc/coffboot/vmlinux.gz \ 5837 > -d /opt/elsk/ppc_8xx/usr/src/linux-2.4.4/arch/powerpc/coffboot/vmlinux.gz \
5838 > examples/uImage.TQM850L 5838 > examples/uImage.TQM850L
5839 Image Name: 2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L 5839 Image Name: 2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L
5840 Created: Wed Jul 19 02:34:59 2000 5840 Created: Wed Jul 19 02:34:59 2000
5841 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed) 5841 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5842 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327.86 kB = 0.32 MB 5842 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327.86 kB = 0.32 MB
5843 Load Address: 0x00000000 5843 Load Address: 0x00000000
5844 Entry Point: 0x00000000 5844 Entry Point: 0x00000000
5845 5845
5846 To verify the contents of the image (or check for corruption): 5846 To verify the contents of the image (or check for corruption):
5847 5847
5848 -> tools/mkimage -l examples/uImage.TQM850L 5848 -> tools/mkimage -l examples/uImage.TQM850L
5849 Image Name: 2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L 5849 Image Name: 2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L
5850 Created: Wed Jul 19 02:34:59 2000 5850 Created: Wed Jul 19 02:34:59 2000
5851 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed) 5851 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5852 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327.86 kB = 0.32 MB 5852 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327.86 kB = 0.32 MB
5853 Load Address: 0x00000000 5853 Load Address: 0x00000000
5854 Entry Point: 0x00000000 5854 Entry Point: 0x00000000
5855 5855
5856 NOTE: for embedded systems where boot time is critical you can trade 5856 NOTE: for embedded systems where boot time is critical you can trade
5857 speed for memory and install an UNCOMPRESSED image instead: this 5857 speed for memory and install an UNCOMPRESSED image instead: this
5858 needs more space in Flash, but boots much faster since it does not 5858 needs more space in Flash, but boots much faster since it does not
5859 need to be uncompressed: 5859 need to be uncompressed:
5860 5860
5861 -> gunzip /opt/elsk/ppc_8xx/usr/src/linux-2.4.4/arch/powerpc/coffboot/vmlinux.gz 5861 -> gunzip /opt/elsk/ppc_8xx/usr/src/linux-2.4.4/arch/powerpc/coffboot/vmlinux.gz
5862 -> tools/mkimage -n '2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L' \ 5862 -> tools/mkimage -n '2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L' \
5863 > -A ppc -O linux -T kernel -C none -a 0 -e 0 \ 5863 > -A ppc -O linux -T kernel -C none -a 0 -e 0 \
5864 > -d /opt/elsk/ppc_8xx/usr/src/linux-2.4.4/arch/powerpc/coffboot/vmlinux \ 5864 > -d /opt/elsk/ppc_8xx/usr/src/linux-2.4.4/arch/powerpc/coffboot/vmlinux \
5865 > examples/uImage.TQM850L-uncompressed 5865 > examples/uImage.TQM850L-uncompressed
5866 Image Name: 2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L 5866 Image Name: 2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L
5867 Created: Wed Jul 19 02:34:59 2000 5867 Created: Wed Jul 19 02:34:59 2000
5868 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (uncompressed) 5868 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (uncompressed)
5869 Data Size: 792160 Bytes = 773.59 kB = 0.76 MB 5869 Data Size: 792160 Bytes = 773.59 kB = 0.76 MB
5870 Load Address: 0x00000000 5870 Load Address: 0x00000000
5871 Entry Point: 0x00000000 5871 Entry Point: 0x00000000
5872 5872
5873 5873
5874 Similar you can build U-Boot images from a 'ramdisk.image.gz' file 5874 Similar you can build U-Boot images from a 'ramdisk.image.gz' file
5875 when your kernel is intended to use an initial ramdisk: 5875 when your kernel is intended to use an initial ramdisk:
5876 5876
5877 -> tools/mkimage -n 'Simple Ramdisk Image' \ 5877 -> tools/mkimage -n 'Simple Ramdisk Image' \
5878 > -A ppc -O linux -T ramdisk -C gzip \ 5878 > -A ppc -O linux -T ramdisk -C gzip \
5879 > -d /LinuxPPC/images/SIMPLE-ramdisk.image.gz examples/simple-initrd 5879 > -d /LinuxPPC/images/SIMPLE-ramdisk.image.gz examples/simple-initrd
5880 Image Name: Simple Ramdisk Image 5880 Image Name: Simple Ramdisk Image
5881 Created: Wed Jan 12 14:01:50 2000 5881 Created: Wed Jan 12 14:01:50 2000
5882 Image Type: PowerPC Linux RAMDisk Image (gzip compressed) 5882 Image Type: PowerPC Linux RAMDisk Image (gzip compressed)
5883 Data Size: 566530 Bytes = 553.25 kB = 0.54 MB 5883 Data Size: 566530 Bytes = 553.25 kB = 0.54 MB
5884 Load Address: 0x00000000 5884 Load Address: 0x00000000
5885 Entry Point: 0x00000000 5885 Entry Point: 0x00000000
5886 5886
5887 The "dumpimage" is a tool to disassemble images built by mkimage. Its "-i" 5887 The "dumpimage" is a tool to disassemble images built by mkimage. Its "-i"
5888 option performs the converse operation of the mkimage's second form (the "-d" 5888 option performs the converse operation of the mkimage's second form (the "-d"
5889 option). Given an image built by mkimage, the dumpimage extracts a "data file" 5889 option). Given an image built by mkimage, the dumpimage extracts a "data file"
5890 from the image: 5890 from the image:
5891 5891
5892 tools/dumpimage -i image -T type -p position data_file 5892 tools/dumpimage -i image -T type -p position data_file
5893 -i ==> extract from the 'image' a specific 'data_file' 5893 -i ==> extract from the 'image' a specific 'data_file'
5894 -T ==> set image type to 'type' 5894 -T ==> set image type to 'type'
5895 -p ==> 'position' (starting at 0) of the 'data_file' inside the 'image' 5895 -p ==> 'position' (starting at 0) of the 'data_file' inside the 'image'
5896 5896
5897 5897
5898 Installing a Linux Image: 5898 Installing a Linux Image:
5899 ------------------------- 5899 -------------------------
5900 5900
5901 To downloading a U-Boot image over the serial (console) interface, 5901 To downloading a U-Boot image over the serial (console) interface,
5902 you must convert the image to S-Record format: 5902 you must convert the image to S-Record format:
5903 5903
5904 objcopy -I binary -O srec examples/image examples/image.srec 5904 objcopy -I binary -O srec examples/image examples/image.srec
5905 5905
5906 The 'objcopy' does not understand the information in the U-Boot 5906 The 'objcopy' does not understand the information in the U-Boot
5907 image header, so the resulting S-Record file will be relative to 5907 image header, so the resulting S-Record file will be relative to
5908 address 0x00000000. To load it to a given address, you need to 5908 address 0x00000000. To load it to a given address, you need to
5909 specify the target address as 'offset' parameter with the 'loads' 5909 specify the target address as 'offset' parameter with the 'loads'
5910 command. 5910 command.
5911 5911
5912 Example: install the image to address 0x40100000 (which on the 5912 Example: install the image to address 0x40100000 (which on the
5913 TQM8xxL is in the first Flash bank): 5913 TQM8xxL is in the first Flash bank):
5914 5914
5915 => erase 40100000 401FFFFF 5915 => erase 40100000 401FFFFF
5916 5916
5917 .......... done 5917 .......... done
5918 Erased 8 sectors 5918 Erased 8 sectors
5919 5919
5920 => loads 40100000 5920 => loads 40100000
5921 ## Ready for S-Record download ... 5921 ## Ready for S-Record download ...
5922 ~>examples/image.srec 5922 ~>examples/image.srec
5923 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 ... 5923 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 ...
5924 ... 5924 ...
5925 15989 15990 15991 15992 5925 15989 15990 15991 15992
5926 [file transfer complete] 5926 [file transfer complete]
5927 [connected] 5927 [connected]
5928 ## Start Addr = 0x00000000 5928 ## Start Addr = 0x00000000
5929 5929
5930 5930
5931 You can check the success of the download using the 'iminfo' command; 5931 You can check the success of the download using the 'iminfo' command;
5932 this includes a checksum verification so you can be sure no data 5932 this includes a checksum verification so you can be sure no data
5933 corruption happened: 5933 corruption happened:
5934 5934
5935 => imi 40100000 5935 => imi 40100000
5936 5936
5937 ## Checking Image at 40100000 ... 5937 ## Checking Image at 40100000 ...
5938 Image Name: 2.2.13 for initrd on TQM850L 5938 Image Name: 2.2.13 for initrd on TQM850L
5939 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed) 5939 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5940 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327 kB = 0 MB 5940 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327 kB = 0 MB
5941 Load Address: 00000000 5941 Load Address: 00000000
5942 Entry Point: 0000000c 5942 Entry Point: 0000000c
5943 Verifying Checksum ... OK 5943 Verifying Checksum ... OK
5944 5944
5945 5945
5946 Boot Linux: 5946 Boot Linux:
5947 ----------- 5947 -----------
5948 5948
5949 The "bootm" command is used to boot an application that is stored in 5949 The "bootm" command is used to boot an application that is stored in
5950 memory (RAM or Flash). In case of a Linux kernel image, the contents 5950 memory (RAM or Flash). In case of a Linux kernel image, the contents
5951 of the "bootargs" environment variable is passed to the kernel as 5951 of the "bootargs" environment variable is passed to the kernel as
5952 parameters. You can check and modify this variable using the 5952 parameters. You can check and modify this variable using the
5953 "printenv" and "setenv" commands: 5953 "printenv" and "setenv" commands:
5954 5954
5955 5955
5956 => printenv bootargs 5956 => printenv bootargs
5957 bootargs=root=/dev/ram 5957 bootargs=root=/dev/ram
5958 5958
5959 => setenv bootargs root=/dev/nfs rw nfsroot=10.0.0.2:/LinuxPPC nfsaddrs=10.0.0.99:10.0.0.2 5959 => setenv bootargs root=/dev/nfs rw nfsroot=10.0.0.2:/LinuxPPC nfsaddrs=10.0.0.99:10.0.0.2
5960 5960
5961 => printenv bootargs 5961 => printenv bootargs
5962 bootargs=root=/dev/nfs rw nfsroot=10.0.0.2:/LinuxPPC nfsaddrs=10.0.0.99:10.0.0.2 5962 bootargs=root=/dev/nfs rw nfsroot=10.0.0.2:/LinuxPPC nfsaddrs=10.0.0.99:10.0.0.2
5963 5963
5964 => bootm 40020000 5964 => bootm 40020000
5965 ## Booting Linux kernel at 40020000 ... 5965 ## Booting Linux kernel at 40020000 ...
5966 Image Name: 2.2.13 for NFS on TQM850L 5966 Image Name: 2.2.13 for NFS on TQM850L
5967 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed) 5967 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5968 Data Size: 381681 Bytes = 372 kB = 0 MB 5968 Data Size: 381681 Bytes = 372 kB = 0 MB
5969 Load Address: 00000000 5969 Load Address: 00000000
5970 Entry Point: 0000000c 5970 Entry Point: 0000000c
5971 Verifying Checksum ... OK 5971 Verifying Checksum ... OK
5972 Uncompressing Kernel Image ... OK 5972 Uncompressing Kernel Image ... OK
5973 Linux version 2.2.13 (wd@denx.local.net) (gcc version 2.95.2 19991024 (release)) #1 Wed Jul 19 02:35:17 MEST 2000 5973 Linux version 2.2.13 (wd@denx.local.net) (gcc version 2.95.2 19991024 (release)) #1 Wed Jul 19 02:35:17 MEST 2000
5974 Boot arguments: root=/dev/nfs rw nfsroot=10.0.0.2:/LinuxPPC nfsaddrs=10.0.0.99:10.0.0.2 5974 Boot arguments: root=/dev/nfs rw nfsroot=10.0.0.2:/LinuxPPC nfsaddrs=10.0.0.99:10.0.0.2
5975 time_init: decrementer frequency = 187500000/60 5975 time_init: decrementer frequency = 187500000/60
5976 Calibrating delay loop... 49.77 BogoMIPS 5976 Calibrating delay loop... 49.77 BogoMIPS
5977 Memory: 15208k available (700k kernel code, 444k data, 32k init) [c0000000,c1000000] 5977 Memory: 15208k available (700k kernel code, 444k data, 32k init) [c0000000,c1000000]
5978 ... 5978 ...
5979 5979
5980 If you want to boot a Linux kernel with initial RAM disk, you pass 5980 If you want to boot a Linux kernel with initial RAM disk, you pass
5981 the memory addresses of both the kernel and the initrd image (PPBCOOT 5981 the memory addresses of both the kernel and the initrd image (PPBCOOT
5982 format!) to the "bootm" command: 5982 format!) to the "bootm" command:
5983 5983
5984 => imi 40100000 40200000 5984 => imi 40100000 40200000
5985 5985
5986 ## Checking Image at 40100000 ... 5986 ## Checking Image at 40100000 ...
5987 Image Name: 2.2.13 for initrd on TQM850L 5987 Image Name: 2.2.13 for initrd on TQM850L
5988 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed) 5988 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5989 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327 kB = 0 MB 5989 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327 kB = 0 MB
5990 Load Address: 00000000 5990 Load Address: 00000000
5991 Entry Point: 0000000c 5991 Entry Point: 0000000c
5992 Verifying Checksum ... OK 5992 Verifying Checksum ... OK
5993 5993
5994 ## Checking Image at 40200000 ... 5994 ## Checking Image at 40200000 ...
5995 Image Name: Simple Ramdisk Image 5995 Image Name: Simple Ramdisk Image
5996 Image Type: PowerPC Linux RAMDisk Image (gzip compressed) 5996 Image Type: PowerPC Linux RAMDisk Image (gzip compressed)
5997 Data Size: 566530 Bytes = 553 kB = 0 MB 5997 Data Size: 566530 Bytes = 553 kB = 0 MB
5998 Load Address: 00000000 5998 Load Address: 00000000
5999 Entry Point: 00000000 5999 Entry Point: 00000000
6000 Verifying Checksum ... OK 6000 Verifying Checksum ... OK
6001 6001
6002 => bootm 40100000 40200000 6002 => bootm 40100000 40200000
6003 ## Booting Linux kernel at 40100000 ... 6003 ## Booting Linux kernel at 40100000 ...
6004 Image Name: 2.2.13 for initrd on TQM850L 6004 Image Name: 2.2.13 for initrd on TQM850L
6005 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed) 6005 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
6006 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327 kB = 0 MB 6006 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327 kB = 0 MB
6007 Load Address: 00000000 6007 Load Address: 00000000
6008 Entry Point: 0000000c 6008 Entry Point: 0000000c
6009 Verifying Checksum ... OK 6009 Verifying Checksum ... OK
6010 Uncompressing Kernel Image ... OK 6010 Uncompressing Kernel Image ... OK
6011 ## Loading RAMDisk Image at 40200000 ... 6011 ## Loading RAMDisk Image at 40200000 ...
6012 Image Name: Simple Ramdisk Image 6012 Image Name: Simple Ramdisk Image
6013 Image Type: PowerPC Linux RAMDisk Image (gzip compressed) 6013 Image Type: PowerPC Linux RAMDisk Image (gzip compressed)
6014 Data Size: 566530 Bytes = 553 kB = 0 MB 6014 Data Size: 566530 Bytes = 553 kB = 0 MB
6015 Load Address: 00000000 6015 Load Address: 00000000
6016 Entry Point: 00000000 6016 Entry Point: 00000000
6017 Verifying Checksum ... OK 6017 Verifying Checksum ... OK
6018 Loading Ramdisk ... OK 6018 Loading Ramdisk ... OK
6019 Linux version 2.2.13 (wd@denx.local.net) (gcc version 2.95.2 19991024 (release)) #1 Wed Jul 19 02:32:08 MEST 2000 6019 Linux version 2.2.13 (wd@denx.local.net) (gcc version 2.95.2 19991024 (release)) #1 Wed Jul 19 02:32:08 MEST 2000
6020 Boot arguments: root=/dev/ram 6020 Boot arguments: root=/dev/ram
6021 time_init: decrementer frequency = 187500000/60 6021 time_init: decrementer frequency = 187500000/60
6022 Calibrating delay loop... 49.77 BogoMIPS 6022 Calibrating delay loop... 49.77 BogoMIPS
6023 ... 6023 ...
6024 RAMDISK: Compressed image found at block 0 6024 RAMDISK: Compressed image found at block 0
6025 VFS: Mounted root (ext2 filesystem). 6025 VFS: Mounted root (ext2 filesystem).
6026 6026
6027 bash# 6027 bash#
6028 6028
6029 Boot Linux and pass a flat device tree: 6029 Boot Linux and pass a flat device tree:
6030 ----------- 6030 -----------
6031 6031
6032 First, U-Boot must be compiled with the appropriate defines. See the section 6032 First, U-Boot must be compiled with the appropriate defines. See the section
6033 titled "Linux Kernel Interface" above for a more in depth explanation. The 6033 titled "Linux Kernel Interface" above for a more in depth explanation. The
6034 following is an example of how to start a kernel and pass an updated 6034 following is an example of how to start a kernel and pass an updated
6035 flat device tree: 6035 flat device tree:
6036 6036
6037 => print oftaddr 6037 => print oftaddr
6038 oftaddr=0x300000 6038 oftaddr=0x300000
6039 => print oft 6039 => print oft
6040 oft=oftrees/mpc8540ads.dtb 6040 oft=oftrees/mpc8540ads.dtb
6041 => tftp $oftaddr $oft 6041 => tftp $oftaddr $oft
6042 Speed: 1000, full duplex 6042 Speed: 1000, full duplex
6043 Using TSEC0 device 6043 Using TSEC0 device
6044 TFTP from server 192.168.1.1; our IP address is 192.168.1.101 6044 TFTP from server 192.168.1.1; our IP address is 192.168.1.101
6045 Filename 'oftrees/mpc8540ads.dtb'. 6045 Filename 'oftrees/mpc8540ads.dtb'.
6046 Load address: 0x300000 6046 Load address: 0x300000
6047 Loading: # 6047 Loading: #
6048 done 6048 done
6049 Bytes transferred = 4106 (100a hex) 6049 Bytes transferred = 4106 (100a hex)
6050 => tftp $loadaddr $bootfile 6050 => tftp $loadaddr $bootfile
6051 Speed: 1000, full duplex 6051 Speed: 1000, full duplex
6052 Using TSEC0 device 6052 Using TSEC0 device
6053 TFTP from server 192.168.1.1; our IP address is 192.168.1.2 6053 TFTP from server 192.168.1.1; our IP address is 192.168.1.2
6054 Filename 'uImage'. 6054 Filename 'uImage'.
6055 Load address: 0x200000 6055 Load address: 0x200000
6056 Loading:############ 6056 Loading:############
6057 done 6057 done
6058 Bytes transferred = 1029407 (fb51f hex) 6058 Bytes transferred = 1029407 (fb51f hex)
6059 => print loadaddr 6059 => print loadaddr
6060 loadaddr=200000 6060 loadaddr=200000
6061 => print oftaddr 6061 => print oftaddr
6062 oftaddr=0x300000 6062 oftaddr=0x300000
6063 => bootm $loadaddr - $oftaddr 6063 => bootm $loadaddr - $oftaddr
6064 ## Booting image at 00200000 ... 6064 ## Booting image at 00200000 ...
6065 Image Name: Linux-2.6.17-dirty 6065 Image Name: Linux-2.6.17-dirty
6066 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed) 6066 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
6067 Data Size: 1029343 Bytes = 1005.2 kB 6067 Data Size: 1029343 Bytes = 1005.2 kB
6068 Load Address: 00000000 6068 Load Address: 00000000
6069 Entry Point: 00000000 6069 Entry Point: 00000000
6070 Verifying Checksum ... OK 6070 Verifying Checksum ... OK
6071 Uncompressing Kernel Image ... OK 6071 Uncompressing Kernel Image ... OK
6072 Booting using flat device tree at 0x300000 6072 Booting using flat device tree at 0x300000
6073 Using MPC85xx ADS machine description 6073 Using MPC85xx ADS machine description
6074 Memory CAM mapping: CAM0=256Mb, CAM1=256Mb, CAM2=0Mb residual: 0Mb 6074 Memory CAM mapping: CAM0=256Mb, CAM1=256Mb, CAM2=0Mb residual: 0Mb
6075 [snip] 6075 [snip]
6076 6076
6077 6077
6078 More About U-Boot Image Types: 6078 More About U-Boot Image Types:
6079 ------------------------------ 6079 ------------------------------
6080 6080
6081 U-Boot supports the following image types: 6081 U-Boot supports the following image types:
6082 6082
6083 "Standalone Programs" are directly runnable in the environment 6083 "Standalone Programs" are directly runnable in the environment
6084 provided by U-Boot; it is expected that (if they behave 6084 provided by U-Boot; it is expected that (if they behave
6085 well) you can continue to work in U-Boot after return from 6085 well) you can continue to work in U-Boot after return from
6086 the Standalone Program. 6086 the Standalone Program.
6087 "OS Kernel Images" are usually images of some Embedded OS which 6087 "OS Kernel Images" are usually images of some Embedded OS which
6088 will take over control completely. Usually these programs 6088 will take over control completely. Usually these programs
6089 will install their own set of exception handlers, device 6089 will install their own set of exception handlers, device
6090 drivers, set up the MMU, etc. - this means, that you cannot 6090 drivers, set up the MMU, etc. - this means, that you cannot
6091 expect to re-enter U-Boot except by resetting the CPU. 6091 expect to re-enter U-Boot except by resetting the CPU.
6092 "RAMDisk Images" are more or less just data blocks, and their 6092 "RAMDisk Images" are more or less just data blocks, and their
6093 parameters (address, size) are passed to an OS kernel that is 6093 parameters (address, size) are passed to an OS kernel that is
6094 being started. 6094 being started.
6095 "Multi-File Images" contain several images, typically an OS 6095 "Multi-File Images" contain several images, typically an OS
6096 (Linux) kernel image and one or more data images like 6096 (Linux) kernel image and one or more data images like
6097 RAMDisks. This construct is useful for instance when you want 6097 RAMDisks. This construct is useful for instance when you want
6098 to boot over the network using BOOTP etc., where the boot 6098 to boot over the network using BOOTP etc., where the boot
6099 server provides just a single image file, but you want to get 6099 server provides just a single image file, but you want to get
6100 for instance an OS kernel and a RAMDisk image. 6100 for instance an OS kernel and a RAMDisk image.
6101 6101
6102 "Multi-File Images" start with a list of image sizes, each 6102 "Multi-File Images" start with a list of image sizes, each
6103 image size (in bytes) specified by an "uint32_t" in network 6103 image size (in bytes) specified by an "uint32_t" in network
6104 byte order. This list is terminated by an "(uint32_t)0". 6104 byte order. This list is terminated by an "(uint32_t)0".
6105 Immediately after the terminating 0 follow the images, one by 6105 Immediately after the terminating 0 follow the images, one by
6106 one, all aligned on "uint32_t" boundaries (size rounded up to 6106 one, all aligned on "uint32_t" boundaries (size rounded up to
6107 a multiple of 4 bytes). 6107 a multiple of 4 bytes).
6108 6108
6109 "Firmware Images" are binary images containing firmware (like 6109 "Firmware Images" are binary images containing firmware (like
6110 U-Boot or FPGA images) which usually will be programmed to 6110 U-Boot or FPGA images) which usually will be programmed to
6111 flash memory. 6111 flash memory.
6112 6112
6113 "Script files" are command sequences that will be executed by 6113 "Script files" are command sequences that will be executed by
6114 U-Boot's command interpreter; this feature is especially 6114 U-Boot's command interpreter; this feature is especially
6115 useful when you configure U-Boot to use a real shell (hush) 6115 useful when you configure U-Boot to use a real shell (hush)
6116 as command interpreter. 6116 as command interpreter.
6117 6117
6118 Booting the Linux zImage: 6118 Booting the Linux zImage:
6119 ------------------------- 6119 -------------------------
6120 6120
6121 On some platforms, it's possible to boot Linux zImage. This is done 6121 On some platforms, it's possible to boot Linux zImage. This is done
6122 using the "bootz" command. The syntax of "bootz" command is the same 6122 using the "bootz" command. The syntax of "bootz" command is the same
6123 as the syntax of "bootm" command. 6123 as the syntax of "bootm" command.
6124 6124
6125 Note, defining the CONFIG_SUPPORT_RAW_INITRD allows user to supply 6125 Note, defining the CONFIG_SUPPORT_RAW_INITRD allows user to supply
6126 kernel with raw initrd images. The syntax is slightly different, the 6126 kernel with raw initrd images. The syntax is slightly different, the
6127 address of the initrd must be augmented by it's size, in the following 6127 address of the initrd must be augmented by it's size, in the following
6128 format: "<initrd addres>:<initrd size>". 6128 format: "<initrd addres>:<initrd size>".
6129 6129
6130 6130
6131 Standalone HOWTO: 6131 Standalone HOWTO:
6132 ================= 6132 =================
6133 6133
6134 One of the features of U-Boot is that you can dynamically load and 6134 One of the features of U-Boot is that you can dynamically load and
6135 run "standalone" applications, which can use some resources of 6135 run "standalone" applications, which can use some resources of
6136 U-Boot like console I/O functions or interrupt services. 6136 U-Boot like console I/O functions or interrupt services.
6137 6137
6138 Two simple examples are included with the sources: 6138 Two simple examples are included with the sources:
6139 6139
6140 "Hello World" Demo: 6140 "Hello World" Demo:
6141 ------------------- 6141 -------------------
6142 6142
6143 'examples/hello_world.c' contains a small "Hello World" Demo 6143 'examples/hello_world.c' contains a small "Hello World" Demo
6144 application; it is automatically compiled when you build U-Boot. 6144 application; it is automatically compiled when you build U-Boot.
6145 It's configured to run at address 0x00040004, so you can play with it 6145 It's configured to run at address 0x00040004, so you can play with it
6146 like that: 6146 like that:
6147 6147
6148 => loads 6148 => loads
6149 ## Ready for S-Record download ... 6149 ## Ready for S-Record download ...
6150 ~>examples/hello_world.srec 6150 ~>examples/hello_world.srec
6151 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 ... 6151 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 ...
6152 [file transfer complete] 6152 [file transfer complete]
6153 [connected] 6153 [connected]
6154 ## Start Addr = 0x00040004 6154 ## Start Addr = 0x00040004
6155 6155
6156 => go 40004 Hello World! This is a test. 6156 => go 40004 Hello World! This is a test.
6157 ## Starting application at 0x00040004 ... 6157 ## Starting application at 0x00040004 ...
6158 Hello World 6158 Hello World
6159 argc = 7 6159 argc = 7
6160 argv[0] = "40004" 6160 argv[0] = "40004"
6161 argv[1] = "Hello" 6161 argv[1] = "Hello"
6162 argv[2] = "World!" 6162 argv[2] = "World!"
6163 argv[3] = "This" 6163 argv[3] = "This"
6164 argv[4] = "is" 6164 argv[4] = "is"
6165 argv[5] = "a" 6165 argv[5] = "a"
6166 argv[6] = "test." 6166 argv[6] = "test."
6167 argv[7] = "<NULL>" 6167 argv[7] = "<NULL>"
6168 Hit any key to exit ... 6168 Hit any key to exit ...
6169 6169
6170 ## Application terminated, rc = 0x0 6170 ## Application terminated, rc = 0x0
6171 6171
6172 Another example, which demonstrates how to register a CPM interrupt 6172 Another example, which demonstrates how to register a CPM interrupt
6173 handler with the U-Boot code, can be found in 'examples/timer.c'. 6173 handler with the U-Boot code, can be found in 'examples/timer.c'.
6174 Here, a CPM timer is set up to generate an interrupt every second. 6174 Here, a CPM timer is set up to generate an interrupt every second.
6175 The interrupt service routine is trivial, just printing a '.' 6175 The interrupt service routine is trivial, just printing a '.'
6176 character, but this is just a demo program. The application can be 6176 character, but this is just a demo program. The application can be
6177 controlled by the following keys: 6177 controlled by the following keys:
6178 6178
6179 ? - print current values og the CPM Timer registers 6179 ? - print current values og the CPM Timer registers
6180 b - enable interrupts and start timer 6180 b - enable interrupts and start timer
6181 e - stop timer and disable interrupts 6181 e - stop timer and disable interrupts
6182 q - quit application 6182 q - quit application
6183 6183
6184 => loads 6184 => loads
6185 ## Ready for S-Record download ... 6185 ## Ready for S-Record download ...
6186 ~>examples/timer.srec 6186 ~>examples/timer.srec
6187 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 ... 6187 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 ...
6188 [file transfer complete] 6188 [file transfer complete]
6189 [connected] 6189 [connected]
6190 ## Start Addr = 0x00040004 6190 ## Start Addr = 0x00040004
6191 6191
6192 => go 40004 6192 => go 40004
6193 ## Starting application at 0x00040004 ... 6193 ## Starting application at 0x00040004 ...
6194 TIMERS=0xfff00980 6194 TIMERS=0xfff00980
6195 Using timer 1 6195 Using timer 1
6196 tgcr @ 0xfff00980, tmr @ 0xfff00990, trr @ 0xfff00994, tcr @ 0xfff00998, tcn @ 0xfff0099c, ter @ 0xfff009b0 6196 tgcr @ 0xfff00980, tmr @ 0xfff00990, trr @ 0xfff00994, tcr @ 0xfff00998, tcn @ 0xfff0099c, ter @ 0xfff009b0
6197 6197
6198 Hit 'b': 6198 Hit 'b':
6199 [q, b, e, ?] Set interval 1000000 us 6199 [q, b, e, ?] Set interval 1000000 us
6200 Enabling timer 6200 Enabling timer
6201 Hit '?': 6201 Hit '?':
6202 [q, b, e, ?] ........ 6202 [q, b, e, ?] ........
6203 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0xef6, ter=0x0 6203 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0xef6, ter=0x0
6204 Hit '?': 6204 Hit '?':
6205 [q, b, e, ?] . 6205 [q, b, e, ?] .
6206 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0x2ad4, ter=0x0 6206 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0x2ad4, ter=0x0
6207 Hit '?': 6207 Hit '?':
6208 [q, b, e, ?] . 6208 [q, b, e, ?] .
6209 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0x1efc, ter=0x0 6209 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0x1efc, ter=0x0
6210 Hit '?': 6210 Hit '?':
6211 [q, b, e, ?] . 6211 [q, b, e, ?] .
6212 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0x169d, ter=0x0 6212 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0x169d, ter=0x0
6213 Hit 'e': 6213 Hit 'e':
6214 [q, b, e, ?] ...Stopping timer 6214 [q, b, e, ?] ...Stopping timer
6215 Hit 'q': 6215 Hit 'q':
6216 [q, b, e, ?] ## Application terminated, rc = 0x0 6216 [q, b, e, ?] ## Application terminated, rc = 0x0
6217 6217
6218 6218
6219 Minicom warning: 6219 Minicom warning:
6220 ================ 6220 ================
6221 6221
6222 Over time, many people have reported problems when trying to use the 6222 Over time, many people have reported problems when trying to use the
6223 "minicom" terminal emulation program for serial download. I (wd) 6223 "minicom" terminal emulation program for serial download. I (wd)
6224 consider minicom to be broken, and recommend not to use it. Under 6224 consider minicom to be broken, and recommend not to use it. Under
6225 Unix, I recommend to use C-Kermit for general purpose use (and 6225 Unix, I recommend to use C-Kermit for general purpose use (and
6226 especially for kermit binary protocol download ("loadb" command), and 6226 especially for kermit binary protocol download ("loadb" command), and
6227 use "cu" for S-Record download ("loads" command). See 6227 use "cu" for S-Record download ("loads" command). See
6228 http://www.denx.de/wiki/view/DULG/SystemSetup#Section_4.3. 6228 http://www.denx.de/wiki/view/DULG/SystemSetup#Section_4.3.
6229 for help with kermit. 6229 for help with kermit.
6230 6230
6231 6231
6232 Nevertheless, if you absolutely want to use it try adding this 6232 Nevertheless, if you absolutely want to use it try adding this
6233 configuration to your "File transfer protocols" section: 6233 configuration to your "File transfer protocols" section:
6234 6234
6235 Name Program Name U/D FullScr IO-Red. Multi 6235 Name Program Name U/D FullScr IO-Red. Multi
6236 X kermit /usr/bin/kermit -i -l %l -s Y U Y N N 6236 X kermit /usr/bin/kermit -i -l %l -s Y U Y N N
6237 Y kermit /usr/bin/kermit -i -l %l -r N D Y N N 6237 Y kermit /usr/bin/kermit -i -l %l -r N D Y N N
6238 6238
6239 6239
6240 NetBSD Notes: 6240 NetBSD Notes:
6241 ============= 6241 =============
6242 6242
6243 Starting at version 0.9.2, U-Boot supports NetBSD both as host 6243 Starting at version 0.9.2, U-Boot supports NetBSD both as host
6244 (build U-Boot) and target system (boots NetBSD/mpc8xx). 6244 (build U-Boot) and target system (boots NetBSD/mpc8xx).
6245 6245
6246 Building requires a cross environment; it is known to work on 6246 Building requires a cross environment; it is known to work on
6247 NetBSD/i386 with the cross-powerpc-netbsd-1.3 package (you will also 6247 NetBSD/i386 with the cross-powerpc-netbsd-1.3 package (you will also
6248 need gmake since the Makefiles are not compatible with BSD make). 6248 need gmake since the Makefiles are not compatible with BSD make).
6249 Note that the cross-powerpc package does not install include files; 6249 Note that the cross-powerpc package does not install include files;
6250 attempting to build U-Boot will fail because <machine/ansi.h> is 6250 attempting to build U-Boot will fail because <machine/ansi.h> is
6251 missing. This file has to be installed and patched manually: 6251 missing. This file has to be installed and patched manually:
6252 6252
6253 # cd /usr/pkg/cross/powerpc-netbsd/include 6253 # cd /usr/pkg/cross/powerpc-netbsd/include
6254 # mkdir powerpc 6254 # mkdir powerpc
6255 # ln -s powerpc machine 6255 # ln -s powerpc machine
6256 # cp /usr/src/sys/arch/powerpc/include/ansi.h powerpc/ansi.h 6256 # cp /usr/src/sys/arch/powerpc/include/ansi.h powerpc/ansi.h
6257 # ${EDIT} powerpc/ansi.h ## must remove __va_list, _BSD_VA_LIST 6257 # ${EDIT} powerpc/ansi.h ## must remove __va_list, _BSD_VA_LIST
6258 6258
6259 Native builds *don't* work due to incompatibilities between native 6259 Native builds *don't* work due to incompatibilities between native
6260 and U-Boot include files. 6260 and U-Boot include files.
6261 6261
6262 Booting assumes that (the first part of) the image booted is a 6262 Booting assumes that (the first part of) the image booted is a
6263 stage-2 loader which in turn loads and then invokes the kernel 6263 stage-2 loader which in turn loads and then invokes the kernel
6264 proper. Loader sources will eventually appear in the NetBSD source 6264 proper. Loader sources will eventually appear in the NetBSD source
6265 tree (probably in sys/arc/mpc8xx/stand/u-boot_stage2/); in the 6265 tree (probably in sys/arc/mpc8xx/stand/u-boot_stage2/); in the
6266 meantime, see ftp://ftp.denx.de/pub/u-boot/ppcboot_stage2.tar.gz 6266 meantime, see ftp://ftp.denx.de/pub/u-boot/ppcboot_stage2.tar.gz
6267 6267
6268 6268
6269 Implementation Internals: 6269 Implementation Internals:
6270 ========================= 6270 =========================
6271 6271
6272 The following is not intended to be a complete description of every 6272 The following is not intended to be a complete description of every
6273 implementation detail. However, it should help to understand the 6273 implementation detail. However, it should help to understand the
6274 inner workings of U-Boot and make it easier to port it to custom 6274 inner workings of U-Boot and make it easier to port it to custom
6275 hardware. 6275 hardware.
6276 6276
6277 6277
6278 Initial Stack, Global Data: 6278 Initial Stack, Global Data:
6279 --------------------------- 6279 ---------------------------
6280 6280
6281 The implementation of U-Boot is complicated by the fact that U-Boot 6281 The implementation of U-Boot is complicated by the fact that U-Boot
6282 starts running out of ROM (flash memory), usually without access to 6282 starts running out of ROM (flash memory), usually without access to
6283 system RAM (because the memory controller is not initialized yet). 6283 system RAM (because the memory controller is not initialized yet).
6284 This means that we don't have writable Data or BSS segments, and BSS 6284 This means that we don't have writable Data or BSS segments, and BSS
6285 is not initialized as zero. To be able to get a C environment working 6285 is not initialized as zero. To be able to get a C environment working
6286 at all, we have to allocate at least a minimal stack. Implementation 6286 at all, we have to allocate at least a minimal stack. Implementation
6287 options for this are defined and restricted by the CPU used: Some CPU 6287 options for this are defined and restricted by the CPU used: Some CPU
6288 models provide on-chip memory (like the IMMR area on MPC8xx and 6288 models provide on-chip memory (like the IMMR area on MPC8xx and
6289 MPC826x processors), on others (parts of) the data cache can be 6289 MPC826x processors), on others (parts of) the data cache can be
6290 locked as (mis-) used as memory, etc. 6290 locked as (mis-) used as memory, etc.
6291 6291
6292 Chris Hallinan posted a good summary of these issues to the 6292 Chris Hallinan posted a good summary of these issues to the
6293 U-Boot mailing list: 6293 U-Boot mailing list:
6294 6294
6295 Subject: RE: [U-Boot-Users] RE: More On Memory Bank x (nothingness)? 6295 Subject: RE: [U-Boot-Users] RE: More On Memory Bank x (nothingness)?
6296 From: "Chris Hallinan" <clh@net1plus.com> 6296 From: "Chris Hallinan" <clh@net1plus.com>
6297 Date: Mon, 10 Feb 2003 16:43:46 -0500 (22:43 MET) 6297 Date: Mon, 10 Feb 2003 16:43:46 -0500 (22:43 MET)
6298 ... 6298 ...
6299 6299
6300 Correct me if I'm wrong, folks, but the way I understand it 6300 Correct me if I'm wrong, folks, but the way I understand it
6301 is this: Using DCACHE as initial RAM for Stack, etc, does not 6301 is this: Using DCACHE as initial RAM for Stack, etc, does not
6302 require any physical RAM backing up the cache. The cleverness 6302 require any physical RAM backing up the cache. The cleverness
6303 is that the cache is being used as a temporary supply of 6303 is that the cache is being used as a temporary supply of
6304 necessary storage before the SDRAM controller is setup. It's 6304 necessary storage before the SDRAM controller is setup. It's
6305 beyond the scope of this list to explain the details, but you 6305 beyond the scope of this list to explain the details, but you
6306 can see how this works by studying the cache architecture and 6306 can see how this works by studying the cache architecture and
6307 operation in the architecture and processor-specific manuals. 6307 operation in the architecture and processor-specific manuals.
6308 6308
6309 OCM is On Chip Memory, which I believe the 405GP has 4K. It 6309 OCM is On Chip Memory, which I believe the 405GP has 4K. It
6310 is another option for the system designer to use as an 6310 is another option for the system designer to use as an
6311 initial stack/RAM area prior to SDRAM being available. Either 6311 initial stack/RAM area prior to SDRAM being available. Either
6312 option should work for you. Using CS 4 should be fine if your 6312 option should work for you. Using CS 4 should be fine if your
6313 board designers haven't used it for something that would 6313 board designers haven't used it for something that would
6314 cause you grief during the initial boot! It is frequently not 6314 cause you grief during the initial boot! It is frequently not
6315 used. 6315 used.
6316 6316
6317 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR should be somewhere that won't interfere 6317 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR should be somewhere that won't interfere
6318 with your processor/board/system design. The default value 6318 with your processor/board/system design. The default value
6319 you will find in any recent u-boot distribution in 6319 you will find in any recent u-boot distribution in
6320 walnut.h should work for you. I'd set it to a value larger 6320 walnut.h should work for you. I'd set it to a value larger
6321 than your SDRAM module. If you have a 64MB SDRAM module, set 6321 than your SDRAM module. If you have a 64MB SDRAM module, set
6322 it above 400_0000. Just make sure your board has no resources 6322 it above 400_0000. Just make sure your board has no resources
6323 that are supposed to respond to that address! That code in 6323 that are supposed to respond to that address! That code in
6324 start.S has been around a while and should work as is when 6324 start.S has been around a while and should work as is when
6325 you get the config right. 6325 you get the config right.
6326 6326
6327 -Chris Hallinan 6327 -Chris Hallinan
6328 DS4.COM, Inc. 6328 DS4.COM, Inc.
6329 6329
6330 It is essential to remember this, since it has some impact on the C 6330 It is essential to remember this, since it has some impact on the C
6331 code for the initialization procedures: 6331 code for the initialization procedures:
6332 6332
6333 * Initialized global data (data segment) is read-only. Do not attempt 6333 * Initialized global data (data segment) is read-only. Do not attempt
6334 to write it. 6334 to write it.
6335 6335
6336 * Do not use any uninitialized global data (or implicitly initialized 6336 * Do not use any uninitialized global data (or implicitly initialized
6337 as zero data - BSS segment) at all - this is undefined, initiali- 6337 as zero data - BSS segment) at all - this is undefined, initiali-
6338 zation is performed later (when relocating to RAM). 6338 zation is performed later (when relocating to RAM).
6339 6339
6340 * Stack space is very limited. Avoid big data buffers or things like 6340 * Stack space is very limited. Avoid big data buffers or things like
6341 that. 6341 that.
6342 6342
6343 Having only the stack as writable memory limits means we cannot use 6343 Having only the stack as writable memory limits means we cannot use
6344 normal global data to share information between the code. But it 6344 normal global data to share information between the code. But it
6345 turned out that the implementation of U-Boot can be greatly 6345 turned out that the implementation of U-Boot can be greatly
6346 simplified by making a global data structure (gd_t) available to all 6346 simplified by making a global data structure (gd_t) available to all
6347 functions. We could pass a pointer to this data as argument to _all_ 6347 functions. We could pass a pointer to this data as argument to _all_
6348 functions, but this would bloat the code. Instead we use a feature of 6348 functions, but this would bloat the code. Instead we use a feature of
6349 the GCC compiler (Global Register Variables) to share the data: we 6349 the GCC compiler (Global Register Variables) to share the data: we
6350 place a pointer (gd) to the global data into a register which we 6350 place a pointer (gd) to the global data into a register which we
6351 reserve for this purpose. 6351 reserve for this purpose.
6352 6352
6353 When choosing a register for such a purpose we are restricted by the 6353 When choosing a register for such a purpose we are restricted by the
6354 relevant (E)ABI specifications for the current architecture, and by 6354 relevant (E)ABI specifications for the current architecture, and by
6355 GCC's implementation. 6355 GCC's implementation.
6356 6356
6357 For PowerPC, the following registers have specific use: 6357 For PowerPC, the following registers have specific use:
6358 R1: stack pointer 6358 R1: stack pointer
6359 R2: reserved for system use 6359 R2: reserved for system use
6360 R3-R4: parameter passing and return values 6360 R3-R4: parameter passing and return values
6361 R5-R10: parameter passing 6361 R5-R10: parameter passing
6362 R13: small data area pointer 6362 R13: small data area pointer
6363 R30: GOT pointer 6363 R30: GOT pointer
6364 R31: frame pointer 6364 R31: frame pointer
6365 6365
6366 (U-Boot also uses R12 as internal GOT pointer. r12 6366 (U-Boot also uses R12 as internal GOT pointer. r12
6367 is a volatile register so r12 needs to be reset when 6367 is a volatile register so r12 needs to be reset when
6368 going back and forth between asm and C) 6368 going back and forth between asm and C)
6369 6369
6370 ==> U-Boot will use R2 to hold a pointer to the global data 6370 ==> U-Boot will use R2 to hold a pointer to the global data
6371 6371
6372 Note: on PPC, we could use a static initializer (since the 6372 Note: on PPC, we could use a static initializer (since the
6373 address of the global data structure is known at compile time), 6373 address of the global data structure is known at compile time),
6374 but it turned out that reserving a register results in somewhat 6374 but it turned out that reserving a register results in somewhat
6375 smaller code - although the code savings are not that big (on 6375 smaller code - although the code savings are not that big (on
6376 average for all boards 752 bytes for the whole U-Boot image, 6376 average for all boards 752 bytes for the whole U-Boot image,
6377 624 text + 127 data). 6377 624 text + 127 data).
6378 6378
6379 On Blackfin, the normal C ABI (except for P3) is followed as documented here: 6379 On Blackfin, the normal C ABI (except for P3) is followed as documented here:
6380 http://docs.blackfin.uclinux.org/doku.php?id=application_binary_interface 6380 http://docs.blackfin.uclinux.org/doku.php?id=application_binary_interface
6381 6381
6382 ==> U-Boot will use P3 to hold a pointer to the global data 6382 ==> U-Boot will use P3 to hold a pointer to the global data
6383 6383
6384 On ARM, the following registers are used: 6384 On ARM, the following registers are used:
6385 6385
6386 R0: function argument word/integer result 6386 R0: function argument word/integer result
6387 R1-R3: function argument word 6387 R1-R3: function argument word
6388 R9: platform specific 6388 R9: platform specific
6389 R10: stack limit (used only if stack checking is enabled) 6389 R10: stack limit (used only if stack checking is enabled)
6390 R11: argument (frame) pointer 6390 R11: argument (frame) pointer
6391 R12: temporary workspace 6391 R12: temporary workspace
6392 R13: stack pointer 6392 R13: stack pointer
6393 R14: link register 6393 R14: link register
6394 R15: program counter 6394 R15: program counter
6395 6395
6396 ==> U-Boot will use R9 to hold a pointer to the global data 6396 ==> U-Boot will use R9 to hold a pointer to the global data
6397 6397
6398 Note: on ARM, only R_ARM_RELATIVE relocations are supported. 6398 Note: on ARM, only R_ARM_RELATIVE relocations are supported.
6399 6399
6400 On Nios II, the ABI is documented here: 6400 On Nios II, the ABI is documented here:
6401 http://www.altera.com/literature/hb/nios2/n2cpu_nii51016.pdf 6401 http://www.altera.com/literature/hb/nios2/n2cpu_nii51016.pdf
6402 6402
6403 ==> U-Boot will use gp to hold a pointer to the global data 6403 ==> U-Boot will use gp to hold a pointer to the global data
6404 6404
6405 Note: on Nios II, we give "-G0" option to gcc and don't use gp 6405 Note: on Nios II, we give "-G0" option to gcc and don't use gp
6406 to access small data sections, so gp is free. 6406 to access small data sections, so gp is free.
6407 6407
6408 On NDS32, the following registers are used: 6408 On NDS32, the following registers are used:
6409 6409
6410 R0-R1: argument/return 6410 R0-R1: argument/return
6411 R2-R5: argument 6411 R2-R5: argument
6412 R15: temporary register for assembler 6412 R15: temporary register for assembler
6413 R16: trampoline register 6413 R16: trampoline register
6414 R28: frame pointer (FP) 6414 R28: frame pointer (FP)
6415 R29: global pointer (GP) 6415 R29: global pointer (GP)
6416 R30: link register (LP) 6416 R30: link register (LP)
6417 R31: stack pointer (SP) 6417 R31: stack pointer (SP)
6418 PC: program counter (PC) 6418 PC: program counter (PC)
6419 6419
6420 ==> U-Boot will use R10 to hold a pointer to the global data 6420 ==> U-Boot will use R10 to hold a pointer to the global data
6421 6421
6422 NOTE: DECLARE_GLOBAL_DATA_PTR must be used with file-global scope, 6422 NOTE: DECLARE_GLOBAL_DATA_PTR must be used with file-global scope,
6423 or current versions of GCC may "optimize" the code too much. 6423 or current versions of GCC may "optimize" the code too much.
6424 6424
6425 Memory Management: 6425 Memory Management:
6426 ------------------ 6426 ------------------
6427 6427
6428 U-Boot runs in system state and uses physical addresses, i.e. the 6428 U-Boot runs in system state and uses physical addresses, i.e. the
6429 MMU is not used either for address mapping nor for memory protection. 6429 MMU is not used either for address mapping nor for memory protection.
6430 6430
6431 The available memory is mapped to fixed addresses using the memory 6431 The available memory is mapped to fixed addresses using the memory
6432 controller. In this process, a contiguous block is formed for each 6432 controller. In this process, a contiguous block is formed for each
6433 memory type (Flash, SDRAM, SRAM), even when it consists of several 6433 memory type (Flash, SDRAM, SRAM), even when it consists of several
6434 physical memory banks. 6434 physical memory banks.
6435 6435
6436 U-Boot is installed in the first 128 kB of the first Flash bank (on 6436 U-Boot is installed in the first 128 kB of the first Flash bank (on
6437 TQM8xxL modules this is the range 0x40000000 ... 0x4001FFFF). After 6437 TQM8xxL modules this is the range 0x40000000 ... 0x4001FFFF). After
6438 booting and sizing and initializing DRAM, the code relocates itself 6438 booting and sizing and initializing DRAM, the code relocates itself
6439 to the upper end of DRAM. Immediately below the U-Boot code some 6439 to the upper end of DRAM. Immediately below the U-Boot code some
6440 memory is reserved for use by malloc() [see CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN 6440 memory is reserved for use by malloc() [see CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN
6441 configuration setting]. Below that, a structure with global Board 6441 configuration setting]. Below that, a structure with global Board
6442 Info data is placed, followed by the stack (growing downward). 6442 Info data is placed, followed by the stack (growing downward).
6443 6443
6444 Additionally, some exception handler code is copied to the low 8 kB 6444 Additionally, some exception handler code is copied to the low 8 kB
6445 of DRAM (0x00000000 ... 0x00001FFF). 6445 of DRAM (0x00000000 ... 0x00001FFF).
6446 6446
6447 So a typical memory configuration with 16 MB of DRAM could look like 6447 So a typical memory configuration with 16 MB of DRAM could look like
6448 this: 6448 this:
6449 6449
6450 0x0000 0000 Exception Vector code 6450 0x0000 0000 Exception Vector code
6451 : 6451 :
6452 0x0000 1FFF 6452 0x0000 1FFF
6453 0x0000 2000 Free for Application Use 6453 0x0000 2000 Free for Application Use
6454 : 6454 :
6455 : 6455 :
6456 6456
6457 : 6457 :
6458 : 6458 :
6459 0x00FB FF20 Monitor Stack (Growing downward) 6459 0x00FB FF20 Monitor Stack (Growing downward)
6460 0x00FB FFAC Board Info Data and permanent copy of global data 6460 0x00FB FFAC Board Info Data and permanent copy of global data
6461 0x00FC 0000 Malloc Arena 6461 0x00FC 0000 Malloc Arena
6462 : 6462 :
6463 0x00FD FFFF 6463 0x00FD FFFF
6464 0x00FE 0000 RAM Copy of Monitor Code 6464 0x00FE 0000 RAM Copy of Monitor Code
6465 ... eventually: LCD or video framebuffer 6465 ... eventually: LCD or video framebuffer
6466 ... eventually: pRAM (Protected RAM - unchanged by reset) 6466 ... eventually: pRAM (Protected RAM - unchanged by reset)
6467 0x00FF FFFF [End of RAM] 6467 0x00FF FFFF [End of RAM]
6468 6468
6469 6469
6470 System Initialization: 6470 System Initialization:
6471 ---------------------- 6471 ----------------------
6472 6472
6473 In the reset configuration, U-Boot starts at the reset entry point 6473 In the reset configuration, U-Boot starts at the reset entry point
6474 (on most PowerPC systems at address 0x00000100). Because of the reset 6474 (on most PowerPC systems at address 0x00000100). Because of the reset
6475 configuration for CS0# this is a mirror of the on board Flash memory. 6475 configuration for CS0# this is a mirror of the on board Flash memory.
6476 To be able to re-map memory U-Boot then jumps to its link address. 6476 To be able to re-map memory U-Boot then jumps to its link address.
6477 To be able to implement the initialization code in C, a (small!) 6477 To be able to implement the initialization code in C, a (small!)
6478 initial stack is set up in the internal Dual Ported RAM (in case CPUs 6478 initial stack is set up in the internal Dual Ported RAM (in case CPUs
6479 which provide such a feature like MPC8xx or MPC8260), or in a locked 6479 which provide such a feature like MPC8xx or MPC8260), or in a locked
6480 part of the data cache. After that, U-Boot initializes the CPU core, 6480 part of the data cache. After that, U-Boot initializes the CPU core,
6481 the caches and the SIU. 6481 the caches and the SIU.
6482 6482
6483 Next, all (potentially) available memory banks are mapped using a 6483 Next, all (potentially) available memory banks are mapped using a
6484 preliminary mapping. For example, we put them on 512 MB boundaries 6484 preliminary mapping. For example, we put them on 512 MB boundaries
6485 (multiples of 0x20000000: SDRAM on 0x00000000 and 0x20000000, Flash 6485 (multiples of 0x20000000: SDRAM on 0x00000000 and 0x20000000, Flash
6486 on 0x40000000 and 0x60000000, SRAM on 0x80000000). Then UPM A is 6486 on 0x40000000 and 0x60000000, SRAM on 0x80000000). Then UPM A is
6487 programmed for SDRAM access. Using the temporary configuration, a 6487 programmed for SDRAM access. Using the temporary configuration, a
6488 simple memory test is run that determines the size of the SDRAM 6488 simple memory test is run that determines the size of the SDRAM
6489 banks. 6489 banks.
6490 6490
6491 When there is more than one SDRAM bank, and the banks are of 6491 When there is more than one SDRAM bank, and the banks are of
6492 different size, the largest is mapped first. For equal size, the first 6492 different size, the largest is mapped first. For equal size, the first
6493 bank (CS2#) is mapped first. The first mapping is always for address 6493 bank (CS2#) is mapped first. The first mapping is always for address
6494 0x00000000, with any additional banks following immediately to create 6494 0x00000000, with any additional banks following immediately to create
6495 contiguous memory starting from 0. 6495 contiguous memory starting from 0.
6496 6496
6497 Then, the monitor installs itself at the upper end of the SDRAM area 6497 Then, the monitor installs itself at the upper end of the SDRAM area
6498 and allocates memory for use by malloc() and for the global Board 6498 and allocates memory for use by malloc() and for the global Board
6499 Info data; also, the exception vector code is copied to the low RAM 6499 Info data; also, the exception vector code is copied to the low RAM
6500 pages, and the final stack is set up. 6500 pages, and the final stack is set up.
6501 6501
6502 Only after this relocation will you have a "normal" C environment; 6502 Only after this relocation will you have a "normal" C environment;
6503 until that you are restricted in several ways, mostly because you are 6503 until that you are restricted in several ways, mostly because you are
6504 running from ROM, and because the code will have to be relocated to a 6504 running from ROM, and because the code will have to be relocated to a
6505 new address in RAM. 6505 new address in RAM.
6506 6506
6507 6507
6508 U-Boot Porting Guide: 6508 U-Boot Porting Guide:
6509 ---------------------- 6509 ----------------------
6510 6510
6511 [Based on messages by Jerry Van Baren in the U-Boot-Users mailing 6511 [Based on messages by Jerry Van Baren in the U-Boot-Users mailing
6512 list, October 2002] 6512 list, October 2002]
6513 6513
6514 6514
6515 int main(int argc, char *argv[]) 6515 int main(int argc, char *argv[])
6516 { 6516 {
6517 sighandler_t no_more_time; 6517 sighandler_t no_more_time;
6518 6518
6519 signal(SIGALRM, no_more_time); 6519 signal(SIGALRM, no_more_time);
6520 alarm(PROJECT_DEADLINE - toSec (3 * WEEK)); 6520 alarm(PROJECT_DEADLINE - toSec (3 * WEEK));
6521 6521
6522 if (available_money > available_manpower) { 6522 if (available_money > available_manpower) {
6523 Pay consultant to port U-Boot; 6523 Pay consultant to port U-Boot;
6524 return 0; 6524 return 0;
6525 } 6525 }
6526 6526
6527 Download latest U-Boot source; 6527 Download latest U-Boot source;
6528 6528
6529 Subscribe to u-boot mailing list; 6529 Subscribe to u-boot mailing list;
6530 6530
6531 if (clueless) 6531 if (clueless)
6532 email("Hi, I am new to U-Boot, how do I get started?"); 6532 email("Hi, I am new to U-Boot, how do I get started?");
6533 6533
6534 while (learning) { 6534 while (learning) {
6535 Read the README file in the top level directory; 6535 Read the README file in the top level directory;
6536 Read http://www.denx.de/twiki/bin/view/DULG/Manual; 6536 Read http://www.denx.de/twiki/bin/view/DULG/Manual;
6537 Read applicable doc/*.README; 6537 Read applicable doc/*.README;
6538 Read the source, Luke; 6538 Read the source, Luke;
6539 /* find . -name "*.[chS]" | xargs grep -i <keyword> */ 6539 /* find . -name "*.[chS]" | xargs grep -i <keyword> */
6540 } 6540 }
6541 6541
6542 if (available_money > toLocalCurrency ($2500)) 6542 if (available_money > toLocalCurrency ($2500))
6543 Buy a BDI3000; 6543 Buy a BDI3000;
6544 else 6544 else
6545 Add a lot of aggravation and time; 6545 Add a lot of aggravation and time;
6546 6546
6547 if (a similar board exists) { /* hopefully... */ 6547 if (a similar board exists) { /* hopefully... */
6548 cp -a board/<similar> board/<myboard> 6548 cp -a board/<similar> board/<myboard>
6549 cp include/configs/<similar>.h include/configs/<myboard>.h 6549 cp include/configs/<similar>.h include/configs/<myboard>.h
6550 } else { 6550 } else {
6551 Create your own board support subdirectory; 6551 Create your own board support subdirectory;
6552 Create your own board include/configs/<myboard>.h file; 6552 Create your own board include/configs/<myboard>.h file;
6553 } 6553 }
6554 Edit new board/<myboard> files 6554 Edit new board/<myboard> files
6555 Edit new include/configs/<myboard>.h 6555 Edit new include/configs/<myboard>.h
6556 6556
6557 while (!accepted) { 6557 while (!accepted) {
6558 while (!running) { 6558 while (!running) {
6559 do { 6559 do {
6560 Add / modify source code; 6560 Add / modify source code;
6561 } until (compiles); 6561 } until (compiles);
6562 Debug; 6562 Debug;
6563 if (clueless) 6563 if (clueless)
6564 email("Hi, I am having problems..."); 6564 email("Hi, I am having problems...");
6565 } 6565 }
6566 Send patch file to the U-Boot email list; 6566 Send patch file to the U-Boot email list;
6567 if (reasonable critiques) 6567 if (reasonable critiques)
6568 Incorporate improvements from email list code review; 6568 Incorporate improvements from email list code review;
6569 else 6569 else
6570 Defend code as written; 6570 Defend code as written;
6571 } 6571 }
6572 6572
6573 return 0; 6573 return 0;
6574 } 6574 }
6575 6575
6576 void no_more_time (int sig) 6576 void no_more_time (int sig)
6577 { 6577 {
6578 hire_a_guru(); 6578 hire_a_guru();
6579 } 6579 }
6580 6580
6581 6581
6582 Coding Standards: 6582 Coding Standards:
6583 ----------------- 6583 -----------------
6584 6584
6585 All contributions to U-Boot should conform to the Linux kernel 6585 All contributions to U-Boot should conform to the Linux kernel
6586 coding style; see the file "Documentation/CodingStyle" and the script 6586 coding style; see the file "Documentation/CodingStyle" and the script
6587 "scripts/Lindent" in your Linux kernel source directory. 6587 "scripts/Lindent" in your Linux kernel source directory.
6588 6588
6589 Source files originating from a different project (for example the 6589 Source files originating from a different project (for example the
6590 MTD subsystem) are generally exempt from these guidelines and are not 6590 MTD subsystem) are generally exempt from these guidelines and are not
6591 reformatted to ease subsequent migration to newer versions of those 6591 reformatted to ease subsequent migration to newer versions of those
6592 sources. 6592 sources.
6593 6593
6594 Please note that U-Boot is implemented in C (and to some small parts in 6594 Please note that U-Boot is implemented in C (and to some small parts in
6595 Assembler); no C++ is used, so please do not use C++ style comments (//) 6595 Assembler); no C++ is used, so please do not use C++ style comments (//)
6596 in your code. 6596 in your code.
6597 6597
6598 Please also stick to the following formatting rules: 6598 Please also stick to the following formatting rules:
6599 - remove any trailing white space 6599 - remove any trailing white space
6600 - use TAB characters for indentation and vertical alignment, not spaces 6600 - use TAB characters for indentation and vertical alignment, not spaces
6601 - make sure NOT to use DOS '\r\n' line feeds 6601 - make sure NOT to use DOS '\r\n' line feeds
6602 - do not add more than 2 consecutive empty lines to source files 6602 - do not add more than 2 consecutive empty lines to source files
6603 - do not add trailing empty lines to source files 6603 - do not add trailing empty lines to source files
6604 6604
6605 Submissions which do not conform to the standards may be returned 6605 Submissions which do not conform to the standards may be returned
6606 with a request to reformat the changes. 6606 with a request to reformat the changes.
6607 6607
6608 6608
6609 Submitting Patches: 6609 Submitting Patches:
6610 ------------------- 6610 -------------------
6611 6611
6612 Since the number of patches for U-Boot is growing, we need to 6612 Since the number of patches for U-Boot is growing, we need to
6613 establish some rules. Submissions which do not conform to these rules 6613 establish some rules. Submissions which do not conform to these rules
6614 may be rejected, even when they contain important and valuable stuff. 6614 may be rejected, even when they contain important and valuable stuff.
6615 6615
6616 Please see http://www.denx.de/wiki/U-Boot/Patches for details. 6616 Please see http://www.denx.de/wiki/U-Boot/Patches for details.
6617 6617
6618 Patches shall be sent to the u-boot mailing list <u-boot@lists.denx.de>; 6618 Patches shall be sent to the u-boot mailing list <u-boot@lists.denx.de>;
6619 see http://lists.denx.de/mailman/listinfo/u-boot 6619 see http://lists.denx.de/mailman/listinfo/u-boot
6620 6620
6621 When you send a patch, please include the following information with 6621 When you send a patch, please include the following information with
6622 it: 6622 it:
6623 6623
6624 * For bug fixes: a description of the bug and how your patch fixes 6624 * For bug fixes: a description of the bug and how your patch fixes
6625 this bug. Please try to include a way of demonstrating that the 6625 this bug. Please try to include a way of demonstrating that the
6626 patch actually fixes something. 6626 patch actually fixes something.
6627 6627
6628 * For new features: a description of the feature and your 6628 * For new features: a description of the feature and your
6629 implementation. 6629 implementation.
6630 6630
6631 * A CHANGELOG entry as plaintext (separate from the patch) 6631 * A CHANGELOG entry as plaintext (separate from the patch)
6632 6632
6633 * For major contributions, your entry to the CREDITS file 6633 * For major contributions, your entry to the CREDITS file
6634 6634
6635 * When you add support for a new board, don't forget to add a 6635 * When you add support for a new board, don't forget to add a
6636 maintainer e-mail address to the boards.cfg file, too. 6636 maintainer e-mail address to the boards.cfg file, too.
6637 6637
6638 * If your patch adds new configuration options, don't forget to 6638 * If your patch adds new configuration options, don't forget to
6639 document these in the README file. 6639 document these in the README file.
6640 6640
6641 * The patch itself. If you are using git (which is *strongly* 6641 * The patch itself. If you are using git (which is *strongly*
6642 recommended) you can easily generate the patch using the 6642 recommended) you can easily generate the patch using the
6643 "git format-patch". If you then use "git send-email" to send it to 6643 "git format-patch". If you then use "git send-email" to send it to
6644 the U-Boot mailing list, you will avoid most of the common problems 6644 the U-Boot mailing list, you will avoid most of the common problems
6645 with some other mail clients. 6645 with some other mail clients.
6646 6646
6647 If you cannot use git, use "diff -purN OLD NEW". If your version of 6647 If you cannot use git, use "diff -purN OLD NEW". If your version of
6648 diff does not support these options, then get the latest version of 6648 diff does not support these options, then get the latest version of
6649 GNU diff. 6649 GNU diff.
6650 6650
6651 The current directory when running this command shall be the parent 6651 The current directory when running this command shall be the parent
6652 directory of the U-Boot source tree (i. e. please make sure that 6652 directory of the U-Boot source tree (i. e. please make sure that
6653 your patch includes sufficient directory information for the 6653 your patch includes sufficient directory information for the
6654 affected files). 6654 affected files).
6655 6655
6656 We prefer patches as plain text. MIME attachments are discouraged, 6656 We prefer patches as plain text. MIME attachments are discouraged,
6657 and compressed attachments must not be used. 6657 and compressed attachments must not be used.
6658 6658
6659 * If one logical set of modifications affects or creates several 6659 * If one logical set of modifications affects or creates several
6660 files, all these changes shall be submitted in a SINGLE patch file. 6660 files, all these changes shall be submitted in a SINGLE patch file.
6661 6661
6662 * Changesets that contain different, unrelated modifications shall be 6662 * Changesets that contain different, unrelated modifications shall be
6663 submitted as SEPARATE patches, one patch per changeset. 6663 submitted as SEPARATE patches, one patch per changeset.
6664 6664
6665 6665
6666 Notes: 6666 Notes:
6667 6667
6668 * Before sending the patch, run the MAKEALL script on your patched 6668 * Before sending the patch, run the MAKEALL script on your patched
6669 source tree and make sure that no errors or warnings are reported 6669 source tree and make sure that no errors or warnings are reported
6670 for any of the boards. 6670 for any of the boards.
6671 6671
6672 * Keep your modifications to the necessary minimum: A patch 6672 * Keep your modifications to the necessary minimum: A patch
6673 containing several unrelated changes or arbitrary reformats will be 6673 containing several unrelated changes or arbitrary reformats will be
6674 returned with a request to re-formatting / split it. 6674 returned with a request to re-formatting / split it.
6675 6675
6676 * If you modify existing code, make sure that your new code does not 6676 * If you modify existing code, make sure that your new code does not
6677 add to the memory footprint of the code ;-) Small is beautiful! 6677 add to the memory footprint of the code ;-) Small is beautiful!
6678 When adding new features, these should compile conditionally only 6678 When adding new features, these should compile conditionally only
6679 (using #ifdef), and the resulting code with the new feature 6679 (using #ifdef), and the resulting code with the new feature
6680 disabled must not need more memory than the old code without your 6680 disabled must not need more memory than the old code without your
6681 modification. 6681 modification.
6682 6682
6683 * Remember that there is a size limit of 100 kB per message on the 6683 * Remember that there is a size limit of 100 kB per message on the
6684 u-boot mailing list. Bigger patches will be moderated. If they are 6684 u-boot mailing list. Bigger patches will be moderated. If they are
6685 reasonable and not too big, they will be acknowledged. But patches 6685 reasonable and not too big, they will be acknowledged. But patches
6686 bigger than the size limit should be avoided. 6686 bigger than the size limit should be avoided.
6687 6687
1 /* 1 /*
2 * Copyright (c) 2011 The Chromium OS Authors. 2 * Copyright (c) 2011 The Chromium OS Authors.
3 * (C) Copyright 2002-2006 3 * (C) Copyright 2002-2006
4 * Wolfgang Denk, DENX Software Engineering, wd@denx.de. 4 * Wolfgang Denk, DENX Software Engineering, wd@denx.de.
5 * 5 *
6 * (C) Copyright 2002 6 * (C) Copyright 2002
7 * Sysgo Real-Time Solutions, GmbH <www.elinos.com> 7 * Sysgo Real-Time Solutions, GmbH <www.elinos.com>
8 * Marius Groeger <mgroeger@sysgo.de> 8 * Marius Groeger <mgroeger@sysgo.de>
9 * 9 *
10 * SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0+ 10 * SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0+
11 */ 11 */
12 12
13 #include <common.h> 13 #include <common.h>
14 #include <linux/compiler.h> 14 #include <linux/compiler.h>
15 #include <version.h> 15 #include <version.h>
16 #include <console.h> 16 #include <console.h>
17 #include <environment.h> 17 #include <environment.h>
18 #include <dm.h> 18 #include <dm.h>
19 #include <fdtdec.h> 19 #include <fdtdec.h>
20 #include <fs.h> 20 #include <fs.h>
21 #if defined(CONFIG_CMD_IDE) 21 #if defined(CONFIG_CMD_IDE)
22 #include <ide.h> 22 #include <ide.h>
23 #endif 23 #endif
24 #include <i2c.h> 24 #include <i2c.h>
25 #include <initcall.h> 25 #include <initcall.h>
26 #include <logbuff.h> 26 #include <logbuff.h>
27 #include <malloc.h> 27 #include <malloc.h>
28 #include <mapmem.h> 28 #include <mapmem.h>
29 29
30 /* TODO: Can we move these into arch/ headers? */ 30 /* TODO: Can we move these into arch/ headers? */
31 #ifdef CONFIG_8xx 31 #ifdef CONFIG_8xx
32 #include <mpc8xx.h> 32 #include <mpc8xx.h>
33 #endif 33 #endif
34 #ifdef CONFIG_5xx 34 #ifdef CONFIG_5xx
35 #include <mpc5xx.h> 35 #include <mpc5xx.h>
36 #endif 36 #endif
37 #ifdef CONFIG_MPC5xxx 37 #ifdef CONFIG_MPC5xxx
38 #include <mpc5xxx.h> 38 #include <mpc5xxx.h>
39 #endif 39 #endif
40 #if defined(CONFIG_MP) && (defined(CONFIG_MPC86xx) || defined(CONFIG_E500)) 40 #if defined(CONFIG_MP) && (defined(CONFIG_MPC86xx) || defined(CONFIG_E500))
41 #include <asm/mp.h> 41 #include <asm/mp.h>
42 #endif 42 #endif
43 43
44 #include <os.h> 44 #include <os.h>
45 #include <post.h> 45 #include <post.h>
46 #include <spi.h> 46 #include <spi.h>
47 #include <status_led.h> 47 #include <status_led.h>
48 #include <trace.h> 48 #include <trace.h>
49 #include <watchdog.h> 49 #include <watchdog.h>
50 #include <asm/errno.h> 50 #include <asm/errno.h>
51 #include <asm/io.h> 51 #include <asm/io.h>
52 #include <asm/sections.h> 52 #include <asm/sections.h>
53 #if defined(CONFIG_X86) || defined(CONFIG_ARC) 53 #if defined(CONFIG_X86) || defined(CONFIG_ARC)
54 #include <asm/init_helpers.h> 54 #include <asm/init_helpers.h>
55 #include <asm/relocate.h> 55 #include <asm/relocate.h>
56 #endif 56 #endif
57 #ifdef CONFIG_SANDBOX 57 #ifdef CONFIG_SANDBOX
58 #include <asm/state.h> 58 #include <asm/state.h>
59 #endif 59 #endif
60 #include <dm/root.h> 60 #include <dm/root.h>
61 #include <linux/compiler.h> 61 #include <linux/compiler.h>
62 62
63 /* 63 /*
64 * Pointer to initial global data area 64 * Pointer to initial global data area
65 * 65 *
66 * Here we initialize it if needed. 66 * Here we initialize it if needed.
67 */ 67 */
68 #ifdef XTRN_DECLARE_GLOBAL_DATA_PTR 68 #ifdef XTRN_DECLARE_GLOBAL_DATA_PTR
69 #undef XTRN_DECLARE_GLOBAL_DATA_PTR 69 #undef XTRN_DECLARE_GLOBAL_DATA_PTR
70 #define XTRN_DECLARE_GLOBAL_DATA_PTR /* empty = allocate here */ 70 #define XTRN_DECLARE_GLOBAL_DATA_PTR /* empty = allocate here */
71 DECLARE_GLOBAL_DATA_PTR = (gd_t *) (CONFIG_SYS_INIT_GD_ADDR); 71 DECLARE_GLOBAL_DATA_PTR = (gd_t *) (CONFIG_SYS_INIT_GD_ADDR);
72 #else 72 #else
73 DECLARE_GLOBAL_DATA_PTR; 73 DECLARE_GLOBAL_DATA_PTR;
74 #endif 74 #endif
75 75
76 /* 76 /*
77 * TODO(sjg@chromium.org): IMO this code should be 77 * TODO(sjg@chromium.org): IMO this code should be
78 * refactored to a single function, something like: 78 * refactored to a single function, something like:
79 * 79 *
80 * void led_set_state(enum led_colour_t colour, int on); 80 * void led_set_state(enum led_colour_t colour, int on);
81 */ 81 */
82 /************************************************************************ 82 /************************************************************************
83 * Coloured LED functionality 83 * Coloured LED functionality
84 ************************************************************************ 84 ************************************************************************
85 * May be supplied by boards if desired 85 * May be supplied by boards if desired
86 */ 86 */
87 __weak void coloured_LED_init(void) {} 87 __weak void coloured_LED_init(void) {}
88 __weak void red_led_on(void) {} 88 __weak void red_led_on(void) {}
89 __weak void red_led_off(void) {} 89 __weak void red_led_off(void) {}
90 __weak void green_led_on(void) {} 90 __weak void green_led_on(void) {}
91 __weak void green_led_off(void) {} 91 __weak void green_led_off(void) {}
92 __weak void yellow_led_on(void) {} 92 __weak void yellow_led_on(void) {}
93 __weak void yellow_led_off(void) {} 93 __weak void yellow_led_off(void) {}
94 __weak void blue_led_on(void) {} 94 __weak void blue_led_on(void) {}
95 __weak void blue_led_off(void) {} 95 __weak void blue_led_off(void) {}
96 96
97 /* 97 /*
98 * Why is gd allocated a register? Prior to reloc it might be better to 98 * Why is gd allocated a register? Prior to reloc it might be better to
99 * just pass it around to each function in this file? 99 * just pass it around to each function in this file?
100 * 100 *
101 * After reloc one could argue that it is hardly used and doesn't need 101 * After reloc one could argue that it is hardly used and doesn't need
102 * to be in a register. Or if it is it should perhaps hold pointers to all 102 * to be in a register. Or if it is it should perhaps hold pointers to all
103 * global data for all modules, so that post-reloc we can avoid the massive 103 * global data for all modules, so that post-reloc we can avoid the massive
104 * literal pool we get on ARM. Or perhaps just encourage each module to use 104 * literal pool we get on ARM. Or perhaps just encourage each module to use
105 * a structure... 105 * a structure...
106 */ 106 */
107 107
108 /* 108 /*
109 * Could the CONFIG_SPL_BUILD infection become a flag in gd? 109 * Could the CONFIG_SPL_BUILD infection become a flag in gd?
110 */ 110 */
111 111
112 #if defined(CONFIG_WATCHDOG) || defined(CONFIG_HW_WATCHDOG) 112 #if defined(CONFIG_WATCHDOG) || defined(CONFIG_HW_WATCHDOG)
113 static int init_func_watchdog_init(void) 113 static int init_func_watchdog_init(void)
114 { 114 {
115 # if defined(CONFIG_HW_WATCHDOG) && (defined(CONFIG_BLACKFIN) || \ 115 # if defined(CONFIG_HW_WATCHDOG) && (defined(CONFIG_BLACKFIN) || \
116 defined(CONFIG_M68K) || defined(CONFIG_MICROBLAZE) || \ 116 defined(CONFIG_M68K) || defined(CONFIG_MICROBLAZE) || \
117 defined(CONFIG_SH) || defined(CONFIG_AT91SAM9_WATCHDOG) || \ 117 defined(CONFIG_SH) || defined(CONFIG_AT91SAM9_WATCHDOG) || \
118 defined(CONFIG_IMX_WATCHDOG)) 118 defined(CONFIG_IMX_WATCHDOG))
119 hw_watchdog_init(); 119 hw_watchdog_init();
120 # endif 120 # endif
121 puts(" Watchdog enabled\n"); 121 puts(" Watchdog enabled\n");
122 WATCHDOG_RESET(); 122 WATCHDOG_RESET();
123 123
124 return 0; 124 return 0;
125 } 125 }
126 126
127 int init_func_watchdog_reset(void) 127 int init_func_watchdog_reset(void)
128 { 128 {
129 WATCHDOG_RESET(); 129 WATCHDOG_RESET();
130 130
131 return 0; 131 return 0;
132 } 132 }
133 #endif /* CONFIG_WATCHDOG */ 133 #endif /* CONFIG_WATCHDOG */
134 134
135 __weak void board_add_ram_info(int use_default) 135 __weak void board_add_ram_info(int use_default)
136 { 136 {
137 /* please define platform specific board_add_ram_info() */ 137 /* please define platform specific board_add_ram_info() */
138 } 138 }
139 139
140 static int init_baud_rate(void) 140 static int init_baud_rate(void)
141 { 141 {
142 gd->baudrate = getenv_ulong("baudrate", 10, CONFIG_BAUDRATE); 142 gd->baudrate = getenv_ulong("baudrate", 10, CONFIG_BAUDRATE);
143 return 0; 143 return 0;
144 } 144 }
145 145
146 static int display_text_info(void) 146 static int display_text_info(void)
147 { 147 {
148 #if !defined(CONFIG_SANDBOX) && !defined(CONFIG_EFI_APP) 148 #if !defined(CONFIG_SANDBOX) && !defined(CONFIG_EFI_APP)
149 ulong bss_start, bss_end, text_base; 149 ulong bss_start, bss_end, text_base;
150 150
151 bss_start = (ulong)&__bss_start; 151 bss_start = (ulong)&__bss_start;
152 bss_end = (ulong)&__bss_end; 152 bss_end = (ulong)&__bss_end;
153 153
154 #ifdef CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE 154 #ifdef CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE
155 text_base = CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE; 155 text_base = CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE;
156 #else 156 #else
157 text_base = CONFIG_SYS_MONITOR_BASE; 157 text_base = CONFIG_SYS_MONITOR_BASE;
158 #endif 158 #endif
159 159
160 debug("U-Boot code: %08lX -> %08lX BSS: -> %08lX\n", 160 debug("U-Boot code: %08lX -> %08lX BSS: -> %08lX\n",
161 text_base, bss_start, bss_end); 161 text_base, bss_start, bss_end);
162 #endif 162 #endif
163 163
164 #ifdef CONFIG_MODEM_SUPPORT 164 #ifdef CONFIG_MODEM_SUPPORT
165 debug("Modem Support enabled\n"); 165 debug("Modem Support enabled\n");
166 #endif 166 #endif
167 #ifdef CONFIG_USE_IRQ 167 #ifdef CONFIG_USE_IRQ
168 debug("IRQ Stack: %08lx\n", IRQ_STACK_START); 168 debug("IRQ Stack: %08lx\n", IRQ_STACK_START);
169 debug("FIQ Stack: %08lx\n", FIQ_STACK_START); 169 debug("FIQ Stack: %08lx\n", FIQ_STACK_START);
170 #endif 170 #endif
171 171
172 return 0; 172 return 0;
173 } 173 }
174 174
175 static int announce_dram_init(void) 175 static int announce_dram_init(void)
176 { 176 {
177 puts("DRAM: "); 177 puts("DRAM: ");
178 return 0; 178 return 0;
179 } 179 }
180 180
181 #if defined(CONFIG_MIPS) || defined(CONFIG_PPC) || defined(CONFIG_M68K) 181 #if defined(CONFIG_MIPS) || defined(CONFIG_PPC) || defined(CONFIG_M68K)
182 static int init_func_ram(void) 182 static int init_func_ram(void)
183 { 183 {
184 #ifdef CONFIG_BOARD_TYPES 184 #ifdef CONFIG_BOARD_TYPES
185 int board_type = gd->board_type; 185 int board_type = gd->board_type;
186 #else 186 #else
187 int board_type = 0; /* use dummy arg */ 187 int board_type = 0; /* use dummy arg */
188 #endif 188 #endif
189 189
190 gd->ram_size = initdram(board_type); 190 gd->ram_size = initdram(board_type);
191 191
192 if (gd->ram_size > 0) 192 if (gd->ram_size > 0)
193 return 0; 193 return 0;
194 194
195 puts("*** failed ***\n"); 195 puts("*** failed ***\n");
196 return 1; 196 return 1;
197 } 197 }
198 #endif 198 #endif
199 199
200 static int show_dram_config(void) 200 static int show_dram_config(void)
201 { 201 {
202 unsigned long long size; 202 unsigned long long size;
203 203
204 #ifdef CONFIG_NR_DRAM_BANKS 204 #ifdef CONFIG_NR_DRAM_BANKS
205 int i; 205 int i;
206 206
207 debug("\nRAM Configuration:\n"); 207 debug("\nRAM Configuration:\n");
208 for (i = size = 0; i < CONFIG_NR_DRAM_BANKS; i++) { 208 for (i = size = 0; i < CONFIG_NR_DRAM_BANKS; i++) {
209 size += gd->bd->bi_dram[i].size; 209 size += gd->bd->bi_dram[i].size;
210 debug("Bank #%d: %llx ", i, 210 debug("Bank #%d: %llx ", i,
211 (unsigned long long)(gd->bd->bi_dram[i].start)); 211 (unsigned long long)(gd->bd->bi_dram[i].start));
212 #ifdef DEBUG 212 #ifdef DEBUG
213 print_size(gd->bd->bi_dram[i].size, "\n"); 213 print_size(gd->bd->bi_dram[i].size, "\n");
214 #endif 214 #endif
215 } 215 }
216 debug("\nDRAM: "); 216 debug("\nDRAM: ");
217 #else 217 #else
218 size = gd->ram_size; 218 size = gd->ram_size;
219 #endif 219 #endif
220 220
221 print_size(size, ""); 221 print_size(size, "");
222 board_add_ram_info(0); 222 board_add_ram_info(0);
223 putc('\n'); 223 putc('\n');
224 224
225 return 0; 225 return 0;
226 } 226 }
227 227
228 __weak void dram_init_banksize(void) 228 __weak void dram_init_banksize(void)
229 { 229 {
230 #if defined(CONFIG_NR_DRAM_BANKS) && defined(CONFIG_SYS_SDRAM_BASE) 230 #if defined(CONFIG_NR_DRAM_BANKS) && defined(CONFIG_SYS_SDRAM_BASE)
231 gd->bd->bi_dram[0].start = CONFIG_SYS_SDRAM_BASE; 231 gd->bd->bi_dram[0].start = CONFIG_SYS_SDRAM_BASE;
232 gd->bd->bi_dram[0].size = get_effective_memsize(); 232 gd->bd->bi_dram[0].size = get_effective_memsize();
233 #endif 233 #endif
234 } 234 }
235 235
236 #if defined(CONFIG_HARD_I2C) || defined(CONFIG_SYS_I2C) 236 #if defined(CONFIG_HARD_I2C) || defined(CONFIG_SYS_I2C)
237 static int init_func_i2c(void) 237 static int init_func_i2c(void)
238 { 238 {
239 puts("I2C: "); 239 puts("I2C: ");
240 #ifdef CONFIG_SYS_I2C 240 #ifdef CONFIG_SYS_I2C
241 i2c_init_all(); 241 i2c_init_all();
242 #else 242 #else
243 i2c_init(CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SPEED, CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SLAVE); 243 i2c_init(CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SPEED, CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SLAVE);
244 #endif 244 #endif
245 puts("ready\n"); 245 puts("ready\n");
246 return 0; 246 return 0;
247 } 247 }
248 #endif 248 #endif
249 249
250 #if defined(CONFIG_HARD_SPI) 250 #if defined(CONFIG_HARD_SPI)
251 static int init_func_spi(void) 251 static int init_func_spi(void)
252 { 252 {
253 puts("SPI: "); 253 puts("SPI: ");
254 spi_init(); 254 spi_init();
255 puts("ready\n"); 255 puts("ready\n");
256 return 0; 256 return 0;
257 } 257 }
258 #endif 258 #endif
259 259
260 __maybe_unused 260 __maybe_unused
261 static int zero_global_data(void) 261 static int zero_global_data(void)
262 { 262 {
263 memset((void *)gd, '\0', sizeof(gd_t)); 263 memset((void *)gd, '\0', sizeof(gd_t));
264 264
265 return 0; 265 return 0;
266 } 266 }
267 267
268 static int setup_mon_len(void) 268 static int setup_mon_len(void)
269 { 269 {
270 #if defined(__ARM__) || defined(__MICROBLAZE__) 270 #if defined(__ARM__) || defined(__MICROBLAZE__)
271 gd->mon_len = (ulong)&__bss_end - (ulong)_start; 271 gd->mon_len = (ulong)&__bss_end - (ulong)_start;
272 #elif defined(CONFIG_SANDBOX) || defined(CONFIG_EFI_APP) 272 #elif defined(CONFIG_SANDBOX) || defined(CONFIG_EFI_APP)
273 gd->mon_len = (ulong)&_end - (ulong)_init; 273 gd->mon_len = (ulong)&_end - (ulong)_init;
274 #elif defined(CONFIG_BLACKFIN) || defined(CONFIG_NIOS2) 274 #elif defined(CONFIG_BLACKFIN) || defined(CONFIG_NIOS2)
275 gd->mon_len = CONFIG_SYS_MONITOR_LEN; 275 gd->mon_len = CONFIG_SYS_MONITOR_LEN;
276 #elif defined(CONFIG_NDS32) 276 #elif defined(CONFIG_NDS32)
277 gd->mon_len = (ulong)(&__bss_end) - (ulong)(&_start); 277 gd->mon_len = (ulong)(&__bss_end) - (ulong)(&_start);
278 #else 278 #else
279 /* TODO: use (ulong)&__bss_end - (ulong)&__text_start; ? */ 279 /* TODO: use (ulong)&__bss_end - (ulong)&__text_start; ? */
280 gd->mon_len = (ulong)&__bss_end - CONFIG_SYS_MONITOR_BASE; 280 gd->mon_len = (ulong)&__bss_end - CONFIG_SYS_MONITOR_BASE;
281 #endif 281 #endif
282 return 0; 282 return 0;
283 } 283 }
284 284
285 __weak int arch_cpu_init(void) 285 __weak int arch_cpu_init(void)
286 { 286 {
287 return 0; 287 return 0;
288 } 288 }
289 289
290 #ifdef CONFIG_SANDBOX 290 #ifdef CONFIG_SANDBOX
291 static int setup_ram_buf(void) 291 static int setup_ram_buf(void)
292 { 292 {
293 struct sandbox_state *state = state_get_current(); 293 struct sandbox_state *state = state_get_current();
294 294
295 gd->arch.ram_buf = state->ram_buf; 295 gd->arch.ram_buf = state->ram_buf;
296 gd->ram_size = state->ram_size; 296 gd->ram_size = state->ram_size;
297 297
298 return 0; 298 return 0;
299 } 299 }
300 #endif 300 #endif
301 301
302 /* Get the top of usable RAM */ 302 /* Get the top of usable RAM */
303 __weak ulong board_get_usable_ram_top(ulong total_size) 303 __weak ulong board_get_usable_ram_top(ulong total_size)
304 { 304 {
305 #ifdef CONFIG_SYS_SDRAM_BASE 305 #ifdef CONFIG_SYS_SDRAM_BASE
306 /* 306 /*
307 * Detect whether we have so much RAM that it goes past the end of our 307 * Detect whether we have so much RAM that it goes past the end of our
308 * 32-bit address space. If so, clip the usable RAM so it doesn't. 308 * 32-bit address space. If so, clip the usable RAM so it doesn't.
309 */ 309 */
310 if (gd->ram_top < CONFIG_SYS_SDRAM_BASE) 310 if (gd->ram_top < CONFIG_SYS_SDRAM_BASE)
311 /* 311 /*
312 * Will wrap back to top of 32-bit space when reservations 312 * Will wrap back to top of 32-bit space when reservations
313 * are made. 313 * are made.
314 */ 314 */
315 return 0; 315 return 0;
316 #endif 316 #endif
317 return gd->ram_top; 317 return gd->ram_top;
318 } 318 }
319 319
320 __weak phys_size_t board_reserve_ram_top(phys_size_t ram_size)
321 {
322 #ifdef CONFIG_SYS_MEM_TOP_HIDE
323 return ram_size - CONFIG_SYS_MEM_TOP_HIDE;
324 #else
325 return ram_size;
326 #endif
327 }
328
320 static int setup_dest_addr(void) 329 static int setup_dest_addr(void)
321 { 330 {
322 debug("Monitor len: %08lX\n", gd->mon_len); 331 debug("Monitor len: %08lX\n", gd->mon_len);
323 /* 332 /*
324 * Ram is setup, size stored in gd !! 333 * Ram is setup, size stored in gd !!
325 */ 334 */
326 debug("Ram size: %08lX\n", (ulong)gd->ram_size); 335 debug("Ram size: %08lX\n", (ulong)gd->ram_size);
327 #ifdef CONFIG_SYS_MEM_RESERVE_SECURE 336 #ifdef CONFIG_SYS_MEM_RESERVE_SECURE
328 /* Reserve memory for secure MMU tables, and/or security monitor */ 337 /* Reserve memory for secure MMU tables, and/or security monitor */
329 gd->ram_size -= CONFIG_SYS_MEM_RESERVE_SECURE; 338 gd->ram_size -= CONFIG_SYS_MEM_RESERVE_SECURE;
330 /* 339 /*
331 * Record secure memory location. Need recalcuate if memory splits 340 * Record secure memory location. Need recalcuate if memory splits
332 * into banks, or the ram base is not zero. 341 * into banks, or the ram base is not zero.
333 */ 342 */
334 gd->secure_ram = gd->ram_size; 343 gd->secure_ram = gd->ram_size;
335 #endif 344 #endif
336 #if defined(CONFIG_SYS_MEM_TOP_HIDE)
337 /* 345 /*
338 * Subtract specified amount of memory to hide so that it won't 346 * Subtract specified amount of memory to hide so that it won't
339 * get "touched" at all by U-Boot. By fixing up gd->ram_size 347 * get "touched" at all by U-Boot. By fixing up gd->ram_size
340 * the Linux kernel should now get passed the now "corrected" 348 * the Linux kernel should now get passed the now "corrected"
341 * memory size and won't touch it either. This should work 349 * memory size and won't touch it either. This has been used
342 * for arch/ppc and arch/powerpc. Only Linux board ports in 350 * by arch/powerpc exclusively. Now ARMv8 takes advantage of
343 * arch/powerpc with bootwrapper support, that recalculate the 351 * thie mechanism. If memory is split into banks, addresses
344 * memory size from the SDRAM controller setup will have to 352 * need to be calculated.
345 * get fixed.
346 */ 353 */
347 gd->ram_size -= CONFIG_SYS_MEM_TOP_HIDE; 354 gd->ram_size = board_reserve_ram_top(gd->ram_size);
348 #endif 355
349 #ifdef CONFIG_SYS_SDRAM_BASE 356 #ifdef CONFIG_SYS_SDRAM_BASE
350 gd->ram_top = CONFIG_SYS_SDRAM_BASE; 357 gd->ram_top = CONFIG_SYS_SDRAM_BASE;
351 #endif 358 #endif
352 gd->ram_top += get_effective_memsize(); 359 gd->ram_top += get_effective_memsize();
353 gd->ram_top = board_get_usable_ram_top(gd->mon_len); 360 gd->ram_top = board_get_usable_ram_top(gd->mon_len);
354 gd->relocaddr = gd->ram_top; 361 gd->relocaddr = gd->ram_top;
355 debug("Ram top: %08lX\n", (ulong)gd->ram_top); 362 debug("Ram top: %08lX\n", (ulong)gd->ram_top);
356 #if defined(CONFIG_MP) && (defined(CONFIG_MPC86xx) || defined(CONFIG_E500)) 363 #if defined(CONFIG_MP) && (defined(CONFIG_MPC86xx) || defined(CONFIG_E500))
357 /* 364 /*
358 * We need to make sure the location we intend to put secondary core 365 * We need to make sure the location we intend to put secondary core
359 * boot code is reserved and not used by any part of u-boot 366 * boot code is reserved and not used by any part of u-boot
360 */ 367 */
361 if (gd->relocaddr > determine_mp_bootpg(NULL)) { 368 if (gd->relocaddr > determine_mp_bootpg(NULL)) {
362 gd->relocaddr = determine_mp_bootpg(NULL); 369 gd->relocaddr = determine_mp_bootpg(NULL);
363 debug("Reserving MP boot page to %08lx\n", gd->relocaddr); 370 debug("Reserving MP boot page to %08lx\n", gd->relocaddr);
364 } 371 }
365 #endif 372 #endif
366 return 0; 373 return 0;
367 } 374 }
368 375
369 #if defined(CONFIG_SPARC) 376 #if defined(CONFIG_SPARC)
370 static int reserve_prom(void) 377 static int reserve_prom(void)
371 { 378 {
372 /* defined in arch/sparc/cpu/leon?/prom.c */ 379 /* defined in arch/sparc/cpu/leon?/prom.c */
373 extern void *__prom_start_reloc; 380 extern void *__prom_start_reloc;
374 int size = 8192; /* page table = 2k, prom = 6k */ 381 int size = 8192; /* page table = 2k, prom = 6k */
375 gd->relocaddr -= size; 382 gd->relocaddr -= size;
376 __prom_start_reloc = map_sysmem(gd->relocaddr + 2048, size - 2048); 383 __prom_start_reloc = map_sysmem(gd->relocaddr + 2048, size - 2048);
377 debug("Reserving %dk for PROM and page table at %08lx\n", size, 384 debug("Reserving %dk for PROM and page table at %08lx\n", size,
378 gd->relocaddr); 385 gd->relocaddr);
379 return 0; 386 return 0;
380 } 387 }
381 #endif 388 #endif
382 389
383 #if defined(CONFIG_LOGBUFFER) && !defined(CONFIG_ALT_LB_ADDR) 390 #if defined(CONFIG_LOGBUFFER) && !defined(CONFIG_ALT_LB_ADDR)
384 static int reserve_logbuffer(void) 391 static int reserve_logbuffer(void)
385 { 392 {
386 /* reserve kernel log buffer */ 393 /* reserve kernel log buffer */
387 gd->relocaddr -= LOGBUFF_RESERVE; 394 gd->relocaddr -= LOGBUFF_RESERVE;
388 debug("Reserving %dk for kernel logbuffer at %08lx\n", LOGBUFF_LEN, 395 debug("Reserving %dk for kernel logbuffer at %08lx\n", LOGBUFF_LEN,
389 gd->relocaddr); 396 gd->relocaddr);
390 return 0; 397 return 0;
391 } 398 }
392 #endif 399 #endif
393 400
394 #ifdef CONFIG_PRAM 401 #ifdef CONFIG_PRAM
395 /* reserve protected RAM */ 402 /* reserve protected RAM */
396 static int reserve_pram(void) 403 static int reserve_pram(void)
397 { 404 {
398 ulong reg; 405 ulong reg;
399 406
400 reg = getenv_ulong("pram", 10, CONFIG_PRAM); 407 reg = getenv_ulong("pram", 10, CONFIG_PRAM);
401 gd->relocaddr -= (reg << 10); /* size is in kB */ 408 gd->relocaddr -= (reg << 10); /* size is in kB */
402 debug("Reserving %ldk for protected RAM at %08lx\n", reg, 409 debug("Reserving %ldk for protected RAM at %08lx\n", reg,
403 gd->relocaddr); 410 gd->relocaddr);
404 return 0; 411 return 0;
405 } 412 }
406 #endif /* CONFIG_PRAM */ 413 #endif /* CONFIG_PRAM */
407 414
408 /* Round memory pointer down to next 4 kB limit */ 415 /* Round memory pointer down to next 4 kB limit */
409 static int reserve_round_4k(void) 416 static int reserve_round_4k(void)
410 { 417 {
411 gd->relocaddr &= ~(4096 - 1); 418 gd->relocaddr &= ~(4096 - 1);
412 return 0; 419 return 0;
413 } 420 }
414 421
415 #if !(defined(CONFIG_SYS_ICACHE_OFF) && defined(CONFIG_SYS_DCACHE_OFF)) && \ 422 #if !(defined(CONFIG_SYS_ICACHE_OFF) && defined(CONFIG_SYS_DCACHE_OFF)) && \
416 defined(CONFIG_ARM) 423 defined(CONFIG_ARM)
417 static int reserve_mmu(void) 424 static int reserve_mmu(void)
418 { 425 {
419 /* reserve TLB table */ 426 /* reserve TLB table */
420 gd->arch.tlb_size = PGTABLE_SIZE; 427 gd->arch.tlb_size = PGTABLE_SIZE;
421 gd->relocaddr -= gd->arch.tlb_size; 428 gd->relocaddr -= gd->arch.tlb_size;
422 429
423 /* round down to next 64 kB limit */ 430 /* round down to next 64 kB limit */
424 gd->relocaddr &= ~(0x10000 - 1); 431 gd->relocaddr &= ~(0x10000 - 1);
425 432
426 gd->arch.tlb_addr = gd->relocaddr; 433 gd->arch.tlb_addr = gd->relocaddr;
427 debug("TLB table from %08lx to %08lx\n", gd->arch.tlb_addr, 434 debug("TLB table from %08lx to %08lx\n", gd->arch.tlb_addr,
428 gd->arch.tlb_addr + gd->arch.tlb_size); 435 gd->arch.tlb_addr + gd->arch.tlb_size);
429 return 0; 436 return 0;
430 } 437 }
431 #endif 438 #endif
432 439
433 #ifdef CONFIG_LCD 440 #ifdef CONFIG_LCD
434 static int reserve_lcd(void) 441 static int reserve_lcd(void)
435 { 442 {
436 #ifdef CONFIG_FB_ADDR 443 #ifdef CONFIG_FB_ADDR
437 gd->fb_base = CONFIG_FB_ADDR; 444 gd->fb_base = CONFIG_FB_ADDR;
438 #else 445 #else
439 /* reserve memory for LCD display (always full pages) */ 446 /* reserve memory for LCD display (always full pages) */
440 gd->relocaddr = lcd_setmem(gd->relocaddr); 447 gd->relocaddr = lcd_setmem(gd->relocaddr);
441 gd->fb_base = gd->relocaddr; 448 gd->fb_base = gd->relocaddr;
442 #endif /* CONFIG_FB_ADDR */ 449 #endif /* CONFIG_FB_ADDR */
443 return 0; 450 return 0;
444 } 451 }
445 #endif /* CONFIG_LCD */ 452 #endif /* CONFIG_LCD */
446 453
447 static int reserve_trace(void) 454 static int reserve_trace(void)
448 { 455 {
449 #ifdef CONFIG_TRACE 456 #ifdef CONFIG_TRACE
450 gd->relocaddr -= CONFIG_TRACE_BUFFER_SIZE; 457 gd->relocaddr -= CONFIG_TRACE_BUFFER_SIZE;
451 gd->trace_buff = map_sysmem(gd->relocaddr, CONFIG_TRACE_BUFFER_SIZE); 458 gd->trace_buff = map_sysmem(gd->relocaddr, CONFIG_TRACE_BUFFER_SIZE);
452 debug("Reserving %dk for trace data at: %08lx\n", 459 debug("Reserving %dk for trace data at: %08lx\n",
453 CONFIG_TRACE_BUFFER_SIZE >> 10, gd->relocaddr); 460 CONFIG_TRACE_BUFFER_SIZE >> 10, gd->relocaddr);
454 #endif 461 #endif
455 462
456 return 0; 463 return 0;
457 } 464 }
458 465
459 #if defined(CONFIG_VIDEO) && (!defined(CONFIG_PPC) || defined(CONFIG_8xx)) && \ 466 #if defined(CONFIG_VIDEO) && (!defined(CONFIG_PPC) || defined(CONFIG_8xx)) && \
460 !defined(CONFIG_ARM) && !defined(CONFIG_X86) && \ 467 !defined(CONFIG_ARM) && !defined(CONFIG_X86) && \
461 !defined(CONFIG_BLACKFIN) && !defined(CONFIG_M68K) 468 !defined(CONFIG_BLACKFIN) && !defined(CONFIG_M68K)
462 static int reserve_video(void) 469 static int reserve_video(void)
463 { 470 {
464 /* reserve memory for video display (always full pages) */ 471 /* reserve memory for video display (always full pages) */
465 gd->relocaddr = video_setmem(gd->relocaddr); 472 gd->relocaddr = video_setmem(gd->relocaddr);
466 gd->fb_base = gd->relocaddr; 473 gd->fb_base = gd->relocaddr;
467 474
468 return 0; 475 return 0;
469 } 476 }
470 #endif 477 #endif
471 478
472 static int reserve_uboot(void) 479 static int reserve_uboot(void)
473 { 480 {
474 /* 481 /*
475 * reserve memory for U-Boot code, data & bss 482 * reserve memory for U-Boot code, data & bss
476 * round down to next 4 kB limit 483 * round down to next 4 kB limit
477 */ 484 */
478 gd->relocaddr -= gd->mon_len; 485 gd->relocaddr -= gd->mon_len;
479 gd->relocaddr &= ~(4096 - 1); 486 gd->relocaddr &= ~(4096 - 1);
480 #ifdef CONFIG_E500 487 #ifdef CONFIG_E500
481 /* round down to next 64 kB limit so that IVPR stays aligned */ 488 /* round down to next 64 kB limit so that IVPR stays aligned */
482 gd->relocaddr &= ~(65536 - 1); 489 gd->relocaddr &= ~(65536 - 1);
483 #endif 490 #endif
484 491
485 debug("Reserving %ldk for U-Boot at: %08lx\n", gd->mon_len >> 10, 492 debug("Reserving %ldk for U-Boot at: %08lx\n", gd->mon_len >> 10,
486 gd->relocaddr); 493 gd->relocaddr);
487 494
488 gd->start_addr_sp = gd->relocaddr; 495 gd->start_addr_sp = gd->relocaddr;
489 496
490 return 0; 497 return 0;
491 } 498 }
492 499
493 #ifndef CONFIG_SPL_BUILD 500 #ifndef CONFIG_SPL_BUILD
494 /* reserve memory for malloc() area */ 501 /* reserve memory for malloc() area */
495 static int reserve_malloc(void) 502 static int reserve_malloc(void)
496 { 503 {
497 gd->start_addr_sp = gd->start_addr_sp - TOTAL_MALLOC_LEN; 504 gd->start_addr_sp = gd->start_addr_sp - TOTAL_MALLOC_LEN;
498 debug("Reserving %dk for malloc() at: %08lx\n", 505 debug("Reserving %dk for malloc() at: %08lx\n",
499 TOTAL_MALLOC_LEN >> 10, gd->start_addr_sp); 506 TOTAL_MALLOC_LEN >> 10, gd->start_addr_sp);
500 return 0; 507 return 0;
501 } 508 }
502 509
503 /* (permanently) allocate a Board Info struct */ 510 /* (permanently) allocate a Board Info struct */
504 static int reserve_board(void) 511 static int reserve_board(void)
505 { 512 {
506 if (!gd->bd) { 513 if (!gd->bd) {
507 gd->start_addr_sp -= sizeof(bd_t); 514 gd->start_addr_sp -= sizeof(bd_t);
508 gd->bd = (bd_t *)map_sysmem(gd->start_addr_sp, sizeof(bd_t)); 515 gd->bd = (bd_t *)map_sysmem(gd->start_addr_sp, sizeof(bd_t));
509 memset(gd->bd, '\0', sizeof(bd_t)); 516 memset(gd->bd, '\0', sizeof(bd_t));
510 debug("Reserving %zu Bytes for Board Info at: %08lx\n", 517 debug("Reserving %zu Bytes for Board Info at: %08lx\n",
511 sizeof(bd_t), gd->start_addr_sp); 518 sizeof(bd_t), gd->start_addr_sp);
512 } 519 }
513 return 0; 520 return 0;
514 } 521 }
515 #endif 522 #endif
516 523
517 static int setup_machine(void) 524 static int setup_machine(void)
518 { 525 {
519 #ifdef CONFIG_MACH_TYPE 526 #ifdef CONFIG_MACH_TYPE
520 gd->bd->bi_arch_number = CONFIG_MACH_TYPE; /* board id for Linux */ 527 gd->bd->bi_arch_number = CONFIG_MACH_TYPE; /* board id for Linux */
521 #endif 528 #endif
522 return 0; 529 return 0;
523 } 530 }
524 531
525 static int reserve_global_data(void) 532 static int reserve_global_data(void)
526 { 533 {
527 gd->start_addr_sp -= sizeof(gd_t); 534 gd->start_addr_sp -= sizeof(gd_t);
528 gd->new_gd = (gd_t *)map_sysmem(gd->start_addr_sp, sizeof(gd_t)); 535 gd->new_gd = (gd_t *)map_sysmem(gd->start_addr_sp, sizeof(gd_t));
529 debug("Reserving %zu Bytes for Global Data at: %08lx\n", 536 debug("Reserving %zu Bytes for Global Data at: %08lx\n",
530 sizeof(gd_t), gd->start_addr_sp); 537 sizeof(gd_t), gd->start_addr_sp);
531 return 0; 538 return 0;
532 } 539 }
533 540
534 static int reserve_fdt(void) 541 static int reserve_fdt(void)
535 { 542 {
536 #ifndef CONFIG_OF_EMBED 543 #ifndef CONFIG_OF_EMBED
537 /* 544 /*
538 * If the device tree is sitting immediately above our image then we 545 * If the device tree is sitting immediately above our image then we
539 * must relocate it. If it is embedded in the data section, then it 546 * must relocate it. If it is embedded in the data section, then it
540 * will be relocated with other data. 547 * will be relocated with other data.
541 */ 548 */
542 if (gd->fdt_blob) { 549 if (gd->fdt_blob) {
543 gd->fdt_size = ALIGN(fdt_totalsize(gd->fdt_blob) + 0x1000, 32); 550 gd->fdt_size = ALIGN(fdt_totalsize(gd->fdt_blob) + 0x1000, 32);
544 551
545 gd->start_addr_sp -= gd->fdt_size; 552 gd->start_addr_sp -= gd->fdt_size;
546 gd->new_fdt = map_sysmem(gd->start_addr_sp, gd->fdt_size); 553 gd->new_fdt = map_sysmem(gd->start_addr_sp, gd->fdt_size);
547 debug("Reserving %lu Bytes for FDT at: %08lx\n", 554 debug("Reserving %lu Bytes for FDT at: %08lx\n",
548 gd->fdt_size, gd->start_addr_sp); 555 gd->fdt_size, gd->start_addr_sp);
549 } 556 }
550 #endif 557 #endif
551 558
552 return 0; 559 return 0;
553 } 560 }
554 561
555 int arch_reserve_stacks(void) 562 int arch_reserve_stacks(void)
556 { 563 {
557 return 0; 564 return 0;
558 } 565 }
559 566
560 static int reserve_stacks(void) 567 static int reserve_stacks(void)
561 { 568 {
562 /* make stack pointer 16-byte aligned */ 569 /* make stack pointer 16-byte aligned */
563 gd->start_addr_sp -= 16; 570 gd->start_addr_sp -= 16;
564 gd->start_addr_sp &= ~0xf; 571 gd->start_addr_sp &= ~0xf;
565 572
566 /* 573 /*
567 * let the architecture-specific code tailor gd->start_addr_sp and 574 * let the architecture-specific code tailor gd->start_addr_sp and
568 * gd->irq_sp 575 * gd->irq_sp
569 */ 576 */
570 return arch_reserve_stacks(); 577 return arch_reserve_stacks();
571 } 578 }
572 579
573 static int display_new_sp(void) 580 static int display_new_sp(void)
574 { 581 {
575 debug("New Stack Pointer is: %08lx\n", gd->start_addr_sp); 582 debug("New Stack Pointer is: %08lx\n", gd->start_addr_sp);
576 583
577 return 0; 584 return 0;
578 } 585 }
579 586
580 #if defined(CONFIG_PPC) || defined(CONFIG_M68K) || defined(CONFIG_MIPS) 587 #if defined(CONFIG_PPC) || defined(CONFIG_M68K) || defined(CONFIG_MIPS)
581 static int setup_board_part1(void) 588 static int setup_board_part1(void)
582 { 589 {
583 bd_t *bd = gd->bd; 590 bd_t *bd = gd->bd;
584 591
585 /* 592 /*
586 * Save local variables to board info struct 593 * Save local variables to board info struct
587 */ 594 */
588 bd->bi_memstart = CONFIG_SYS_SDRAM_BASE; /* start of memory */ 595 bd->bi_memstart = CONFIG_SYS_SDRAM_BASE; /* start of memory */
589 bd->bi_memsize = gd->ram_size; /* size in bytes */ 596 bd->bi_memsize = gd->ram_size; /* size in bytes */
590 597
591 #ifdef CONFIG_SYS_SRAM_BASE 598 #ifdef CONFIG_SYS_SRAM_BASE
592 bd->bi_sramstart = CONFIG_SYS_SRAM_BASE; /* start of SRAM */ 599 bd->bi_sramstart = CONFIG_SYS_SRAM_BASE; /* start of SRAM */
593 bd->bi_sramsize = CONFIG_SYS_SRAM_SIZE; /* size of SRAM */ 600 bd->bi_sramsize = CONFIG_SYS_SRAM_SIZE; /* size of SRAM */
594 #endif 601 #endif
595 602
596 #if defined(CONFIG_8xx) || defined(CONFIG_MPC8260) || defined(CONFIG_5xx) || \ 603 #if defined(CONFIG_8xx) || defined(CONFIG_MPC8260) || defined(CONFIG_5xx) || \
597 defined(CONFIG_E500) || defined(CONFIG_MPC86xx) 604 defined(CONFIG_E500) || defined(CONFIG_MPC86xx)
598 bd->bi_immr_base = CONFIG_SYS_IMMR; /* base of IMMR register */ 605 bd->bi_immr_base = CONFIG_SYS_IMMR; /* base of IMMR register */
599 #endif 606 #endif
600 #if defined(CONFIG_MPC5xxx) || defined(CONFIG_M68K) 607 #if defined(CONFIG_MPC5xxx) || defined(CONFIG_M68K)
601 bd->bi_mbar_base = CONFIG_SYS_MBAR; /* base of internal registers */ 608 bd->bi_mbar_base = CONFIG_SYS_MBAR; /* base of internal registers */
602 #endif 609 #endif
603 #if defined(CONFIG_MPC83xx) 610 #if defined(CONFIG_MPC83xx)
604 bd->bi_immrbar = CONFIG_SYS_IMMR; 611 bd->bi_immrbar = CONFIG_SYS_IMMR;
605 #endif 612 #endif
606 613
607 return 0; 614 return 0;
608 } 615 }
609 #endif 616 #endif
610 617
611 #if defined(CONFIG_PPC) || defined(CONFIG_M68K) 618 #if defined(CONFIG_PPC) || defined(CONFIG_M68K)
612 static int setup_board_part2(void) 619 static int setup_board_part2(void)
613 { 620 {
614 bd_t *bd = gd->bd; 621 bd_t *bd = gd->bd;
615 622
616 bd->bi_intfreq = gd->cpu_clk; /* Internal Freq, in Hz */ 623 bd->bi_intfreq = gd->cpu_clk; /* Internal Freq, in Hz */
617 bd->bi_busfreq = gd->bus_clk; /* Bus Freq, in Hz */ 624 bd->bi_busfreq = gd->bus_clk; /* Bus Freq, in Hz */
618 #if defined(CONFIG_CPM2) 625 #if defined(CONFIG_CPM2)
619 bd->bi_cpmfreq = gd->arch.cpm_clk; 626 bd->bi_cpmfreq = gd->arch.cpm_clk;
620 bd->bi_brgfreq = gd->arch.brg_clk; 627 bd->bi_brgfreq = gd->arch.brg_clk;
621 bd->bi_sccfreq = gd->arch.scc_clk; 628 bd->bi_sccfreq = gd->arch.scc_clk;
622 bd->bi_vco = gd->arch.vco_out; 629 bd->bi_vco = gd->arch.vco_out;
623 #endif /* CONFIG_CPM2 */ 630 #endif /* CONFIG_CPM2 */
624 #if defined(CONFIG_MPC512X) 631 #if defined(CONFIG_MPC512X)
625 bd->bi_ipsfreq = gd->arch.ips_clk; 632 bd->bi_ipsfreq = gd->arch.ips_clk;
626 #endif /* CONFIG_MPC512X */ 633 #endif /* CONFIG_MPC512X */
627 #if defined(CONFIG_MPC5xxx) 634 #if defined(CONFIG_MPC5xxx)
628 bd->bi_ipbfreq = gd->arch.ipb_clk; 635 bd->bi_ipbfreq = gd->arch.ipb_clk;
629 bd->bi_pcifreq = gd->pci_clk; 636 bd->bi_pcifreq = gd->pci_clk;
630 #endif /* CONFIG_MPC5xxx */ 637 #endif /* CONFIG_MPC5xxx */
631 #if defined(CONFIG_M68K) && defined(CONFIG_PCI) 638 #if defined(CONFIG_M68K) && defined(CONFIG_PCI)
632 bd->bi_pcifreq = gd->pci_clk; 639 bd->bi_pcifreq = gd->pci_clk;
633 #endif 640 #endif
634 #if defined(CONFIG_EXTRA_CLOCK) 641 #if defined(CONFIG_EXTRA_CLOCK)
635 bd->bi_inpfreq = gd->arch.inp_clk; /* input Freq in Hz */ 642 bd->bi_inpfreq = gd->arch.inp_clk; /* input Freq in Hz */
636 bd->bi_vcofreq = gd->arch.vco_clk; /* vco Freq in Hz */ 643 bd->bi_vcofreq = gd->arch.vco_clk; /* vco Freq in Hz */
637 bd->bi_flbfreq = gd->arch.flb_clk; /* flexbus Freq in Hz */ 644 bd->bi_flbfreq = gd->arch.flb_clk; /* flexbus Freq in Hz */
638 #endif 645 #endif
639 646
640 return 0; 647 return 0;
641 } 648 }
642 #endif 649 #endif
643 650
644 #ifdef CONFIG_SYS_EXTBDINFO 651 #ifdef CONFIG_SYS_EXTBDINFO
645 static int setup_board_extra(void) 652 static int setup_board_extra(void)
646 { 653 {
647 bd_t *bd = gd->bd; 654 bd_t *bd = gd->bd;
648 655
649 strncpy((char *) bd->bi_s_version, "1.2", sizeof(bd->bi_s_version)); 656 strncpy((char *) bd->bi_s_version, "1.2", sizeof(bd->bi_s_version));
650 strncpy((char *) bd->bi_r_version, U_BOOT_VERSION, 657 strncpy((char *) bd->bi_r_version, U_BOOT_VERSION,
651 sizeof(bd->bi_r_version)); 658 sizeof(bd->bi_r_version));
652 659
653 bd->bi_procfreq = gd->cpu_clk; /* Processor Speed, In Hz */ 660 bd->bi_procfreq = gd->cpu_clk; /* Processor Speed, In Hz */
654 bd->bi_plb_busfreq = gd->bus_clk; 661 bd->bi_plb_busfreq = gd->bus_clk;
655 #if defined(CONFIG_405GP) || defined(CONFIG_405EP) || \ 662 #if defined(CONFIG_405GP) || defined(CONFIG_405EP) || \
656 defined(CONFIG_440EP) || defined(CONFIG_440GR) || \ 663 defined(CONFIG_440EP) || defined(CONFIG_440GR) || \
657 defined(CONFIG_440EPX) || defined(CONFIG_440GRX) 664 defined(CONFIG_440EPX) || defined(CONFIG_440GRX)
658 bd->bi_pci_busfreq = get_PCI_freq(); 665 bd->bi_pci_busfreq = get_PCI_freq();
659 bd->bi_opbfreq = get_OPB_freq(); 666 bd->bi_opbfreq = get_OPB_freq();
660 #elif defined(CONFIG_XILINX_405) 667 #elif defined(CONFIG_XILINX_405)
661 bd->bi_pci_busfreq = get_PCI_freq(); 668 bd->bi_pci_busfreq = get_PCI_freq();
662 #endif 669 #endif
663 670
664 return 0; 671 return 0;
665 } 672 }
666 #endif 673 #endif
667 674
668 #ifdef CONFIG_POST 675 #ifdef CONFIG_POST
669 static int init_post(void) 676 static int init_post(void)
670 { 677 {
671 post_bootmode_init(); 678 post_bootmode_init();
672 post_run(NULL, POST_ROM | post_bootmode_get(0)); 679 post_run(NULL, POST_ROM | post_bootmode_get(0));
673 680
674 return 0; 681 return 0;
675 } 682 }
676 #endif 683 #endif
677 684
678 static int setup_dram_config(void) 685 static int setup_dram_config(void)
679 { 686 {
680 /* Ram is board specific, so move it to board code ... */ 687 /* Ram is board specific, so move it to board code ... */
681 dram_init_banksize(); 688 dram_init_banksize();
682 689
683 return 0; 690 return 0;
684 } 691 }
685 692
686 static int reloc_fdt(void) 693 static int reloc_fdt(void)
687 { 694 {
688 #ifndef CONFIG_OF_EMBED 695 #ifndef CONFIG_OF_EMBED
689 if (gd->flags & GD_FLG_SKIP_RELOC) 696 if (gd->flags & GD_FLG_SKIP_RELOC)
690 return 0; 697 return 0;
691 if (gd->new_fdt) { 698 if (gd->new_fdt) {
692 memcpy(gd->new_fdt, gd->fdt_blob, gd->fdt_size); 699 memcpy(gd->new_fdt, gd->fdt_blob, gd->fdt_size);
693 gd->fdt_blob = gd->new_fdt; 700 gd->fdt_blob = gd->new_fdt;
694 } 701 }
695 #endif 702 #endif
696 703
697 return 0; 704 return 0;
698 } 705 }
699 706
700 static int setup_reloc(void) 707 static int setup_reloc(void)
701 { 708 {
702 if (gd->flags & GD_FLG_SKIP_RELOC) { 709 if (gd->flags & GD_FLG_SKIP_RELOC) {
703 debug("Skipping relocation due to flag\n"); 710 debug("Skipping relocation due to flag\n");
704 return 0; 711 return 0;
705 } 712 }
706 713
707 #ifdef CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE 714 #ifdef CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE
708 gd->reloc_off = gd->relocaddr - CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE; 715 gd->reloc_off = gd->relocaddr - CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE;
709 #ifdef CONFIG_M68K 716 #ifdef CONFIG_M68K
710 /* 717 /*
711 * On all ColdFire arch cpu, monitor code starts always 718 * On all ColdFire arch cpu, monitor code starts always
712 * just after the default vector table location, so at 0x400 719 * just after the default vector table location, so at 0x400
713 */ 720 */
714 gd->reloc_off = gd->relocaddr - (CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE + 0x400); 721 gd->reloc_off = gd->relocaddr - (CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE + 0x400);
715 #endif 722 #endif
716 #endif 723 #endif
717 memcpy(gd->new_gd, (char *)gd, sizeof(gd_t)); 724 memcpy(gd->new_gd, (char *)gd, sizeof(gd_t));
718 725
719 debug("Relocation Offset is: %08lx\n", gd->reloc_off); 726 debug("Relocation Offset is: %08lx\n", gd->reloc_off);
720 debug("Relocating to %08lx, new gd at %08lx, sp at %08lx\n", 727 debug("Relocating to %08lx, new gd at %08lx, sp at %08lx\n",
721 gd->relocaddr, (ulong)map_to_sysmem(gd->new_gd), 728 gd->relocaddr, (ulong)map_to_sysmem(gd->new_gd),
722 gd->start_addr_sp); 729 gd->start_addr_sp);
723 730
724 return 0; 731 return 0;
725 } 732 }
726 733
727 /* ARM calls relocate_code from its crt0.S */ 734 /* ARM calls relocate_code from its crt0.S */
728 #if !defined(CONFIG_ARM) && !defined(CONFIG_SANDBOX) 735 #if !defined(CONFIG_ARM) && !defined(CONFIG_SANDBOX)
729 736
730 static int jump_to_copy(void) 737 static int jump_to_copy(void)
731 { 738 {
732 if (gd->flags & GD_FLG_SKIP_RELOC) 739 if (gd->flags & GD_FLG_SKIP_RELOC)
733 return 0; 740 return 0;
734 /* 741 /*
735 * x86 is special, but in a nice way. It uses a trampoline which 742 * x86 is special, but in a nice way. It uses a trampoline which
736 * enables the dcache if possible. 743 * enables the dcache if possible.
737 * 744 *
738 * For now, other archs use relocate_code(), which is implemented 745 * For now, other archs use relocate_code(), which is implemented
739 * similarly for all archs. When we do generic relocation, hopefully 746 * similarly for all archs. When we do generic relocation, hopefully
740 * we can make all archs enable the dcache prior to relocation. 747 * we can make all archs enable the dcache prior to relocation.
741 */ 748 */
742 #if defined(CONFIG_X86) || defined(CONFIG_ARC) 749 #if defined(CONFIG_X86) || defined(CONFIG_ARC)
743 /* 750 /*
744 * SDRAM and console are now initialised. The final stack can now 751 * SDRAM and console are now initialised. The final stack can now
745 * be setup in SDRAM. Code execution will continue in Flash, but 752 * be setup in SDRAM. Code execution will continue in Flash, but
746 * with the stack in SDRAM and Global Data in temporary memory 753 * with the stack in SDRAM and Global Data in temporary memory
747 * (CPU cache) 754 * (CPU cache)
748 */ 755 */
749 arch_setup_gd(gd->new_gd); 756 arch_setup_gd(gd->new_gd);
750 board_init_f_r_trampoline(gd->start_addr_sp); 757 board_init_f_r_trampoline(gd->start_addr_sp);
751 #else 758 #else
752 relocate_code(gd->start_addr_sp, gd->new_gd, gd->relocaddr); 759 relocate_code(gd->start_addr_sp, gd->new_gd, gd->relocaddr);
753 #endif 760 #endif
754 761
755 return 0; 762 return 0;
756 } 763 }
757 #endif 764 #endif
758 765
759 /* Record the board_init_f() bootstage (after arch_cpu_init()) */ 766 /* Record the board_init_f() bootstage (after arch_cpu_init()) */
760 static int mark_bootstage(void) 767 static int mark_bootstage(void)
761 { 768 {
762 bootstage_mark_name(BOOTSTAGE_ID_START_UBOOT_F, "board_init_f"); 769 bootstage_mark_name(BOOTSTAGE_ID_START_UBOOT_F, "board_init_f");
763 770
764 return 0; 771 return 0;
765 } 772 }
766 773
767 static int initf_console_record(void) 774 static int initf_console_record(void)
768 { 775 {
769 #if defined(CONFIG_CONSOLE_RECORD) && defined(CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_F_LEN) 776 #if defined(CONFIG_CONSOLE_RECORD) && defined(CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_F_LEN)
770 return console_record_init(); 777 return console_record_init();
771 #else 778 #else
772 return 0; 779 return 0;
773 #endif 780 #endif
774 } 781 }
775 782
776 static int initf_dm(void) 783 static int initf_dm(void)
777 { 784 {
778 #if defined(CONFIG_DM) && defined(CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_F_LEN) 785 #if defined(CONFIG_DM) && defined(CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_F_LEN)
779 int ret; 786 int ret;
780 787
781 ret = dm_init_and_scan(true); 788 ret = dm_init_and_scan(true);
782 if (ret) 789 if (ret)
783 return ret; 790 return ret;
784 #endif 791 #endif
785 792
786 return 0; 793 return 0;
787 } 794 }
788 795
789 /* Architecture-specific memory reservation */ 796 /* Architecture-specific memory reservation */
790 __weak int reserve_arch(void) 797 __weak int reserve_arch(void)
791 { 798 {
792 return 0; 799 return 0;
793 } 800 }
794 801
795 __weak int arch_cpu_init_dm(void) 802 __weak int arch_cpu_init_dm(void)
796 { 803 {
797 return 0; 804 return 0;
798 } 805 }
799 806
800 static init_fnc_t init_sequence_f[] = { 807 static init_fnc_t init_sequence_f[] = {
801 #ifdef CONFIG_SANDBOX 808 #ifdef CONFIG_SANDBOX
802 setup_ram_buf, 809 setup_ram_buf,
803 #endif 810 #endif
804 setup_mon_len, 811 setup_mon_len,
805 #ifdef CONFIG_OF_CONTROL 812 #ifdef CONFIG_OF_CONTROL
806 fdtdec_setup, 813 fdtdec_setup,
807 #endif 814 #endif
808 #ifdef CONFIG_TRACE 815 #ifdef CONFIG_TRACE
809 trace_early_init, 816 trace_early_init,
810 #endif 817 #endif
811 initf_malloc, 818 initf_malloc,
812 initf_console_record, 819 initf_console_record,
813 #if defined(CONFIG_MPC85xx) || defined(CONFIG_MPC86xx) 820 #if defined(CONFIG_MPC85xx) || defined(CONFIG_MPC86xx)
814 /* TODO: can this go into arch_cpu_init()? */ 821 /* TODO: can this go into arch_cpu_init()? */
815 probecpu, 822 probecpu,
816 #endif 823 #endif
817 #if defined(CONFIG_X86) && defined(CONFIG_HAVE_FSP) 824 #if defined(CONFIG_X86) && defined(CONFIG_HAVE_FSP)
818 x86_fsp_init, 825 x86_fsp_init,
819 #endif 826 #endif
820 arch_cpu_init, /* basic arch cpu dependent setup */ 827 arch_cpu_init, /* basic arch cpu dependent setup */
821 initf_dm, 828 initf_dm,
822 arch_cpu_init_dm, 829 arch_cpu_init_dm,
823 mark_bootstage, /* need timer, go after init dm */ 830 mark_bootstage, /* need timer, go after init dm */
824 #if defined(CONFIG_BOARD_EARLY_INIT_F) 831 #if defined(CONFIG_BOARD_EARLY_INIT_F)
825 board_early_init_f, 832 board_early_init_f,
826 #endif 833 #endif
827 /* TODO: can any of this go into arch_cpu_init()? */ 834 /* TODO: can any of this go into arch_cpu_init()? */
828 #if defined(CONFIG_PPC) && !defined(CONFIG_8xx_CPUCLK_DEFAULT) 835 #if defined(CONFIG_PPC) && !defined(CONFIG_8xx_CPUCLK_DEFAULT)
829 get_clocks, /* get CPU and bus clocks (etc.) */ 836 get_clocks, /* get CPU and bus clocks (etc.) */
830 #if defined(CONFIG_TQM8xxL) && !defined(CONFIG_TQM866M) \ 837 #if defined(CONFIG_TQM8xxL) && !defined(CONFIG_TQM866M) \
831 && !defined(CONFIG_TQM885D) 838 && !defined(CONFIG_TQM885D)
832 adjust_sdram_tbs_8xx, 839 adjust_sdram_tbs_8xx,
833 #endif 840 #endif
834 /* TODO: can we rename this to timer_init()? */ 841 /* TODO: can we rename this to timer_init()? */
835 init_timebase, 842 init_timebase,
836 #endif 843 #endif
837 #if defined(CONFIG_ARM) || defined(CONFIG_MIPS) || \ 844 #if defined(CONFIG_ARM) || defined(CONFIG_MIPS) || \
838 defined(CONFIG_BLACKFIN) || defined(CONFIG_NDS32) || \ 845 defined(CONFIG_BLACKFIN) || defined(CONFIG_NDS32) || \
839 defined(CONFIG_SPARC) 846 defined(CONFIG_SPARC)
840 timer_init, /* initialize timer */ 847 timer_init, /* initialize timer */
841 #endif 848 #endif
842 #ifdef CONFIG_SYS_ALLOC_DPRAM 849 #ifdef CONFIG_SYS_ALLOC_DPRAM
843 #if !defined(CONFIG_CPM2) 850 #if !defined(CONFIG_CPM2)
844 dpram_init, 851 dpram_init,
845 #endif 852 #endif
846 #endif 853 #endif
847 #if defined(CONFIG_BOARD_POSTCLK_INIT) 854 #if defined(CONFIG_BOARD_POSTCLK_INIT)
848 board_postclk_init, 855 board_postclk_init,
849 #endif 856 #endif
850 #if defined(CONFIG_SYS_FSL_CLK) || defined(CONFIG_M68K) 857 #if defined(CONFIG_SYS_FSL_CLK) || defined(CONFIG_M68K)
851 get_clocks, 858 get_clocks,
852 #endif 859 #endif
853 env_init, /* initialize environment */ 860 env_init, /* initialize environment */
854 #if defined(CONFIG_8xx_CPUCLK_DEFAULT) 861 #if defined(CONFIG_8xx_CPUCLK_DEFAULT)
855 /* get CPU and bus clocks according to the environment variable */ 862 /* get CPU and bus clocks according to the environment variable */
856 get_clocks_866, 863 get_clocks_866,
857 /* adjust sdram refresh rate according to the new clock */ 864 /* adjust sdram refresh rate according to the new clock */
858 sdram_adjust_866, 865 sdram_adjust_866,
859 init_timebase, 866 init_timebase,
860 #endif 867 #endif
861 init_baud_rate, /* initialze baudrate settings */ 868 init_baud_rate, /* initialze baudrate settings */
862 serial_init, /* serial communications setup */ 869 serial_init, /* serial communications setup */
863 console_init_f, /* stage 1 init of console */ 870 console_init_f, /* stage 1 init of console */
864 #ifdef CONFIG_SANDBOX 871 #ifdef CONFIG_SANDBOX
865 sandbox_early_getopt_check, 872 sandbox_early_getopt_check,
866 #endif 873 #endif
867 #ifdef CONFIG_OF_CONTROL 874 #ifdef CONFIG_OF_CONTROL
868 fdtdec_prepare_fdt, 875 fdtdec_prepare_fdt,
869 #endif 876 #endif
870 display_options, /* say that we are here */ 877 display_options, /* say that we are here */
871 display_text_info, /* show debugging info if required */ 878 display_text_info, /* show debugging info if required */
872 #if defined(CONFIG_MPC8260) 879 #if defined(CONFIG_MPC8260)
873 prt_8260_rsr, 880 prt_8260_rsr,
874 prt_8260_clks, 881 prt_8260_clks,
875 #endif /* CONFIG_MPC8260 */ 882 #endif /* CONFIG_MPC8260 */
876 #if defined(CONFIG_MPC83xx) 883 #if defined(CONFIG_MPC83xx)
877 prt_83xx_rsr, 884 prt_83xx_rsr,
878 #endif 885 #endif
879 #if defined(CONFIG_PPC) || defined(CONFIG_M68K) 886 #if defined(CONFIG_PPC) || defined(CONFIG_M68K)
880 checkcpu, 887 checkcpu,
881 #endif 888 #endif
882 print_cpuinfo, /* display cpu info (and speed) */ 889 print_cpuinfo, /* display cpu info (and speed) */
883 #if defined(CONFIG_MPC5xxx) 890 #if defined(CONFIG_MPC5xxx)
884 prt_mpc5xxx_clks, 891 prt_mpc5xxx_clks,
885 #endif /* CONFIG_MPC5xxx */ 892 #endif /* CONFIG_MPC5xxx */
886 #if defined(CONFIG_DISPLAY_BOARDINFO) 893 #if defined(CONFIG_DISPLAY_BOARDINFO)
887 show_board_info, 894 show_board_info,
888 #endif 895 #endif
889 INIT_FUNC_WATCHDOG_INIT 896 INIT_FUNC_WATCHDOG_INIT
890 #if defined(CONFIG_MISC_INIT_F) 897 #if defined(CONFIG_MISC_INIT_F)
891 misc_init_f, 898 misc_init_f,
892 #endif 899 #endif
893 INIT_FUNC_WATCHDOG_RESET 900 INIT_FUNC_WATCHDOG_RESET
894 #if defined(CONFIG_HARD_I2C) || defined(CONFIG_SYS_I2C) 901 #if defined(CONFIG_HARD_I2C) || defined(CONFIG_SYS_I2C)
895 init_func_i2c, 902 init_func_i2c,
896 #endif 903 #endif
897 #if defined(CONFIG_HARD_SPI) 904 #if defined(CONFIG_HARD_SPI)
898 init_func_spi, 905 init_func_spi,
899 #endif 906 #endif
900 announce_dram_init, 907 announce_dram_init,
901 /* TODO: unify all these dram functions? */ 908 /* TODO: unify all these dram functions? */
902 #if defined(CONFIG_ARM) || defined(CONFIG_X86) || defined(CONFIG_NDS32) || \ 909 #if defined(CONFIG_ARM) || defined(CONFIG_X86) || defined(CONFIG_NDS32) || \
903 defined(CONFIG_MICROBLAZE) || defined(CONFIG_AVR32) 910 defined(CONFIG_MICROBLAZE) || defined(CONFIG_AVR32)
904 dram_init, /* configure available RAM banks */ 911 dram_init, /* configure available RAM banks */
905 #endif 912 #endif
906 #if defined(CONFIG_MIPS) || defined(CONFIG_PPC) || defined(CONFIG_M68K) 913 #if defined(CONFIG_MIPS) || defined(CONFIG_PPC) || defined(CONFIG_M68K)
907 init_func_ram, 914 init_func_ram,
908 #endif 915 #endif
909 #ifdef CONFIG_POST 916 #ifdef CONFIG_POST
910 post_init_f, 917 post_init_f,
911 #endif 918 #endif
912 INIT_FUNC_WATCHDOG_RESET 919 INIT_FUNC_WATCHDOG_RESET
913 #if defined(CONFIG_SYS_DRAM_TEST) 920 #if defined(CONFIG_SYS_DRAM_TEST)
914 testdram, 921 testdram,
915 #endif /* CONFIG_SYS_DRAM_TEST */ 922 #endif /* CONFIG_SYS_DRAM_TEST */
916 INIT_FUNC_WATCHDOG_RESET 923 INIT_FUNC_WATCHDOG_RESET
917 924
918 #ifdef CONFIG_POST 925 #ifdef CONFIG_POST
919 init_post, 926 init_post,
920 #endif 927 #endif
921 INIT_FUNC_WATCHDOG_RESET 928 INIT_FUNC_WATCHDOG_RESET
922 /* 929 /*
923 * Now that we have DRAM mapped and working, we can 930 * Now that we have DRAM mapped and working, we can
924 * relocate the code and continue running from DRAM. 931 * relocate the code and continue running from DRAM.
925 * 932 *
926 * Reserve memory at end of RAM for (top down in that order): 933 * Reserve memory at end of RAM for (top down in that order):
927 * - area that won't get touched by U-Boot and Linux (optional) 934 * - area that won't get touched by U-Boot and Linux (optional)
928 * - kernel log buffer 935 * - kernel log buffer
929 * - protected RAM 936 * - protected RAM
930 * - LCD framebuffer 937 * - LCD framebuffer
931 * - monitor code 938 * - monitor code
932 * - board info struct 939 * - board info struct
933 */ 940 */
934 setup_dest_addr, 941 setup_dest_addr,
935 #if defined(CONFIG_BLACKFIN) 942 #if defined(CONFIG_BLACKFIN)
936 /* Blackfin u-boot monitor should be on top of the ram */ 943 /* Blackfin u-boot monitor should be on top of the ram */
937 reserve_uboot, 944 reserve_uboot,
938 #endif 945 #endif
939 #if defined(CONFIG_SPARC) 946 #if defined(CONFIG_SPARC)
940 reserve_prom, 947 reserve_prom,
941 #endif 948 #endif
942 #if defined(CONFIG_LOGBUFFER) && !defined(CONFIG_ALT_LB_ADDR) 949 #if defined(CONFIG_LOGBUFFER) && !defined(CONFIG_ALT_LB_ADDR)
943 reserve_logbuffer, 950 reserve_logbuffer,
944 #endif 951 #endif
945 #ifdef CONFIG_PRAM 952 #ifdef CONFIG_PRAM
946 reserve_pram, 953 reserve_pram,
947 #endif 954 #endif
948 reserve_round_4k, 955 reserve_round_4k,
949 #if !(defined(CONFIG_SYS_ICACHE_OFF) && defined(CONFIG_SYS_DCACHE_OFF)) && \ 956 #if !(defined(CONFIG_SYS_ICACHE_OFF) && defined(CONFIG_SYS_DCACHE_OFF)) && \
950 defined(CONFIG_ARM) 957 defined(CONFIG_ARM)
951 reserve_mmu, 958 reserve_mmu,
952 #endif 959 #endif
953 #ifdef CONFIG_LCD 960 #ifdef CONFIG_LCD
954 reserve_lcd, 961 reserve_lcd,
955 #endif 962 #endif
956 reserve_trace, 963 reserve_trace,
957 /* TODO: Why the dependency on CONFIG_8xx? */ 964 /* TODO: Why the dependency on CONFIG_8xx? */
958 #if defined(CONFIG_VIDEO) && (!defined(CONFIG_PPC) || defined(CONFIG_8xx)) && \ 965 #if defined(CONFIG_VIDEO) && (!defined(CONFIG_PPC) || defined(CONFIG_8xx)) && \
959 !defined(CONFIG_ARM) && !defined(CONFIG_X86) && \ 966 !defined(CONFIG_ARM) && !defined(CONFIG_X86) && \
960 !defined(CONFIG_BLACKFIN) && !defined(CONFIG_M68K) 967 !defined(CONFIG_BLACKFIN) && !defined(CONFIG_M68K)
961 reserve_video, 968 reserve_video,
962 #endif 969 #endif
963 #if !defined(CONFIG_BLACKFIN) 970 #if !defined(CONFIG_BLACKFIN)
964 reserve_uboot, 971 reserve_uboot,
965 #endif 972 #endif
966 #ifndef CONFIG_SPL_BUILD 973 #ifndef CONFIG_SPL_BUILD
967 reserve_malloc, 974 reserve_malloc,
968 reserve_board, 975 reserve_board,
969 #endif 976 #endif
970 setup_machine, 977 setup_machine,
971 reserve_global_data, 978 reserve_global_data,
972 reserve_fdt, 979 reserve_fdt,
973 reserve_arch, 980 reserve_arch,
974 reserve_stacks, 981 reserve_stacks,
975 setup_dram_config, 982 setup_dram_config,
976 show_dram_config, 983 show_dram_config,
977 #if defined(CONFIG_PPC) || defined(CONFIG_M68K) || defined(CONFIG_MIPS) 984 #if defined(CONFIG_PPC) || defined(CONFIG_M68K) || defined(CONFIG_MIPS)
978 setup_board_part1, 985 setup_board_part1,
979 #endif 986 #endif
980 #if defined(CONFIG_PPC) || defined(CONFIG_M68K) 987 #if defined(CONFIG_PPC) || defined(CONFIG_M68K)
981 INIT_FUNC_WATCHDOG_RESET 988 INIT_FUNC_WATCHDOG_RESET
982 setup_board_part2, 989 setup_board_part2,
983 #endif 990 #endif
984 display_new_sp, 991 display_new_sp,
985 #ifdef CONFIG_SYS_EXTBDINFO 992 #ifdef CONFIG_SYS_EXTBDINFO
986 setup_board_extra, 993 setup_board_extra,
987 #endif 994 #endif
988 INIT_FUNC_WATCHDOG_RESET 995 INIT_FUNC_WATCHDOG_RESET
989 reloc_fdt, 996 reloc_fdt,
990 setup_reloc, 997 setup_reloc,
991 #if defined(CONFIG_X86) || defined(CONFIG_ARC) 998 #if defined(CONFIG_X86) || defined(CONFIG_ARC)
992 copy_uboot_to_ram, 999 copy_uboot_to_ram,
993 clear_bss, 1000 clear_bss,
994 do_elf_reloc_fixups, 1001 do_elf_reloc_fixups,
995 #endif 1002 #endif
996 #if !defined(CONFIG_ARM) && !defined(CONFIG_SANDBOX) 1003 #if !defined(CONFIG_ARM) && !defined(CONFIG_SANDBOX)
997 jump_to_copy, 1004 jump_to_copy,
998 #endif 1005 #endif
999 NULL, 1006 NULL,
1000 }; 1007 };
1001 1008
1002 void board_init_f(ulong boot_flags) 1009 void board_init_f(ulong boot_flags)
1003 { 1010 {
1004 #ifdef CONFIG_SYS_GENERIC_GLOBAL_DATA 1011 #ifdef CONFIG_SYS_GENERIC_GLOBAL_DATA
1005 /* 1012 /*
1006 * For some archtectures, global data is initialized and used before 1013 * For some archtectures, global data is initialized and used before
1007 * calling this function. The data should be preserved. For others, 1014 * calling this function. The data should be preserved. For others,
1008 * CONFIG_SYS_GENERIC_GLOBAL_DATA should be defined and use the stack 1015 * CONFIG_SYS_GENERIC_GLOBAL_DATA should be defined and use the stack
1009 * here to host global data until relocation. 1016 * here to host global data until relocation.
1010 */ 1017 */
1011 gd_t data; 1018 gd_t data;
1012 1019
1013 gd = &data; 1020 gd = &data;
1014 1021
1015 /* 1022 /*
1016 * Clear global data before it is accessed at debug print 1023 * Clear global data before it is accessed at debug print
1017 * in initcall_run_list. Otherwise the debug print probably 1024 * in initcall_run_list. Otherwise the debug print probably
1018 * get the wrong vaule of gd->have_console. 1025 * get the wrong vaule of gd->have_console.
1019 */ 1026 */
1020 zero_global_data(); 1027 zero_global_data();
1021 #endif 1028 #endif
1022 1029
1023 gd->flags = boot_flags; 1030 gd->flags = boot_flags;
1024 gd->have_console = 0; 1031 gd->have_console = 0;
1025 1032
1026 if (initcall_run_list(init_sequence_f)) 1033 if (initcall_run_list(init_sequence_f))
1027 hang(); 1034 hang();
1028 1035
1029 #if !defined(CONFIG_ARM) && !defined(CONFIG_SANDBOX) && \ 1036 #if !defined(CONFIG_ARM) && !defined(CONFIG_SANDBOX) && \
1030 !defined(CONFIG_EFI_APP) 1037 !defined(CONFIG_EFI_APP)
1031 /* NOTREACHED - jump_to_copy() does not return */ 1038 /* NOTREACHED - jump_to_copy() does not return */
1032 hang(); 1039 hang();
1033 #endif 1040 #endif
1034 } 1041 }
1035 1042
1036 #if defined(CONFIG_X86) || defined(CONFIG_ARC) 1043 #if defined(CONFIG_X86) || defined(CONFIG_ARC)
1037 /* 1044 /*
1038 * For now this code is only used on x86. 1045 * For now this code is only used on x86.
1039 * 1046 *
1040 * init_sequence_f_r is the list of init functions which are run when 1047 * init_sequence_f_r is the list of init functions which are run when
1041 * U-Boot is executing from Flash with a semi-limited 'C' environment. 1048 * U-Boot is executing from Flash with a semi-limited 'C' environment.
1042 * The following limitations must be considered when implementing an 1049 * The following limitations must be considered when implementing an
1043 * '_f_r' function: 1050 * '_f_r' function:
1044 * - 'static' variables are read-only 1051 * - 'static' variables are read-only
1045 * - Global Data (gd->xxx) is read/write 1052 * - Global Data (gd->xxx) is read/write
1046 * 1053 *
1047 * The '_f_r' sequence must, as a minimum, copy U-Boot to RAM (if 1054 * The '_f_r' sequence must, as a minimum, copy U-Boot to RAM (if
1048 * supported). It _should_, if possible, copy global data to RAM and 1055 * supported). It _should_, if possible, copy global data to RAM and
1049 * initialise the CPU caches (to speed up the relocation process) 1056 * initialise the CPU caches (to speed up the relocation process)
1050 * 1057 *
1051 * NOTE: At present only x86 uses this route, but it is intended that 1058 * NOTE: At present only x86 uses this route, but it is intended that
1052 * all archs will move to this when generic relocation is implemented. 1059 * all archs will move to this when generic relocation is implemented.
1053 */ 1060 */
1054 static init_fnc_t init_sequence_f_r[] = { 1061 static init_fnc_t init_sequence_f_r[] = {
1055 init_cache_f_r, 1062 init_cache_f_r,
1056 1063
1057 NULL, 1064 NULL,
1058 }; 1065 };
1059 1066
1060 void board_init_f_r(void) 1067 void board_init_f_r(void)
1061 { 1068 {
1062 if (initcall_run_list(init_sequence_f_r)) 1069 if (initcall_run_list(init_sequence_f_r))
1063 hang(); 1070 hang();
1064 1071
1065 /* 1072 /*
1066 * U-Boot has been copied into SDRAM, the BSS has been cleared etc. 1073 * U-Boot has been copied into SDRAM, the BSS has been cleared etc.
1067 * Transfer execution from Flash to RAM by calculating the address 1074 * Transfer execution from Flash to RAM by calculating the address
1068 * of the in-RAM copy of board_init_r() and calling it 1075 * of the in-RAM copy of board_init_r() and calling it
1069 */ 1076 */
1070 (board_init_r + gd->reloc_off)((gd_t *)gd, gd->relocaddr); 1077 (board_init_r + gd->reloc_off)((gd_t *)gd, gd->relocaddr);
1071 1078
1072 /* NOTREACHED - board_init_r() does not return */ 1079 /* NOTREACHED - board_init_r() does not return */
1073 hang(); 1080 hang();
1074 } 1081 }